Docstoc

The Holy Quran Malayalam

Document Sample
The Holy Quran Malayalam Powered By Docstoc
					] c n i p ² I zp À B ³
   aebmf ]cn`mj

        ]cn`mjIÀ:
 sNcnbap−w AÐÄ laoZv aZ\n
     Ipªpapl½Zv ]d¸qÀ
                                    Sura: Index

    1 ‫( اﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ‬The Opening)                      31 ‫( ُﻘﻤﺎن‬Luqman)
                                                        ‫ﻟ‬
    2 ‫( اﻟﺒﻘﺮة‬The Cow)                           32 ‫( اﻟﺴﺠﺪة‬The Prostration)
    3 ‫( آل ﻋﻤﺮان‬The Family Of 'Imran)            33 ‫( اﻷﺣﺰاب‬The Clans)
    4 ‫( اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‬Women)                             34 ‫( ﺳــﺒﺄ‬Saba)
    5 ‫( اﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪة‬The Table)                        35 ‫( ﻓــﺎﻃــﺮ‬Orignator)
    6 ‫( اﻷﻧﻌﺎم‬Cattle)                            36 ‫( ﻳــﺲ‬Ya-Seen)
    7 ‫( اﻷﻋﺮاف‬The heights)                       37 ‫( اﻟﺼﺎﻓـﺎت‬Drawn Up In Ranks)
    8 ‫( اﻷﻧﻔﺎل‬Spoils Of War)                     38 ‫( ص‬The Letter Sad)
    9 ‫( اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬Repentance)                        39 ‫( اﻟﺰﻣﺮ‬The Troops)
    10 ‫( ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‬Jonah)                              40 ‫( اﻟﻐـﺎﻓﺮ‬The Forgiver)
    11 ‫( ﻫــﻮد‬Hud)                               41 ‫( ﻓﺼﱢﻠﺖ‬Explained In Detail)
                                                        ُ
    12 ‫( ﻳﻮﺳــﻒ‬Joseph)                           42 ‫( اﻟﺸﱡﻮرى‬Council)
    13 ‫( اﻟﺮﻋــﺪ‬The Thunder)                     43 ‫( اﻟﺰﱡ ُﺮف‬Ornaments Of Gold)
                                                      ‫ﺧ‬
    14 ‫( إﺑﺮاﻫﻴﻢ‬Abraham)                         44 ‫( اﻟﺪﺧﺎن‬Smoke)
                                                       ‫ﱡ‬
    15 ‫( اﻟﺤﺠﺮ‬Rock City)                         45 ‫( اﻟﺠﺎﺛﻴﺔ‬Crouching)
    16 ‫( اﻟﻨﺨـﻞ‬The Bee)                          46 ‫( اﻷﺣﻘﺎف‬The Dunes)
    17 ‫( اﻹﺳﺮاء‬The Night Journey)                47 ‫( ﻣﺤﻤﺪ‬Muhammad)
    18 ‫( اﻟﻜﻬـﻒ‬The Cave)                         48 ‫( اﻟﻔـﺘـﺢ‬Victory)
    19 ‫( ﻣـﺮﻳـــﻢ‬Mary)                           49 ‫( اﻟﺤ ُﺮات‬The Private Apartments)
                                                       ‫ُﺠ‬
    20 ‫( ﻃـــــﻪ‬Ta-Ha)                           50 ‫( ق‬The Letter Qaf)
    21 ‫( اﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء‬The Prophets)                    51 ‫( اﻟﺬارﻳﺎت‬The Winnowing Winds)
    22 ‫( اﻟﺤﺞ‬The Pilgrimage)                     52 ‫( اﻟﻄﻮر‬The Mount)
    23 ‫( اﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮن‬The Believers)                  53 ‫( اﻟﻨﺠﻢ‬The Star)
    24 ‫( اﻟﻨـﻮر‬The Light)                        54 ‫( اﻟﻘـﻤﺮ‬The Moon)
    25 ‫( اﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎن‬The Criterion)                   55 ‫( اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬The Beneficent)
    26 ‫( اﻟﺸﻌﺮاء‬The Poets)                       56 ‫( اﻟﻮاﻗﻌﺔ‬The Event)
    27 ‫( اﻟــﻨﻤـﻞ‬The Ant)                        57 ‫( اﻟﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬The Iron)
    28 ‫( اﻟﻘﺼــﺺ‬The Story)                       58 ‫( اﻟﻤﺠﺎدﻟﺔ‬She That Disputeth)
    29 ‫( اﻟﻌﻨـﻜﺒـﻮت‬The Spider)                   59 ‫( اﻟﺤﺸﺮ‬Exile)
    30 ‫( اﻟــﺮﱡوم‬The Romans)                     60 ‫( اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺤﻨﺔ‬Examining Her)


Previous Page                           First Page                                  Next Page
                                        Sura: Index

    61 ‫( اﻟﺼــﻒ‬The Ranks)                            91 ‫( اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬The Sun)
    62 ‫( اﻟ ُﻤﻌﺔ‬The Congregation)
          ‫ﺠ‬                                          92 ‫( اﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬The Night)
    63 ‫( اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮن‬The Hypocrites)                    93 ‫( اﻟﻀﺤﻰ‬The Morning Hours)
    64 ‫( اﻟﺘﻐﺎُﻦ‬Mutual Disillusion)
        ‫ﺑ‬                                            94 ‫( اﻻﻧﺸﺮاح‬Solace)
    65 ‫( اﻟﻄﻼق‬Divorce)                               95 ‫( اﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬The Fig)
    66 ‫( اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻢ‬Banning)                             96 ‫( اﻟﻌــﻠﻖ‬The Clot)
    67 ‫( اﻟﻤﻠْﻚ‬The Sovereignty)
          ُ                                          97 ‫( اﻟﻘـﺪر‬Power)
    68 ‫( اﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬The Pen)                               98 ‫( اﻟﺒـﻴﱢﻨﺔ‬The Clear Proof)
    69 ‫( اﻟﺤﺎﻗﺔ‬The Reality)                          99 ‫( اﻟﺰّﻟــﺰﻟــﺔ‬The Earthquake)
    70 ‫( اﻟﻤﻌﺎ ِج‬The Ascending Stairways)
        ‫ر‬                                           100 ‫( اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺎت‬The Courser)
    71 ‫( ﻧﻮح‬Nooh)                                   101 ‫( اﻟﻘﺎﻋــﺔ‬The Calamity)
    72 ‫( اﻟ ِــﻦ‬The Jinn)
          ‫ﺠ‬                                         102 ‫( اﻟﺘﻜﺎ ُــﺮ‬Competition)
                                                           ‫ﺛ‬
    73 ‫( اﻟﻤﺰﻣﱢــﻞ‬The Enshrouded One)
            ‫ُﱠ‬                                      103 ‫( اﻟﻌــﺼــﺮ‬The Declining Day)
    74 ‫( اﻟﻤﺪ ِـﺮ‬The Cloaked One)
         ‫ﱢﺛ‬                                         104 ‫( اﻟﻬـﻤـﺰة‬The Traducer)
    75 ‫( اﻟ ِﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬The Resurrection)
           ‫ﻘ‬                                        105 ‫( اﻟﻔــﻴﻞ‬The Elephant)
    76 ‫( ا ِﻧﺴﺎن‬Man)
           ‫ﻹ‬                                        106 ‫( اﻟﻘـﺮﻳـﺶ‬Quraysh)
    77 ‫( اﻟ ُﺮﺳﻼت‬The Emissaries)
           ‫ﻤ‬                                        107 ‫( اﻟﻤﺎ ُﻮن‬Small Kindnesses)
                                                          ‫ﻋ‬
    78 ‫( اﻟﻨﱠﺒــﺄ‬The Tidings)                       108 ‫( اﻟﻜــﻮﺛــﺮ‬Abundance)
    79 ‫( اﻟﻨﺎزﻋﺎت‬Those Who Drag Forth)              109 ‫( اﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮون‬The Disbelievers)
    80 ‫( ﻋﺒﺲ‬He Frowned)                             110 ‫( اﻟﻨــﺼﺮ‬Divine Support)
    81 ‫( اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ‬The Overthrowing)                   111 ‫( اﻟﻤﺴــﺪ‬Palm Fibre)
    82 ‫( اﻻﻧﻔﻄﺎر‬The Cleaving)                       112 ‫( اﻹﺧﻼص‬Sincerity)
    83 ‫( اﻟ ُﻄﻔﱢــﻔﻴﻦ‬Defrauding)
         ‫ﻤ ﱢ‬                                        113 ‫( اﻟﻔـﻠــﻖ‬The Daybreak)
    84 ‫( اﻻﻧﺸﻘﺎق‬The Sundering)                      114 ‫( اﻟﻨﺎس‬Mankind)
    85 ‫( اﻟﺒ ُوج‬The Mansions Of The Stars)
         ‫ُﺮ‬
    86 ‫( اﻟﻄﺎرق‬The Morning Star)
    87 ‫( اﻷﻋْــﻠﻰ‬The Most High)
             َ
    88 ‫( اﻟﻐﺎﺷـﻴﺔ‬The Overwhelming)
    89 ‫( اﻟﻔﺠﺮ‬The Dawn)
    90 ‫( اﻟﺒــﻠــﺪ‬The City)


Previous Page                               First Page                                  Next Page
(001) Sura: al Fatiha                     1                          Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation



                               ( ‫)١ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ) ﻣﻜﻴﺔ‬


                        ‫١( ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

    1. ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ

    2. kvXpXn kÀÆtemI ]cn]meI\mb
       AÃmlphn¶mIp¶p.                                                 ‫٢. ﺍَﻟْﺤﹶﻤﹾﺪﹸ ﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬

    3. ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpw.
                                                                               ِ‫٣. ﺍَﻟﺮﱠﺣﹾﻤـﻦِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢ‬
    4. {]Xn^e Znhk¯nsâ DSa kvY³.
                                                                                 ِ‫٤. ﻣﹶـﺎﻟِﻚِ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦ‬
    5. \ns¶ am{Xw R§Ä Bcm[n¡p¶p.
       \nt¶mSv am{Xw R§Ä klmbw                                        ‫٥. ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻙَ نَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸ ﻭﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻙَ نَﺴﹾﺘَﻌِﲔﹸ‬
       tXSp¶p.
    6. R§sf \o t\ÀamÀK¯n tNÀt¡
       Wta.                                                       ‫٦. ﺍِﻫﺪِنَــــﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﺮﹶﺍﻁَ ﺍﳌُﺴﺘَﻘِﻴﻢﹶ‬

    7. \o A\p{Kln¨hcpsS amÀK ¯nÂ.
       tIm]¯n¶v Ccbmb hcpsS amÀK                            ِ‫٧. ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَنﻌﹶﻤﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻏَﲑ‬
       ¯neÃ. ]ng¨pt]mb hcpsS amÀK                               ‫ﺍﳌَﻐﻀُﻮﺏِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺎﻟﱢﲔﹶ‬
       ¯nepaÃ




   Previous Page                       First Page                                             Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                           2                                   Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                  ( ‫)٢ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ) ﻣﺪنﻴﺔ‬

                            ‫ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

               ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ

1.       Aen^v emw aow                                                                                                    ‫ﺍﱂ‬    .١
2.       CXmIp¶p {KÙw. AXn kwib                              ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹸ ﻻَ ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻟﱢﻠْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬              .٢
         tabnÃ. kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ¡v
         t\Àhgn ImWn¡p¶Xs{X AXv.
3.        AZriyImcy§fn hnizkn¡pIbpw,                    ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻘِﻴﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓﹶ‬                  .٣
         {]mÀXvY\ AYhm \akvImcw apd
         {]Imcw    \nÀhln¡pIbpw, \mw                                                     ‫ﻭﹶﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗْﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
         \ÂInb k¼¯n \n¶v sNehgn
         ¡pIbpw,
4.       \n\¡pw \nsâ ap³KmanIÄ¡pw \ÂI                    ‫ﻭﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻣِﻦ‬         .٤
         s¸«    ktµi¯n        hnizkn¡p
         Ibpw,   ]ctemI¯n      ZrVambn                                           ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻮﻗِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
         hnizkn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶hcs{X AhÀ
         ( kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ ).
5.       AhcpsS \mY³ ImWn¨ t\Àhgnbn                      ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬                .٥
         emIp¶p AhÀ. AhÀ Xs¶ bmIp¶p
         km£m hnPbnIÄ.                                                                                      ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬

6.       kXy\ntj[nIsf kw_Ôn¨nSt¯mfw                      ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﺃَنﺬَﺭﹾﺗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻡﹾ ﻟَﻢﹾ‬   .٦
         \o AhÀ¡v Xm¡oXv \ÂIn bmepw
         Csænepw kaamIp¶p. AhÀ hnizkn                                                          ‫ﺗُﻨﺬِﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
         ¡p¶XÃ.
7.       AhcpsS a\ÊpIÄ¡pw ImXn\pw                        ‫ﺧﹶﺘَﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻤﹾﻌِﻬِﻢﹾ‬                      .٧
         AÃmlp ap{Zsh¨ncn¡pIbmWv. Ahcp
         sS ZrjvSnIfn³taepw Hcp aqSnbpWvSv.              ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻏِﺸﹶﺎﻭﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ‬
         AhÀ¡mIp¶p I\¯ in£bpÅXv.                                                                                   ‫ﻋﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
8.       R§Ä      AÃmlphnepw     A´yZn\                  ِ‫ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡ‬               .٨
         ¯nepw    hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p   F¶v
         ]dbp¶ Nne BfpIfpWvSv; ( bYmÀ                                                    ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
         XvY¯n ) AhÀ hnizmknIfÃ.

     Previous Page                       First Page                                                               Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  3                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


9.       AÃmlphns\bpw      hnizmknIsfbpw       ‫ﻳﹸﺨَﺎﺩِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺨْﺪﹶﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬        .٩
         h©n¡phm\mWv AhÀ {ian¡p¶Xv.
         ( hmkvXh¯n ) AhÀ BXvah©\                                      ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         am{XamWv sN¿p¶Xv. AhcXv a\Ênem
         ¡p¶nÃ.
10.      AhcpsS a\ÊpIfn HcpXcw tcmK           ‫٠١. ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺮﹶﺽﹲ ﻓَﺰﹶﺍﺩﹶﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺮﹶﺿﺎً ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢ‬
          apWvSv. X¶nan¯w AÃmlp AhÀ¡v
         tcmKw hÀ²n¸n¡pIbpw sNbvXp. IÅw                          ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ ﻳﹶﻜْﺬِﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
         ]dªpsImWvSncp¶Xnsâ     ^eambn
         thZ\tbdnb in£bmWv AhÀ¡pWvSm
         bncn¡pI.
11.      \n§Ä \m«n Ipg¸apWvSm¡mXncn¡q         ْ‫١١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗُﻔْﺴِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         F¶v AhtcmSv Bsc ¦nepw ]dªmÂ,
         R§Ä kÂ{]h À¯\§Ä am{X                                                 ‫ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻣﹸﺼﹾﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
         amWtÃm sN¿p¶Xv F¶mbncn¡pw
         AhcpsS adp]Sn.
12.      F¶m bYmÀXvY¯n AhÀ Xs¶                ‫٢١. ﺃَﻻ ﺇِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﺴِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         bmIp¶p Ipg¸¡mÀ. ]s£, AhcXv
         a\Ênem¡p¶nÃ.
13.      aäpÅhÀ hnizkn¨Xv t]mse \n§fpw         ْ‫٣١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         hnizkn¡q F¶v AhtcmSv Bsc¦nepw
         ]dªm Cu aqV³amÀ hnizkn¨Xv            ‫ﺃَنُﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻔَﻬﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﻻ ﺇِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬
         t]mse R§fpw hnizkn ¡pItbm ?                                   ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻔَﻬﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
         F¶mbncn¡pw AhÀ adp ]Sn ]dbpI.
         F¶m      bYmÀXvY¯n     AhÀ
         Xs¶bmIp¶p aqV³amÀ. ]s£, Ah
         cXv Adnbp¶nÃ.
14.      hnizmknIsf IWvSpap«pt¼mÄ Ah           ْ‫٤١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻟَﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺧﹶﻠَﻮﹾﺍ‬
         À ]dbpw; R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p
         ¶p F¶v. AhÀ X§fpsS (Iq«mfnI           ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺷﹶﻴﹶﺎﻃِﻴﻨِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜْﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ‬
         fmb)    ]nimNp¡fpsS    ASp¯v                                                    ‫ﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻬﹾﺰِﺅﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         X\n¨mIp t¼mÄ AhtcmSv ]dbpw:
         R§Ä \n§tfmsSm¸w Xs¶bm
         Ip¶p. R§Ä (aähsc) Ifnbm¡pI
         am{Xam bncp¶p.
15.      F¶m AÃmlphmIs«, Ahsc ]cnl            ‫٥١. ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻬﹾﺰِﻯﺀﹸ ﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻤﹸﺪﱡﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﻃُﻐْﻴﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         kn¡pIbpw, AXn{Ia§fn hnlcn¡phm
         ³ Ahsc Ab¨phn«ncn ¡pIbpamIp¶p.                                                        ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬

     Previous Page                First Page                                                    Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  4                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

16.     k³amÀKw hnäv ]Icw ZpÀamÀKw hm§n        ‫٦١. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﻼﹶﻟَﺔَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ‬
        bhcmIp¶p AhÀ. F¶m AhcpsS
        I¨hSw     em`IcamhpItbm,    AhÀ                    ‫ﺭﹶﺑِﺤﹶﺖ ﺗﱢﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺗُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        e£yw {]m]n¡pItbm sNbvXnÃ.
17.     Ahsc D]an¡mhp¶Xv HcmtfmSm              ‫٧١. ﻣﹶﺜَﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻮﹾﻗَﺪﹶ نَﺎﺭﺍً ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ‬
        Ip¶p: AbmÄ Xo I¯n¨p. ]cnkc
        amsI {]IminXambt¸mÄ AÃmlp              ‫ﺃَﺿَﺎﺀﺕﹾ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﻮﹾﻟَﻪﹸ ﺫَﻫﹶﺐﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻨﹸﻮﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ‬
        AhcpsS {]Imiw sISp¯n ¡fbpI
        bpw H¶pw ImWm\mhmsX Ccp«n                              ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹶﻛَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﻇُﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺒﹾﺼِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        (X¸phm³ ) Ahsc hnSpI bpw sNbvXp.
18.     _[nccpw     DuaIfpw   AÔ³amcp                           ‫٨١. ﺻﹸﻢﱞ ﺑﹸﻜْﻢﹲ ﻋﹸﻤﹾﻲﹲ ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        amIp¶p AhÀ. AXn\m AhÀ
        ( kXy¯nte¡v ) Xncn¨phcnIbnÃ.
19.     Asæn ( Ahsc ) D]an¡mhp¶Xv            ‫٩١. ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﺼﹶﻴﱢﺐٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻇُﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻋﹾﺪﹲ‬
        BImi¯p\n¶p       sNmcnbp¶    Hcp
        t]amcntbmSmIp¶p. AtXmsSm¸w Iqcn        ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺮﹾﻕٌ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﺻﹾﺎﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺁﺫَﺍنِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
        cp«pw CSnbpw an¶epapWvSv. CSn\mZ
        §Ä \nan¯w acWw `b¶v AhÀ                ٌ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻮﹶﺍﻋِﻖِ ﺣﹶﺬَﺭﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕِ ﻭﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﺤِﻴﻂ‬
                                                                                               ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻜﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        hncepIÄ sNhnbn XncpIp¶p. F¶m
        Â AÃmlp kXy \ntj[nIsf hebw
        sNbvXncn¡p IbmWv.
20.     an¶Â AhcpsS I®pIsf dm©n                ‫٠٢. ﻳﹶﻜَﺎﺩﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺮﹾﻕُ ﻳﹶﺨْﻄَﻒﹸ ﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺿَﺎﺀ‬
        sbSp¡pamdmIp¶p. AXv ( an¶Â )
        AhÀ¡v shfn¨w \ÂIpt¼msgÃmw              ‫ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺸﹶﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ‬
        AhÀ B shfn¨¯n \S¶p t]mIpw.
        Ccp«mIpt¼mÄ AhÀ \n¶p t]mIp             ‫ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﺬَﻫﹶﺐﹶ ﺑِﺴﹶﻤﹾﻌِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬
                                                                          ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
        Ibpw sN¿pw. AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncps¶
        ¦n AhcpsS tIÄhnbpw ImgvNbpw
        Ah³ Xosc \in¸n¨p IfbpI Xs¶
        sN¿pambncp¶p. \nÊwibw AÃmlp
        GXv Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mWv.
21.     P\§tf,      \n§tfbpw     \n§fpsS       ‫١٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﺍﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
        ap³KmanItfbpw krjvSn¨ \n§fpsS
        \mYs\ \n§Ä Bcm[n¡phn³. \n§Ä                              ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        tZmj_m[sb kq£n¨v Pohn¡phm³
        thWvSnbs{X AXv.
22.     \n§Ä¡v thWvSn `qansb sa¯bpw            ‫٢٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ ﻓِﺮﹶﺍﺷﺎً ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ‬
        BImis¯        taÂ]pcbpam¡n¯cnI
        bpw BImi¯v \n¶v shÅw sNmcn             ‫ﺑِﻨﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺝﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
        ªpX¶n«v AXv aptJ\ \n§Ä¡v
        `£n¡phm\pÅ ImbvI\n IÄ DÂ]mZn           ً‫ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺭِﺯْﻗﺎً ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺃَنﺪﹶﺍﺩﺍ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ¸n¨p XcnIbpw sNbvX (\mYs\).
        AXn\m (CsXÃmw) Adnªv sImWvSv
        \n§Ä AÃmlphn\v ka³amsc DWvSm
        ¡cpXv.
  Previous Page                   First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                5                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


23.     \½psS Zmk\v \mw AhXcn¸n¨p            ‫٣٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐٍ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ نَﺰﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻋﹶﺒﹾﺪِنَﺎ‬
        sImSp¯Xns\ ( hnip² JpÀBs\ )
        ]än \n§Ä kwibmep¡fmsW¦n             ‫ﻓَﺄْﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺴﹸﻮﺭﹶﺓٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻣﱢﺜْﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﺩﹾﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀﻛُﻢ‬
        AXnsâXv t]mepÅ Hcp A²ymb                                ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻛُﻨﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
        sa¦nepw  \n§Ä     sImWvSphcnI.
        AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa \n§Ä¡pÅ
        klmbnItfbpw     hnfn¨psImÅpI.
        \n§Ä kXyhm³amcsW¦n ( AXm
        WtÃm thWvSXv ).
24.     \n§Ä¡Xv sN¿m³ Ignªnsæn             ‫٤٢. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ‬
        \n§Ä¡Xv      Hcn¡epw   sN¿m³
        IgnbpIbpanà a\pjycpw IÃpIfpw         ‫ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﺩﹸﻫﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺓﹸ ﺃُﻋِﺪﱠﺕﹾ‬
        CÔ\ambn I¯n¡s¸Sp¶ \cIm                                                                 ‫ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        Kv\nsb    \n§Ä    Im¯pkq£n¨p
        sImÅpI. kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡pthWvSn
        Hcp¡nsh¡s¸«XmIp¶p AXv.
25.     (\_ntb, ) hnizkn¡pIbpw k            ‫٥٢. ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺸﱢﺮِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺃَﻥﱠ‬
        IÀ½§Ä            {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw
        sNbvXhÀ¡v Xmgv`mK¯vIqSn \ZnIÄ        ‫ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ‬
        HgpIp¶ kzÀKt¯m¸pIÄ e`n¡p             ‫ﺭﹸﺯِﻗُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺛَﻤﹶﺮﹶﺓٍ ﺭﱢﺯْﻗﺎً ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
        hm\psWvS¶v kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn
        ¡pI. AXnse Hmtcm hn`hhpw             ‫ﺭﹸﺯِﻗْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﺃُﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣﹸﺘَﺸﹶﺎﺑِﻬﺎً ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
        `£n¡phm\mbn       \ÂIs¸Spt¼mÄ,
        CXn\v ap¼v R§Ä¡v \ÂIs¸«Xv                          ‫ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺝﹲ ﻣﱡﻄَﻬﱠﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        Xs¶bmWtÃm CXpw F¶mbncn¡pw
        AhÀ ]dbpI. ( hmkvXh¯n )
        ]ckv]c     kmZriyapÅ    \nebnÂ
        AXhÀ¡v       \ÂIs¸SpIbmWpWvSm
        bXv.]cnip²cmb CWIfpw AhÀ¡
        hnsS DWvSmbncn¡pw. AhÀ AhnsS
        \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
26.     GsXmcp hkvXpthbpw D]abm¡p¶Xn         ‫٦٢. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺤﹾﻴِﻲ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻀْﺮِﺏﹶ ﻣﹶﺜَﻼﹰ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
         AÃmlp eÖn¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.
        AsXmcp sImXptIm AXnep]cn\nÊm         ْ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹸﻮﺿَﺔً ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗَﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬
        ctam BIs«. F¶m hnizmknIÄ¡v          ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        AXv X§fpsS \mYsâ ]¡Â\n¶pÅ
        kXyamsW¶v      t_m[yamIp¶XmWv.       ‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﺩﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﺑِﻬﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻣﹶﺜَﻼﹰ‬
        kXy \ntj[nIfmIs« CuD]asImWvSv
        AÃmlp F´mWv Dt±in¡p¶Xv F¶v           ِ‫ﻳﹸﻀِﻞﱡ ﺑِﻪِ ﻛَﺜِﲑﺍً ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺑِﻪِ ﻛَﺜِﲑﺍً ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻀِﻞﱡ ﺑِﻪ‬
        tNmZn¡pIbmWv sN¿pI. A§s\ B                                                        ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘِﲔﹶ‬
        D]a \nan¯w [mcmfw BfpIsf Ah³

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  6                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        ]nghnem¡p¶p. [mcmfw t]sc t\Àhgn
        bnem¡pIbpw    sN¿p¶p.    A[À½
        ImcnIfÃm¯ Bscbpw AXv \nan¯w
        Ah³ ]ng¸n¡pIbnÃ.
27.
                                               ِ‫٧٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻨﻘُﻀُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻬﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗِﻪ‬
        AÃmlphnsâ         D¯chv     Ah³
        iIvXnbpIvXw \ÂInbXn\v tijw
        AXn\v hn]coXw {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw             َ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘْﻄَﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﻣﹶﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻮﺻﹶﻞ‬
        AÃmlp Iq«ntNÀ¡phm³ IÂ]n¨
        Xns\     apdn¨v    thÀs]Sp¯pIbpw       ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻔْﺴِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬
        `qanbn Ipg¸apWvSm¡pIbpw sN¿p¶
        hcs{X AhÀ (A[À½ ImcnIÄ). AhÀ                                                         ‫ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        Xs¶bmIp¶p \jvS¡mÀ.
28.
                                               ‫٨٢. ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﺗﺎً ﻓَﺄَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        \n§Äs¡§s\bmWv AÃmlphns\
        \ntj[n¡m³ IgnbpI ? \n§Ä \nÀ
        Poh hkvXp¡fmbncp¶ AhkvYbv¡v                  ‫ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹸﻤِﻴﺘُﻜُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻴِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺗُﺮﹾﺟﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        tijw Ah³ \n§Ä¡v Poh³ \ÂIn.
        ]ns¶ Ah³ \n§sf acn¸n¡pIbpw
        hoWvSpw Pohn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
        ]n¶oSv Ah¦te¡v Xs¶ \n§Ä
        Xncn¨phnfn¡s¸SpIbpw sN¿pw.
29.
                                               ً‫٩٢. ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﺎ‬
        Ah\mWv \n§Ä¡v thWvSn `qanbn
        epÅsXÃmw krjvSn¨p X¶Xv. ]pdsa
        Ggv BImi§fmbn {IaoIcn¨psImWvSv         ‫ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻮﹶﻯ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﱠﺍﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺳﹶﺒﹾﻊﹶ‬
        D]cntemIs¯          kwhn[m\n¨h\pw
        Ah³ Xs¶bmWv. Ah³ FÃm Imcy                             ‫ﺳﹶﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
        s¯¸änbpw AdnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
30.
                                               ‫٠٣. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﻟِﻠْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺟﹶﺎﻋِﻞٌ ﻓِﻲ‬
        Rm\nXm `qanbn Hcp Jeo^sb
        \ntbmKn¡m³ t]mIpIbmWv F¶v
        \nsâ \mY³ ae¡pItfmSv ]dª               ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺧﹶﻠِﻴﻔَﺔً ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺗَﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞُ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻔْﺴِﺪﹸ‬
        kµÀ`w ( {i²n¡pI ). AhÀ ]dªp:
        AhnsS Ipg¸apWvSm ¡pIbpw cIvXw          ‫ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﻔِﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻣﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ نُﺴﹶﺒﱢﺢﹸ‬
        Nn´pIbpw sN¿p¶hscbmtWm \o
        \ntbmKn ¡p¶Xv? R§fmIs« \nsâ            َ‫ﺑِﺤﹶﻤﹾﺪِﻙَ ﻭﹶنُﻘَﺪﱢﺱﹸ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻ‬
                                                                                                    ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        alXzs¯ {]IoÀ¯n¡pIbpw, \nsâ
        ]cnip²nsb hmgv¯pIbpw sN¿p¶
        hctÃm. Ah³ (AÃmlp) ]dªp:
        \n§Ä¡dnªp IqSm¯Xv F\n¡
        dnbmw.
31.
                                               ‫١٣. ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠﱠﻢﹶ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹶ ﺍﻷَﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻛُﻠﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻋﹶﺮﹶﺿَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
        Ah³ ( AÃmlp ) BZan\v \ma§
        sfÃmw ]Tn¸n¨p. () ]n¶oSv B t]cn«h
        sb Ah³ ae¡pIÄ¡v ImWn¨p.                ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻝَ ﺃَنﺒِﺌُﻮنِﻲ ﺑِﺄَﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺇِﻥ‬
        F¶n«h³       BPvRm]n¨p:     \n§Ä
        kXyhm³amcmsW¦n ChbpsS \ma                                                        ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
        §Ä F\n¡v ]dªpXcq.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 7                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


32.     AhÀ ]dªp: \n\¡v kvtXm{Xw. \o          ‫٢٣. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﻋِﻠْﻢﹶ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹾﺘَﻨﹶﺎ‬
        ]Tn¸n¨pX¶XÃm¯ bmsXmcp Adnhpw
        R§Ä¡nÃ.      \o     Xs¶bmWv                                     ‫ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
        kÀÆPvR\pw AKm[PvRm\nbpw.
33.     A\´cw Ah³ ( AÃmlp ) ]dªp:             ‫٣٣. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹸ ﺃَنﺒِﺌْﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺄَﺳﹾﻤﹶﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَنﺒﹶﺄَﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
        BZta, ChÀ¡v AhbpsS \ma§Ä ]d
        ªpsImSp¡q. A§s\ Ah³ (BZw)             ‫ﺑِﺄَﺳﹾﻤﹶﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻗُﻞ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻏَﻴﹾﺐﹶ‬
        AhÀ¡v B \ma§Ä ]dªpsImSp               ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
        ¯t¸mÄ Ah³ (AÃmlp) ]dªp:
        BImi `qanI fnse AZriyImcy§fpw,                                                  ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        \n§Ä shfns¸Sp ¯p¶Xpw, Hfn¨p
        sh¡p¶XpsaÃmw     F\n¡dnbmsa¶v
        Rm³ \n§tfmSv ]dªn«ntÃ?
34.      BZans\ \n§Ä {]Wan¡pI F¶v             ‫٤٣. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟِﻠْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﺍﺳﹾﺠﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻵﺩﹶﻡﹶ‬
        \mw ae¡pItfmSv ]dª kµÀ`w
        ({i²n¡pI) . AhÀ {]Wan¨p;              ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﺠﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺇِﺑﹾﻠِﻴﺲﹶ ﺃَﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻜْﺒﹶﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
        C_veokv HgnsI. Ah³ hnk½Xw
        {]ISn¸n¡pIbpw Alw`mhw \Sn¡p                                                      ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        Ibpw sNbvXp. Ah³ kXy\ntj[n
        Ifn s]«h\m bncn¡p¶p.
35.     BZta, \obpw \nsâ CWbpw kzÀK           َ‫٥٣. ﻭﹶﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹸ ﺍﺳﹾﻜُﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻭﹶﺯَﻭﹾﺟﹸﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔ‬
        ¯n Xmakn¡pIbpw AXn \n§Ä
        CNvOn¡p¶nS¯p \n¶v kp`n£ambn           ‫ﻭﹶﻛُﻼﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﻏَﺪﺍً ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺷِﺌْﺘُﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹶﺎ‬
        Ccphcpw `£n¨p sImÅpIbpw sN¿pI.                    ‫ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺠﹶﺮﹶﺓﹶ ﻓَﺘَﻜُﻮنَﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
        F¶m Cu hr£s¯ \n§Ä
        kao]n¨p t]mIcpXv. F¦n \n§Ä
        Ccphcpw   AXn{IaImcnIfmbn¯ocpw
        F¶p \mw BPvRm]n¨p.
36.     F¶m ]nimNv Ahsc AXn \n¶v            ‫٦٣. ﻓَﺄَﺯَﻟﱠﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺟﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ‬
        hyXnNen¸n¨p. AhÀ Ccphcpw A\p`hn
        ¨ncp¶Xn ( ku`mKyw ) \n¶v Ahsc        ٍ‫ﻛَﺎنَﺎ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻫﹾﺒِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
        ]pdw    XÅpIbpw    sNbvXp.  \mw       ‫ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱞ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻘَﺮﱞ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
        ( AhtcmS v ) ]dªp: \n§Ä Cd§n
        t¸mIq. \n§fn NneÀ NneÀ¡v                                                                    ٍ‫ﺣِﲔ‬
        i{Xp¡fmIp¶p. \n§Ä¡v `qanbnÂ
        Hcp \nivNnX Imew htc¡pw hmkkvY
        ehpw PohnXhn`h§fpapWvSmbncn¡pw.
37.     A\´cw BZw Xsâ c£nXmhn¦Â               ‫٧٣. ﻓَﺘَﻠَﻘﱠﻰ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻪِ ﻛَﻠِﻤﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻓَﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ‬
        \n¶v Nne hN\§Ä kzoIcn¨p. ( B
        hN\§Ä aptJ\ ]ivNm¯]n¨ )                                                  ‫ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﱠﺍﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹸ‬
        BZan\v AÃmlp ]m]tamN\w \ÂIn.
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                8                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        Ah³ ]ivNm¯m]w Gsd kzoIcn
        ¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.
38.     \mw ]dªp: \n§sfÃmhcpw AhnsS          ‫٨٣. ﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻫﹾﺒِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﺎً ﻓَﺈِﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﻨﱠﻜُﻢ‬
        \n¶v Cd§nt¸mIpI. F¶n«v Fsâ
        ]¡Â \n¶pÅ amÀKZÀi\w \n§Ä¡v           ‫ﻣﱢﻨﱢﻲ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﺒِﻊﹶ ﻫﹸﺪﹶﺍﻱﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ‬
        hs¶¯pt¼mÄ Fsâ B amÀKZÀi\w                                           ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ]n³]äp¶hcmtcm AhÀ¡v `bs¸tS
        WvSXnÃ. AhÀ ZpxJnt¡WvSnhcnI
        bpanÃ.
39.     Ahnizkn¡pIbpw \½psS ZrjvSm´§Ä        ‫٩٣. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
        \ntj[n¨v XÅpIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm
        Ahcmbncn¡pw      \cImhIminIÄ.                      ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        AhcXn \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.
40.     C{kmbo k´XnItf, () Rm³              ‫٠٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻤﹾﺖﹸ‬
        \n§Ä¡v sNbvXp X¶n«pÅ A\p{Klw
        \n§Ä HmÀan¡pIbpw, Ft¶mSpÅ            ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻭﹾﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺃُﻭﻑِ ﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        IcmÀ \n§Ä \ndthäpIbpw sN¿phn³.                                                ِ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻱﹶ ﻓَﺎﺭﹾﻫﹶﺒﹸﻮﻥ‬
        F¦n \n§tfmSpÅ IcmÀ Rm\pw
        \ndthämw. Fs¶ am{Xta \n§Ä
        `bs¸Smhq.
41.     \n§fpsS ]¡epÅ thZ{KÙ§sf              َ‫١٤. ﻭﹶﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﺖﹸ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗﺎً ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
        icnsh¨psImWvSv Rm³ AhXcn¸n¨
        ktµi¯n ( JpÀB\n ) \n§Ä             ً‫ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﱠﻝَ ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮٍ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻲ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﺎ‬
        hnizkn¡q. AXns\ BZyambn Xs¶                                              ِ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻱﹶ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮﻥ‬
        \ntj[n¡p¶hÀ \n§fmIcpXv. XpNvO
        amb hnebv¡v ( `uXnI t\«¯n\p )
        ]Icw Fsâ hN\§Ä \n§Ä
        hnäpIfbpIbpw sN¿cpXv. Ft¶mSv
        am{Xw \n§Ä `b`IvXn ]peÀ¯pI.
42.
                                             ‫٢٤. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻠْﺒِﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻃِﻞِ ﻭﹶﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ‬
        \n§Ä kXyw AkXyhpambn Iq«n¡p
        g¡cpXv.  AdnªpsImWvSv kXyw
        ad¨psh¡pIbpw sN¿cpXv.                                                             ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
43.
                                             ‫٣٤. ﻭﹶﺃَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﻛَﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ‬
        {]mÀXvY\    apdt]mse   \nÀhln
        ¡pIbpw,    kIm¯v     \ÂIpIbpw,
        (AÃmlphnsâ ap¼nÂ) XeIp\n¡p¶                                                              ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﻛِﻌِﲔﹶ‬
        htcmsSm¸w \n§Ä XeIp\n ¡pIbpw
        sN¿phn³.
44.
                                             ‫٤٤. ﺃَﺗَﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒِﺮﱢ ﻭﹶﺗَﻨﺴﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
        \n§Ä P\§tfmSv \³a IÂ]n¡p
        Ibpw \n§fpsS kz´w Imcy¯nÂ

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                          Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 9                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘْﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        (AX) ad¶pIfbp IbpamtWm ? \n§Ä
        thZ{KÙw ]mcmbWw sNbvXpsImWvSn
        cn¡p¶ phtÃm. \n§sf´mWv Nn´n¡m
        ¯Xv ?
45.
                                              ‫٥٤. ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻌِﻴﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﺼﱠﺒﹾﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜَﺒِﲑﹶﺓﹲ‬
        kl\hpw \akvImchpw aptJ\ (AÃm
        lphnsâ) klmbw tXSpI. AXv (\akv
        Imcw ) `IvX³amcÃm ¯hÀ¡v henb                                             ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺷِﻌِﲔﹶ‬
        ( {]bmkapÅ ) Imcyw Xs¶bmIp¶p.
46.
                                              ِ‫٦٤. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻼﹶﻗُﻮ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
        X§fpsS      c£nXmhpambn  IWvSp
        apt«WvSnhcpsa¶pw,     Ah¦te¡v
        Xncn¨pt]mtIWvSn hcpsa¶pw hnNmcn                                                          ‫ﺭﹶﺍﺟِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ¨psImWvSncn¡p¶hcs{X       AhÀ
        ( `IvX³amÀ ).
47.
                                              ‫٧٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻤﹾﺖﹸ‬
        C{kmbo k´XnItf, \n§Ä¡v
        Rm³ sNbvXp X¶n«pÅ A\p{Klhpw,
        aäp P\hn`mK §tf¡mÄ \n§Ä¡v                       ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﱢﻲ ﻓَﻀﱠﻠْﺘُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
        Rm³ t{ijvTX \ÂInbXpw \n§Ä
        HmÀ¡pI.
48.
                                              ً‫٨٤. ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﺎً ﻻﱠ ﺗَﺠﹾﺰِﻱ نَﻔْﺲﹲ ﻋﹶﻦ نﱠﻔْﺲٍ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌﺎ‬
    HcmÄ¡pw asämcmÄ¡v thWvSn Hcp
    D]Imchpw sN¿m³ ]äm¯ Hcp
    Znhks¯       \n§Ä      kq£n¡pI.           ٌ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻘْﺒﹶﻞُ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺷﹶﻔَﺎﻋﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺧﹶﺬُ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝ‬
    (A¶v) Hcmfn \n¶pw Hcp ip]mÀi
    bpw kzoIcn¡s¸SpIbnÃ. Hcmfn                                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﺼﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    \n¶pw Hcp {]mbivNn¯hpw taSn¡
    s¸SpIbpanÃ. AhÀ¡v Hcp klmbhpw
    e`n¡pIbpanÃ.
49. \n§fpsS ]pcpjk´m\§sf Adp
    sIme sNbvXpsImWvSpw, \n§fpsS              ‫٩٤. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ نَﺠﱠﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺁﻝِ ﻓِﺮﹾﻋﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻳﹶﺴﹸﻮﻣﹸﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    kv{XoP\§sf      Pohn¡m³     hn«p          ‫ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ‬     ‫ﻳﹸﺬَﺑﱢﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬         ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏ‬          ‫ﺳﹸﻮﹶﺀﹶ‬
    sImWvSpw \n§Ä¡v \njvTqc aÀ±\ta
    Â]n¨psImWvSncp¶     ^nÀ   Husâ            ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺤﹾﻴﹸﻮﻥﹶ نِﺴﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻼﺀ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    Iq«cn \n¶v \n§sf \mw c£s¸Sp
    ¯nb kµÀ`w (HmÀan¡pI.) \n§fpsS
    c£nXmhn¦Â\n¶pÅ        Hcp  henb
    ]co£WamWv AXnepWvSm bncp¶Xv.
50. IS ]nfÀ¶v \n§sf sImWvSp t]mbn
    \mw    c£s¸Sp¯pIbpw,      \n§Ä            ‫٠٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻓَﺮﹶﻗْﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮﹶ ﻓَﺄَﳒَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻏْﺮﹶﻗْﻨﹶﺎ‬
    IWvSpsImWvSncns¡    ^nÀ   Husâ                                      ‫ﺁﻝَ ﻓِﺮﹾﻋﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻨﻈُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    Iq«sc \mw ap¡ns¡mÃpIbpw sNbvX
    kµÀ`hpw ( HmÀan¡pI ).
51. aqkm \_n¡v \mÂ]Xv cmhpIÄ \mw
    \nivNbn¡pIbpw    At±lw     (AXn           ‫١٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹶﺪﹾنَﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌِﲔﹶ ﻟَﻴﹾﻠَﺔً ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬْﺗُﻢﹸ‬
    ¶mbn)    t]mb     tijw    \n§Ä
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 10                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                               ‫ﺍﻟْﻌِﺠﹾﻞَ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻇَﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    A{Iaambn Hcp Imf¡p«nsb ( ssZh
    ambn)   kzoIcn¡pIbpw    sNbvX
    kµÀ`hpw ( HmÀ¡pI ).
52. F¶n«v AXn¶v tijhpw \n§Ä¡v
    \mw am¸p\ÂIn. \n§Ä \µnbpÅ                 ‫٢٥. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻋﹶﻔَﻮﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢِ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    hcmbncn¡phm³ thWvSn.                                                                    ‫ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
53.     \n§Ä k³amÀKw IsWvS¯p¶Xn\v             ‫٣٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔُﺮﹾﻗَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
        thWvSn thZ {KÙhpw, kXyhpw
        AkXyhpw thÀXncn¡p¶ {]amWhpw                                                            ‫ﺗَﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        aqkm\_n¡v \mw \ÂInb kµÀ`hpw (
        HmÀ¡pI ).
54.
                                              ‫٤٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻣِﻪِ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺇِنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹾ‬
         Fsâ kapZmbta, Imf¡p«nsb ( ssZh
        ambn) kzoIcn¨Xv aptJ\ \n§Ä
        \n§tfmSv Xs¶ A\ymbw sNbvXncn¡p        ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺑِﺎﺗﱢﺨَﺎﺫِﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﺠﹾﻞَ ﻓَﺘُﻮﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
        IbmWv. AXn\m \n§Ä \n§fpsS
        {kjvSmhnte¡v ]ivNm¯]n¨v aS§pI         ‫ﺑﹶﺎﺭِﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﺭِﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﱠﺍﺏﹸ‬
        bpw ({]mb ivNn¯ambn) \n§Ä \n§
        sfXs¶ \n{Kln¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
        \n§fpsS {kjvSmhnsâ ASp¡Â
        AXmWv \n§Ä¡v KpWIcw F¶v                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹸ‬
        aqkm Xsâ P\XtbmSv ]dª kµÀ
        `hpw (HmÀan¡pI). A\´cw AÃmlp
        \n§fpsS ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¨p.
        Ah³ ]ivNm¯m]w Gsd kzoIcn
        ¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.
55.      Hm; aqkm, R§Ä AÃmlpsh                ‫٥٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟَﻦ نﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹶ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ نَﺮﹶﻯ‬
        {]Xy£ambn ImWp¶Xv hsc Xm¦sf
        R§Ä hnizkn¡pItb Cà F¶v                ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪﹶ ﺟﹶﻬﹾﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹶﺬَﺗْﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻋِﻘَﺔُ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ‬
        \n§Ä ]dª kµÀ`w ( HmÀ¡pI. )                                                            ‫ﺗَﻨﻈُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        X¶nan¯w \n§Ä t\m¡n \nÂs¡
        CSn¯o \n§sf ]nSnIqSn.
56.     ]n¶oSv \n§fpsS acW¯n\v tijw           ‫٦٥. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺑﹶﻌﹶﺜْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
        \n§sf \mw Fgpt¶Â]n¨p. \n§Ä
        \µnbpÅhcmbn¯ocm³ thWvSn.                                                            ‫ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬

57.     \n§Ä¡v \mw taL¯W \ÂIp                ‫٧٥. ﻭﹶﻇَﻠﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻤﹶﺎﻡﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻦﱠ‬
        Ibpw a¶mbpw ImS]£nIfpw Cd¡n
        ¯cnIbpw sNbvXp. \n§Ä¡v \mw            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﻠْﻮﹶﻯ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
        \ÂInbn«pÅ hninjvSamb hkvXp                     ‫ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮنَﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻈْﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ¡fn \n¶v `£n¨psImÅpI (F¶v
        \mw \nÀtZin¨p). AhÀ (F¶n«pw \µn
        tISv ImWn¨hÀ) \aps¡mcp t{Zmlhpw

  Previous Page                  First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 11                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        hcp¯nbn«nÃ. AhÀ AhÀ¡v Xs¶bm
        Wv t{ZmlapWvSm¡ns¡mWvSncn¡p¶Xv.
58.     \n§Ä Cu ]«W¯n {]thin¡p               ‫٨٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺮﹾﻳﹶﺔَ ﻓَﻜُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
        hn³. AhnsS \n§Ä¡v CjvSapÅn
        S¯p\n¶v     btYjvSw  `£n¨psIm         ‫ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺷِﺌْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﻏَﺪﺍً ﻭﹶﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏﹶ‬
        Åphn³. XeIp\n¨p sImWvSv hmXn         ‫ﺳﹸﺠﱠﺪﺍً ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺣِﻄﱠﺔٌ نﱠﻐْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﻄَﺎﻳﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        IS¡pIbpw     ]ivNm¯m]   hN\w
        ]dbpIbpw    sN¿phn³.  \n§fpsS                                        ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻨﹶﺰِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
        ]m]§Ä \mw s]mdp¯pXcnIbpw,
        kÂ{]hr¯nIÄ sN¿p¶hÀ¡v IqSpX
         IqSpX A\p{Kl§Ä \ÂIpIbpw
        sN¿p¶ XmWv F¶v \mw ]dª
        kµÀ`hpw ( HmÀ¡pI ).
59.     F¶m A{IanIfmb BfpIÄ Ah               ‫٩٥. ﻓَﺒﹶﺪﱠﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﹾﻻً ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
        tcmSv \nÀtZin¡s¸« hm¡n¶p ]Icw
        asämcp hm¡mWv D]tbmKn¨Xv. AXn\m       ‫ﻓَﺄَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺭِﺟﹾﺰﺍً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
         B A{IanIfpsS ta \mw BImi                                  ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﺴﹸﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ¯p \n¶v in£ Cd¡n. ImcWw AhÀ
        [n¡mcw ImWn¨p sImWvSncp¶Xv Xs¶.
60. aqkm \_n Xsâ P\Xbv¡pthWvSn                ‫٠٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫِ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺴﹾﻘَﻰ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻣِﻪِ ﻓَﻘُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﺿْﺮِﺏ‬
    shůn\t]£n¨ kµÀ`hpw ({i²n
    ¡pI.) At¸mÄ \mw ]dªp: \nsâ                ‫ﺑﱢﻌﹶﺼﹶﺎﻙَ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺠﹶﺮﹶ ﻓَﺎنﻔَﺠﹶﺮﹶﺕﹾ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﺘَﺎ ﻋﹶﺸﹾﺮﹶﺓﹶ‬
    hSnsImWvSv     ]mdta   ASn¡pI.
    A§s\ AXn \n¶v ]{´WvSv                    ْ‫ﻋﹶﻴﹾﻨﺎً ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻋﹶﻠِﻢﹶ ﻛُﻞﱡ ﺃُنَﺎﺱٍ ﻣﱠﺸﹾﺮﹶﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍ‬
                                              ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱢﺯْﻕِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﺜَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
    DdhpIÄ s]m«n HgpIn. P\§fnÂ
    Hmtcm hn`mKhpw AhchÀ¡v shÅ
    saSp¡m\pÅ kvYe§Ä a\Ênem¡n.                                                              ‫ﻣﹸﻔْﺴِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    AÃmlphnsâ Blmc¯n \n¶v \n§
    Ä Xn¶pIbpw IpSn¡pIbpw sNbvXp
    sImÅq. `qanbn Ipg¸ap WvSm¡n
    \miImcnIfmbn ¯occpXv (F¶v \mw
    AhtcmSv \nÀtZin¡p Ibpw sNbvXp ).
61. Hm; aqkm, HtcXcw Blmchpambn               ٍ‫١٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟَﻦ نﱠﺼﹾﺒِﺮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻡ‬
    £an¨pIgnbphm³ R§Ä¡v km[n¡p
    IbnÃ. AXn\m a®n apf¨pWvSm               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪٍ ﻓَﺎﺩﹾﻉﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺨْﺮِﺝﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗُﻨﺒِﺖﹸ‬
                                              ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻘْﻠِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻗِﺜﱠﺂﺋِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻓُﻮﻣِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺪﹶﺳِﻬﹶﺎ‬
    hp¶ Xc¯nepÅ Noc, shÅcn,
    tKmX¼v, ]bdv, DÅn apXembh R§Ä
    ¡v DÂ]mZn¸n ¨pXcphm³ Xm¦Ä                 ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺼﹶﻠِﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﺒﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﺩﹾنَﻰ‬
                                              ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﺍﻫﹾﺒِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﺼﹾﺮﺍً ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
    Xm¦fpsS \mYt\mSv {]mÀXvYn¡pI
    F¶v \n§Ä ]dª kµÀ`hpw
    (HmÀ¡pI) aqkm ]dªp: IqSpX                ُ‫ﺳﹶﺄَﻟْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺿُﺮِﺑﹶﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻟﱠﺔُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﻜَﻨﹶﺔ‬
    D¯aambXv hn«v XnI¨pw XmWXc¯n
    epÅXmtWm \n§Ä ]Icw Bhiy                   ْ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﹾﺍْ ﺑِﻐَﻀَﺐٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                    Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              12                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

    s¸Sp¶Xv?      F¶m      \n§sfmcp       ِ‫ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮ‬
    ]«W¯n sN¶nd§ns¡mÅq. \n§Ä
    Bhiy s¸Sp¶sXÃmw \n§Ä¡hnsS                      ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺼﹶﻮﺍْ ﻭﱠﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    In«pw. (C¯cw ZpÀhminIÄ ImcW
    ambn ) AhcpsS ta \nµyXbpw ]Xn
    Xzhpw ASnt¨Â]n¡s¸SpIbpw, AhÀ
    AÃmlphnsâ tIm]¯n\v ]m{Xambn
    ¯ocpIbpw sNbvXp. AhÀ AÃmlp
    hnsâ     ZrjvSm´§sf     \ntj[n¡p
    Ibpw, {]hmNI³amsc A\ymbambn
    sImes¸Sp¯pIbpw         sNbvXXnsâ
    ^eambn«mWXv kw`hn¨Xv. AhÀ
    [n¡mcw ImWn¡pIbpw, AXn{Iaw
    {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw           sNbvXXnsâ
    ^eambmWXv kw`hn¨Xv.
62. ( apl½Zv \_nbn ) hnizkn¨htcm,
    blqZaXw kzoIcn¨htcm, ss{IkvX           ‫٢٦. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ‬
    htcm, km_nItfm BcmIs«, AÃm             ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺌِﲔﹶ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‬
    lphnepw A´yZn\¯nepw hnizkn¡p
    Ibpw, kÂIÀ½w {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw              َ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻞَ ﺻﹶﺎﻟِﺤﺎً ﻓَﻠَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
    sNbvXn«pÅhÀ¡v AhcpsS c£nXmhn                              ‫ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¦Â AhÀ AÀln¡p¶ {]Xn^eapWvSv.
    AhÀ¡v `bs¸tS WvSXnÃ. AhÀ
    ZpxJnt¡WvSn hcnIbpanÃ.
63. \mw \n§tfmSv IcmÀ hm§pIbpw
    \n§Ä¡v aosX ]ÀÆXs¯ \mw                 ‫٣٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻓَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻮﺭﹶ‬
    DbÀ¯n¸nSn¡pIbpw sNbvX kµÀ`w            ِ‫ﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻘُﻮﱠﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻴﻪ‬
    (HmÀ¡pI). \n§Ä¡v \mw \ÂInbXv
    Kuch_p²ntbmsS      GsäSp¡pIbpw,                                                   ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    tZmj_m[sb kq£n¡phm³ thWvSn
    AXn \nÀtZin¨Xv HmÀan¨p sImWvSn
    cn¡pIbpw sN¿pI (F¶v \mw A\pim
    kn¨p ).
64.
                                           ِ‫٤٦. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻠَﻮﹾﻻَ ﻓَﻀْﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬
    F¶n«Xn\v tijhpw \n§Ä ]pdtIm«v
    t]mbn. AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klhpw
    Ahsâ ImcpWyhpw CÃmbncp¶p                     ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺘُﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    sh¦n     \n§Ä   \jvS¡m cnÂ
    s]Spambncp¶p.
65. \n§fn \n¶v k_v¯v (iº¯v)
    Zn\¯n AXn{Iaw ImWn¨hsc ]än            ‫٥٦. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻋﹶﻠِﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
    \n§fdnªn«pWvStÃm. At¸mÄ \mw                   ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒﹾﺖِ ﻓَﻘُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻗِﺮﹶﺩﹶﺓﹰ ﺧﹶﺎﺳِﺌِﲔﹶ‬
    AhtcmSv ]dªp: \n§Ä \nµycmb
    Ipc§³amcmbn¯ocpI.
  Previous Page               First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 13                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

66.
                                              ‫٦٦. ﻓَﺠﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻫﹶﺎ نَﻜَﺎﻻً ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﻠْﻔَﻬﹶﺎ‬
         A§s\ \mw AXns\ (B in£sb)
        A¡me¯pw ]n¡me¯papÅ hÀ¡v
        Hcp KpW]mThpw, kq£vaX ]men¡p                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻮﹾﻋِﻈَﺔً ﻟﱢﻠْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
        ¶hÀ¡v Hcp XtXzm]tZi hpam¡n.
67.
                                              ‫٧٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻣِﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥﹾ‬
         AÃmlp \n§tfmSv Hcp ]iphns\ Adp
        ¡phm³ IÂ]n¡p¶p F¶v aqkm Xsâ
        P\XtbmSv ]dª kµÀ`w ({i²n¡pI)          ُ‫ﺗَﺬْﺑﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻘَﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُنَﺎ ﻫﹸﺰﹸﻭﺍً ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﻋﹸﻮﺫ‬
        AhÀ ]dªp: Xm¦Ä R§sf
        ]cnlkn¡pIbmtWm? At±lw (aqkm)                                  ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺃَﻛُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﻫِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
        ]dªp:     Rm³     hnhcwsI«hcnÂ
        s]«pt]mIm Xncn¡m³ AÃmlphnÂ
        A`bw {]m]n¡p¶p.
68.
                                              ‫٨٦. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﺩﹾﻉﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦ ﻟّﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ‬
         (At¸mÄ) AhÀ ]dªp: AXv (]ip )
        GXv Xcambncn¡Wsa¶v R§Ä¡v
        hniZoIcn¨p Xcm³ R§Ä¡v thWvSn          ‫ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺇِنﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻘَﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻻﱠ ﻓَﺎﺭِﺽﹲ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺑِﻜْﺮﹲ ﻋﹶﻮﹶﺍﻥﹲ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
        Xm¦fpsS c£nXmhnt\mSv {]mÀXvYn
        ¡Ww. aqkm ]dªp: {]mbw hfsc                                         ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺎﻓْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﺆﹾﻣﹶﺮﻭﻥﹶ‬
        IqSnbtXm hfsc IpdªtXm AÃm¯
        CS{]mb¯nepÅ Hcp ]iphmbncn
        ¡Ww AsX¶mWv Ah³ (AÃmlp)
        ]dbp¶Xv. AXn\m IÂ]n¡s¸Sp¶
        {]Imcw \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡pI.
69.
                                              ‫٩٦. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﺩﹾﻉﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦ ﻟﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻮﹾنُﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ‬
         AhÀ ]dªp: AXnsâ \ndsa´m
         bncn¡Wsa¶v R§Ä¡v hniZoIcn
         ¨pXcphm³ R§Ä¡v thWvSn Xm¦Ä           ‫ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺇِنّﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻘَﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﺻﹶﻔْﺮﹶﺍﺀ ﻓَﺎﻗِـﻊﹲ ﻟﱠﻮﹾنُﻬﹶﺎ ﺗَﺴﹸﺮﱡ‬
        Xm¦fpsS c£nXmhnt\mSv {]mÀXvYn
        ¡Ww. aqkm ]dªp: ImWnIÄ¡v                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻇِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        IuXpIw     tXm¶n¡p¶,    sXfnª
        aª\ndapÅ Hcp ]iphmbncn¡Ww
        AsX¶mWv Ah³ ( AÃmlp )
        ]dbp¶Xv.
70.
                                              ‫٠٧. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﺩﹾﻉﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦ ﻟﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺒﹶﻘَﺮﹶ‬
         AhÀ ]dªp: AXv GXv XcamsW¶v
        R§Ä¡v hyIvXam¡n Xcm³ \nsâ
        c£nXmhnt\mSv R§Ä¡v thWvSn                  ‫ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺑﹶﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﺂ ﺇِﻥ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻤﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        {]mÀXvYn¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw ]ip¡Ä
        ]ckv]cw kmZriyapÅXmbn R§
         Ä¡v tXm¶p¶p. AÃmlp Dt±in¨mÂ
        Ahsâ amÀK\nÀtZi{]Imcw XoÀ¨bm
        bpw R§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡mw.
71.      ( At¸mÄ ) aqkm ]dªp: \new            ‫١٧. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺇِنﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻘَﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻻﱠ ﺫَﻟُﻮﻝٌ ﺗُﺜِﲑﹸ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ‬
        DgpXphmt\m hnf \\bv¡phmt\m
        D]tbmKs¸Sp¯p¶XÃm¯,        ]mSpI       ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺴﹾﻘِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹾﺙﹶ ﻣﹸﺴﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﺔٌ ﻻﱠ ﺷِﻴﹶﺔَ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
         sfm¶panÃm¯    AhnIeamb     Hcp
        ]iphmbncn¡Ww AsX¶mWv AÃmlp            ‫ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ ﺟِﺌْﺖﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻓَﺬَﺑﹶﺤﹸﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
        ]dbp¶Xv. AhÀ ]dªp: Ct¸mgmWv
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 14                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                                           ‫ﻛَﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        Xm¦Ä icnbmb hnhcw shfns¸Sp
        ¯nbXv. A§s\ AhÀ AXns\
        Adp¯p. AhÀ¡Xv \ndthäpI Ffp¸
        ambncp¶nÃ.
72.     (C{kmbo    k´XnItf),   \n§Ä          ‫٢٧. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺘَﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ نَﻔْﺴﺎً ﻓَﺎﺩﱠﺍﺭﹶﺃْﺗُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﺨْﺮِﺝﹲ‬
        Hcmsf sImes¸Sp¯pIbpw, At\ym\yw
        Ipäw   Btcm]n¨psImWvSv  Hgnªv                                                  ‫ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        amdpIbpw sNbvX kµÀ`hpw (HmÀ
        ¡pI.) F¶m \n§Ä Hfn¨v sh¡p
        ¶Xv AÃmlp shfnbn sImWvSphcnI
        Xs¶ sN¿pw.
73.     At¸mÄ \mw ]dªp: \n§Ä AXnsâ            ‫٣٧. ﻓَﻘُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﺿْﺮِﺑﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﻀِﻬﹶﺎ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻴِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
        ( ]iphnsâ ) HcwiwsImWvSv B
        arXtZl¯n ASn¡pI. A{]Imcw                          ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺗَﻰ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AÃmlp acWs¸«hsc Pohn¸n¡p¶p.
        \n§Ä Nn´n¡phm³ thWvSn Ahsâ
        ZrjvSm´§Ä \n§Ä¡h³ ImWn¨p
        Xcp¶p.
74.     ]n¶oSv AXn\v tijhpw \n§fpsS           ‫٤٧. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻗَﺴﹶﺖﹾ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻬِﻲﹶ‬
        a\ÊpIÄ ISp¯pt]mbn. Ah ]md
        t]msetbm AXns\¡mÄ ISp¯tXm             ‫ﻛَﺎﻟْﺤِﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺓِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱡ ﻗَﺴﹾﻮﹶﺓﹰ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
        Bbn `hn¨p. ]mdIfn NneXn \n¶v
        \ZnIÄ s]m«n HgpImdpWvSv. NneXv        ‫ﺍﻟْﺤِﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺓِ ﻟَﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺘَﻔَﺠﱠﺮﹸ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
                                              ‫ﻟَﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﱠﻘﱠﻖﹸ ﻓَﻴﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺝﹸ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻟَﻤﹶﺎ‬
        ]nfÀ¶v shÅw ]pd¯v hcp¶p. NneXv
        ssZh`b¯m      Xmtgm«v  DcpWvSp
        hogpIbpw sN¿p¶p. \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n          ‫ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺒِﻂُ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﺸﹾﻴﹶﺔِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ‬
        ¡p¶ bmsXm¶ns\]änbpw AÃmlp
        H«pw A{i²\Ã.                                                                                 ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
75.     ( kXyhnizmknItf ), \n§sf AhÀ          ‫٥٧. ﺃَﻓَﺘَﻄْﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻖﹲ‬
        ( blqZÀ ) hnizkn¡psa¶v \n§Ä
        tamln¡pIbmtWm? Ahcn Hcp              ِ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻛَﻼﹶﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺮﱢﻓُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪ‬
        hn`mKw   AÃmlphnsâ    hN\§Ä
        tIÄ¡pIbpw, AXv icn¡pw a\Ên                                            ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻘَﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        em¡nbXn\v tijw t_m[]qÀÆw Xs¶
        AXn Ir{Xnaw ImWn¨psImWvSn
        cn¡pIbpamWtÃm.

76.     hnizkn¨hsc IWvSpap«pt¼mÄ AhÀ          ‫٦٧. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻟَﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺧﹶﻼﹶ‬
        ]dbpw: R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p
        F¶v.     AhÀ   X½n      X\n¨p        ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺗُﺤﹶﺪﱢﺛُﻮنَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﺘَﺢﹶ‬
        IWvSpap«pt¼mÄ (]ckv]cw Ipäs¸          ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹸﺤﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ‬
        Sp¯ns¡mWvSv) AhÀ ]dbpw: AÃmlp
        \n§Ä¡v shfns¸Sp¯n¯¶ Imcy                                                                     ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        §Ä ChÀ¡v \n§Ä ]dªpsImSp¡p
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                           Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  15                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        IbmtWm ? \n§fpsS c£nXmhnsâ
        k¶n[nbn AhÀ \n§Äs¡XncnÂ
        AXv sh¨v \ymbhmZw \S¯m³
        thWvSn. \n§sf´mWv Nn´n¡m¯Xv ?
77.     F¶m AhÀ¡dnªpIqtS; AhÀ                 ‫٧٧. ﺃَﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺴِﺮﱡﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
        clkyam¡p¶Xpw ]ckyam¡p¶Xpsa
        Ãmw AÃmlp Adnbp¶psWvS¶v ?                                                                     ‫ﻳﹸﻌﹾﻠِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
78.     A£cPvRm\anÃm¯ Nne BfpIfpw              ‫٨٧. ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱢﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻣﹶﺎنِﻲﱠ‬
        Ahcn ( C{kmboeycn ) DWvSv. Nne
        hymtaml§Ä sh¨v ]peÀ¯p¶XÃmsX                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥﹶ‬
        thZ{KÙs¯¸än AhÀ ¡v H¶padnbnÃ.
        AhÀ Duls¯ Ah ew_am¡pI
        am{XamWv sN¿p¶Xv.
79.      F¶m kz´w ssIIÄ sImWvSv               ‫٩٧. ﻓَﻮﹶﻳﹾﻞٌ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
        {KÙw FgpXnbpWvSm¡pIbpw F¶n«v
        AXv AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v e`n¨Xm              ً‫ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟِﻴﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﺎ‬
        sW¶v ]dbpIbpw sN¿p¶hÀ¡m                ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻓَﻮﹶﻳﹾﻞٌ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻛَﺘَﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻭﹶﻳﹾﻞٌ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
        Ip¶p \miw. AXv aptJ\ hne Ipdª
        t\«§Ä IckvYam¡m³ thWvSnbm                                                          ‫ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        Ip¶p (AhcnXv sN¿p¶Xv. ) AhcpsS
        ssIIÄ FgpXnb hIbnepw AhÀ
        k¼mZn¡p¶ hIbnepw AhÀ¡v \miw.
80.     AhÀ ( blqZÀ ) ]dªp: F®s¸«              ْ‫٠٨. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻦ ﺗَﻤﹶﺴﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻣﺎً ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶﺓﹰ ﻗُﻞ‬
        Znhk§fneÃmsX R§sf \cI in£
        _m[n¡pItb CÃ. tNmZn¡pI: \n§Ä           ‫ﺃَﺗﱠﺨَﺬْﺗُﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻬﹾﺪﹰﺍ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﻳﹸﺨْﻠِﻒﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                                       ‫ﻋﹶﻬﹾﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺃَﻡﹾ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AÃmlphn¦Â\n¶v hà Icmdpw hm§n
        bn«ptWvSm ? F¶m XoÀ¨bmbpw
        AÃmlp Xsâ IcmÀ ewLn¡pIbnÃ.
        AXÃ,     \n§Ä¡v   AdnhnÃm¯Xv
        AÃmlphnsâ t]cn \n§Ä ]dªp
        WvSm¡pIbmtWm ?
81.     A§s\bÃ. BÀ ZpjvIrXyw sN¿p              ِ‫١٨. ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺴﹶﺐﹶ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺔً ﻭﹶﺃَﺣﹶﺎﻃَﺖﹾ ﺑِﻪ‬
        Ibpw ]m]¯nsâ heb¯n s]Sp
        Ibpw   sN¿p¶pthm AhcmIp¶p              ‫ﺧﹶﻄِﻴـﺌَﺘُﻪﹸ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
                                                                                                  ‫ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        \cImhIminIÄ. AhcXn \nXy
        hmknIfmbncn¡pw.
82.     hnizkn¡pIbpw        kÂIÀ½§Ä            ‫٢٨. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
        A\pjvTn¡pIbpw sNbvXXmtcm Ahcm
        Ip¶p kzÀKmhIminIÄ. AhcXn                          ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  16                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


83.     AÃmlpsh AÃmsX \n§Ä Bcm[n               ‫٣٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻕَ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        ¡cpXv; amXm]nXm¡Ä¡pw _Ôp¡
        Ä¡pw A\mYIÄ¡pw AKXnIÄ¡pw               ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﺇِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎنﺎً ﻭﹶﺫِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ‬
        \³a sN¿Ww; P\§tfmSv \Ã hm¡v            ً‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔِ ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺣﹸﺴﹾﻨﺎ‬
        ]dbWw; {]mÀXvY\ apd {]Imcw
        \nÀhl¡pIbpw kIm¯v \ÂIpIbpw             ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
        sN¿Ww Fs¶Ãmw \mw C{kmbo
         eytcmSv IcmÀ hm§nb kµÀ`w                                    ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻌﹾﺮِﺿُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ( HmÀ¡pI ). ( F¶m C{kmboÂ
        k´XnItf, ) ]n¶oSv \n§fn Ipd¨v
        t]scmgnsI asäÃmhcpw hnapJX tbmsS
        ]n³amdn¡fbpIbmWv sNbvXXv.
84.     \n§Ä At\ym\yw cIvXw Nn´pI              ‫٤٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗَﺴﹾﻔِﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺩِﻣﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        bnsöpw, kz´amfpIsf IpSnsbmgn
        ¸n¡pIbnsöpw \n§tfmSv \mw Dd¸v         ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِﻛُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
        hm§nb kµÀ`hpw (HmÀ¡pI). F¶n«v                                       ‫ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺭﹾﺗُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        \n§fXv k½Xn¨v icnsh¡pIbpw
        sNbvXp. \n§fXn\v km£nIfpamIp¶p.

85.     F¶n«pw     \n§fnXm    kzP\§sf          ‫٥٨. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺗُﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        sIm¶psImWvSncn¡p¶p. \n§fn semcp
        hn`mKs¯ Xs¶ AhcpsS hoSpIfn            ‫ﻓَﺮِﻳﻘﺎً ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﺗَﻈَﺎﻫﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ‬
        \n¶pw Cd¡n hn«psIm WvSncn¡p¶p.         ‫ﺑِﺎﻹِﺛْﻢِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹸﺪﹾﻭﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺄﺗُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃُﺳﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ‬
        XnI¨pw IpäIcambpw AXn{Ia]cambpw
        AhÀs¡Xncn \n§Ä At\ym\yw               ‫ﺗُﻔَﺎﺩﹸﻭﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹸﺤﹶﺮﱠﻡﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺧﹾﺮﹶﺍﺟﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
        klmbn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p. AhÀ
        \n§fpsS ASp¯v bp²¯ShpImcmbn            ٍ‫ﺃَﻓَﺘُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
        h¶m \n§Ä tamN\aqeyw \ÂIn              ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞُ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺧِﺰﹾﻱﹲ‬
        Ahsc tamNn¸n ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
        bYmÀXvY¯n Ahsc ]pdw XÅp¶Xv            ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓِ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻳﹸﺮﹶﺩﱡﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
                                                 ‫ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱢ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        Xs¶ \n§Ä¡v \njn²ambncp¶p.
        \n§Ä thZ {KÙ¯nse Nne `mK§Ä
        hnizkn¡pIbpw aäp NneXv XÅn¡
        fbpIbpamtWm ? F¶m \n§fnÂ
        \n¶v A{]Imcw {]hÀ¯n ¡p¶hÀ¡v
        CltemIPohnX¯n A]am\aÃmsX
        asämcp ^ehpw In«m\nÃ. DbnÀs¯gp
        t¶Â]nsâ\mfnemhs« AXn ITn\amb
        in£ bnte¡v AhÀ XÅs¸SpIbpw
        sN¿pw. \n§fpsS {]hÀ¯\§sf¸
        änsbm¶pw AÃmlp A{i²\Ã.


  Previous Page                   First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                   17                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


86.     ]ctemIw  hnäv  CltemIPohnXw            ‫٦٨. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻭﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ‬
        hm§nbhcmIp¶p A¯c¡mÀ. AhÀ
        ¡v in£bn Cfhv \ÂIs¸ SpIbnÃ.           ‫ﺑِﺎﻵَﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻳﹸﺨَﻔﱠﻒﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
        AhÀ¡v Hcp klmbhpw e`n¡pIbp                                                               ‫ﻳﹸﻨﺼﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        anÃ.
87.     aqkmbv¡v \mw {KÙw \ÂIn. At±l           ِ‫٧٨. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﻗَﻔﱠﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩ‬
        ¯n\v tijw XpSÀ¨bmbn \mw ZqX³
        amsc Ab¨psImWvSncp¶p. aÀbansâ          ِ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞِ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕ‬
        aI\mb Cukm¡v \mw hyIvXamb              ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﱠﺪﹾنَﺎﻩﹸ ﺑِﺮﹸﻭﺡِ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺪﹸﺱِ ﺃَﻓَﻜُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        ZrjvSm´§Ä \ÂIp Ibpw, At±l
        ¯n\v \mw ]cnip²m Xvamhnsâ              ‫ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٌ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﺗَﻬﹾﻮﹶﻯ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹸﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻜْﺒﹶﺮﹾﺗُﻢﹾ‬
        ]n³_ew \ÂIpIbpw sNbvXp. F¶n«v
        \n§fpsS a\Ên\v ]nSn¡m¯ Imcy                                 ‫ﻓَﻔَﺮِﻳﻘﺎً ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻓَﺮِﻳﻘﺎً ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        §fpambn hà ssZh ZqX\pw \n§fpsS
        ASp¯v    hcpt¼msgms¡     \n§Ä
        Al¦cn ¡pIbpw, Nne ZqX³amsc
        \n§Ä XÅn¡fbpIbpw, aäp Nnesc
        \n§Ä h[n¡pIbpw sN¿pIbmtWm?
88.     AhÀ ]dªp: R§fpsS a\ÊpIÄ                ‫٨٨. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﻏُﻠْﻒﹲ ﺑﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ ﺑِﻜُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢﹾ‬
        ASªpInS¡pIbmWv. F¶m (AXÃ
        icn) AhcpsS \ntj[w ImcWambn                                                  ‫ﻓَﻘَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AÃmlp Ahsc i]n¨ncn ¡pIbmWv.
        AXn\m hfsc Ipdt¨ AhÀ
        hnizkn¡p¶pÅq.
89.      AhcpsS ssIhiapÅ thZs¯ icn             ٌ‫٩٨. ﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻕ‬
        sh¡p¶ Hcp {KÙw (JpÀB³) AÃm
        lphn¦Â \n¶v AhÀ¡v h¶p In«nb            ‫ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻔْﺘِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
        t¸mÄ (AhcXv XÅn¡fbpIbmWv               ْ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﺮﹶﻓُﻮﺍْ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
        sNbvXXv ). AhcmIs« (A¯cw Hcp
        {KÙhpambn hcp¶ {]hmNI³ aptJ\)                                ‫ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﻠَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺔُ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        AhnizmknIÄs¡Xncn hnPbw t\Sn
        sImSp¡phm³ thWvSn ap¼v (AÃmlp
        hnt\mSv)  {]mÀXvYn¡mdpWvSmbncp¶p.
        AhÀ¡v kp]cnNnXamb B ktµiw
        hs¶¯nbt¸mÄ AhcXv \n tj[n¡p
        IbmWv sNbvXXv. AXn\m B
        \ntj[nIÄ¡s{X AÃmlphnsâ im]w.
90.     AÃmlp Xsâ Zmk³amcn \n¶v Xm³           ‫٠٩. ﺑِﺌْﺴﹶﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻭﹾﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
        CNvOn¡p¶hcpsS   ta      Xsâ
        A\p{Klw   Cd¡nsImSp¡p¶XnepÅ            ‫ﺃنَﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﻐْﻴﺎً ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  18                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                               ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻩِ ﻓَﺒﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻐَﻀَﺐٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
        CuÀjy \nan¯w AÃmlp AhXcn ¸n¨
        ktµis¯       Ahnizkn¡pI   hgn
        X§fpsS BXvam¡sf hnäpsImWvShÀ                          ‫ﻏَﻀَﺐٍ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻣﱡﻬِﲔﹲ‬
        hm§nb hne F{X No¯! A§s\
        AhÀ tIm]¯n\p ta tIm]¯n\p
        ]m{Xambn XoÀ¶p. kXy\ntj[nIÄ
        ¡s{X \nµyamb in£bpÅXv.
91.     AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨Xn (JpÀB                ‫١٩. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ نُﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ‬
        \nÂ) \n§Ä hnizkn¡q F¶v
        AhtcmSv ]dbs¸«mÂ, R§Ä¡v                ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺂ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺀﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
        AhXoÀ®amb ktµi¯n R§Ä
        hnizkn¡p¶pWvSv F¶mWhÀ ]dbpI.           ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗﺎً ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﻠِﻢﹶ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AXn\¸pdapÅXv      AhÀ     \ntj[n                    ‫ﺃَنﺒِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
        ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p. AhcpsS ]¡epÅ
        thZs¯ icnsh¡p¶ kXyktµi
        amWv Xm\pw AXv (JpÀB³). (\_ntb,)
        ]dbpI: \n§Ä hnizmknIfmsW¦nÂ
        ]ns¶ F´n\m bncp¶p aps¼ms¡
        AÃmlp hnsâ {]hmNI³amsc \n§Ä
        h[n¨p sImWvSncp¶Xv?
92.     kv]jvSamb sXfnhpIfpw sImWvSv           ‫٢٩. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﻣﱡﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬْﺗُﻢﹸ‬
        aqkm \n§fpsS ASp¯v hcnIbp
        WvSmbn. F¶n«Xn\v tijhpw \n§Ä                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻌِﺠﹾﻞَ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻇَﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        A\ymbambns¡mWvSv    Imf¡p«nsb
        ssZham¡pIbmWtÃm sNbvXXv.
93.     \n§tfmSv \mw IcmÀ hm§pIbpw,            ‫٣٩. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻓَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻮﺭﹶ‬
        \n§Ä¡p aosX ]ÀÆXs¯ \mw
        DbÀ¯n¸nSn¡pIbpw sNbvX kµÀ              ْ‫ﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻘُﻮﱠﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
        `hpw ( {i²n¡pI ). \n§Ä¡v \mw
        \ÂInb ktµiw apdpsI]nSn ¡pIbpw          ‫ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺼﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃُﺷﹾﺮِﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹸ‬
        ( \½psS IÂ]\IÄ ) {i²n¨p                ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻌِﺠﹾﻞَ ﺑِﻜُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﺑِﺌْﺴﹶﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺑِﻪ‬
        tIÄ¡pIbpw sN¿pI (F¶v \mw
        A\pimkn¨p ). At¸mÄ AhÀ                                             ‫ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
        ]dªp:      R§Ä      tI«ncn¡p¶p.
        A\pkcnt¡sWvS¶p       sh¡pIbpw
        sNbvXncn¡p¶p. AhcpsS \ntj[
        kz`mh¯nsâ ^eambn Imf¡p«n
        tbmSpÅ `IvXn AhcpsS a\ÊpIfnÂ
        ebn¨p     tNÀ¶p     Ignªncp¶p.
        ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: \n§Ä hnizmkn
        IfmsW¦n B hnizmkw \n§tfmSv
        \nÀtZin¡p¶ Imcyw hfsc No¯
        Xs¶.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  19                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

94.     \o AhtcmSv ( blqZtcmSv ) ]dbpI:        ِ‫٤٩. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎنَﺖﹾ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﺭﹸ ﺍﻵَﺧِﺮﹶﺓﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
        aämÀ¡pw \ÂImsX \n§Ä¡p am{X
        ambn AÃmlp \o¡nsh¨XmWv ]ctem           ‫ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺼﹶﺔً ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻓَﺘَﻤﹶﻨﱠﻮﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹶ ﺇِﻥ‬
        IhnPbsa¦n \n§Ä acn¡p hm³
        sImXn¨psImÅpI. \n§fpsS hmZw                                                     ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
        kXyamsW¦n (AXmWtÃmthWvSXv)
95.     F¶m AhcpsS ssIIÄ ap³Iq«n              ‫٥٩. ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﺘَﻤﹶﻨﱠﻮﹾﻩﹸ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﱠﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
        sNbvXpsh¨Xv ( ZpjvIrXy§Ä ) Imc
        Wambn Ahscmcn¡epw acWs¯ sIm                                                   ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﲔﹶ‬
        Xn¡pIbnÃ.       AXn{IaImcnIsf]än
        kq£va PvRm\apÅ h\mIp¶p AÃmlp.

96.     XoÀ¨bmbpw P\§fn sh¨v PohnX            ‫٦٩. ﻭﹶﻟَﺘَﺠِﺪﹶنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﺣﹾﺮﹶﺹﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺣﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓٍ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ‬
        t¯mSv Gähpw BÀ¯nbpÅhcmbn
        Ahsc ( blqZsc ) \n\¡v ImWmw;           ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﻳﹸﻌﹶﻤﱠﺮﹸ ﺃَﻟْﻒﹶ‬
        _lpssZhhnizmknIsf¡mÄ t]mepw.           ‫ﺳﹶﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺑِﻤﹸﺰﹶﺣﹾﺰِﺣِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﺃَﻥ‬
        Ahcn Hmtcmcp¯cpw sImXn¡p¶Xv
        X\n¡v Bbncw sImÃs¯ BbpÊv                                    ‫ﻳﹸﻌﹶﻤﱠﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        In«nbncps¶¦n F¶mWv. HcmÄ¡v
        ZoÀLmbpÊv e`n¡pI F¶Xv Abmsf
        ssZhnI in£bn \n¶v AIän
        ¡fbp¶ ImcyaÃ. AhÀ {]hÀ¯n¡p
        ¶sXÃmw kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\m
        Ip¶p AÃmlp.
97.
                                               ‫ﺍ ﻟﱢﺠِﺒﹾﺮِﻳﻞَ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ نَﺰﱠﻟَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬‫٧٩. ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭ‬
    ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: ( JpÀB³ F¯n
    ¨pXcp¶ ) Pn_vco F¶ ae¡nt\m
    SmWv BÀs¡¦nepw i{XpX sb¦n                 ِ‫ﻗَﻠْﺒِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗﺎً ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪ‬
    At±laXv \nsâ a\Ên AhX
    cn¸n¨Xv AÃmlphnsâ D¯ch\pkcn¨v                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶﺑﹸﺸﹾﺮﹶﻯ ﻟِﻠْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    am{XamWv. ap³thZ§sf icnsh¨p
    sImWvSpÅXpw, hnizmknI Ä¡v hgn
    Im«p¶Xpw, kt´mj hmÀ¯ \ÂIp
    ¶Xpambn«mWv (AXv AhXcn¨n«pÅXv).
98. BÀs¡¦nepw AÃmlpthmSpw Ahsâ
    ae¡pItfmSpw Ahsâ ZqX³amtcmSpw              ِ‫ﺍ ﻟﱢﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺘِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪ‬‫٨٩. ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭ‬
    Pn_vcoent\mSpw aoImCuent\mSpsaÃmw            ‫ﻭﹶﺟِﺒﹾﺮِﻳﻞَ ﻭﹶﻣِﻴﻜَﺎﻝَ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱞ ﻟﱢﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    i{XpXbmsW ¦n B \ntj[nIfpsS
    i{XpXs¶ bmIp¶p AÃmlp.
99. \mw \n\¡v AhXncn¸n¨p X¶n«pÅXv
    kv]jvSamb        ZrjvSm´§fmIp¶p.           ‫٩٩. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺂ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕٍ ﺑﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ‬
    [n¡mcnIfÃmsX       aämcpw Ahsb                                                       ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \ntj[n¡pIbnÃ.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 20                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


100. AhÀ ( blqZÀ ) GsXmcp IcmÀ               ْ‫٠٠١. ﺃَﻭﹶﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺎﻫﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻬﹾﺪﺍً نﱠﺒﹶﺬَﻩﹸ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻖﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﺑﹶﻞ‬
     sNbvXp Ignbpt¼mgpw Ahcn Hcp
     hn`mKw AXv hens¨dnbpIbmtWm?                                                    ‫ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Xs¶bpaÃ, Ahcn A[nIt]À¡pw
     hnizmkw Xs¶bnÃ.
101. AhcpsS ]¡epÅ thZs¯ icnsh¨p              ٌ‫١٠١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٌ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻕ‬
     sImWvSv AÃmlphnsâ Hcp ZqX³
     AhcpsS ASp¯v sN¶t¸mÄ B                  ‫ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ نَﺒﹶﺬَ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻖﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     thZ¡mcn Hcp hn`mKw AÃmlp hnsâ            ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺀ ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻛَﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     {KÙs¯      bmsXmcp      ]cnNbhp
     anÃm¯hsc      t]mse      ]pdtIm«v
     hens¨dnbpIbmWv sNbvXXv.
102. kpsseam³ \_nbpsS cmPhm gvNbpsS          ِ‫٢٠١. ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺘْﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹶﺎﻃِﲔﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚ‬
     ( clkysa¶ ) t]cn ]nimNp¡Ä
     ]dªp]c¯ns¡mWvSn cp¶Xv AhÀ               ‫ﺳﹸﻠَﻴﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﺳﹸﻠَﻴﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ‬
                                             ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﺎﻃِﲔﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﺤﹾﺮﹶ‬
     (C{kmboeyÀ ) ]n³ ]äpIbpw sNbvXp.
     kpsseam³      \_n      ssZh\ntj[w
     ImWn¨n«nÃ.     F¶m      P\§Ä¡v         ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻠَﻜَﻴﹾﻦِ ﺑِﺒﹶﺎﺑِﻞَ ﻫﹶﺎﺭﹸﻭﺕﹶ‬
     am{´nIhnZy     ]Tn¸n¨p     sImSp¯v
     sImWvSv ]nimNp¡fmWv ssZh \ntj[          َ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎﺭﹸﻭﺕﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹶﺎﻥِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪٍ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻻ‬
                                             ‫ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻓِﺘْﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﻓَﻴﹶﺘَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ¯n      GÀs]«Xv.    _m_ntemWnÂ
     lmdqs¯¶pw amdqs¯¶pw t]cpÅ
     cWvSp amemJamÀ¡v e`n¨Xns\bpw            ‫ﻳﹸﻔَﺮﱢﻗُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺮﹾﺀِ ﻭﹶﺯَﻭﹾﺟِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢ‬
     ( ]än ]nimNp¡Ä ]dªpWvSm¡ns¡m
     WvSncp¶Xv AhÀ ]n´pSÀ¶p). F¶m           ‫ﺑِﻀَﺂﺭﱢﻳﻦﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺘَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     lmdq¯pw amdq¯pw GsXmcmÄ¡v               ِ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﻔَﻌﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻋﹶﻠِﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻤﹶﻦ‬
     ]Tn¸n¡pt¼mgpw, R§fptSXv Hcp
     ]co£Ww am{X amIp¶p; AXn\m              ‫ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﺍﻩﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻼﹶﻕٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ‬
                                                         ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺷﹶﺮﹶﻭﹾﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     (CXv D]tbmKn¨v) ssZh\ntj[¯nÂ
     GÀs]ScpXv F¶v AhÀ ]dªp
     sImSp¡mXncp¶nÃ. A§s\ AhcnÂ
     \n¶v     `mcym`À¯m¡³amÀ¡nSbnÂ
     `n¶X bpWvSm¡phm\pÅ X{´§Ä
     P\§Ä ]Tn¨v sImWvSncp¶p. F¶mÂ
     AÃmlphnsâ       A\paXn      IqSmsX
     AXpsImWvSv bmsXmcm Ä¡pw Hcp
     t{Zmlhpw sN¿m³ Ah À¡v IgnbnÃ.
     AhÀ¡v Xs¶ D]{Zh apWvSm¡p¶Xpw
     Hcp {]tbmP\hpw sN¿m¯Xpamb
     ImcyamWv AhÀ ]Tn¨p sImWvSncp¶Xv.
     AXv (B hnZy) BÀ hm§n ( ssIhi
     s¸Sp¯n ) tbm AhÀ¡v ]ctemI¯v

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                           Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                21                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        bmsXmcp hnlnXhpapWvSmhnsöv Ah
        À {Kln¨pIgnªn«pWvSv. AhcpsS
        BXvamhpIsf hnäv AhÀ hm§nb hne
        hfsc    No¯     Xs¶.     AhÀ¡v
        hnhcapWvSmbncps¶¦nÂ!
103. AhÀ hnizkn¡pIbpw tZmj _m[sb             ‫٣٠١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﹾﺍ ﻟَﻤﹶﺜُﻮﺑﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬
     kq£n¡pIbpw    sNbvXncp ¶mÂ
     AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v e`n¡p¶ {]Xn^                                             ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ew F{Xtbm D¯aamIp¶p. AhcXv
     a\Ênem¡nbncps¶¦nÂ!
104. tl:     kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä             ْ‫٤٠١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺍﻋِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     (\_ntbmSv ) dmC\m F¶v ]dbcpXv.
     ]Icw D³fpÀ\m F¶v ]dbpIbpw                   ‫ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍ ْﻭﹶﻟِﻠﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     {i²n¨v tIÄ¡pIbpw sN¿pI. kXy
     \ntj[nIÄ¡v thZ\tbdnb in£
     bpWvSv.
105. \n§fpsS c£nXmhn \n¶pw hà               َ‫٥٠١. ﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     \³abpw \n§fpsS ta Cd¡s¸
     Sp¶Xv thZ¡mcnepw _lpssZhmcm[            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱠﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
                                             ‫ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺨْﺘَﺺﱡ ﺑِﺮﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     I³amcnepw s]« kXy\ntj[nIÄ H«pw
     CjvSs¸Sp¶nÃ. AÃmlp Ahsâ Imcp
     Wyw sImWvSv Ah³ CNvOn¡p¶hsc                                               ِ‫ﺫُﻭ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻀْﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻈِﻴﻢ‬
     {]tXyIw A\p{Kln ¡p¶p. AÃmlp
     al¯mb A\p{Kl apÅh\mWv.
106. hà Bb¯pw \mw ZpÀ_es¸Sp                  ‫٦٠١. ﻣﹶﺎ نَﻨﺴﹶﺦﹾ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ نُﻨﺴِﻬﹶﺎ نَﺄْﺕِ ﺑِﺨَﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
     ¯pItbm hnkvacn¸n¡pItbm sN¿p
     IbmsW¦n ]Icw AXnt\¡mÄ                  ٍ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣِﺜْﻠِﻬﹶﺎ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
                                                                                                     ‫ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     D¯aambtXm AXn\v XpeyambtXm
     \mw   sImWvSphcp¶XmWv. \n\¡
     dnªp IqtS; AÃmlp FÃmImcy
     ¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\msW¶v?
107. \n\¡dnªp IqtS AÃmlphn¶p                 ِ‫٧٠١. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
     Xs¶bmWv BImi`qanIfpsS B[n]
     Xysa¶pw,  \n§Ä¡v   AÃmlpsh              َ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱟ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     IqSmsX Hcp c£I\pw klmbnbpw                                                                     ٍ‫نَﺼِﲑ‬
     Csöpw?
108. ap¼v   aqkmtbmSv    tNmZn¡s¸«Xv         َ‫٨٠١. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﺗُﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺳﹸﺌِﻞ‬
     t]mepÅ      tNmZy§Ä     \n§fpsS
     dkqent\mSpw tNmZn¡phm\mtWm \n§          ِ‫ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘَﺒﹶﺪﱠﻝِ ﺍﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮﹶ ﺑِﺎﻹِﳝﹶﺎﻥ‬
     Ä Dt±in¡p¶Xv? kXyhnizm k¯n\v                                      ِ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺿَﻞﱠ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
     ]Icw kXy\ntj[s¯ kzoIcn¡p¶
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               22                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        hcmtcm AhÀ t\ÀamÀK ¯n \n¶p
        hyXnNen¨p t]mbncn ¡p¶p.
109. \n§Ä kXyhnizmkw kzoIcn¨ tijw           ‫٩٠١. ﻭﹶﺩﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﻳﹶﺮﹸﺩﱡﻭنَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     \n§sf AhnizmknIfm¡n amänsbSp¡p
     hm\mWv     thZ¡mcn    an¡hcpw         ِ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛُﻔﱠﺎﺭﺍً ﺣﹶﺴﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪ‬
     B{Kln¡p¶Xv. kXyw hyIvXambn             ْ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻦﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻔُﻮﺍ‬
     t_m[ys¸«n«pw   kzmÀXvY   ]camb
     Akqb \nan¯amWv ( Ahcm \ne]mSv          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺻﹾﻔَﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺄَﻣﹾﺮِﻩِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     kzoIcn¡p¶Xv.) F¶m (AhcpsS
     Imcy¯nÂ) AÃmlp Ahsâ IÂ]\                                              ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     sImWvSphcp¶Xv    hsc     \n§Ä
     s]mdp¡pIbpw £an¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
     \nÊwibw AÃmlp GXv Imcy¯n\pw
     IgnhpÅh\s{X.
110. \n§Ä {]mÀXvY\ apd{]Imcw \nÀhln         ْ‫٠١١. ﻭﹶﺃَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻘَﺪﱢﻣﹸﻮﺍ‬
     ¡pIbpw kIm¯v \ÂIpIbpw sN¿p.
     \n§fpsS kz´w KpW¯n\mbn \n§Ä            ‫ﻷَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹸﻭﻩﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     \ÃXmb Fs´m¶v ap³Iq«n sNbvXmepw                                             ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ‬
     AXnsâ ^ew AÃmlphn¦Â \n§
     Ä¡v IsWvS¯mhp¶XmWv. \n§Ä
     {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw AÃmlp IWvS
     dnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
111. BÀs¡¦nepw ) kzÀK¯n {]thin             ‫١١١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﺧﹸﻞَ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻫﹸﻮﺩﺍً ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
     ¡Wsa¦n        blqZtcm  {InkvXym
     \nItfm BhmsX ]änsömWv AhÀ             ‫نَﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺃَﻣﹶﺎنِﻴﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹶﺎﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹸﺮﹾﻫﹶﺎنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ‬
     ]dbp¶Xv.     AsXms¡     AhcpsS                                                  ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
     hymtaml§fs{X. F¶m (\_ntb)
     ]dbpI;     \n§Ä      kXyhm³amcm
     sW¦n ( AXn¶v ) \n§Ä¡v In«nb
     sXfnhv sImWvSp hcq F¶v.
112. F¶m ( Imcyw ) A§s\bÃ. GsXm            ‫٢١١. ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻪﹸ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻦﹲ ﻓَﻠَﻪﹸ‬
     cmÄ      kÂIÀ½Imcnbmbns¡mWvSv
     AÃmlphn¶v BXva kaÀ¸Ww sNbvXp           ‫ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻩﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     thm Ah¶v Xsâ c£nXmhn¦Â                                                                   ‫ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AXnsâ      {]Xn^ew DWvSmbncn¡p
     ¶XmWv. A¯c¡mÀ¡v bmsXm¶pw
     `bs¸tSWvSXnà ; AhÀ ZpxJnt¡WvSn
     hcnIbpanÃ.
113. blqZ³amÀ ]dªp ; {InkvXym\nI            ‫٣١١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹸ ﻟَﻴﹾﺴﹶﺖِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ‬
     ġv bmsXmcp ASnkvYm\ hpansöv.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                23                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                             ‫ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﻟَﻴﹾﺴﹶﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹸ‬
        {InkvXym\nIÄ ]dªp; blqZ³amÀ¡v
        bmsXmcp ASnkvYm\hpansöv. Ahsc
        Ãmhcpw thZ{KÙw ]mcmbWw sN¿p          َ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝ‬
        ¶hcmWv Xm\pw. A§s\ ChÀ
        ]dªXv t]mse Xs¶ hnhcanÃm¯            ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﺜْﻞَ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
                                                 ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻳﹶﺨْﺘَﻠِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        Nnescms¡ ]dªn«pWvSv. F¶mÂ
        AhÀ X½n `n¶n¡p¶ hnjb§fnÂ
        DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ \mfn AÃmlp
        AhÀ¡nSbn XoÀ¸p IÂ]n¡p¶XmWv.
114. AÃmlphnsâ ]ÅnIfn Ahsâ                  ‫٤١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ ﻣﱠﻨﹶﻊﹶ ﻣﹶﺴﹶﺎﺟِﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺬْﻛَﺮﹶ‬
     \maw {]IoÀ¯n¡s¸Sp¶Xn\v XSÊap
     WvSm¡pIbpw, AhbpsS (]ÅnIfpsS )          ‫ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻌﹶﻰ ﻓِﻲ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺍﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     XIÀ¨bv¡mbn {ian¡pIbpw sNbvX             ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺧﹶﺂﺋِﻔِﲔﹶ ﳍُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
     ht\¡mÄ henb AXn{IaImcn Bcp
     WvSv? `b¸mtSmSpIqSnbÃmsX AhÀ¡v          ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﺧِﺰﹾﻱﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ‬
     B     ]ÅnIfn     {]thin¡mhXÃmbn
     cp¶p. AhÀ¡v CltemI¯v \nµyXbmWp                                                                     ‫ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ÅXv. ]ctemI¯mIs« ITn\ in£bpw.
115. Ing¡pw ]Snªmdpw AÃmlphnsâXv             ‫٥١١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺸﹾﺮِﻕُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﺮِﺏﹸ ﻓَﺄَﻳﹾﻨﹶﻤﹶﺎ ﺗُﻮﹶﻟﱡﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺜَﻢﱠ‬
     Xs¶bmIp¶p.     \n§Ä     FhntS¡v
     Xncnªv \n¶v {]mÀXvYn¨mepw AhnsS                                ‫ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ       apJapWvSmbncn¡pw.
     AÃmlp     hn]peamb      IgnhpIfp
     Åh\pw kÀÆPvR\pamIp¶p.
116. AhÀ ]dbp¶p: AÃmlp k´m\s¯                ‫٦١١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹰﺍ ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     kzoIcn¨ncn¡p¶p F¶v. Ahs\{X
     ]cnip²³! A§s\bÃ, BImi`qan                       ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻛُﻞﱞ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎنِﺘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     IfnepÅsXÃmw    Xs¶    Ahsâ
     XmIp¶p. FÃmhcpw Ah¶v Iogvs]«n
     cn¡p¶hcmIp¶p.

117. BImi§sfbpw `qansbbpw ap³                ً‫٧١١. ﺑﹶﺪِﻳﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗَﻀَﻰ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮﺍ‬
     amXrIbnÃmsX \nÀan¨h\s{X Ah³.
     Ahs\mcp     Imcyw  Xocpam\n¨m                                        ‫ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻛُﻦ ﻓَﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ‬
     DWvSmIq F¶v ]dbpI am{Xta
     thWvSXpÅq. DSs\ AXpWvSmIp¶p.

118. hnhcanÃm¯hÀ       ]dªp:      F´p        ‫٨١١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ ﻳﹸﻜَﻠﱢﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗَﺄْﺗِﻴﻨﹶﺎ‬
      sImWvSv R§tfmSv ( t\cn«v ) AÃmlp
     kwkmcn¡p¶nÃ? Asæn R§Ä¡v               ‫ﺁﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﺜْﻞَ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     ( t_m[yamIp¶ ) Hcp ZrjvSm´w                  ‫ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺑﹶﻬﹶﺖﹾ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺑﹶﻴﱠﻨﱠﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹸﻮﻗِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     h¶pIn«p¶nÃ? F¶m ChÀ ]dªXp
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                              Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                   24                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        t]mse¯s¶ ChÀ¡v ap¼pÅhcpw
        ]dªn«pWvSv. ChÀ cWvSv Iq«cpsSbpw
        a\ÊpIÄ¡v     X½n     kmayapWvSv.
        ZrVambn hnizkn¡p¶ P\§Ä¡v
        \mw ZrjvSm´§Ä hyIvXam¡nsImSp
        ¯n«pWvSv.

119. XoÀ¨bmbpw \ns¶ \mw kt´mj                  َ‫٩١١. ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻙَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺑﹶﺸِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶنَﺬِﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     hmÀ¯ Adnbn¡p¶h\pw, Xm¡oXv
     \ÂIp¶h\pambns¡mWvSv  kXyhp                                   ِ‫ﺗُﺴﹾﺄَﻝُ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺤِﻴﻢ‬
     ambn Ab¨ncn¡pIbmWv. \cImh
     IminIsf¸än \o tNmZyw sN¿s¸
     Sp¶XÃ.

120. blqZÀt¡m ss{IkvXhÀt¡m Hcn¡                ‫٠٢١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﺗَﺮﹾﺿَﻰ ﻋﹶﻨﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ‬
     epw \ns¶¸än Xr]vXnhcnIbnÃ; \o
     AhcpsS amÀKw ]n³]äp¶Xv hsc.               ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹶ ﻣِﻠﱠﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻫﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
     ]dbpI: AÃmlphnsâ amÀKZÀi\                 ‫ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹾﺖﹶ ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀﻫﹸﻢ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
     amWv bYmÀXvY amÀKZÀi\w. \n\¡v
     Adnhv h¶pIn«nbXn\p tijw AhcpsS            َ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱟ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
                                                                                                    ٍ‫نَﺼِﲑ‬
     X¶njvS§sfsb§m\pw \o ]n³]än
     t¸mbm AÃmlphn \n¶v \ns¶
     c£n¡phmt\m       klmbn¡phmt\m
     BcpapWvSmhnÃ.

121. \mw Cu {KÙw \ÂInbXv BÀ¡m                  ِ‫١٢١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﺣﹶﻖﱠ ﺗِﻼﹶﻭﹶﺗِﻪ‬
     tWm AhcXv ]mcmbW¯nsâ apd
     {]Imcw ]mcmbWw sN¿p¶p. Ahc                ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     Xn hniz kn¡p¶p. F¶m BcXn                                                      ‫ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Ahnizkn¡p¶pthm AhÀ Xs¶bmWv
     \jvSw ]änbhÀ.

122. C{kmbo    k´XnItf,     Rm³               ‫٢٢١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻤﹾﺖﹸ‬
     \n§Ä¡v     sNbvXp    X¶n«pÅ
     A\p{Klhpw P\hn`mK§fn \n§sf                        ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﱢﻲ ﻓَﻀﱠﻠْﺘُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     Rm³ DÂIrjvScm¡nbXpw \n§Ä
     HmÀ¡pI.
123. HcmÄ¡pw asämcmÄ¡pthWvSn Hcp               ً‫٣٢١. ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﺎً ﻻﱠ ﺗَﺠﹾﺰِﻱ نَﻔْﺲﹲ ﻋﹶﻦ نﱠﻔْﺲٍ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌﺎ‬
     D]Imchpw sN¿phm³ ]äm¯, HcmfnÂ
     \n¶pw Hcp {]mbivNn¯hpw kzoIcn             َ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻘْﺒﹶﻞُ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝٌ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻨﻔَﻌﹸﻬﹶﺎ ﺷﹶﻔَﺎﻋﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     ¡s¸Sm¯, HcmÄ¡pw Hcp ip]mÀibpw                                                        ‫ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﺼﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     {]tbmP\s¸Sm¯,    BÀ¡pw    Hcp
     klmbhpw e`n¡m¯ Hcp Znhks¯
  Previous Page                   First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               25                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        ( \ymbhn[nbpsS Znhks¯ ) \n§Ä
        kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
124. C{_mloans\ At±l¯nsâ c£nXmhv            ‫٤٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫِ ﺍﺑﹾﺘَﻠَﻰ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻪﹸ ﺑِﻜَﻠِﻤﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻓَﺄَﺗَﻤﱠﻬﹸﻦﱠ‬
     Nne IÂ]\IÄsImWvSv ]co£n¡p
     Ibpw, At±laXv \ndthäpIbpw sNbvX        ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺟﹶﺎﻋِﻠُﻚﹶ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺇِﻣﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦ‬
     Imcyhpw (\n§Ä A\pkvacn¡pI.)                       ‫ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺘِﻲ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﹶﺎﻝُ ﻋﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     AÃmlp (At¸mÄ) At±lt¯mSv
     ]dªp: Rm³ \ns¶ a\pjyÀ¡v
     t\Xmhm¡pIbmWv. C{_mlow ]dªp:
     Fsâ k´XnIfnÂs¸«hscbpw ( t\
     Xm¡fm¡Wta.) AÃmlp ]dªp:
     ( icn; ]s£) Fsâ Cu \nivNbw
     AXn{IaImcnIÄ¡v     _m[Iambn
     cn¡pIbnÃ
125. B `h\s¯ ( IAv_sb ) P\§Ä                ً‫٥٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﻣﹶﺜَﺎﺑﹶﺔً ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﹾﻨﺎ‬
     kt½fn¡p¶ kvYehpw Hcp kpc£nX
     tI{µhpambn    \mw    \nivNbn¨Xpw       ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﱠﻘَﺎﻡِ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﻠًّﻰ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻬِﺪﹾنَﺎ‬
     (HmÀ¡pI) C{_mlow \n¶v {]mÀXvYn¨        ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﺃَﻥ ﻃَﻬﱢﺮﹶﺍ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﺘِﻲﹶ‬
     kvYm\s¯      \n§fpw      \akvImc
     ({]mÀXvY\) thZnbmbn kzoIcn¡pI.                   ِ‫ﻟِﻠﻄﱠﺎﺋِﻔِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻛِﻔِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱡﻛﱠﻊِ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺠﹸﻮﺩ‬
     C{_mloan¶pw CkvamCuen¶pw, \mw
     IÂ]\        \ÂInbXv,      Xzhm^v
     ({]Z£nWw) sN¿p¶hÀ¡pw, CAvXn
     Im^v (`P\) Ccn¡p¶hÀ¡pw XeIp
     \n¨pw kmjvSmwKw sNbvXpw \akvIcn
     ¡p¶ ( {]mÀXvYn¡p¶ ) hÀ¡pwth
     WvSn Fsâ `h\s¯ \n§Ä Ccphcpw
     ip²am¡nsh¡pI F¶mbncp¶p.
126. Fsâ     c£nXmth,   \o  CsXmcp          ‫٦٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻞْ ﻫﹶـﹶﺬَﺍ ﺑﹶﻠَﺪﹰﺍ ﺁﻣِﻨﹰﺎ‬
     \nÀ`bamb \mSm¡pIbpw ChnSs¯
     Xmak¡mcn \n¶v AÃmlphnepw              ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﺯُﻕْ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ‬
     A´yZn\¯nepw hnizkn¡p¶hÀ¡v
     ImbvI\nIÄ Blmcambn \ÂIp Ibpw           ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﻓَﺄُﻣﹶﺘﱢﻌﹸﻪﹸ‬
     sNt¿Wta F¶v C{_mlow {]mÀXvYn¨          ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَﺿْﻄَﺮﱡﻩﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﺑِﺌْﺲﹶ‬
     kµÀ`hpw (HmÀ¡pI) AÃmlp ]dªp:
     Ahnizkn¨h¶pw (Rm³ Blmcw \Â                                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
     Ip¶XmWv.) ]s£, AÂ]Imes¯
     PohnXkpJw am{XamWv Ah¶v Rm³
     \ÂIpI. ]n¶oSv \cIin£ G¡m³
     Rm³ Ahs\\nÀ_ÔnX\m¡p¶XmWv.
     (Ah¶v) sN¶p tNcm\pÅ B kvYew
     hfsc No¯ Xs¶.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                    Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              26                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

127. C{_mloapw CkvamCuepw IqSn B           ِ‫٧٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﻓَﻊﹸ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹶﺍﻋِﺪﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖ‬
     `h\¯nsâ ( IAv_bpsS ) ASn¯d
     sI«n DbÀ¯ns¡mWvSncp¶ kµÀ`hpw          ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞُ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺗَﻘَﺒﱠﻞْ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ‬
     (A\pkvacn¡pI.) (AhÀ C{]Imcw
     {]mÀXvYn¨ncp¶p:) R§fpsS c£nXm                                                  ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     th, R§fn \n¶v \obnXv kzoIcnt¡
     Wta. XoÀ¨bmbpw \o FÃmw tIÄ¡p
     ¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
128. R§fpsS      c£nXmth,     R§Ä          ً‫٨٢١. ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺘِﻨﹶﺎ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔ‬
     Ccphscbpw \n\¡v Iogvs]Sp¶hcm¡p
     Ibpw, R§fpsS k´XnIfn \n¶v            ‫ﻣﱡﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹶﺔً ﻟﱠﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭِنَﺎ ﻣﹶﻨﹶﺎﺳِﻜَﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗُﺐﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺂ‬
     \n\¡v Iogvs]Sp¶ Hcp kapZmbs¯
     DWvSm¡pIbpw, R§fpsS Bcm[\m                                      ‫ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﱠﺍﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     {Ia§Ä R§Ä¡v ImWn¨pXcnIbpw,
     R§fpsS ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡p
      Ibpw sNt¿Wta. XoÀ¨bmbpw \o
     AXy[nIw ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡p
      ¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p
129. R§fpsS      c£nXmth,     AhÀ¡v        ‫٩٢١. ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﻌﹶﺚﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻻً ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     ( R§fpsS k´m\§Ä¡v ) \nsâ
     ZrjvSm´§Ä HmXntIÄ]n¨p sImSp           ‫ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ‬
      ¡pIbpw,   thZhpw    hnPvRm\hpw
     A`ykn¸n¡pIbpw, Ahsc kwkvIcn                                       ‫ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹸ ﺍﳊَﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
      ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ Hcp ZqXs\ AhcnÂ
     \n¶p Xs¶ \o \ntbmKn¡pIbpw
     sNt¿Wta.      XoÀ¨bmbpw      \o
     {]Xm]hm\pw AKm[PvRm\nbpamIp¶p.
130. kz´w BXvamhns\ aqVam¡nbh\             ‫٠٣١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﻏَﺐﹸ ﻋﹶﻦ ﻣﱢﻠﱠﺔِ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﻔِﻪﹶ‬
     ÃmsX aämcmWv C{_mloansâ amÀK
     t¯mSv hnapJX ImWn¡pI? Cltem           ‫نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪِ ﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ‬
     I¯n At±ls¯ \mw hninjvS\mbn                                         ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻟَﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬
     sXcsªSp¯ncn¡p¶p. ]ctemI¯v
     At±lw kÖ\§fpsS Iq«¯nÂ
     Xs¶bmbncn¡pw.

131. \o Iogvs]SpI F¶v At±l¯nsâ             ‫١٣١. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻪﹸ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻤﹾﺖﹸ ﻟِﺮﹶﺏﱢ‬
     c£nXmhv At±lt¯mSv ]dªt¸mÄ
     kÀÆtemIc£nXmhn¶v Rm\nXm Iogv                                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     s]«ncn¡p¶p F¶v At±lw ]dªp.

132. C{_mloapw bAvJq_pw AhcpsS             ‫٢٣١. ﻭﹶﻭﹶﺻﱠﻰ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﺑﹶﻨِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹸ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲﱠ‬
     k´XnItfmSv CXv ( IogvhW¡w )

  Previous Page               First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 27                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                              ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﻰ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻤﹸﻮﺗُﻦﱠ ﺇَﻻﱠ‬
        D]tZin¡pI IqSn sNbvXp. Fsâ
        a¡tf, AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v Cu aXs¯
        hninjvSambn sXcsªSp¯ncn¡p¶p.                                                  ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AXn\m AÃmlphn¶v Iogvs]Sp¶
        hcmbn (apkvenwIfmbn) s¡mWvSÃmsX
        \n§Ä acn¡m\nSbmIcpXv. ( C§s\
        bmWv AhÀ Hmtcmcp¯cpw D]tZin¨Xv)
133. F\n¡v tijw GsXmcp ssZhs¯                 ْ‫٣٣١. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﺇِﺫْ ﺣﹶﻀَﺮﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﺇِﺫ‬
     bmWv \n§Ä Bcm[n¡pI ? F¶v
     bAvJq_v       acWw     Bk¶amb            ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟِﺒﹶﻨِﻴﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻱ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ نَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸ‬
     kµÀ`¯n        Xsâ    k´XnItfmSv         َ‫ﺇِﻟَـﻬﹶﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺋِﻚﹶ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞ‬
     tNmZn¨t¸mÄ \n§fhnsS k¶nln
      Xcmbncpt¶m ? AhÀ ]dªp:                     ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ ﺇِﻟَـﻬﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Xm¦fpsS     Bcm[y\mb,    Xm¦fpsS
     ]nXm¡fmb           C{_mloansâbpw
     CkvamCuensâbpw CkvlmJnsâbpw
     Bcm[y\mb GIssZhs¯ am{Xw
     R§Ä Bcm[n¡pw. R§Ä Ah¶v
     Iogvs]«v Pohn¡p¶hcpambncn¡pw
134. AXv Ignªpt]mb Hcp kapZmb                 ‫٤٣١. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
     amIp¶p. AhÀ {]hÀ¯n¨Xnsâ ^ew
     AhÀ¡mIp¶p. \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¨                          ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Xnsâ ^ew \n§Ä¡pw. AhÀ {]hÀ
     ¯n¨ncp¶Xns\¸än \n§Ä tNmZyw
     sN¿s¸Sp¶XÃ.
135. \n§Ä      blqZtcm  ss{IkvXhtcm           ْ‫٥٣١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹸﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺃَﻭﹾ نَﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﺗَﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻗُﻞْ ﺑﹶﻞ‬
     Bbmte t\ÀhgnbnemIq F¶mWhÀ
     ]dbp¶Xv. F¶m \o ]dbpI: AXà               ‫ﻣِﻠﱠﺔَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺣﹶﻨِﻴﻔًﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
     h{IXbnÃm¯ ip²a\kvI\mbncp¶
     C{_mloansâ amÀKamWv ( ]n³]tä
     WvSXv. ) At±lw _lpssZhmcm[IcnÂ
     s]«h\mbncp¶nÃ.
136. \n§Ä ]dbpI: AÃmlphnepw, Ah               ‫٦٣١. ﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺂ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
     ¦Â \n¶v R§Ä¡v AhXcn¸n¨p
     In«nbXnepw, C{_mloan\pw CkvamCu          ‫ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ‬
     en\pw CkvlmJn\pw bAvJq_n\pw              ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷﺳﹾﺒﹶﺎﻁِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺗِﻲﹶ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     bAvJq_v k´XnIÄ¡pw AhXcn¸n¨v
     sImSp¯Xnepw, aqkm, Cukm F¶nhÀ            ٍ‫ﺃُﻭﺗِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻻَ نُﻔَﺮﱢﻕُ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪ‬
     ¡v \ÂIs¸«Xnepw, kÀÆ {]hmNI³
     amÀ¡pw AhcpsS c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v                                        ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \ÂIs¸«Xn ( ktµi§fn )epw R§
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              28                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p. Ahcn BÀ¡n
        Sbnepw R§Ä hnthN\w IÂ]n¡p
        ¶nÃ. R§Ä Ah¶v ( AÃmlphn¶v )
        Iogvs]«v Pohn¡p¶hcpamIp¶p.
137. \n§Ä Cu hnizkn¨Xv t]mse Ahcpw         ْ‫٧٣١. ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤِﺜْﻞِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪِ ﺍﻫﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻭﺍ‬
     hnizkn¨ncp¶m AhÀ t\ÀamÀK
     ¯nembn¡gnªp. AhÀ ]n´ncnªv             ٍ‫ﻭﱠﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺷِﻘَﺎﻕ‬
     IfbpIbmsW¦ntem AhcpsS \ne]mSv
     I£namXvkcyw am{XamIp¶p. Ahcn                  ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﻴﹶﻜْﻔِﻴﻜَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     \n¶v \ns¶ kwc£n¡m³ AÃmlp
     aXn, Ah³ FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
     FÃmw Adnbp¶h\pas{X.
138. AÃmlp      \ÂInb   hÀWamIp¶p          ً‫٨٣١. ﺻِﺒﹾﻐَﺔَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺻِﺒﹾﻐَﺔ‬
     (\½psSXv.) AÃmlpsh¡mÄ \¶mbn
     hÀWw \ÂIp¶h³ BcpWvSv ? Ah                                                     ‫ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺎﺑِﺪﻭﻥﹶ‬
     s\bmIp¶p R§Ä Bcm[n¡p¶Xv.
139. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: AÃmlphnsâ           ‫٩٣١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺗُﺤﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮنَﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     Imcy¯n      \n§Ä    R§tfmSv
     XÀ¡n¡pIbmtWm? Ah³ R§fpsS              ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟُﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ‬
     bpw \n§fpsSbpw c£nXmhm WtÃm ?
     R§Ä¡pÅXv R§fpsS IÀ½ (^e)                                                                  ‫ﻣﹸﺨْﻠِﺼﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     §fmWv. \n§Ä¡pÅXv \n§fpsS
     IÀ½ ( ^e ) §fpw. R§Ä Aht\mSv
     BXvamÀXvYX ]peÀ¯p¶hcpamIp¶p.
140. AXÃ, C{_mloapw CkvamCuepw,            ‫٠٤١. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﺤﹶـﻖﹶ‬
     CkvlmJpw, bAvJq_pw, bAvJq_v
     k´XnIfpsaÃmw Xs¶ blqZtcm              ْ‫ﻭﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻷﺳﹾﺒﹶﺎﻁَ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹸﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺃَﻭﹾ نَﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﻗُﻞ‬
     ss{IkvXhtcm Bbncp¶p F¶mtWm
     \n§Ä ]dbp¶Xv? ( \_ntb, )              ‫ﺃَﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺃَﻡِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ ﻛَﺘَﻢﹶ ﺷﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓﹰ‬
     tNmZn¡pI: \n§Ä¡mtWm IqSpX                     ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AdnhpÅXv ? AtXm AÃmlphnt\m?
     AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v e`n¨Xpw, Xsâ
     ]¡epÅXpamb      km£yw    ad¨p
     sh¨ht\¡mÄ henb AXn{IaImcn
     BcpWvSv ? \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶
     Xns\ ]änsbm¶pw AÃmlp A{i²\Ã.
141. AXv Ignªpt]mb Hcp kapZmb
     amIp¶p. AhÀ {]hÀ¯n ¨Xnsâ ^ew          ‫١٤١. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
     AhÀ¡mIp¶p. \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¨                        ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Xnsâ ^ew \n§Ä¡pw. AhÀ {]hÀ
     ¯n¨ncp¶Xns\¸än \n§Ä tNmZyw
     sN¿s¸Sp¶XpaÃ.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                             Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               29                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

142. ChÀ CXphsc ( {]mÀXvY\mthfbn )
     Xncnªp\n¶ncp¶ `mK¯v \n¶v Chsc          ‫٢٤١. ﺳﹶﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻔَﻬﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻﱠﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ‬
     Xncn¨phn« ImcWsa´msW¶v aqV³            ُ‫ﻗِﺒﹾﻠَﺘِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱢﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺸﹾﺮِﻕ‬
     amcmb     BfpIÄ     tNmZnt¨¡pw.
     ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI : AÃmlphnsâXv         ٍ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﺮِﺏﹸ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁ‬
                                                                                               ٍ‫ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
     Xs¶bmWv Ing¡pw ]Snªmdp saÃmw.
     Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hsc Ah³ t\cmb
     amÀK¯nte¡v \bn¡p¶p.
143. A{]Imcw \mw \n§sf Hcp D¯a
     kapZmbam¡nbncn¡p¶p. \n§Ä P\            ْ‫٣٤١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔً ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻄًﺎ ﻟﱢﺘَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍ‬
     §Ä¡v        km£nIfmbncn¡phm\pw         ُ‫ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝ‬
     dkq \n§Ä¡v km£nbmbncn¡p
     hm\pw thWvSn. dkqens\ ]n³]äp¶          ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺒﹾﻠَﺔَ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ‬
                                            ‫ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟِﻨﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ‬
     Xmscms¡sb¶pw,     ]n³amdn¡fbp¶
     Xmscms¡sb¶pw        Xncn¨dnbphm³
     thWvSn am{Xambncp¶p \o CXphsc
     Xncnªp \n¶ncp¶ `mK s¯ \mw              ‫ﻳﹶﻨﻘَﻠِﺐﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻋﹶﻘِﺒﹶﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎنَﺖﹾ ﻟَﻜَﺒِﲑﹶﺓﹰ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
     Jn_vebmbn \nivNbn¨Xv. AÃmlp            ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹸﻀِﻴﻊﹶ‬
     t\Àhgnbnem¡nbhscmgn¨v asäÃmhÀ
     ¡pw AXv ( Jn_ve amäw ) Hcp henb                ‫ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟَﺮﹶﺅﹸﻭﻑﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     {]iv\ambn¯oÀ¶n cn¡p¶p. AÃmlp
     \n§fpsS hnizmks¯ ]mgm¡n¡fbp
     ¶XÃ. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp a\pjy
     tcmSv AXy[nIw ZbbpÅh\pw IcpWm
     \n[nbpamIp¶p.
144. ( \_ntb, ) \nsâ apJw BImit¯¡v          ‫٤٤١. ﻗَﺪﹾ نَﺮﹶﻯ ﺗَﻘَﻠﱡﺐﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬِﻚﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ‬
     XncnªpsImWvSn cn¡p¶Xv \mw ImWp
     ¶pWvSv. AXn\m \n\¡v CjvSamIp¶         ‫ﻓَﻠَﻨﹸﻮﹶﻟﱢﻴﹶﻨﱠﻚﹶ ﻗِﺒﹾﻠَﺔً ﺗَﺮﹾﺿَﺎﻫﹶﺎ ﻓَﻮﹶﻝﱢ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻚﹶ ﺷﹶﻄْﺮﹶ‬
     Hcp Jn_vebnte¡v \ns¶ \mw               ْ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻮﹶﻟﱡﻮﺍ‬
     Xncn¡pIbmWv. C\n ta \o \nsâ
     apJw akvPnZp ldmansâ t\À¡v            ‫ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮِﻫﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻄْﺮﹶﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     Xncn¡pI. \n§Ä FhnsSbmbncp¶m
     epw AXnsâ t\À¡mWv \n§Ä apJw            ٍ‫ﻟَﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞ‬
     Xncnt¡WvSXv. thZw \ÂIs¸«hÀ¡v                                                         ‫ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     CXv X§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅ
     kXyamsW¶v \¶mbn Adnbmw. AhÀ
     {]hÀ¯n¡p¶Xns\¸änsbm¶pw AÃm
     lp A{i²\Ã.

145. thZw \ÂIs¸«hcpsS ASp¡Â \o              ‫٥٤١. ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺗَﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
     FÃmhn[    ZrjvSm´hpw  sImWvSv
     sN¶mepw AhÀ \nsâ Jn_vesb               ‫ﺗَﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗِﺒﹾﻠَﺘَﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺑِﺘَﺎﺑِﻊٍ ﻗِﺒﹾﻠَﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ]n´pScp¶XÃ. AhcpsS Jn_vesb             ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺘَﺎﺑِﻊٍ ﻗِﺒﹾﻠَﺔَ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹾﺖﹶ‬
     \obpw ]n´pScp¶XÃ. Ahcn Hcp

  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 30                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                              ‫ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ‬
        hn`mKw asämcp hn`mK¯nsâ Jn_vesb
        ]n´pScpIbpanÃ. \n\¡v icnbmb
        Adnhv h¶pIn«nb tijw \osb§m\pw                                              ‫ﺇِﺫَﺍً ﻟﱠﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
        AhcpsS CNvOIsf ]n³]änbmÂ
        \obpw AXn{IaImcnIfpsS Iq«¯nÂ
        Xs¶ bmbncn¡pw.

146. \mw thZw \ÂInbn«pÅhÀ¡v kz´w              ‫٦٤١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺮِﻓُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺮِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     a¡sf Adnbmhp¶Xv t]mse At±l
     s¯ ( dkqens\ ) Adnbmhp ¶XmWv.            ‫ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻘﺎً ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻴﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ‬
     XoÀ¨bmbpw Ahcn Hcp hn`mKw                                                          ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AdnªpsImWvSv Xs¶ kXyw ad¨p
     sh¡pIbmIp¶p.

147. ( \_ntb, Cu ktµiw ) \nsâ                       ‫٧٤١. ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻜُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻤﹾﺘَﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \mYsâ ]¡Â \n¶pÅ kXyamIp ¶p.
     AXn\m    \o    kwibmep¡fpsS
     Iq«¯n s]«pt]mIcpXv.

148. Hmtcm hn`mK¡mÀ¡pw AhÀ ( {]mÀ             ْ‫٨٤١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻜُﻞﱟ ﻭِﺟﹾﻬﹶﺔٌ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹸﻮﹶﻟﱢﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﺒِﻘُﻮﺍ‬
     XvY\mthfbn ) Xncnªp\n¡p¶
     Hmtcm `mKapWvSv. F¶m \n§Ä               ‫ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺃَﻳﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺄْﺕِ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     sNt¿WvSXv kÂ{]hÀ¯\§Ä ¡mbn                          ‫ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     apt¶m«v hcnIbmWv. \n§Ä FhnsS
     sbms¡bmbncp¶mepw AÃmlp \n§
     sfsbÃmw H¶n¨p sImWvSphcp¶XmWv.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp GXv Imcy¯n\pw
     IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
149. GsXmcnS¯v \n¶v \o ]pds¸SpIbm             ‫٩٤١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺟﹾﺖﹶ ﻓَﻮﹶﻝﱢ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻚﹶ ﺷﹶﻄْﺮﹶ‬
     sW¦nepw akvPnZp ldmansâ t\À¡v
     ( {]mÀXvY\mthfbn ) \nsâ apJw            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻠْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     Xncnt¡WvSXmWv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AXv
     \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â\n¶pÅ bYmÀXvY                                          ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     (\nÀtZi) amIp¶p. \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n
     ¡p¶Xns\¸änsbm¶pw AÃmlp A{i
     ²\Ã.
150. GsXmcnS¯v \n¶v \o ]pds¸SpI               ‫٠٥١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺟﹾﺖﹶ ﻓَﻮﹶﻝﱢ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻚﹶ ﺷﹶﻄْﺮﹶ‬
     bmsW¦nepw akvPnZp ldmansâ
     t\À¡v \nsâ apJw Xncn t¡WvSXmWv.          ْ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻮﹶﻟﱡﻮﺍ‬
     (kXyhnizmknItf,) \n§Ä FhnsS
     sbms¡bmbncp¶mepw AXnsâ t\À               ‫ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻄْﺮﹶﻩﹸ ﻟِﺌَﻼﱠ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﺣﹸﺠﱠﺔٌ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺨْﺸﹶﻮﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     ¡mWv \n§fpsS apJw Xncnt¡WvSXv.
     \n§Äs¡Xncmbn P\§Ä¡v C\n
     bmsXmcp \ymbhpw CÃmXncn¡phm³             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺸﹶﻮﹾنﻲ ﻭﹶﻷُﺗﻢ نﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘﻲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻭﹶﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                                           ‫ﹾ‬                 ‫ﱠ‬
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               31                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                                               ‫ﺗَﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        thWvSnbmWnXv. Ahcn s]« Nne
        AXn{IaImcnIÄ (XÀ¡nt¨¡msa¶Xv)
        AÃmsX. F¶m \n§Ä Ahsc `b
        s¸SmsX Fs¶ `bs¸SpI. Fsâ A\p
        {Klw Rm³ \n§Ä¡v ]qÀ¯nbm
        ¡n¯cp hm\pw, \n§Ä k³amÀKw
        {]m]n¡phm\pw thWvSnbmWnsXÃmw.
151. \½psS    ZrjvSm´§Ä      \n§Ä¡v         ‫١٥١. ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻻً ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮ‬
     HmXntIÄ]n¨v    XcnIbpw,  \n§sf
     kwkvIcn¡pIbpw, \n§Ä¡v thZhpw           ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     hnPvRm\hpw    ]Tn¸n¨p   XcnIbpw,
     \n§Ä¡v AdnhnÃm¯Xv \n§Ä¡v                   ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Adnbn¨pXcnIbpw sN¿p¶, \n§fpsS
     Iq«¯n \n¶p Xs¶bpÅ Hcp ZqXs\
     \n§fnte¡v \mw \ntbmKn¨Xv ( hgn
     \n§Ä¡v sNbvX A\p{Klw )
     t]mse¯s¶ bmIp¶p CXpw.
152. BIbm Fs¶ \n§Ä HmÀ¡pI.                 َ‫٢٥١. ﻓَﺎﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭنِﻲ ﺃَﺫْﻛُﺮﹾﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟِﻲ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     \n§sf   Rm\pw      HmÀ¡p¶XmWv.
     Ft¶mSv  \n§Ä       \µnImWn¡pI.                                                           ِ‫ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥ‬
     \n§sft¶mSv \µntISv ImWn¡cpXv.
153. kXyhnizmknIsf, \n§Ä kl\hpw             ِ‫٣٥١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻌِﻴﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﺼﱠﺒﹾﺮ‬
     \akvImchpw aptJ\ ( AÃmlphn
     t\mSv) klmbw tXSpI. XoÀ¨bmbpw                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     £an¡p¶h tcmsSm¸amIp¶p AÃmlp.

154. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n sImÃs¸«h             ‫٤٥١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﻳﹸﻘْﺘَﻞُ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﺕﹲ‬
                                                                 ‫ﺑﹶﻞْ ﺃَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦ ﻻﱠ ﺗَﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     sc¸än acWs¸«hÀ F¶v \n§Ä ]dtb
     WvS. F¶m AhcmIp¶p Pohn¡p
     ¶hÀ. ]s£, \n§Ä (AXns\¸än)
     t_m[hm³amcmIp¶nÃ.

155. Ipds¨ms¡ `bw, ]«nWn, [\\jvSw,           ِ‫٥٥١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻨﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻮﹶنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺑِﺸﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻮﻑﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠﹸﻮﻉ‬
                                            ِ‫ﻭﹶنَﻘْﺺٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹶﻮﹶﺍﻝِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷنﻔُﺲِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺜﱠﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕ‬
     Poh\jvSw, hn`h \jvSw F¶nh aptJ
     \ \n§sf \mw ]co£n¡pI Xs¶ sN
     ¿pw. (A¯cw kµÀ`§fnÂ) £an¡p                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺸﱢﺮِ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     ¶hÀ¡v kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adn bn¡pI.

156. X§Ä¡v hà B]¯pw _m[n¨m                 ‫٦٥١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺘْﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﺼِﻴﺒﹶﺔٌ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠـﺎ‬
     AhÀ ( B £amioeÀ ) ]dbp¶Xv;
     R§Ä AÃmlphnsâ A[o\¯nemWv.                                                         ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺭﹶﺍﺟِﻌﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Ah¦te¡v Xs¶ aSt§WvShcpamWv
     F¶mbncn¡pw.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              32                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

157. AhÀ¡s{X X§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â              ٌ‫٧٥١. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﻠَﻮﹶﺍﺕﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔ‬
     \n¶v A\p{Kl§fpw ImcpWyhpw
     e`n¡p¶Xv. Ahcs{X k³amÀKw                                           ‫ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     {]m]n¨hÀ.
158. XoÀ¨bmbpw    k^mbpw    aÀhbpw         ‫٨٥١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻔَﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺮﹾﻭﹶﺓﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻌﹶﺂﺋِﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﺞﱠ‬
     aXNnlv\§fmbn AÃmlp \nivNbn¨
     Xn s]«XmIp¶p. IAv_m aµnc¯n          ‫ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﻤﹶﺮﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻄﱠﻮﱠﻑﹶ‬
     sN¶v ltÖm Dwdxtbm \nÀhln¡p¶
     GsXmcmfpw Ahbn eqsS {]Z£nWw            ‫ﺑِﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﻄَﻮﱠﻉﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﺎﻛِﺮﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \S¯p¶Xn Ipäsam¶panÃ. Bsc¦n
     epw kÂIÀ½w kzbw k¶²\mbn
     sN¿pIbmsW¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃm
     lp IrXPvR\pw kÀÆPvR\pamIp¶p.
159. \mahXcn¸n¨ sXfnhpIfpw amÀKZÀi         ِ‫٩٥١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕ‬
     \hpw thZ{KÙ¯neqsS P\§Ä¡v
     \mw hniZam¡nsImSp¯Xn\v tijw           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﱠﻨﱠﺎﻩﹸ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻓِﻲ‬
     ad¨psh¡p¶hcmtcm Ahsc AÃmlp
     i]n¡p¶XmWv.    i]n¡p¶hscms¡           ‫ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﻠﻌﹶﻨﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻠْﻌﹶﻨﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
     bpw Ahsc i]n¡p¶XmWv.                                                                   ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺎﻋِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
160. F¶m ]ivNm¯]n¡pIbpw, \ne]mSv          ‫٠٦١. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﱠﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw, (kXyw P\§
     Ä¡v ) hnhcn¨psImSp¡pIbpw sNbvX                       ‫ﺃَﺗُﻮﺏﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنَﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﱠﺍﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     hÀ CXn \ns¶mgnhmIp¶p. A§s\
     bpÅhcpsS     ]ivNm¯m]w    Rm³
     kzoIcn¡p¶XmWv. Rm³ AXy[nIw
     ]ivNm¯m]w     kzoIcn¡p ¶h\pw
     IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.
161. kXyw \ntj[n¡pIbpw, \ntj[nIfm          ‫١٦١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎﺗُﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻔﱠﺎﺭﹲ ﺃُﻭﻟَﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     bn¯s¶ acn¡pIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm
     AhcpsS   ta    AÃmlphnsâbpw          ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺔُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺃَﺟﹾﻤﹶﻌِﲔﹶ‬
     ae¡pIfpsSbpw       a\pjycpsSbpw
     H¶S¦w im]apWvSmbncn¡p¶XmWv.
162. AXhÀ imizXambn A\p`hn¡p¶              َ‫٢٦١. ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺨَﻔﱠﻒﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     XmWv. AhÀ¡v in£ Cfhv sN¿s¸Sp
     IbnÃ. AhÀ¡v CSsImSp¡s¸SpI                                                         ‫ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﻈَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     bpanÃ.
163. \n§fpsS     ssZhw    GIssZhw          ‫٣٦١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَـﻬﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻪﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹲ ﻻﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣﹾﻤﹶﻦﹸ‬
     am{XamIp¶p. Ah\ÃmsX bmsXmcp
     ssZhhpanÃ. Ah³ ]caImcpWn I\pw                                                            ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              33                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


164. BImi`qanIfpsS krjvSn¸nepw, cm]I       ِ‫٤٦١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺧﹶﻠْﻖِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
     epIfpsS   amä¯nepw,   a\pjyÀ¡v
     D]ImcapÅ hkvXp¡fpambn ISeneqsS        ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺘِﻼﹶﻑِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔُﻠْﻚِ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ‬
     k©cn¡p¶ I¸enepw, BImi¯v               َ‫ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻨﻔَﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝ‬
     \n¶v AÃmlp ag sNmcnªpX¶n«v
     \nÀPohmhkvYbv¡p tijw `qan¡v AXp       ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﱠﺎﺀ ﻓَﺄَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎ ﺑِﻪِ ﺍﻷﺭﹾﺽﹶ‬
     aptJ\ Poh³ \ÂInbXnepw, `qanbnÂ
     FÃmXcw P´phÀK§sfbpw hym]n¸n           ٍ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﺗِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺚﱠ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺩﹶﺁﺑﱠﺔ‬
     ¨Xnepw, ImäpIfpsS KXn{Ia¯nepw,        ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺼﹾﺮِﻳﻒِ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﻳﹶﺎﺡِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﺤﹶﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹶﺨﱢﺮِ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
     BImi `qanIÄ¡nSbneqsS \nb{´n¨v
     \bn¡ s¸Sp¶ taL¯nepw Nn´n¡p¶                      ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻟﱢﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     P\§Ä¡v ]e ZrjvSm´§fpapWvSv;
     Xoˬ.
165. AÃmlphn\v ]pdsabpÅhsc Ah\v            ً‫٥٦١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬُ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَنﺪﹶﺍﺩﺍ‬
     ka³amcm¡p¶ Nne BfpIfpWvSv.
     AÃmlpsh kvt\ln¡p¶Xv t]mse             ‫ﻳﹸﺤِﺒﱡﻮنَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﺤﹸﺐﱢ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱡ‬
     Cu BfpIÄ Ahscbpw kvt\ln
     ¡p¶p. F¶m kXyhnizmknIÄ               ‫ﺎ ﻟﱢﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻳﹶﺮﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺫْ ﻳﹶﺮﹶﻭﹾﻥﹶ‬‫ﺣﹸﺒ‬
                                           ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻘُﻮﱠﺓﹶ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﺎً ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     AÃmlpthmSv AXniIvXamb kvt\lap
     Åhcs{X. Cu A{IanIÄ ]ctemI
     in£ I¬ap¼n ImWp¶ kab¯v                                                        ِ‫ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏ‬
     iIvXn apgph³ AÃmlphn\msW¶pw
     AÃmlp ITn\ambn in£n¡p¶h
     \msW¶pw AhÀ IWvSdnªncp¶p
     sh¦n ( AXhÀ¡v F{X KpWIcam
     Ipambncp¶p! )
166. ]n´pScs¸«hÀ ( t\Xm¡Ä ) ]n´pS          ْ‫٦٦١. ﺇِﺫْ ﺗَﺒﹶﺮﱠﺃَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱡﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺃَﻭﹸﺍ‬
     À¶hsc ( A\pbmbnIsf ) hn«v Hgnªv
     amdpIbpw, in£ t\cn ImWpIbpw,                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺗَﻘَﻄﱠﻌﹶﺖﹾ ﺑِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَﺳﹾﺒﹶﺎﺏﹸ‬
     AhÀ ( Ccphn`mKhpw ) X½nepÅ
     _豈 Aäpt]mIp Ibpw sN¿p¶
     kµÀ`as{X ( AXv. )
167. ]n´pSÀ¶hÀ ( A\pbmbnIÄ ) A¶p           ‫٧٦١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻛَﺮﱠﺓﹰ ﻓَﻨﹶﺘَﺒﹶﺮﱠﺃَ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     ]dbpw : R§Ä¡v (CltemIt¯¡v)
     Hcp      Xncn¨pt]m¡n   ¶hkcw          ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﺒﹶﺮﱠﺅﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     In«nbncps¶¦n     ChÀ   R§sf
     hns«mgnªv amdnbXv t]mse R§Ä           ‫ﺣﹶﺴﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﺨَﺎﺭِﺟِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
                                                                                                    ِ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     Chsc hn«pw Hgnªp amdpambncp¶p.
     A{]Imcw AhcpsS IÀ½§sfÃmw
     AhÀ¡v tJZ¯n\v ImcWambn `hn¨Xv
     AÃmlp AhÀ¡v ImWn¨psImSp¡pw.
     \cImKv\nbn \n¶v AhÀ¡v ]pd¯v
     IS¡m\mIpIbpanÃ.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               34                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

168. a\pjytc,   `qanbnepÅXn     \n¶v       ً‫٨٦١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺣﹶﻼﹶﻻ‬
     A\phZ\obhpw,      hninjvShpambXv
     \n§Ä `£n¨v sImÅpI. ]nimNnsâ            ‫ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﺎً ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹸﻄُﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     ImeSnIsf \n§Ä ]n´pScmXncn
     ¡pIbpw sN¿pI. Ah³ \n§fpsS                                                                 ‫ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱞ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
     {]Xy£ i{Xp Xs¶bmIp¶p.
169. ZpjvIrXy§fnepw \oNhr¯nIfnepw           ْ‫٩٦١. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟﺴﱡﻮﺀِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔَﺤﹾﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     GÀs]Sphm\pw, AÃmlphnsâ t]cnÂ
     \n§Ä¡dnªpIqSm¯Xv ]dªpWvSm                                               ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ¡phm\pamWv Ah³ \n§tfmSv IÂ
     ]n¡p¶Xv.
170. AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨Xv \n§Ä ]n³              ْ‫٠٧١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﺗﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻞ‬
     ]än    Pohn¡pI  F¶v    AhtcmSv
     Bsc¦nepw ]dªmÂ, AÃ, R§fpsS             ‫نَﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﻟْﻔَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﺃَﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     ]nXm¡Ä kzoIcn¨Xmbn IWvStX                                       ‫ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌﺎً ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     R§Ä ]n³ ]äpIbpÅq F¶mbn
     cn¡pw AhÀ ]dbp¶Xv. AhcpsS ]nXm
     ¡Ä bmsXm¶pw Nn´n¨v a\Ênem¡m
     ¯hcpw t\Àhgn IsWvS¯m¯h
     cpambncps¶¦n t]mepw Ahsc ]n³
     ]äpIbmtWm? )
171. kXy\ntj[nIsf        D]an¡mhp¶Xv        َ‫١٧١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺜَﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹶﻨﹾﻌِﻖﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻻ‬
     hnfnbpw sXfnbpaÃmsX asäm¶pw tIÄ
     ¡m¯      P´phnt\mSv    H¨bnSp¶h        ‫ﻳﹶﺴﹾﻤﹶﻊﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺩﹸﻋﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶنِﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﺻﹸﻢﱞ ﺑﹸﻜْﻢﹲ ﻋﹸﻤﹾﻲﹲ ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                                                                                 ‫ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     t\mSmIp¶p. AhÀ _[nccpw DuaIfpw
     AÔcpamIp¶p.      AXn\m    AhÀ
     (bmsXm¶pw) Nn´n¨p {Kln¡pIbnÃ.
172. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä¡v \mw \           ‫٢٧١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     Inb hkvXp¡fn \n¶v hninjvSambXv
     `£n¨p sImÅpI. AÃmlpthmSv \n§           ‫ﺭﹶﺯَﻗْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻩﹸ‬
                                                                                                  ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Ä \µnImWn ¡pIbpw sN¿pI; Ahs\
     am{XamWv \n§Ä Bcm[n¡p¶sX¦nÂ.
173. ihw, cIvXw, ]¶namwkw, AÃmlp            ‫٣٧١. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﺘَﺔَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺪﱠﻡﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﺤﹾﻢﹶ‬
     AÃm¯hÀ¡mbn         {]Jym]n¡s¸«Xv
     F¶nh am{Xta Ah³ \n§Ä¡v                 ‫ﺍﻟْﺨِﻨﺰِﻳﺮِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻫِﻞﱠ ﺑِﻪِ ﻟِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺿْﻄُﺮﱠ‬
     \njn²am¡nbn«pÅq. C\n Bsc ¦nepw         ‫ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﻍٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻋﹶﺎﺩٍ ﻓَﻼ ﺇِﺛْﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
     (\njn²ambXv `£n¡phm³ ) \nÀ_
     ÔnX\mbm Ahsâ ta IpäanÃ.                                                                        ‫ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     (F¶mÂ) Ah³ \nbaewL \¯n\p
     apXncmXncn¡pIbpw (A\n hmcyXbpsS)
     ]cn[n IhnbmXncn ¡pIbpw thWw.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                            Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               35                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p
        ¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
174. AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨, thZ{KÙ¯nep             ِ‫٤٧١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
     Å      Imcy§Ä   ad¨psh¡pIbpw,
     AXn¶p hnebmbn XpNvOamb t\«§Ä           ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﹰﺎ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
                                            ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹸﻄُﻮنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻜَﻠﱢﻤﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ‬
     t\SnsbSp¡pIbpw    sN¿p¶hcmtcm
     AhÀ X§fpsS hbdpIfn Xn¶p
     \nd¡p¶Xv \cImKv\nbÃmsX asäm¶p                     ‫ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     aÃ. DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ \mfnÂ
     AÃmlp AhtcmSv kwkmcn ¡pItbm
     (]m]§fn \n¶v) Ahsc kwip²cm
     ¡pItbm sN¿pIbnÃ. AhÀ¡v thZ\
     tbdnb in£bpWvSm bncn¡pIbpw
     sN¿pw.
175. k³amÀK¯n\p ]Icw ZpÀamÀKhpw,            ‫٥٧١. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻭﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﻼﹶﻟَﺔَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ‬
     ]m]tamN\¯n\p ]Icw in£bpw
     hm§nbhcmIp¶p AhÀ. \cIin£               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻓَﻤﹶﺂ ﺃَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺮﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
                                                                                                     ِ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     A\p`hn¡p¶Xn  AhÀs¡s´mcp
     £abmWv!
176. kXyw hyIvXam¡ns¡mWvSv AÃmlp            ‫٦٧١. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ نَﺰﱠﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ‬
     thZ{KÙw AhXcn¸n¨p Ignªn«pÅ
     Xn\memWXv. thZ{KÙ¯nsâ Imcy             ٍ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻔِﻲ ﺷِﻘَﺎﻕ‬
                                                                                                     ٍ‫ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪ‬
     ¯n `n¶n¨hÀ ( kXy¯n \n¶v )
     AI¶ amXvkcy¯nemIp¶p XoÀ¨.
177. \n§fpsS
                                            ِ‫٧٧١. ﻟﱠﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒِﺮﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﻮﹶﻟﱡﻮﺍْ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻗِﺒﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺸﹾﺮِﻕ‬
                 apJ§Ä      Ingt¡mt«m
     ]Snªmtdmt«m Xncn¡pI F¶XÃ
     ]pWyw      F¶m      AÃmlphnepw,       ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﺮِﺏِ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟْﺒِﺮﱠ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡ‬
     A´yZn\¯nepw,         ae¡pIfnepw,
     thZ{KÙ¯nepw,     {]hmNI³amcnepw        ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻰ‬
                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺎﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺣﹸﺒﱢﻪِ ﺫَﻭِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬
     hnizkn¡pIbpw, kz¯nt\mSv {]nb
     apWvSmbn«pw AXv _Ôp¡Ä¡pw,
     A\mYIÄ¡pw,          AKXnIÄ¡pw,         ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﺂﺋِﻠِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ‬
     hgnt]m¡¶pw, tNmZn¨p hcp¶h À¡pw,
     ASnatamN\¯n¶pw \Âip Ibpw,              ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱢﻗَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻗَﺎﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻮﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
                                            ‫ﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻫِﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻋﹶﺎﻫﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲ‬
     {]mÀXvY\ (\akvImcw) apd {]Imcw
     \nÀhln¡pIbpw, kIm¯v \ÂIp
     Ibpw, Icmdn GÀs]«m AXv \ndth         ‫ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺄْﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮﱠﺍﺀ ﻭﹶﺣِﲔﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺄْﺱِ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     äpIbpw, hnjaXIfpw ZpcnX§fpw t\cn
     Spt¼mgpw, bp²cwK¯pw £a ssI                        ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗُﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     s¡mÅpIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm AhcmIp
     ¶p ]pWyhm³amÀ. AhcmIp¶p kXyw
     ]men¨hÀ.    AhÀ      Xs¶bmIp¶p
     ( tZmj_m[sb ) kq£n¨hÀ.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              36                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

178. kXyhnizmknItf,     sImesN¿s¸Sp        ‫٨٧١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺼﹶﺎﺹﹸ‬
     ¶hcpsS     Imcy¯n     Xpeyin£
     \S¸m¡pI F¶Xv \n§Ä¡v \nba              ِ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺘْﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﺮﱡ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹸﺮﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺒﹾﺪﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﺒﹾﺪ‬
     am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. kzX{´\p ]Icw
     kzX{´\pw,     ASnabv¡p     ]Icw       ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷُنﺜَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻷُنﺜَﻰ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﻋﹸﻔِﻲﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺧِﻴﻪ‬
     ASnabpw, kv{Xo¡p ]Icw kv{Xobpw        ِ‫ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀﹲ ﻓَﺎﺗﱢﺒﹶﺎﻉﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺩﹶﺍﺀ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     ( sImÃs¸tSWvSXmWv. ) C\n Ah¶v
     ( sImebmfn¡v ) Xsâ ktlmZcsâ           ٌ‫ﺑِﺈِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎﻥٍ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺗَﺨْﻔِﻴﻒﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔ‬
     ]£¯v \n¶v hà Cfhpw e`n¡p
     IbmsW¦n Ah³ acymZ ]men¡p                   ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻯ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻠَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     Ibpw, \à \nebn (\jvS]cnlmcw )
     sImSp¯p ho«pIbpw sNt¿WvSXm
     Ip¶p.    \n§fpsS    c£nXmhn¦Â
     \n¶pÅ Hcp hn«phogvNbpw ImcpWy
     hpamIp¶p AXv. C\n AXn\p tijhpw
     Bsc¦nepw AXn{Iaw {]hÀ¯n¡pI
     bmsW¦n      Ah\v    thZ\tbdnb
     in£bpWvSm bncn¡pw.
179. _p²nam³amtc, (A§s\) Xpeyin£           ِ‫٩٧١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺼﹶﺎﺹِ ﺣﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹲ ﻳﹶﺎْ ﺃُﻭﻟِﻲﹾ ﺍﻷَﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏ‬
     \ÂIp¶XnemWv \n§fpsS PohnX
     ¯nsâ \ne\nÂ]v. \n§Ä kq£vaX                                                         ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]men¡p¶Xn\p thWvSn bs{X ( Cu
     \nba\nÀtZi§Ä ).
180. \n§fnemÀs¡¦nepw acWw Bk¶              ‫٠٨١. ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻀَﺮﹶ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹶﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﺇِﻥ‬
     amhpt¼mÄ, AbmÄ [\w hn«pt]mIp
     ¶psWvS¦n   amXm]nXm ¡Ä¡pw,           ‫ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔُ ﻟِﻠْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷﻗْﺮﹶﺑِﲔﹶ‬
     ASp¯ _Ôp¡Ä¡pw thWvSn \ymb                                 ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﺣﹶﻘًّﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     {]Imcw hkzn¿¯v sN¿phm³ \n§Ä
     \nÀ_Ôambn    IÂ]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.
     kq£vaX ]peÀ¯p¶hÀ¡v Hcp ISab
     s{X AXv.
181. AXv ( hkzn¿¯v ) tI«Xn\p tijw          ‫١٨١. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺑﹶﺪﱠﻟَﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     Bsc¦nepw   AXv   amänadn¡pIbm
     sW¦n    AXnsâ     Ipäw   amän                       ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﺪﱢﻟُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     adn¡p¶hÀ¡v am{XamIp¶p. XoÀ¨b
     mbpw AÃmlp FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
     Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
182. C\n hkzn¿¯v sN¿p¶ BfpsS               ‫٢٨١. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﺎﻑﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﱡﻮﺹٍ ﺟﹶﻨﹶﻔًﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ‬
     `mK¯p \n¶p Xs¶ A\oXntbm
     Ipätam kw`hn¨Xmbn BÀs¡¦nepw           ‫ﻓَﺄَﺻﹾﻠَﺢﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺇِﺛْﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
     Bi¦ tXm¶pIbpw, AhÀ¡nSbn                                                                     ‫ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
  Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              37                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        (_Ôs¸« I£nIÄ¡nSbnÂ) cRvPn
        ¸pWvSm¡pIbpamsW¦n AXn sXän
        Ã. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp
        ¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
183. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§fpsS ap¼pÅ          ‫٣٨١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻴﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ‬
     htcmSv IÂ]n¨ncp¶Xv t]mse¯s¶
     \n§Ä¡pw t\m¼v \nÀ_Ôambn I               ‫ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. \n§Ä tZmj_m[
     sb kq£n¡phm³ thWvSnbs{X AXv.
184. F®s¸« GXm\pw Znhk§fn am{Xw.          ‫٤٨١. ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶﺍﺕٍ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺮِﻳﻀًﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
     \n§fnemsc¦nepw tcmKnbmhp Itbm
     bm{XbnemhpItbm sNbvXm aäp            ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻔَﺮٍ ﻓَﻌِﺪﱠﺓﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﺃُﺧﹶﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Znhk§fn \n¶v A{Xbpw F®w              ‫ﻳﹸﻄِﻴﻘُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻓِﺪﹾﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﻣِﺴﹾﻜِﲔٍ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﻄَﻮﱠﻉﹶ‬
     ( t\ms¼Spt¡WvSXmWv. ) ( sRcp§n
     s¡mWvSv am{Xw ) AXn¶p km[n¡p¶         ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻓَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺼﹸﻮﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     hÀ (]Icw) Hcp ]mhs¸«h¶pÅ
     `£Ww {]mbivNn ¯ambn \ÂtIWvS                                                  ‫ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     XmWv. F¶m Bsc¦nepw kzbw
     k¶²\mbn IqSpX \³asNbvXmÂ
     AXh¶v KpWIcamIp¶p. \n§Ä
     Imcyw {Kln¡p¶hcmsW¦n t\m¼
     \pjvTn   ¡p¶XmIp¶p      \n§Ä¡v
     IqSpXÂ D¯aw.
185. P\§Ä¡v amÀKZÀi\ambns¡mWvSpw,          ‫٥٨١. ﺷﹶﻬﹾﺮﹸ ﺭﹶﻣﹶﻀَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺁﻥﹸ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ‬
     t\Àhgn      Im«p¶Xpw    kXyhpw
     AkXyhpw      thÀXncn¨p  ImWn¡p        ‫ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔُﺮﹾﻗَﺎﻥِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ‬
     ¶Xpamb kphyIvX sXfnhpIfmbn            ‫ﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮﹶ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺼﹸﻤﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
     s¡mWvSpw      hnip²     JpÀB³
     AhXcn¸n¡s¸« amkamIp¶p dafm³.          ‫ﻣﹶﺮِﻳﻀًﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻔَﺮٍ ﻓَﻌِﺪﱠﺓﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﺃُﺧﹶﺮﹶ‬
     AXp sImWvSv \n§fn BÀ B
     amk¯n k¶nlnXcmtWm AhÀ B              ‫ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻴﹸﺴﹾﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹸﺴﹾﺮﹶ‬
     amkw {hXa\pjvTnt¡WvSXmWv. Bsc         ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﺘُﻜْﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻌِﺪﱠﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﻟِﺘُﻜَﺒﱢﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ¦nepw tcmKnbmhpItbm, bm{Xbnemhp
     Itbm sNbvXm ]Icw A{Xbpw                                      ‫ﻫﹶﺪﹶﺍﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     F®w ( t\ms¼Spt¡WvSXmWv. ) \n§
     Ä¡v Bizmkw hcp¯m\mWv AÃmlp
     Dt±in¡p¶Xv. \n§Ä¡v sRcp¡w
     DWvSm¡m³ Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶nÃ.
     \n§Ä B F®w ]qÀ¯nbm¡p hm\pw,
     \n§Ä¡v t\Àhgn ImWn¨pX¶nsâ
     t]cn AÃmlphnsâ alXzw \n§Ä
     {]IoÀ¯n¡phm\pw \n§Ä \µnbp
  Previous Page               First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                38                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        Åhcmbncn¡phm\pw     thWvSnbs{X
        ( C§s\ IÂ]n¨n«pÅXv. )
186. \nt¶mSv Fsâ Zmk³amÀ Fs¶¸än              ‫٦٨١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺳﹶﺄﻟَﻚﹶ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻱ ﻋﹶﻨﱢﻲ ﻓَﺈِنﱢﻲ ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐﹲ‬
     tNmZn¨m Rm³ ( AhÀ¡v Gähpw )
     ASp¯pÅh\mIp¶p ( F¶v ]dbpI. )            ْ‫ﺃُﺟِﻴﺐﹸ ﺩﹶﻋﹾﻮﹶﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍﻉِ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺩﹶﻋﹶﺎﻥِ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺠِﻴﺒﹸﻮﺍ‬
     {]mÀXvYn¡p¶h³     Fs¶     hnfn¨v                        ‫ﻟِﻲ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻲ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺷﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     {]mÀXvYn¨m Rm³ B {]mÀXvY\bv¡v
     D¯cw \ÂIp¶ XmWv. AXpsImWvSv
     Fsâ         Blzm\w        AhÀ
     kzoIcn¡pIbpw,    F¶n     AhÀ
     hnizkn¡pIbpw     sN¿s«.   AhÀ
     t\Àhgn {]m]n¡phm³ thWvSnbmWnXv.
187. t\m¼nsâ      cm{Xnbn    \n§fpsS        ‫٧٨١. ﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻴﹾﻠَﺔَ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻴﹶﺎﻡِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﻓَﺚﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ نِﺴﹶﺂﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     `mcyamcpambpÅ kwkÀKw \n§Ä¡v
     A\phZn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.          AhÀ         ‫ﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻟِﺒﹶﺎﺱﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻟِﺒﹶﺎﺱﹲ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻋﹶﻠِﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     \n§Äs¡mcp hkv{XamIp¶p. \n§Ä             ‫ﺃَنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺨْﺘﺎنُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     AhÀ¡pw       Hcp     hkv{XamIp¶p.
     (`mcymk¼À¡w \njn²ambn IcpXn             ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻔَﺎ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻵﻥﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﺷِﺮﹸﻭﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     s¡mWvSv ) \n§Ä BXvah©\bnÂ
     AIs¸SpIbmbncp¶psh¶v       AÃmlp         ‫ﻛَﺘَﺐﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﺘَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻦﹶ‬
     Adnªncn¡p¶p. F¶m AÃmlp                 ِ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﻂُ ﺍﻷَﺑﹾﻴﹶﺾﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﻂِ ﺍﻷَﺳﹾﻮﹶﺩ‬
     \n§fpsS ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡p
     Ibpw s]mdp¡pIbpw sNbvXncn ¡p¶p.         َ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺠﹾﺮِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَﺗِﻤﱡﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱢﻴﹶﺎﻡﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﻠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
                                             ِ‫ﺗُﺒﹶﺎﺷِﺮﹸﻭﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺎﻛِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﺟِﺪ‬
     AXn\m      C\n     ta    \n§Ä
     Ahcpambn          klhkn¡pIbpw,
     ( sshhmlnI PohnX¯n ) AÃmlp             ‫ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ‬
     \n§Ä¡v \nivNbn¨Xv tXSpIbpw
     sNbvXpsImÅpI. \n§Ä Xn¶pIbpw                                   ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     IpSn¡pIbpw sNbvXpsImÅpI; ]pecn
     bpsS shfp¯ CgIÄ Idp¯ CgIfnÂ
     \n¶v sXfnªv ImWpamdm Ip¶Xv hsc.
     F¶n«v cm{XnbmIpw hsc \n§Ä {hXw
     ]qÀ®ambn A\pjvTn¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
     F¶m        \n§Ä        ]ÅnIfnÂ
     CAvXnIm^v (`P\w) Ccn¡pt¼mÄ
     Ahcp ( `mcy amcp) ambn klhkn
     ¡cpXv. AÃmlp hnsâ AXnÀhc¼p
     IfmIp¶p Ahsbms¡. \n§Ä Ah
     sb AXnewLn¡phm\Sp¡cpXv. P\§
     Ä tZmj_m[sb kq£n¡phm\mbn
     AÃmlp A{]Imcw Ahsâ ZrjvSm´
     §Ä AhÀ¡v hyIvXam¡nsImSp¡p¶p.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                          Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               39                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


188. A\ymbambn   \n§Ä     At\ym\yw          ْ‫٨٨١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻃِﻞِ ﻭﹶﺗُﺪﹾﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     kz¯p¡Ä Xn¶cpXv. AdnªpsImWvSp
     Xs¶, BfpIfpsS kz¯p¡fn \n¶v            ِ‫ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﻜﱠﺎﻡِ ﻟِﺘَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻝ‬
     hÃXpw A[mÀ½n Iambn t\SnsbSp¯p                                   ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺑِﺎﻹِﺛْﻢِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Xn¶phm³   thWvSn   \n§fXpambn
     hn[nIÀ¯m¡sf      kao]n¡pIbpw
     sN¿cpXv.
189. (\_ntb,) \nt¶mShÀ N{µ¡eIsf¸än          ‫٩٨١. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻷﻫِﻠﱠﺔِ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﻣﹶﻮﹶﺍﻗِﻴﺖﹸ‬
     tNmZn¡p¶p. ]dbpI: a\pjy cpsS
     Bhiy§Ä¡pw lÖv XoÀXvYmS\                ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱢ ﻭﹶﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒِﺮﱡ ﺑِﺄَﻥﹾ ﺗَﺄْﺗُﻮﹾﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺒﹸﻴﹸﻮﺕﹶ‬
     ¯n\pw Ime \nÀWb¯n\pÅ D]m[nI            ْ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭِﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟْﺒِﺮﱠ ﻣﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻰ ﻭﹶﺃْﺗُﻮﺍ‬
     fmIp¶p Ah. \n§Ä hoSpIfnte¡v
     ]n³hi     §fneqsS    sNÃp¶Xneà         ‫ﺍﻟْﺒﹸﻴﹸﻮﺕﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺑﹾﻮﹶﺍﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     ]pWyw IpSnsImÅp¶Xv. {]XypX, tZmj                                                          ‫ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     _m[sb Im¯pkq£n¨h\s{X ]pWy
     hm³. \n§Ä hoSpIfn AhbpsS
     hmXnepIfneqsS {]thin¡pI. tam£w
     ssIhcn¡phm³ \n§Ä AÃmlpsh
     kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
190. \n§tfmSv bp²w sN¿p¶hcpambn             َ‫٠٩١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n \n§fpw bp
     ²w sN¿pI. F¶m \n§Ä ]cn[nhn«v                         ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱢ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻌﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¡cpXv. ]cn[nhn«v {]hÀ¯n
     ¡p¶hsc AÃmlp CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ
     Xs¶.
191. Ahsc     IWvSpap«pt¶S¯v    sh¨v        ‫١٩١. ﻭﹶﺍﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺛَﻘِﻔْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢ‬
     \n§fhsc sIm¶pIfbpIbpw, AhÀ
     \n§sf    ]pd¯m¡ntbS¯v      \n¶v        ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺃَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺟﹸﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔِﺘْﻨﹶﺔُ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱡ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     \n§Ä     Ahsc      ]pd¯m¡pIbpw         ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻘَﺘْﻞِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡ‬
     sN¿pI. ( ImcWw, AhÀ \S¯p¶ )
     aÀ±\w sImetb¡mÄ \njvTq camIp¶p.        ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻗَﺎﺗَﻠُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     akvPnZp ldman¶Sp¯v sh¨v \n§Ä                                        ‫ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     AhtcmSv bp²w sN¿cpXv; AhÀ
     \n§tfmSv AhnsS sh¨v bp²w
     sN¿p¶Xv hsc. C\n AhÀ \n§tfmSv
     ( AhnsS sh¨v ) bp²¯n GÀs]SpI
     bmsW¦n Ahsc sIm¶pIfbpI.
     A{]ImcamWv kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡pÅ
     {]Xn^ew.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              40                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


192. C\n AhÀ ( ]ivNm¯]n¨v, FXnÀ¸n                         ‫٢٩١. ﻓَﺈِﻥِ ﺍنﺘَﻬﹶﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \n¶v ) hncan¡pI bmsW¦ntem
     XoÀ¨bmbpw Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw
     IcpWm\n[nbpamWv AÃmlp.
193. aÀ±\w CÃmXmhpIbpw, aXw AÃmlp          ‫٣٩١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻻَ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﺘْﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦﹸ‬
     hn\v thWvSnbmhpIbpw sN¿p¶Xv hsc
     \n§fhtcmSv bp²w \S¯ns¡mÅpI.           ‫ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥِ ﺍنﺘَﻬﹶﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻋﹸﺪﹾﻭﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     F¶m AhÀ (bp²¯n \n¶v)
     hncan¡pIbmsW¦n (Ahcnse) A{I
     anIÄs¡XncneÃmsX ]n¶oSv bmsXmcp
     It¿ähpw ]mSpÅXÃ.
194. hne¡s¸«amk¯n (se bp²¯n) \v            ‫٤٩١. ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹸﺮﹸﻣﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
     hne¡s¸«amk¯n Xs¶ ( Xncn¨
     Sn¡pI. ) hne¡s¸« aäp Imcy§Ä           ْ‫ﻗِﺼﹶﺎﺹﹲ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
     ewLn¡pt¼mgpw ( A§s\¯s¶ )
     {]Xn{Inb sNt¿WvSXmWv. A{]Imcw         ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺑِﻤِﺜْﻞِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     \n§Äs¡Xnsc      BÀ    AXn{Iaw                                ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     ImWn¨mepw Ah³ \n§fpsS t\À¡v
     ImWn¨    AXn{Ia¯n\v   Xpeyambn
     Ahsâ       t\scbpw    AXn{Iaw
     ImWn¨psImÅpI. \n§Ä AÃmlpsh
     kq£n¡pIbpw, AÃmlp kq£vaX
     ]men¡p¶htcmsSm¸amsW¶v
     a\Ênem¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
195. AÃmlphnsâ    amÀK¯n    \n§Ä          ‫٥٩١. ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﻠْﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺄَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     sNehv sN¿pI. ( ]nip¡pw DZmko
     \Xbpw aqew ) \n§fpsS ssIIsf           ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻬﹾﻠُﻜَﺔِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺣﹾﺴِﻨﹸﻮﹶﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
     \n§Ä     Xs¶   \mi¯n     XÅn
     ¡fbcpXv. \n§Ä \ÃXv {]hÀ¯n ¡pI.                                                      ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     \³a sN¿p¶hsc AÃmlp CjvSs]SpI
     Xs¶ sN¿pw.
196. \n§Ä AÃmlphn\v thWvSn lÖpw            ‫٦٩١. ﻭﹶﺃَﺗِﻤﱡﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱠ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹸﻤﹾﺮﹶﺓﹶ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃُﺣﹾﺼِﺮﹾﺗُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ‬
     Dwdxbpw ]qÀ®ambn \nÀhln¡pI. C\n
     \n§Ä¡v ( lÖv \nÀhln¡p¶Xn\v )          ‫ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻴﹾﺴﹶﺮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻬﹶﺪﹾﻱِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺤﹾﻠِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹸﺅﹸﻭﺳﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     XSÊw krjvSn¡s¸«m \n§Ä¡v              ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻎَ ﺍﻟْﻬﹶﺪﹾﻱﹸ ﻣﹶﺤِﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ‬
     kuIcys¸Sp¶ Hcp _enarKs¯ (_en
     bÀ¸nt¡WvSXmWv. ) _enarKw Ft¯          ‫ﻣﱠﺮِﻳﻀﺎً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺃْﺳِﻪِ ﻓَﻔِﺪﹾﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     WvS kvYm\¯v F¯p¶Xv hsc \n§Ä
     Xe apWvU\w sN¿mhp¶XÃ. \n§fn           ‫ﺻِﻴﹶﺎﻡٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗَﺔٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ نُﺴﹸﻚٍ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﻣِﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ‬
     emsc¦nepw tcmKnbmhpItbm, Xebn        ‫ﺗَﻤﹶﺘﱠﻊﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹸﻤﹾﺮﹶﺓِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱢ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻴﹾﺴﹶﺮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     hà ieyhpw A\p`h s¸SpItbm
     BsW¦n (apSn \o¡p¶Xn\v) {]mb          ‫ﺍﻟْﻬﹶﺪﹾﻱِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼِﻴﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﺛَﻼﺛَﺔِ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﻓِﻲ‬
  Previous Page               First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 41                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                              ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱢ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺒﹾﻌﹶﺔٍ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﺸﹶﺮﹶﺓﹲ‬
        ivNn¯ambn t\mt¼m, Zm\[À½tam,
        _enIÀ½tam \nÀhln¨m aXnbmIpw.
        C\n \n§Ä \nÀ`bmhkvYbnemsW             ‫ﻛَﺎﻣِﻠَﺔٌ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠُﻪﹸ ﺣﹶﺎﺿِﺮِﻱ‬
        ¦ntem, At¸mÄ HcmÄ Dwdx \nÀhln
        ¨n«v lÖv hsc kpJsaSp¡p¶ ]£w           ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ‬
                                                                               ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻘَﺎﺏ‬
        kuIcys¸Sp¶    Hcp   _enarKs¯
        (lÖn\nSbn    _enIgnt¡WvSXmWv.)
        C\n BÀs¡ ¦nepw AXv In«m¯
        ]£w lÖn\nS bn aq¶p Znhkhpw,
        \n§Ä (\m«nÂ) Xncns¨¯nbn«v Ggp
        Znhkhpw tNÀ¯v BsI ]¯v Znhkw
        t\m¼\pjvTnt¡WvSXmWv. IpSpw_k
        taXw akvPnZp ldman Xmakn¡p
        ¶hÀ¡Ãm¯hÀ¡mIp¶p Cu hn[n.
        \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pIbpw,
        AÃmlp ITn\ambn in£n¡p¶h
        \msW¶v a\Ênem¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
197. lÖv Imew Adnbs¸« amk§fm                  ‫٧٩١. ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱡ ﺃَﺷﹾﻬﹸﺮﹲ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﻠُﻮﻣﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻓَﺮﹶﺽﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻦﱠ‬
     Ip¶p. B amk§fn Bsc¦nepw
     lÖv IÀ½¯n {]thin¨m ]n¶oSv              ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱠ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺭﹶﻓَﺚﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻓُﺴﹸﻮﻕَ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺟِﺪﹶﺍﻝَ ﻓِﻲ‬
     kv{Xoþ]pcpj  kwkÀKtam    ZpÀhr           ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺞﱢ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     ¯ntbm hgt¡m lÖn\nSbn ]mSp
     ÅXÃ. \n§Ä GsXmcp kÂ{]hr¯n                ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺰﹶﻭﱠﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﺍﺩِ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘْﻮﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﻥِ ﻳﹶﺎ‬
     sNbvXncp¶mepw AÃmlp AXdnbp
     ¶XmWv. ( lÖn\p t]mIpt¼mÄ )                                                        ِ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏ‬
     \n§Ä bm{Xbv¡pthWvS hn`h§Ä
     Hcp¡nt¸mIpI. F¶m bm{Xbv¡p
     thWvS hn`h§fn Gähpw D¯aam
     bXv kq£vaXbmIp¶p. _p²nimenItf,
     \n§sfs¶ kq£n¨v Pohn¡pI.
198. (lÖn\nSbnÂ) \n§fpsS c£nXm                ‫٨٩١. ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹲ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺒﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻀْﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     hn¦Â \n¶pÅ `uXnIm\p{Kl§Ä
     \n§Ä tXSp¶Xn Ipäsam¶panÃ.               ْ‫ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﻓَﻀْﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﺮﹶﻓَﺎﺕٍ ﻓَﺎﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
                                              ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺸﹾﻌﹶﺮِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﻩﹸ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ‬
     Ad^m¯n \n¶v \n§Ä ]pds¸«p
     Ignªm     aivAdp    ldman\Sp
     ¯psh¨v    \n§Ä      AÃmlphns\                  ‫ﻫﹶﺪﹶﺍﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻪِ ﻟَﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱢﲔﹶ‬
     {]IoÀ¯n¡phn³. Ah³ \n§Ä¡v
     hgn ImWn¨ {]Imcw \n§fhs\
     HmÀ¡phn³. CXn\p ap¼v \n§Ä
     ]ng¨hcn s]«hcmbncp¶mepw.
199. F¶n«v BfpIÄ (km[mcW XoÀXvYm              ‫٩٩١. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَﻓِﻴﻀُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺃَﻓَﺎﺽﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ‬
     SIÀ) FhnsS \n¶v ]pds¸Sp¶pthm

  Previous Page                  First Page                                                     Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  42                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                         ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
        AhnsS \n¶p Xs¶ \n§fpw ]pds¸ SpI.
        \n§Ä AÃmlpthmSv ]m]tamN\w tXSp
        Ibpw sN¿pI. AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶
        h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
200. A§s\ \n§Ä lÖv IÀ½w                        ‫٠٠٢. ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﻗَﻀَﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱠﻨﹶﺎﺳِﻜَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     \nÀhln¨p      Ignªm     \n§fpsS
     ]nXm¡sf \n§Ä {]IoÀ¯n¨ncp¶Xv               ِ‫ﻛَﺬِﻛْﺮِﻛُﻢﹾ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱠ ﺫِﻛْﺮﹰﺍ ﻓَﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱ‬
                                               ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ‬
     t]msetbm AXns\¡mÄ iIvXamb
     \nebntem       AÃmlpsh     \n§Ä
     {]IoÀ¯n¡pI. a\pjycn        NneÀ                                              ٍ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻼﹶﻕ‬
     ]dbpw; R§fpsS c£nXmth, Cltem
     I¯v R§Ä¡v \o ( A\p{Klw )
     \ÂtIWta F¶v. F¶m ]ctemI¯v
     A¯c¡mÀ¡v Hcp Hmlcnbpw DWvSmbn
     cn¡p¶XÃ.
201. aäp NneÀ ]dbpw; R§fpsS c£nXm
     th, R§Ä¡v CltemI¯v \o \ÃXv                ً‫١٠٢. ﻭِﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔ‬
     XtcWta; ]ctemI¯pw \o \ÃXv Xtc                   ِ‫ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     Wta. \cIin£bn \n¶v R§sf
     Im¯pc£n¡pIbpw sNt¿Wta F¶v.
202. AhÀ
                                               ‫٢٠٢. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﺮِﻳﻊﹸ‬
               k¼mZn¨Xnsâ      ^eambn
     AhÀ¡v hensbmcp hnlnXapWvSv.
     AÃmlp        AXnthK¯n     IW¡v                                                           ِ‫ﺍﻟْﺤِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
     t\m¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
203. F®s¸«
                                               ‫٣٠٢. ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶﺍﺕٍ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ‬
                   Znhk§fn     \n§Ä
     AÃmlpsh kvacn¡pI. ( Ahbn )
     cWvSp Znhkw sImWvSv aXnbm¡n               ‫ﺗَﻌﹶﺠﱠﻞَ ﻓِﻲ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺇِﺛْﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﺄَﺧﱠﺮﹶ‬
     Bsc¦nepw [rXns¸«v t]mcp¶ ]£w
     Ah\v IpäanÃ. ( Hcp Znhkhpw IqSn )         ‫ﻓَﻼ ﺇِﺛْﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍ‬
                                                                                 ‫ﺃَنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺗُﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Xmakn¨p      t]mcp¶h¶pw   IpäanÃ.
     kq£vaX ]men¡p¶h¶v ( AXmWv
     D¯aw      ).    \n§Ä    AÃmlpsh
     kq£n¡pIbpw Ah¦te¡v \n§Ä
     Hcpan¨pIq«s¸Spsa¶v a\Ênem¡pIbpw
     sN¿pI.
204. Nne BfpIfpWvSv. sFlnIPohnX
     Imcy¯n AhcpsS kwkmcw \n\¡v               ِ‫٤٠٢. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻌﹾﺠِﺒﹸﻚﹶ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟُﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓ‬
     IuXpIw tXm¶n¡pw. AhcpsS lrZb              ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺸﹾﻬِﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻗَﻠْﺒِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
     ip²n¡v AhÀ AÃmlpsh km£n
     \nÀ¯pIbpw sN¿pw. hmkvXh¯n                                                             ِ‫ﺃﻟَﺪﱡ ﺍﻟْﺨِﺼﹶﺎﻡ‬
     AhÀ (kXy¯nsâ ) ITn\sshcn
     Ifs{X.


  Previous Page                   First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               43                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

205. AhÀ
                                            ‫٥٠٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻰ ﺳﹶﻌﹶﻰ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻟِﻴﹸﻔْﺴِﺪﹶ ﻓِﻴِﻬﹶﺎ‬
              Xncn¨pt]mbm    `qanbnÂ
     Ipg¸apWvSm¡m\pw, hnf \in¸n¡m\pw,
     Pohs\mSp¡m\pambncn¡pw {ian¡pI.         ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻬﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹾﺙﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺴﹾﻞَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
     \ioIcWw AÃmlp CjvSs¸Sp¶XÃ.
                                                                                              ‫ﺍﻟﻔَﺴﹶﺎﺩﹶ‬
206. AÃmlpsh
                                            ِ‫٦٠٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺍﺗﱠﻖِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬَﺗْﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﺰﱠﺓﹸ ﺑِﺎﻹِﺛْﻢ‬
                  kq£n¡pI    F¶v
     AhtcmSv    Bsc¦nepw  ]dªmÂ
     Zpc`nam\w Ahsc ]m]¯n ]nSn¨v                              ‫ﻓَﺤﹶﺴﹾﺒﹸﻪﹸ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤِﻬﹶﺎﺩﹸ‬
     \nÀ¯p¶p. AhÀ¡v \cIw Xs¶ aXn.
     AXv F{X tamiamb sa¯!
207. thsd Nne BfpIfpWvSv. AÃmlp             ‫٧٠٢. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺮِﻱ نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ‬
     hnsâ s]mcp¯w tXSns¡mWvSv kz´w
     PohnXw Xs¶ AhÀ hn¡p¶p.                            ِ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺿَﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺭﹶﺅﹸﻭﻑﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌِﺒﹶﺎﺩ‬
     AÃmlp Xsâ Zmk³amtcmSv AXy[nIw
     ZbbpÅh\mIp¶p.
208. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä ]cn]qÀ             ً‫٨٠٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﻠْﻢِ ﻛَﺂﻓﱠﺔ‬
     ®ambn IogvhW¡¯n {]thin¡pI.
     ]nimNnsâ ImeSnIsf \n§Ä ]n´pS           ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹸﻄُﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     cmXncn¡pIbpw sN¿pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw                                                        ‫ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱞ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
     Ah³ \n§fpsS {]Xy£ i{Xphm
     Ip¶p.
209. \n§Ä¡v hyIvXamb sXfnhpIÄ               ‫٩٠٢. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺯﻟَﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
     h¶pIn«nbXn\p   tijhpw \n§Ä
     hgpXnt¸mIpIbmsW¦n    \n§Ä                                 ‫ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     a\Ênem¡Ww; AÃmlp {]Xm]nbpw
     bpIvXnam\pamsW¶v.
210. taLtaem¸n AÃmlphpw ae¡p               ‫٠١٢. ﻫﹶﻞْ ﻳﹶﻨﻈُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﻇُﻠَﻞٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
     Ifpw AhcpsSbSp¯v hcpIbpw, Imcyw
     Xocpam\n¡s¸SpIbpw sN¿p¶Xv am{X         ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻐَﻤﹶﺎﻡِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻭﹶﻗُﻀِﻲﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     amtWm AhÀ Im¯ncn¡p¶Xv? F¶m                                                        ‫ﺗُﺮﹾﺟﹶﻊﹸ ﺍﻷﻣﹸﻮﺭﹸ‬
     Â Imcy§sfÃmw AÃmlphn¦te
     ¡mIp¶p aS¡ s¸Sp¶Xv.
211. C{kmboeytcmSv \o tNmZn¨v t\m¡pI;       ٍ‫١١٢. ﺳﹶﻞْ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻛَﻢﹾ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٍ ﺑﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺔ‬
     hyIvXamb F{X ZrjvSm´ amWv \mw
     AhÀ¡v \ÂInbn«p ÅsX¶v. X\n¡v            ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﺪﱢﻝْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻪﹸ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klw h¶pIn«n                                                ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻘَﺎﺏ‬
     bXn\p tijw hÃh\pw AXn\v
     hn]coXw   {]hÀ¯n¡pIbmsW¦nÂ
     XoÀ¨ bmbpw AÃmlp ITn\ambn
     in£n¡p ¶h\mIp¶p.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara             44                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


212. kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v     sFlnIPohnXw        ‫٢١٢. ﺯُﻳﱢﻦﹶ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺨَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     AewIrXambn      tXm¶nbncn¡p¶p.
     kXyhnizmknIsf AhÀ ]cnlkn¡p           ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ‬
     Ibpw sN¿p¶p. F¶m kq£vaX              ٍ‫ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺯُﻕُ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
     ]men¨hcmbncn¡pw    DbnÀs¯gpt¶
     Â]nsâ \mfn Ahsc¡mÄ D¶X
     ³amÀ. AÃmlp Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶
     hÀ¡v IW¡v t\m¡msX Xs¶
     sImSp¡p¶XmWv.
213. a\pjyÀ Hscmä kapZmbambncp¶p.         ‫٣١٢. ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔً ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﻓَﺒﹶﻌﹶﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ‬
     A\´cw ( AhÀ `n¶n¨t¸mÄ hnizm
     knIÄ¡v ) kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn             ‫ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻨﺬِﺭِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     ¡phm\pw, ( \ntj[nIÄ¡v ) Xm¡oXv       ْ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻟِﻴﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍ‬
     \ÂIphm\pambn AÃmlp {]hmNI³
     amsc \ntbmKn¨p. AhÀ ( P\§Ä )         ‫ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻒﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﻩﹸ ﻣِﻦ‬
     `n¶n¨ hnjb¯n XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡p
     hm\mbn AhcpsS IqsS kXythZhpw         ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﺑﹶﻐْﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻬﹶﺪﹶﻯ‬
     Ah³ Ab¨psImSp¯p. F¶m thZw           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ‬
     \ÂIs¸«hÀ       Xs¶    hyIvXamb
     sXfnhpIÄ h¶pIn«nbXn\p tijw           ٍ‫ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁ‬
                                                                                            ٍ‫ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
     AXn ( thZhnjb¯n ) `n¶n¨n«p
     ÅXv AhÀ X½nepÅ amXvkcyw
     aqeaÃmsX asäm¶psImWvSpaÃ. F¶m
      GsXmcp kXy¯n \n¶v AhÀ
     `n¶n¨I¶pthm B kXy¯nte¡v
     AÃmlp      Xsâ    XmÂ]cy{]Imcw
     kXyhnizmknIÄ¡v hgn ImWn¨p.
     Xm³     Dt±in¡p¶hsc     AÃmlp
     icnbmb ]mXbnte¡v \bn¡p¶p.
214. AÃ, \n§fpsS ap¼v Ignªp t]mbhÀ        ‫٤١٢. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﺣﹶﺴِﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻜُﻢ‬
     (hnizmknIÄ) ¡pWvSmbXp t]mepÅ
     A\p`h§Ä \n§Ä¡pw hs¶¯msX              ‫ﻣﱠﺜَﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺧﹶﻠَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺴﱠﺘْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺄْﺳﹶﺎﺀ‬
     \n§Ä¡v kzÀK¯n {]thin¡m              ُ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮﱠﺍﺀ ﻭﹶﺯُﻟْﺰِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝَ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝ‬
     \mIpsa¶v \n§Ä [cn¨ncn¡bmtWm ?
     {]bmk§fpw ZpcnX§fpw Ahsc             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺘَﻰ نَﺼﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻻ ﺇِﻥﱠ نَﺼﹾﺮﹶ‬
     _m[n¡p IbpWvSmbn. AÃmlphnsâ
     klmbw Ft¸mgmbncn¡pw F¶v Ahcn                                                        ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐﹲ‬
     se ssZhZqX\pw At±lt¯msSm¸w
     hnizkn¨hcpw ]dªpt]mIpamdv AhÀ
     hnd¸n¡s¸SpIbpw sNbvXp. F¶mÂ
     AÃmlphnsâ     klmbw     ASp¯p
     Xs¶bpWvSv.

  Previous Page              First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara             45                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


215. (\_ntb,) AhÀ \nt¶mSv tNmZn           ‫٥١٢. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﻔَﻘْﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ‬
     ¡p¶p; Ahsc´mWv sNehgnt¡WvS
     sX¶v. \o ]dbpI: \n§Ä \ÃsX´v          ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﻠِﻠْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﻗْﺮﹶﺑِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬
     sNehgn¡pIbmsW¦nepw amXm]nXm          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔِ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﻦِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
     ¡Ä¡pw ASp¯ _Ôp¡Ä¡pw
     A\mYÀ¡pw AKXnIÄ¡pw hgnt]m¡                                           ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ³amÀ¡pw thWvSnbmWXv sNt¿WvSXv.
     \ÃsX´v \n§Ä sN¿pIbmsW¦nepw
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp AXdnbp¶h
     \mIp¶p.
216. bp²w sN¿m³ \n§Ä¡nXm \nÀ_Ô            ‫٦١٢. ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝُ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻛُﺮﹾﻩﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺴﹶﻰ‬
     IÂ]\ \ÂIs¸«ncn¡p¶p. AXmIs«
     \n§Ä¡v     A\njvSIc    amIp¶p.       ‫ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜْﺮﹶﻫﹸﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺴﹶﻰ‬
     F¶m Hcp Imcyw \n§Ä shdp¡p
     Ibpw ( bYmÀXvY¯n ) AXv \n§Ä         ‫ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﺤِﺒﱡﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺷﹶﺮﱞ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ‬
                                                                                   ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ¡v KpWIcambncn¡p Ibpw sN¿mw.
     \n§sfmcp Imcyw CjvSs¸SpIbpw
     (bYmÀXvY¯n ) \n§Ä¡Xv tZmjIc
     ambncn¡pIbpw sNbvsX¶pw hcmw.
     AÃmlp Adnbp¶p. \n§Ä Adnbp
     ¶nÃ.
217. hne¡s¸«amk¯n bp²w sN¿p¶             ْ‫٧١٢. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻗِﺘَﺎﻝٍ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻗُﻞ‬
     Xns\¸än AhÀ \nt¶mSv tNmZn¡p¶p.
     ]dbpI:    B    amk¯n     bp²w       ‫ﻗِﺘَﺎﻝٌ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻛَﺒِﲑﹲ ﻭﹶﺻﹶﺪﱞ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛُﻔْﺮﹲ‬
     sN¿p¶Xv henb A]cm[w Xs¶bm
     Ip¶p. F¶m AÃmlphnsâ amÀK            ‫ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﻭﹶﺇِﺧﹾﺮﹶﺍﺝﹸ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻪِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ‬
                                          َ‫ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔِﺘْﻨﹶﺔُ ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺘْﻞِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     ¯n \n¶v ( P\§sf ) XSbp¶
     Xpw, Ah\n Ahnizkn¡p¶Xpw,
     akvPnZp ldman \n¶p ( P\§sf )       ‫ﻳﹶﺰﹶﺍﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﺮﹸﺩﱡﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     XSbp¶Xpw, AXnsâ AhIminIsf
     AhnsS     \n¶v    ]pd¯m¡p¶Xpw        ِ‫ﺇِﻥِ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻄَﺎﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺗَﺪِﺩﹾ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻪ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ ASp¡Â IqSpXÂ Kuc
     hapÅXmIp¶p. Ipg¸w sImetb¡mÄ          ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﻤﹸﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮﹲ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺣﹶﺒِﻄَﺖﹾ‬
                                          ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     KpcpXcamIp¶p. AhÀ¡v km[n¡p
     IbmsW¦n \n§fpsS aX¯n \n¶v
     \n§sf ]n´ncn¸n¡p¶Xv hsc AhÀ                        ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     \n§tfmSv bp²w sNbvXpsImWvSn
     cn¡pw. \n§fn \n¶msc¦nepw Xsâ
     aX¯n \n¶v ]n³amdn kXy\ntj[n
     bmbns¡mWvSv acWs¸Sp¶ ]£w,
     A¯c¡mcpsS IÀ½§Ä Cl¯nepw
     ]c¯nepw \njv^eambn¯ocp¶XmWv.
     AhcmIp¶p         \cImhIminIÄ.
     AhcXn \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.

  Previous Page              First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              46                                   Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

218. hnizkn¡pIbpw, kztZiw shSnbp           ْ‫٨١٢. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺟﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺎﻫﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
     Ibpw,   AÃmlphnsâ    amÀK¯nÂ
     PnlmZn GÀs]SpIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm        ِ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     AhÀ     AÃmlphnsâ     ImcpWyw
     {]Xo£n¡p¶hcmIp¶p. AÃmlp Gsd                                                     ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.
219. ( \_ntb, ) \nt¶mShÀ aZys¯bpw          ‫٩١٢. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻤﹾﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﺴِﺮِ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     NqXm«s¯bpw     ]än   tNmZn¡p¶p.
     ]dbpI: Ah cWvSnepw KpcpXcamb          ‫ﺇِﺛْﻢﹲ ﻛَﺒِﲑﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻊﹸ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺇِﺛْﻤﹸﻬﹸﻤﹶﺂ ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻣِﻦ‬
     ]m]apWvSv. P\§Ä¡v Nne {]tbmP\         ‫نﱠﻔْﻌِﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻔْﻮﹶ‬
     §fpapWvSv.   F¶m      Ahbnse
     ]m]¯nsâ      AwiamWv   {]tbmP\        ‫ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     ¯nsâ Awit¯¡mÄ hepXv. Fs´m
     ¶mWhÀ sNehv sNt¿WvSsX¶pw                                                                       ‫ﺗَﺘَﻔَﻜﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     AhÀ \nt¶mSv tNmZn¡p¶p. \o
     ]dbpI: (AXymhiyw Ign¨v) an¨ap
     ÅXv. A§s\ Cl]c PohnX§sf¸än
     \n§Ä Nn´n¡phm³ thWvSn AÃmlp
     \n§Ä¡v sXfnhpIÄ hnhcn¨pXcp¶p.
220. A\mYIsf¸änbpw AhÀ \nt¶mSv             ‫٠٢٢. ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬
     tNmZn¡p¶p. ]dbpI: AhÀ¡v \³a
     hcp¯p¶sX´pw        \ÃXmIp¶p.          ‫ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﺻﹾﻼﹶﺡﹲ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺗُﺨَﺎﻟِﻄُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     AhtcmsSm¸w \n§Ä Iq«p PohnXw           ِ‫ﻓَﺈِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺍنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﺴِﺪﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺼﹾﻠِﺢ‬
     \bn¡pIbmsW¦n ( AXn sXänÃ. )
     AhÀ \n§fpsS ktlmZc§fmWtÃm ?           ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻷﻋﹾﻨﹶﺘَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \miapWvSm ¡p¶hs\bpw \³ahcp
     ¯p¶h s\bpw AÃmlp thÀXn
     cn¨dnbp ¶XmWv. AÃmlp Dt±in¨n
     cp¶p sh¦n Ah³ \n§Ä¡v t¢iap
     WvSm¡pambncp¶p.    XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AÃmlp {]Xm]imenbpw bpIvXnam\p
     amIp¶p.
221. _lpssZhhnizmkn\nIsf þ AhÀ             ٌ‫١٢٢. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻨﻜِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛَﺎﺕِ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻷَﻣﹶﺔ‬
     hnizkn¡p¶Xv hsc \n§Ä hnhmlw
     Ign¡cpXv. kXyhnizmkn \nbmb Hcp        َ‫ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺔٌ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻣﱡﺸﹾﺮِﻛَﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﺠﹶﺒﹶﺘْﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     ASnakv{XobmWv _lpssZhhnizmkn\n        ‫ﺗُﻨﻜِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸِﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﻌﹶﺒﹾﺪﹲ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹲ‬
     sb¡mÄ \ÃXv. AhÄ \n§Ä¡v
     IuXpIw      P\n¸n¨mepw     icn.       ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻣﱡﺸﹾﺮِﻙٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﺠﹶﺒﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     _lpssZhhnizm knIÄ¡v       AhÀ
     hnizkn¡p¶Xv hsc \n§Ä hnhmlw           ِ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓِ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻪ‬
     Ign¸n¨v sImSp¡pIbpw sN¿cpXv.                               ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘَﺬَﻛﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     kXyhnizm knbmb Hcp ASnabmWv
  Previous Page               First Page                                                                 Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               47                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        _lpssZh hnizmknsb¡mÄ \ÃXv.
        Ah³ \n§Ä¡v IuXpIw P\n¸n¨mepw
        icn. A¡q«À \cI¯nte¡mWv £Wn
        ¡p¶Xv.    AÃmlphmIs«    Ahsâ
        lnXa\pkcn¨v      kzÀK¯nte¡pw,
        ]m]tamN\¯nte¡pw     £Wn¡p¶p.
        P\§Ä {i²n¨v a\Ênem¡phm³
        thWvSn Xsâ sXfnhpIÄ AhÀ¡v
        hnhcn¨psImSp¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
222. BÀ¯hs¯¸än        AhÀ    \nt¶mSv        ‫٢٢٢. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺤِﻴﺾِ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﺫًﻯ‬
     tNmZn¡p¶p.    ]dbpI;    AsXmcp
     amen\yamIp¶p. AXn\m BÀ¯               َ‫ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﺘَﺰِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺤِﻴﺾِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     hL«¯n \n§Ä kv{XoI fn \n¶v            ‫ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﻄْﻬﹸﺮﹾﻥﹶ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺗَﻄَﻬﱠﺮﹾﻥﹶ ﻓَﺄْﺗُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬
     AI¶p      \nÂt¡WvSXmWv.   AhÀ
     ip²nbmIp¶Xv      hsc     Ahsc          ‫ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺃَﻣﹶﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﱠﺍﺑِﲔﹶ‬
     kao]n¡phm³ ]mSnÃ. F¶m AhÀ
     ipNoIcn¨p    Ignªm     AÃmlp                                             ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘَﻄَﻬﱢﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \n§tfmSv IÂ]n¨ hn[¯n \n§Ä
     AhcpsS ASp¯v sN¶psImÅpI.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp ]ivNm¯]n
     ¡p¶hsc CjvSs¸Sp¶p. ipNnXzw
     ]men¡p¶hscbpw CjvSs¸Sp¶p.
223. \n§fpsS      `mcyamÀ   \n§fpsS         ‫٣٢٢. نِﺴﹶﺂﺅﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺮﹾﺙﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄْﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﺮﹾﺛَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻰ‬
     IrjnbnSamIp¶p. AXn\m \n§Ä
     CNvOn¡pw hn[w \n§Ä¡v \n§fpsS           ‫ﺷِﺌْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﱢﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻷَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     IrjnbnS¯n      sNÃmhp¶ XmWv.                   ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﱠﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﻼﹶﻗُﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺸﱢﺮِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     \n§fpsS \³abv¡v thWvSXv \n§Ä
     ap³Iq«n sNbvXp sht¡WvS XpamWv.
     \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pIbpw
     Ah\pambn \n§Ä IWvSpapt«WvSXp
     sWvS¶v Adnªncn ¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
     kXyhnizmkn IÄ¡v \o kt´mj
     hmÀ¯ Adnbn ¡pI.
224. AÃmlpsh þ Ahsâ t]cn \n§Ä              ْ‫٤٢٢. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹸﺮﹾﺿَﺔً ﻟﱢﺄَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺒﹶﺮﱡﻭﺍ‬
     i]Yw   sNbvXp    t]mbn   F¶
     ImcW¯m þ \³a sN¿p¶Xnt\m               ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗُﺼﹾﻠِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ‬
     [À½w ]men¡p¶Xnt\m P\§Ä¡n                                                                     ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     Sbn      cRvPn¸pWvSm¡p¶Xnt\m
     \n§Ä Hcp XSÊam¡n sh¡cpXv.
     AÃmlp   FÃmw     tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
     Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 48                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


225. (t_m[]qÀÆaÃmsX) shdpsX ]dªp             ‫٥٢٢. ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺍﺧِﺬُﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻐْﻮِ ﻓِﻲﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦ‬
     t]mIp¶    i]Yhm¡pIÄ         aqew
     AÃmlp    \n§sf     ]nSnIqSp¶XÃ.         ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺍﺧِﺬُﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
     ]s£,      \n§Ä        a\Êdnªv                                                               ‫ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¨Xnsâ    t]cn     AÃmlp
     \n§sf ]nSnIqSp¶XmWv. AÃmlp
     Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw kl\ioe\p
     amIp¶p.
226. X§fpsS `mcyamcpambn ( _Ôs¸              ٍ‫٦٢٢. ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ نﱢﺴﹶﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶﺑﱡﺺﹸ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌﹶﺔِ ﺃَﺷﹾﻬﹸﺮ‬
     SpIbnsöv ) i]Yw sNbvXv AI¶p
     \n¡p¶hÀ¡v ( A´na Xocpam\                              ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﻓَﺂﺅﹸﻭﺍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ¯n\v ) \mepamkw hsc Im¯ncn¡m
     hp¶XmWv. AXn\nSbn AhÀ (i]Yw
     hn«v   Zm¼Xy¯nte¡v)      aS§p
     IbmsW¦n AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp
     ¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.
227. C\n AhÀ hnhmltamN\w sN¿m³                   ‫٧٢٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﻋﹶﺰﹶﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻼﹶﻕَ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     Xs¶    XoÀ¨s¸Sp¯pIbmsW¦ntem
     AÃmlp      FÃmw   tIÄ¡pIbpw
     AdnbpIbpw sN¿p¶h\mWtÃm ?
228. hnhmltamN\w sN¿s¸« kv{XoIÄ              ٍ‫٨٢٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻄَﻠﱠﻘَﺎﺕﹸ ﻳﹶﺘَﺮﹶﺑﱠﺼﹾﻦﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻦﱠ ﺛَﻼﹶﺛَﺔَ ﻗُﺮﹸﻭﹶﺀ‬
     X§fpsS kz´w Imcy¯n aq¶p
     amkapdIÄ ( Ignbpw hsc )                 ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤِﻞﱡ ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ‬
     Im¯ncnt¡WvSXmWv. AhÀ AÃmlp              ِ‫ﺃَﺭﹾﺣﹶﺎﻣِﻬِﻦﱠ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻦﱠ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‬
     hnepw A´yZn\¯nepw hnizkn¡p¶
     hcmsW¦n X§fpsS KÀ`mib§fn              ْ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹸﻌﹸﻮﻟَﺘُﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺃَﺣﹶﻖﱡ ﺑِﺮﹶﺩﱢﻫِﻦﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﺩﹸﻭﺍ‬
     AÃmlp krjvSn¨n«p ÅXns\ AhÀ
     Hfn¨p sh¡m³ ]mSpÅXÃ. AXn\Iw             ‫ﺇِﺻﹾﻼﹶﺣﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻣِﺜْﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻦﱠ‬
     ( {]kvXpX Ah[n¡Iw ) Ahsc                ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻦﱠ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     Xncns¨Sp¡m³ AhcpsS `À¯m¡³amÀ
     Gähpw AÀlXbpÅhcmIp¶p; AhÀ                                                         ‫ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺣﹶﻜُﻴﻢﹲ‬
     (`À¯m        ¡³amÀ)        \ne]mSv
     \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡m³         Dt±in¨n«psWvS|
     ¦nÂ. kv{XoIÄ¡v ( `À¯m¡³amtcmSv)
     _m[yXIÄ       DÅXpt]mse       Xs¶
     \ymb{]Imcw AhÀ¡v AhImi§Ä
     Int«WvS       XpapWvSv.    F¶mÂ
     ]pcpj³amÀ¡v Ahsc¡mÄ D]cn Hcp
     ]ZhnbpWvSv. AÃmlp {]Xm]imenbpw
     bpIvXnam\p amIp¶p.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                     Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                    49                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


229. ( aS¡nsbSp¡m³ A\paXnbpÅ )                   ‫٩٢٢. ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻼﹶﻕُ ﻣﹶﺮﱠﺗَﺎﻥِ ﻓَﺈِﻣﹾﺴﹶﺎﻙٌ ﺑِﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
     hnhmltamN\w     cWvSp    {]mhiyw
     am{XamIp¶p.    ]ns¶      H¶pIn             ْ‫ﺗَﺴﹾﺮِﻳﺢﹲ ﺑِﺈِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎﻥٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤِﻞﱡ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍ‬
     acymZb\pkcn¨v IqsS \nÀ¯pItbm,               ‫ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓَﺎ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﻘِﻴﻤﹶﺎ‬
     Asæn         \à         \nebnÂ
     ]ncn¨b¡pItbm BWv thWvSXv.                   ِ‫ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﻘِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     \n§Ä AhÀ¡v ( `mcyamÀ¡v )
     \ÂInbn«pÅXn \n¶p bmsXm¶pw                  ‫ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺪﹶﺕﹾ ﺑِﻪِ ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ‬
     Xncn¨phm§m³ \n§Ä¡v A\phmZanÃ.               ‫ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘَﻌﹶﺪﱠ‬
     AhÀ CcphÀ¡pw AÃmlphnsâ \nba
     ]cn[nIÄ ]men¨p t]mcm³ Ignbnsöv                          ‫ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Bi¦          tXm¶p¶psh¦neÃmsX.
     A§s\       AhÀ¡v      (Z¼XnamÀ¡v)
     AÃmlp hnsâ \nba ]cn[nIÄ
     ]men¡phm³ Ignbnsöv \n§Ä¡v
     D¡WvT tXm¶pIbmsW¦n AhÄ
     hÃXpw hn«psImSp¯psImWvSv kzbw
     tamN\w t\Sp¶Xn AhÀ CcphÀ¡pw
     IpäanÃ. AÃmlphnsâ \nba ]cn[nI
     fs{X Ah. AXn\m Ahsb \n§Ä
     ewLn¡cpXv. AÃmlphnsâ \nba
     ]cn[nIÄ BÀ ewLn¡p¶pthm AhÀ
     Xs¶bmIp¶p A{IanIÄ.
230. C\nbpw ( aq¶maXpw ) Ah³ Ahsf                ‫٠٣٢. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘَﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺤِﻞﱡ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹸ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﺗَﻨﻜِﺢﹶ‬
     hnhmltamN\w       sN¿pIbmsW¦nÂ
     AXn\v tijw Ahfpambn _Ô s¸SÂ                 ‫ﺯَﻭﹾﺟﹰﺎ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶﻩﹸ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘَﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     Ah\v A\phZ\obamhnÃ; AhÄ                     ِ‫ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺘَﺮﹶﺍﺟﹶﻌﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻇَﻨﱠﺎ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻘِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     asämcp `À¯mhns\ kzoIcn¡p¶Xv
     htc¡pw. F¶n«v Ah³ ( ]pXnb                             ‫ﻭﹶﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹸﻬﹶﺎ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     `À¯mhv ) Ahsf hnhmltamN\w
     sN¿pIbmsW¦n (]gb Zm¼Xy¯n
     te¡v)      Xncn¨pt]mIp      ¶XnÂ
     AhcncphÀ¡pw IpäanÃ; AÃmlphnsâ
     \nba     ]cn[nIÄ       ]men¡msa¶v
     Ahcncphcpw hnNmcn ¡p¶psWvS¦nÂ.
     AÃmlphnsâ \nba ]cn[nIfs{X Ah.
     a\Ênem¡p¶ BfpIÄ¡v thWvSn
     AÃmlp AXv hnhcn¨pXcp¶p.
231. \n§Ä            kv{XoIsf hnhmltamN\w        ‫١٣٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘْﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺒﹶﻠَﻐْﻦﹶ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠَﻬﹸﻦﱠ‬
     sNbvXn«v        AhcpsS Ah[n {]m]n¨mÂ
     H¶pIn          \n§fhsc acymZb\pkcn¨v       ‫ﻓَﺄَﻣﹾﺴِﻜُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺳﹶﺮﱢﺣﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬
     IqsS            \nÀ¯pItbm,   AsænÂ
  Previous Page                     First Page                                                          Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                 50                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        acymZb\pkcn¨v Xs¶ ]ncn¨b¡p            ْ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﻤﹾﺴِﻜُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺿِﺮﹶﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﺘَﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
        Itbm BWv thWvSXv. t{Zmln¡phm³
        thWvSn    A\ymbambn    \n§fhsc        َ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞْ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻇَﻠَﻢﹶ نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
                                              ‫ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﹶﺍْ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻫﹸﺰﹸﻭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺖﹶ‬
        ]nSn¨p \nÀ¯cpXv. A{]Imcw hÃh\pw
        {]hÀ¯n¡p¶ ]£w Ah³ X\n¡v
        Xs¶bmWv t{Zmlw hcp¯nsh¡p¶Xv.          ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
                                              ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔِ ﻳﹶﻌِﻈُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍ‬
        AÃmlphnsâ sXfnhpIsf \n§Ä
        Xamibm¡n¡fbcpXv.         AÃmlp
        \n§Ä¡v sNbvX A\p{Klw \n§Ä                                         ‫ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
        HmÀ¡pI. \n§Ä¡v kmtcm]tZiw
        \ÂIns¡mWvSv         Ah\hXcn¸n¨
        thZhpw hnPvRm\hpw HmÀan¡pI.
        AÃmlpsh     \n§Ä      kq£n¡pI.
        AÃmlp FÃm Imcyhpw Adnbp¶
        h\msW¶v a\Ênem¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
232. \n§Ä kv{XoIsf hnhmltamN\w                ‫٢٣٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘْﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺒﹶﻠَﻐْﻦﹶ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﻼﹶ‬
     sNbvXn«v AhcpsS Ah[n {]m]n¨mÂ
     AhÀ X§fpsS `À¯m¡³amcpambn                ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻀُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻨﻜِﺤﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟﹶﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺇِﺫَﺍ‬
     hnhml¯n GÀs]Sp¶Xn\v \n§Ä                ِ‫ﺗَﺮﹶﺍﺿَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﻮﻋﹶﻆُ ﺑِﻪ‬
     XSÊapWvSm¡cpXv;   acymZb\pkcn¨v
     AhÀ      At\ym\yw   Xr]vXns¸«n«p         ِ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‬
     sWvS¦nÂ.      \n§fn       \n¶v
     AÃmlphnepw A´yZn\¯nepw hniz              َ‫ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﺯْﻛَﻰ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃْﻬﹶﺮﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
     kn¡p¶hÀ¡pÅ         D]tZiamWXv.                                                                 ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AXmWv \n§Ä¡v Gähpw KpWIchpw
     kwip²hpambn«pÅXv.       AÃmlp
     Adnbp¶p. \n§Ä Adnbp¶nÃ.
233. amXm¡Ä X§fpsS k´m\§Ä¡v                   ِ‫٣٣٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺍﺕﹸ ﻳﹸﺮﹾﺿِﻌﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹶﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺣﹶﻮﹾﻟَﻴﹾﻦ‬
     ]qÀ®amb cWvSp sImÃw apesImSp
     t¡WvSXmWv. ( Ip«nbpsS ) apeIpSn          ‫ﻛَﺎﻣِﻠَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﺩﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺘِﻢﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺿَﺎﻋﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﻋﻠَﻰ‬
     ]qÀ®am¡Ww       F¶v    Dt±in¡p           َ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﻟُﻮﺩِ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺭِﺯْﻗُﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻛِﺴﹾﻮﹶﺗُﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻻ‬
     ¶hÀ¡s{X CXv. AhÀ¡v ( apesImS
     p¡p¶ amXm¡Ä¡v ) acymZb\pkcn¨v            ‫ﺗُﻜَﻠﱠﻒﹸ نَﻔْﺲﹲ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻭﹸﺳﹾﻌﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﺗُﻀَﺂﺭﱠ ﻭﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺓﹲ‬
     `£Whpw hkv{Xhpw \ÂtIWvSXv
     Ip«nbpsS ]nXmhnsâ _m[yXbmIp¶p.           ِ‫ﺑِﻮﹶﻟَﺪِﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﻟُﻮﺩﹲ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﺑِﻮﹶﻟَﺪِﻩِ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﺭِﺙ‬
     F¶m       Hcmsfbpw    AbmfpsS           ٍ‫ﻣِﺜْﻞُ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﺩﹶﺍ ﻓِﺼﹶﺎﻻً ﻋﹶﻦ ﺗَﺮﹶﺍﺽ‬
     Ignhnep]cn \ÂIm³ \nÀ_Ôn¡cpXv.
     Hcp amXmhpw Xsâ Ip«nbpsS t]cn           ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗَﺸﹶﺎﻭﹸﺭٍ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﺃَﺭﹶﺩﺗﱡﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﺮﹾﺿِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ‬
     t{Zmln¡s¸Sm³ CSbmIcpXv. AXp
     t]mse Xs¶ kz´w Ip«nbpsS t]cnÂ
     Hcp ]nXmhn¶pw t{Zmlw t\cnScpXv.          ِ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺳﹶﻠﱠﻤﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱠﺂ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑ‬
     ( ]nXmhnsâ A`mh¯n AbmfpsS )
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                   51                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        AhIminIÄ¡pw ( Ip«nbpsS Imcy
        ¯n ) AXp t]msebpÅ _m[yX
        IfpWvSv. C\n AhÀ Ccphcpw X½n                                                               ‫ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ‬
        IqSnbmtemNn¨v Xr]vXns¸«p sImWvSv
        ( Ip«nbpsS ) apeIpSn \nÀ¯m³ Dt±in
        ¡pIbmsW¦n AhÀ CcphÀ¡pw
        IpäanÃ; C\n \n§fpsS Ip«nIÄ¡v
        ( aämscs¡msWvS¦nepw ) apesImSp
        ¸n¡m\mWv \n§Ä Dt±in¡p¶sX¦nÂ
        AXnepw \n§Ä¡v IpäanÃ; ( B t]mä
        ½amÀ¡v ) \n§Ä \ÂtIWvSXv acymZb
        \pkcn¨v sImSp¯p XoÀ¡pIbmsW
        ¦nÂ. \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡p
        Ibpw, \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw
        AÃmlp IWvSdnbp¶psWvS¶v a\Ênem
        ¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
234. \n§fn     Bsc¦nepw    X§fpsS             ‫٤٣٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺘَﻮﹶﻓﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺬَﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟﹰﺎ‬
     `mcyamsc     hntǬp      sImWvSv
     acWs¸SpIbmsW¦n            AhÀ            ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﺮﹶﺑﱠﺼﹾﻦﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻦﱠ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌﹶﺔَ ﺃَﺷﹾﻬﹸﺮٍ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺸﹾﺮﹰﺍ‬
     ( `mcyamÀ ) X§fpsS Imcy¯n                ‫ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺑﹶﻠَﻐْﻦﹶ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ‬
     \mepamkhpw     ]¯p     Znhkhpw
     Im¯ncnt¡WvSXmWv. F¶n«v AhcpsS             ‫ﻓَﻌﹶﻠْﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     B      Ah[nsb¯nbm     X§fpsS
     Imcy¯nehÀ acymZb\pkcn¨v {]hÀ                                                        ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹲ‬
     ¯n¡p¶Xn \n§Ä¡v Ipäsam¶panÃ.
     \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw AÃmlp
     kq£vaambn Adnbp¶pWvSv.
235. ( C±xbpsS L«¯n ) B kv{XoI                ‫٥٣٢. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺮﱠﺿْﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
     fpambpÅ hnhmlmtemN\ \n§Ä
     hywKyambn kqNn¸n¡pItbm, a\Ên             ‫ﺧِﻄْﺒﹶﺔِ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﻛْﻨﹶﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠِﻢﹶ‬
     kq£n¡pItbm        sN¿p¶     Xn           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﺘَﺬْﻛُﺮﹸﻭنَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻻﱠ‬
     \n§Ä¡v IpäanÃ. Ahsc \n§Ä
     HmÀt¯¡psa¶v AÃmlp hn¶dnbmw.               ‫ﺍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﹾﻻً ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻓًﺎ‬‫ﺗُﻮﹶﺍﻋِﺪﹸﻭﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺳِﺮ‬
     ]s£ \n§Ä AhtcmSv acymZbpÅ
     hà hm¡pw ]dbpI F¶ÃmsX                     َ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﺰِﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹸﻘْﺪﹶﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻜَﺎﺡِ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻎ‬
     clkyambn     AhtcmSv     bmsXmcp          ‫ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹸ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
     \nivNbhpw    sNbvXp     t]mIcpXv.
     \nba{]ImcapÅ Ah[n (C±x) ]qÀ¯n             ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﺬَﺭﹸﻭﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
                                                                                                    ‫ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     bmIp¶Xv hsc (hnhmlapIvXIfpambn)
     hnhml _Ôw kvYm]n¡m³ \n§Ä
     Xocpam\saSp¡cpXv. \n§fpsS a\Êp
     IfnepÅXv AÃmlp Adnbp¶p sWvS¶v
     \n§Ä a\Ênem¡pIbpw, Ahs\
  Previous Page                   First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                52                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        \n§Ä `bs¸SpIbpw sN¿pI. AÃmlp
        Gsd s]mdp¡p ¶h\pw kl\ioe
        \pamsW¶pw \n§Ä a\Ênem¡pI.
236. \n§Ä `mcyamsc kv]Àin¡pItbm,            ‫٦٣٢. ﻻﱠ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘْﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ‬
     AhcpsS hnhmlaqeyw \nivNbn¡p
     Itbm sN¿p¶Xn\p ap¼mbn \n§f             ‫ﺗَﻤﹶﺴﱡﻮﻫﹸﻦﱡ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗَﻔْﺮِﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻀَﺔً ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺘﱢﻌﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬
     hcpambpÅ _Ôw thÀs]Sp ¯nbm             ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻮﺳِﻊِ ﻗَﺪﹶﺭﹸﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘْﺘِﺮِ ﻗَﺪﹾﺭﹸﻩﹸ‬
     ( alvdv \ÂIm¯Xnsâ t]cn ) \n§
     Ä¡v IpäanÃ. F¶m AhÀ¡v \n§Ä                 ‫ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﺣﹶﻘًّﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     acymZb\pkcn¨v    PohnXhn`hambn
     Fs´¦nepw \ÂtIWvSXmWv. Ignhp
     Åh³ Xsâ Ignh\pkcn¨pw, sRcp
     ¡apÅh³ Xsâ kvYnXn¡\pkcn¨pw.
     kZvhr¯ cmb BfpIÄ¡v CsXmcp
     _m[y Xbs{X.
237. C\n \n§Ä Ahsc kv]Àin¡p¶Xn\p            ‫٧٣٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻃَﻠﱠﻘْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻤﹶﺴﱡﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ‬
     ap¼v Xs¶ hnhml_Ôw thÀs]Sp
     ¯pIbpw, AhcpsS hnhml aqeyw             ‫ﻓَﺮﹶﺿْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻀَﺔً ﻓَﻨِﺼﹾﻒﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﺮﹶﺿْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇَﻻﱠ‬
                                            ِ‫ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻔُﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺑِﻴﹶﺪِﻩِ ﻋﹸﻘْﺪﹶﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻜَﺎﺡ‬
     \n§Ä \nivNbn¨v Ignªncn ¡pIbpw
     BsW¦n \n§Ä \nivNbn¨Xnsâ
     ]IpXn (\n§Ä \ÂtIWvSXmWv) AhÀ           َ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻌﹾﻔُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺏﹸ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠﻘْﻮﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻨﺴﹶﻮﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻀْﻞ‬
     (`mcyamÀ) hn«phogvN sN¿p¶psh¦ne
     ÃmsX. Asæn hnhml¡cmÀ ssIh                             ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ‬
     iw sh¨ncn¡p¶h³ (`À¯mhv) ( alvÀ
     ]qÀ®ambn \ÂIns¡mWvSv ) hn«phogvN
     sN¿p¶psh¦neÃmsX. F¶m ( `À
     ¯m¡ ³amtc, ) \n§Ä hn«phogvN
     sN¿p¶XmWv       [À½     \njvTbv¡v
     IqSpX tbmPn¨Xv. \n§Ä At\ym\yw
     HuZmcyw ImWn¡m³ ad¡cpXv. XoÀ¨
     bmbpw \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw
     AÃmlp IWvSdnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
238. {]mÀXvY\IÄ (AYhm \akvImc§Ä)            ‫٨٣٢. ﺣﹶﺎﻓِﻈُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻠَﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﺍﻟْﻮﹸﺳﹾﻄَﻰ‬
     \n§Ä kq£vaXtbmsS \nÀhln¨p
     t]mtcWvSXmWv. {]tXyIn¨pw DÂIrjvS                                             ‫ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺎنِﺘِﲔﹶ‬
     amb \akvImcw. AÃmlphnsâ ap¼nÂ
     `b`IvXntbmSp IqSn \n¶psImWvSmIWw
     \n§Ä {]mÀXvYn¡p¶Xv.
239. \n§Ä ( i{Xphnsâ B{IaWw ) `b             ‫٩٣٢. ﻓَﺈﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺮِﺟﹶﺎﻻً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺭﹸﻛْﺒﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﻣِﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
                                            ْ‫ﻓَﺎﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍ‬
     s¸SpIbmsW¦n     ImÂ\Sbmtbm
     hml\§fnemtbm ( \n§Ä¡v \akvI
     cn¡mw.) F¶m \n§Ä kpc£n                                                                    ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                53                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        XmhkvYbnembm \n§Ä¡v Adnhn
        ÃmXncp¶Xv AÃmlp ]Tn¸n¨pX¶ {]Im
        cw \n§Ä Ahs\ kvacnt¡WvSXmWv.
240. \n§fn \n¶v `mcyamsc hnt«¨p             ‫٠٤٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺘَﻮﹶﻓﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺬَﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟﹰﺎ‬
     sImWvSv acWs¸Sp¶hÀ X§fpsS
     `mcyamÀ¡v Hcp sImÃt¯¡v ( ho«n          ‫ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔً ﻟﱢﺄَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺘَﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻮﹾﻝِ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ‬
                                             ‫ﺇِﺧﹾﺮﹶﺍﺝٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺟﹾﻦﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
     \n¶v ) ]pd¯m¡msX PohnXhn`hw
     \ÂIm³ hkzn¿¯v sNt¿WvSXmWv.
     F¶m AhÀ ( kzbw ) ]pd¯v                 ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠْﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑٍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     t]mIp¶ ]£w X§fpsS kz´w Imcy
     ¯n acymZb\pkcn¨v AhÀ {]hÀ¯n                                                       ‫ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ¡p¶Xn \n§Ä¡v IpäanÃ. AÃmlp
     {]Xm]hm\pw kq£vaPvRm\apÅh\p
     amIp¶p.
241. hnhmltamNnXcmb kv{XoIÄ¡v \ymb           ‫١٤٢. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠْﻤﹸﻄَﻠﱠﻘَﺎﺕِ ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﺣﹶﻘًّﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     {]Imcw Fs´¦nepw PohnXhn`hambn
     \ÂtIWvSXmWv. `b`IvXnbpÅhÀ¡v                                                                ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     AsXmcp _m[yXbs{X.
242. \n§Ä {Klnt¡WvSXn\p thWvSn                    ‫٢٤٢. ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     A{]Imcw AÃmlp Ahsâ sXfnhpIÄ
     hnhcn¨pXcp¶p.
243. Bbnc¡W¡n\v BfpIfpWvSmbn«pw              ‫٣٤٢. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     acW`bw sImWvSv kz´w hoSv hn«v
     Cd§nt¸mb Hcp P\Xsb¸än \o Adn            ‫ﺃُﻟُﻮﻑﹲ ﺣﹶﺬَﺭﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕِ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﻮﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
     ªntÃ? At¸mÄ AÃmlp AhtcmSv               ِ‫ﺃَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﺬُﻭ ﻓَﻀْﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱ‬
     ]dªp: \n§Ä acn¨p sImÅpI.
     ]n¶oSv AÃmlp AhÀ¡v Poh³ \ÂIn.                            ‫ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp a\pjytcmSv
     HuZmcyw ImWn¡p¶ h\mIp¶p. ]s£
     a\pjycn A[nIt]cpw \µnImWn
     ¡p¶nÃ.
244. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n \n§Ä                  ‫٤٤٢. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     bp²w sN¿pI. AÃmlp (FÃmw) tIÄ
     ¡p¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\p amsW¶v                                                            ‫ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     a\Ênem¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
245. AÃmlphn\v D¯aamb ISw \ÂIp               ‫٥٤٢. ﻣﱠﻦ ﺫَﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹸﻘْﺮِﺽﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗَﺮﹾﺿًﺎ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹰﺎ‬
     hm\mcpWvSv? F¦n AÃmlp AXh¶v
     At\Iw       Cc«nIfmbn  hÀ²n¸n¨v         ‫ﻓَﻴﹸﻀَﺎﻋِﻔَﻪﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺃَﺿْﻌﹶﺎﻓًﺎ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹶﺓﹰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻘْﺒِﺾﹸ‬
     sImSp¡p¶XmWv. ([\w) ]nSn¨psh¡p                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺒﹾﺴﹸﻂُ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺗُﺮﹾﺟﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               54                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        ¶Xpw hn«psImSp ¡p¶Xpw AÃmlphm
        Ip¶p. Ah¦te¡v Xs¶bmIp¶p
        \n§Ä aS¡s¸Sp¶Xpw.

246. aqkmbpsS tijw DWvSmbncp¶ Nne           ِ‫٦٤٢. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻺِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪ‬
     C{kmboeo {]apJÀ X§fpsS {]hmN
     It\mSv, R§Äs¡mcp cmPmhns\              ‫ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻨﹶﺒِﻲﱟ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﻌﹶﺚﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻠِﻜًﺎ‬
     \ntbmKn¨v   Xcq.   (At±l¯nsâ           ‫نﱡﻘَﺎﺗِﻞْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻫﹶﻞْ ﻋﹶﺴﹶﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ‬
     t\XrXz¯n ) R§Ä AÃmlphnsâ
     amÀK¯n bp²w sNbvXpsImÅmw              ‫ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝُ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ‬
                                            ‫ﺃَﻻﱠ نُﻘَﺎﺗِﻞَ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃُﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ‬
     F¶v ]dª kµÀ`w \o AdnªntÃ?
     At±lw ( {]hmNI³ ) tNmZn¨p: \n§
     Ä¡v bp²¯n¶v IÂ]\ In«nbm               ُ‫ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِنَﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺂﺋِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝ‬
     \n§Ä bp²w sN¿mXncpt¶¡ptam ?
     AhÀ ]dªp: R§fpsS XmakkvY                    ‫ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     e§fn \n¶pw k´XnIÄ¡nSbnÂ
     \n¶pw R§Ä ]pdw XÅs¸«kvYnXn¡v
     R§Äs¡ §s\ AÃmlphnsâ amÀK
     ¯n bp²w sN¿mXncn¡m³ Ignbpw ?
     F¶m AhÀ¡v bp²¯n\v IÂ]\
     \ÂIs¸«t¸mgmIs« AÂ]w t]scmgn¨v
     (FÃmhcpw) ]n³amdpI bmWpWvSmbXv.
     AÃmlp A{IaImcnIsf¸än (\Ãh®w)
     Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.

247. AhtcmSv AhcpsS {]hmNI³ ]dªp:           ‫٧٤٢. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ نَﺒِﻴﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺑﹶﻌﹶﺚﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     AÃmlp     \n§Ä¡v     XzmeqXns\
     cmPmhmbn \ntbmKn¨p X¶ncn¡p¶p.          ‫ﻃَﺎﻟُﻮﺕﹶ ﻣﹶﻠِﻜًﺎ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﹶﺍْ ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹸ‬
     AhÀ ]dªp: AbmÄs¡§s\ R§                 ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﺃَﺣﹶﻖﱡ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺕﹶ‬
     fpsS cmPmhmIm³ ]äpw? cmPm[n
     Imc¯n\v Abmsf¡mÄ IqSpXÂ                ‫ﺳﹶﻌﹶﺔً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺎﻝِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﺎﻩﹸ‬
                                            ِ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺯَﺍﺩﹶﻩﹸ ﺑﹶﺴﹾﻄَﺔً ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠِﺴﹾﻢ‬
     AÀlXbp ÅXv R§Ä¡mWtÃm.
     AbmÄ km¼¯nI kar²n e`n¨
     BfpaÃtÃm. At±lw ( {]hmNI³ )            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻲ ﻣﹸﻠْﻜَﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ‬
     ]dªp: AÃmlp At±ls¯ \n§sf
     ¡mÄ DÂIrjvS\mbn sXcsªSp¯n                                                                         ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     cn¡p¶p.    IqSpXÂ     hn]peamb
     PvRm\hpw icoc iIvXnbpw \ÂIp
     Ibpw sNbvXncn ¡p¶p. AÃmlp Ah
     sâ hIbmbpÅ B[n]Xyw Ah³
     Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v        sImSp¡p¶p.
     AÃmlp hn]peamb IgnhpÅh\pw
     FÃmw Adnbp¶h \pamIp¶p.


  Previous Page                First Page                                                            Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              55                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


248. AhtcmSv AhcpsS {]hmNI³ ]dªp:          ‫٨٤٢. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ نِﺒِﻴﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺁﻳﹶﺔَ ﻣﹸﻠْﻜِﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﻜُﻢﹸ‬
     XzmeqXnsâ   cmPm[nImc¯n \pÅ
     sXfnhv B s]«n \n§fpsS ASp¯v           ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎﺑﹸﻮﺕﹸ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺳﹶﻜِﻴﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻘِﻴﱠﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ‬
     hs¶¯pI F¶XmWv. AXn \n§fp             ‫ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺁﻝُ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺁﻝُ ﻫﹶﺎﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺗَﺤﹾﻤِﻠُﻪﹸ‬
     sS c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅ a\xim´n
     bpw    aqkmbpsSbpw    lmdqsâbpw       ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻵﻳﹶﺔً ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
     IpSpw_§Ä hnt«¨p t]mb AhinjvS
     §fpapWvSv. ae¡pIÄ AXv hln¨v                                                                  ‫ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     sImWvSphcp¶XmWv. \n§Ä hnizmkn
     Ifm sW¦n \nÊwibw \n§Ä¡XnÂ
     al¯mb ZrjvSm´ apWvSv.
249. A§s\ ssk\yhpambn ]pds¸« t¸mÄ          ‫٩٤٢. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﻓَﺼﹶﻞَ ﻃَﺎﻟُﻮﺕﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺠﹸﻨﹸﻮﺩِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     XzmeqXv ]dªp: AÃmlp Hcp \Zn
     aptJ\ \n§sf ]co£n¡p ¶XmWv.            ‫ﻣﹸﺒﹾﺘَﻠِﻴﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻨﹶﻬﹶﺮٍ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺷﹶﺮِﺏﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻣِﻨﱢﻲ‬
     At¸mÄ BÀ AXn \n¶v IpSn¨pthm
     Ah³ Fsâ Iq«¯n s]«h\Ã.                ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻄْﻌﹶﻤﹾﻪﹸ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻣِﻨﱢﻲ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﻦِ ﺍﻏْﺘَﺮﹶﻑﹶ‬
     BcXp cpNn¨v t\m¡mXncp ¶pthm           ‫ﻏُﺮﹾﻓَﺔً ﺑِﻴﹶﺪِﻩِ ﻓَﺸﹶﺮِﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ‬
     Ah³ Fsâ Iq«¯n s]«h\mIp¶p.
     F¶m Xsâ ssIsImWvSv Hcn¡Â             َ‫ﺟﹶﺎﻭﹶﺯَﻩﹸ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﻃَﺎﻗَﺔ‬
     am{Xw tImcnbh³ CXn \n¶v
     HgnhmWv. Ahcn \n¶v Npcp¡w            ‫ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺑِﺠﹶﺎﻟُﻮﺕﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹸﻨﻮﺩِﻩِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥﹶ‬
     t]scmgnsI AXn \n¶v IpSn¨p.           ً‫ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻼﹶﻗُﻮ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻓِﺌَﺔٍ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻠَﺔٍ ﻏَﻠَﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻓِﺌَﺔ‬
     A§s\       At±lhpw    IqsSbpÅ
     hnizmknIfpw B \Zn IS¶p Ignª                          ‫ﻛَﺜِﲑﹶﺓﹰ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     t¸mÄ    AhÀ     ]dªp:   PmeqXn
     ( tKmenb¯v ) s\bpw Ahsâ ssk\y
     §sfbpw t\cnSm³ am{XapÅ Ignhv
     C¶v \ap¡nÃ. X§Ä AÃmlphpambn
     IWvSpapt«WvShcmWv F¶ hnNmcap
     ÅhÀ ]dªp: F{Xsb{X sNdnb
     kwL§fmWv AÃmlphnsâ A\paXn
     tbmsS henb kwL§sf Iogvs]Sp¯n
     bn«pÅXv! AÃmlp £an¡p¶hcpsS
     IqsSbmIp¶p.
250. A§s\       AhÀ       PmeqXn\pw        ‫٠٥٢. ﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﺑﹶﺮﹶﺯُﻭﺍْ ﻟِﺠﹶﺎﻟُﻮﺕﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹸﻨﹸﻮﺩِﻩِ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ‬
     ssk\y§Ä¡psaXnsc    t]mcn\nd§n
     bt¸mÄ AhÀ {]mÀXvYn¨p: R§fpsS          ‫ﺃَﻓْﺮِﻍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺻﹶﺒﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺛَﺒﱢﺖﹾ ﺃَﻗْﺪﹶﺍﻣﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍنﺼﹸﺮﹾنَﺎ‬
     \mYm! R§fpsS ta \o £a
     sNmcnªpXcnIbpw R§fpsS ]mZ                                                ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     §sf \o Dd¸n¨p \nÀ¯pIbpw, kXy
     \ntj[nIfmb P\§Äs¡Xn cnÂ
     R§sf \o klmbn¡pIbpw sNt¿
     Wta.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                          Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               56                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

251. A§s\     AÃmlphnsâ       A\paXn        ‫١٥٢. ﻓَﻬﹶﺰﹶﻣﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺘَﻞَ ﺩﹶﺍﻭﹸﺩﹸ ﺟﹶﺎﻟُﻮﺕﹶ‬
     {]Imcw Ahsc ( i{Xp¡sf ) AhÀ
     ]cmPbs¸Sp¯n. ZmhqZv PmeqXns\           ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﺎﻩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﻪﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ‬
     sImes¸Sp¯n. At±l¯n\v AÃmlp
     B[n]Xyhpw PvRm\hpw \ÂIp Ibpw,          ٍ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ ﺩﹶﻓْﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
     Xm³      Dt±in¡p¶         ]eXpw        ‫ﻟﱠﻔَﺴﹶﺪﹶﺕِ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺫُﻭ ﻓَﻀْﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     ]Tn¸n¡pIbpw sNbvXp. a\pjycnÂ
     Nnesc aäp NneÀ aptJ\ AÃmlp                                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     XSp¡p¶nÃmbncp¶psh¦n `qtemIw
     Ipg¸¯nemIpambncp¶p.       ]s£
     AÃmlp temItcmSv hfsc DZmc\s{X.
252. AÃmlphnsâ     ZrjvSm´§fmIp¶p           ‫٢٥٢. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ نَﺘْﻠُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ‬
     Ahsbms¡. kXy{]Imcw \n\¡v \mw
     Ah HmXntIÄ]n¨v Xcp¶p. XoÀ¨                                                     ‫ﻟَﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺮﹾﺳﹶﻠِﲔﹶ‬
     bmbpw \o ( \½psS ZuXyhp ambn)
     \ntbmKn¡s¸«hcn Hcmfm Ip¶p.
253. B ZqX³amcn NneÀ¡v \mw aäp             ٍ‫٣٥٢. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞُ ﻓَﻀﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
     Nnesc¡mÄ     t{ijvTX    \ÂInbncn
     ¡p¶p. AÃmlp ( t\cn ) kwkmcn           ٍ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﻛَﻠﱠﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻓَﻊﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺕ‬
     ¨n«pÅhÀ     AhcnepWvSv.  Ahcn         ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﱠﺪﹾنَﺎﻩﹸ‬
     Nnesc Ah³ ]e ]ZhnIfnte¡v
     DbÀ¯nbn«papWvSv. aÀbansâ aI³           ‫ﺑِﺮﹸﻭﺡِ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺪﹸﺱِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻗْﺘَﺘَﻞَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Cukmbv¡v \mw hyIvXamb ZrjvSm´          ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻫِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
     §Ä \ÂIpIbpw, ]cnip²mXvamhv
     aptJ\ At±l¯n\v \mw ]n³_ew              ‫ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦِ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻤِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ‬
                                            ‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻗْﺘَﺘَﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     \ÂIpIbpw sNbvXn«pWvSv. AÃmlp
     Dt±in¨ncp¶psh¦n AhcpsS (ZqX³
     amcpsS) ]n³KmanIÄ hyIvX amb                                                     ‫ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞُ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ‬
     sXfnhv h¶pIn«nbXn\p tij hpw
     (At\ym\yw) t]mcSn¡p ambncp¶nÃ.
     F¶m AhÀ `n¶n¨p. A§s\
     Ahcn hnizkn¨hcpw \ntj[n¨
     hcpapWvSmbn. AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncp¶p
     sh¦n AhÀ t]mcSn ¡pambncp¶nÃ.
     ]s£ AÃmlp Xm³ Dt±in¡p¶Xv
     sN¿p¶p.
254. kXyhnizmknItf,   {Ibhn{Ibtam           ‫٤٥٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     kvt\l_Ôtam ip]mÀitbm \S¡m
     ¯ Hcp Znhkw hs¶¯p¶Xn\p                 َ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲﹶ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹲ ﻻﱠ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻊﹲ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺧﹸﻠﱠﺔٌ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     ap¼mbn, \n§Ä¡v \mw \ÂInbn«p                        ‫ﺷﹶﻔَﺎﻋﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ÅXn \n¶v \n§Ä sNehgn¡phn³.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                     Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              57                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        kXy\ntj[nIÄ Xs¶bmIp¶p A{Ian
        IÄ.
255. AÃmlp þ Ah\ÃmsX ssZhanÃ.              ‫٥٥٢. ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱡ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻴﱡﻮﻡﹸ ﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻩﹸ‬
     Fs¶¶pw Pohn¨ncn¡p¶h³. FÃmw
     \nb{´n¡p¶h³. ab¡tam Dd¡tam            ‫ﺳِﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﻮﹾﻡﹲ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
     Ahs\ _m[n¡pIbnÃ. AhsâXmWv             ِ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺫَﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻔَﻊﹸ ﻋِﻨﹾﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻪ‬
     BImi`qanIfnepÅsXÃmw.   Ahsâ
     A\phmZ{]ImcaÃmsX AhsâbSp¡Â            ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﻠْﻔَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﻴﻄُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ip]mÀi \S¯m\mcpWvSv ? AhcpsS          ‫ﺑِﺸﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻠْﻤِﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺳِﻊﹶ ﻛُﺮﹾﺳِﻴﱡﻪﹸ‬
     ap¼nepÅXpw AhÀ¡v ]n¶nepÅXpw
     Ah³ Adnbp¶p. Ahsâ Adnhn              ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺆﹸﻭﺩﹸﻩﹸ ﺣِﻔْﻈُﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ‬
                                                                               ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻲﱡ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     \n¶v Ah³ CNvOn ¡p¶XÃmsX
     (asäm¶pw)  AhÀ¡v    kq£vaambn
     Adnbm³ IgnbnÃ. Ahsâ A[nIm
     c]oTw BImi`qan Isf apgph³
     DÄsImÅp¶XmIp¶p.       AhbpsS
     kwc£Ww Ah¶v H«pw `mcapÅXÃ.
     Ah³ D¶X\pw alm\pas{X.
256. aX¯nsâ Imcy¯n _e{]tbmKta             ‫٦٥٢. ﻻَ ﺇِﻛْﺮﹶﺍﻩﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦِ ﻗَﺪ ﺗﱠﺒﹶﻴﱠﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺷﹾﺪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻲﱢ‬
     CÃ. k³amÀKw ZpÀamÀK¯n \n¶v
     hyIvXambn thÀXncnªv Ignªncn           ِ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕِ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪ‬
     ¡p¶p.      BIbm      GsXmcmÄ         ‫ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻤﹾﺴﹶﻚﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹸﺮﹾﻭﹶﺓِ ﺍﻟْﻮﹸﺛْﻘَﻰﹶ ﻻَ ﺍنﻔِﺼﹶﺎﻡﹶ ﻟَﻬﹶﺎ‬
     ZpÀaqÀ¯nIsf     Ahnizkn¡pIbpw
     AÃmlphn         hnizkn¡pIbpw                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     sN¿p¶pthm Ah³ ]nSn¨n«pÅXv
     _eapÅ Hcp IbdnemIp¶p. AXv
     s]m«n t]mIpItb CÃ. AÃmlp
     ( FÃmw ) tIÄ¡p¶h\pw Adnbp¶h
     \pamIp¶p.
257. hnizkn¨hcpsS c£m[nImcnbmIp¶p          ‫٧٥٢. ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻳﹸﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
     AÃmlp. Ah³ Ahsc Ccp«pIfnÂ
     \n¶v shfn¨¯nte¡v sImWvSp hcp¶p.       ْ‫ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮﹸﺭِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     F¶m           kXy\ntj[nIfpsS         ِ‫ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺂﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕﹸ ﻳﹸﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻮنَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮﺭ‬
     c£m[nImcnIÄ ZpÀaqÀ¯nIfmIp¶p.
     shfn¨¯n \n¶v Ccp«pIfnte¡mWv          ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     B ZpÀaqÀ¯nIÄ Ahsc \bn¡p¶Xv.
     Ahcs{X \cImhIm inIÄ. AhcXn                                                      ‫ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     \nXyhmknIfm Ip¶p.
258. C{_mloant\mSv At±l¯nsâ \mY            ‫٨٥٢. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺣﹶﺂﺝﱠ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺭِﺑﱢﻪِ ﺃَﻥﹾ‬
     sâ   Imcy¯n     XÀ¡n¨hs\¸än

  Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  58                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                               ‫ﺁﺗَﺎﻩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
        \obdnªntà ? AÃmlp Ah¶v
        B[n]Xyw \ÂInbXn\memWv ( Ah\
        Xn\v apXnÀ¶Xv. ) Fsâ \mY³ Pohn¸n       َ‫ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻴِـﻲ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻤِﻴﺖﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَنَﺎ ﺃُﺣﹾﻴِـﻲ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣِﻴﺖﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝ‬
        ¡pIbpw acn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶h\m
        Ip¶p F¶v C{_mlow ]dªt¸mÄ               ‫ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲ ﺑِﺎﻟﺸﱠﻤﹾﺲِ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
                                               ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺸﹾﺮِﻕِ ﻓَﺄْﺕِ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻐْﺮِﺏِ ﻓَﺒﹸﻬِﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
        Rm\pw Pohn¸n¡pIbpw acn¸n¡pIbpw
        sN¿p¶phtÃm F¶mWh³ ]dªXv.
        C{_mlow ]dªp: F¶m AÃmlp                               ‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
        kqcys\ Ing¡p \n¶v sImWvSp hcp¶p.
        \obXns\ ]Snªmdv \n¶v sImWvSp
        hcnI. At¸mÄ B kXy\ntj[n¡v
        D¯cw ap«nt¸mbn. A{IanIfmb P\X
        sb AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnem¡pIbnÃ.
259. AsænenXm, asämcmfpsS DZmlcWw.            ‫٩٥٢. ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻣﹶﺮﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻗَﺮﹾﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻫِﻲﹶ ﺧﹶﺎﻭِﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     ta¡qcItfmsS hoWSnªv InS¡p
     Ibmbncp¶ Hcp ]«W¯neqsS At±                ‫ﻋﹸﺮﹸﻭﺷِﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَنﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻴِـﻲ ﻫﹶـﹶﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ‬
                                               ‫ﻣﹶﻮﹾﺗِﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﻣﹶﺎﺗَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﺌَﺔَ ﻋﹶﺎﻡٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺑﹶﻌﹶﺜَﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻛَﻢﹾ‬
     lw k©cn¡p Ibmbncp¶p. (At¸mÄ)
     At±lw ]dªp: \nÀPohambnt¸mb
     Xn\p tijw CXns\ F§s\bmbn                  ‫ﻟَﺒِﺜْﺖﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﺒِﺜْﺖﹸ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹰﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾﹶ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺑﹶﻞ‬
     cn¡pw AÃmlp Pohn¸n¡p¶Xv. XpSÀ¶v
     AÃmlp At±ls¯ \qdp hÀjw                    ‫ﻟﱠﺒِﺜْﺖﹶ ﻣِﺌَﺔَ ﻋﹶﺎﻡٍ ﻓَﺎنﻈُﺮﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻣِﻚﹶ‬
                                               َ‫ﻭﹶﺷﹶﺮﹶﺍﺑِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘَﺴﹶﻨﱠﻪﹾ ﻭﹶﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺣِﻤﹶﺎﺭِﻙ‬
     \nÀPohmhkvYbnem¡pIbpw       ]n¶oSv
     At±ls¯        DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]n¡p
     Ibpw sNbvXp. A\´cw AÃmlp                  ِ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻨﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠَﻚﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺔً ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻌِﻈَﺎﻡ‬
     tNmZn¨p: \o F{XImew ( \nÀPohm
     hkvYbn ) Ign¨pIq«n? Hcp Znhktam,         ‫ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ نُﻨﺸِﺰﹸﻫﹶﺎ ﺛُﻢﱠ نَﻜْﺴﹸﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻟَﺤﹾﻤﹰﺎ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻦﹶ‬
     Hcp Znhk¯nsâ AÂ]`mKtam ( BWv                   ‫ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     Rm³ Ign¨pIq«nbXv ); At±lw adp]Sn
     ]dªp. AÃ, \o \qdp hÀjw Ign¨p
     Iq«nbncn¡p¶p. \nsâ Blmc]m\ob
     §Ä t\m¡q Ahbv¡v amäw h¶n«nÃ.
     \nsâ IgpXbpsS t\À¡v t\m¡q.
     (AsX§s\bpsWvS¶v). \ns¶ a\pjyÀ
     s¡mcp ZrjvSm´am¡phm³ thWvSnbm
     Ip¶p \manXv sNbvXXv. B FÃpIÄ
     \mw F§s\ Iq«nbnW¡pIbpw F¶n«
     hsb     amwk¯n      s]mXnbpIbpw
     sN¿p¶p sh¶pw \o t\m¡pI F¶v
     Ah³ (AÃmlp) ]dªp. A§s\
     At±l¯n\v ( Imcyw ) hyIvXamb
     t¸mÄ At±lw ]dªp: XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AÃmlp FÃmImcy§Ä¡pw Ignhp
     Åh\mWv F¶v Rm³ a\Ênem¡p¶p.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                          Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara               59                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


260. Fsâ \mYm! acWs¸«hsc \o                 ‫٠٦٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺃَﺭِنِﻲ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺗُﺤﹾﻴِـﻲ‬
                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺗَﻰ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ‬
     F§s\ Pohn¸n¡p¶p sh¶v F\n¡v
     \o ImWn¨pXtcWta F¶v C{_mlow
     ]dª kµÀ`hpw ({it²bamIp¶p.)             ِ‫ﻟﱢﻴﹶﻄْﻤﹶﺌِﻦﱠ ﻗَﻠْﺒِﻲ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻓَﺨُﺬْ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌﹶﺔً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﹾﺮ‬
     AÃmlp tNmZn¨p: \o hnizkn¨n«ntÃ?
     C{_mlow ]dªp: AsX. ]s£, Fsâ            ٍ‫ﻓَﺼﹸﺮﹾﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻞْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺟﹶﺒﹶﻞ‬
     a\Ên\v kam[m\w e`n¡m³ thWvSnbm         ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺟﹸﺰﹾﺀﹰﺍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺩﹾﻋﹸﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﻨﹶﻚﹶ ﺳﹶﻌﹾﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹾ‬
     Ip¶p . AÃmlp ]dªp: F¶m \o
     \mep ]£nIsf ]nSn¡pIbpw Ahsb                                             ‫ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \n¶nte¡v ASp¸n¡pIbpw (Ahsb
     IjvWn¨n«v) AhbpsS Hmtcm Awiw
     Hmtcm aebnepw sh¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
     F¶n«hsb \o hnfn¡pI. Ah \nsâ
     ASp¡Â HmSnhcp¶XmWv. AÃmlp
     {]Xm]hm\pw bpIvXnam\pamWv F¶v \o
     a\Ênem¡pIbpw sN¿pI.

261. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n X§fpsS               ِ‫١٦٢. ﻣﱠﺜَﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
                                            ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺣﹶﺒﱠﺔٍ ﺃَنﺒﹶﺘَﺖﹾ ﺳﹶﺒﹾﻊﹶ ﺳﹶﻨﹶﺎﺑِﻞَ ﻓِﻲ ﻛُﻞﱢ‬
     [\w sNehgn¡p¶hsc D]an¡mhp
     ¶Xv Hcp [m\yaWntbmSmIp¶p. AXv
     Ggv IXncpIÄ DÂ]mZn¸n¨p. Hmtcm          ‫ﺳﹸﻨﺒﹸﻠَﺔٍ ﻣﱢﺌَﺔُ ﺣﹶﺒﱠﺔٍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﻀَﺎﻋِﻒﹸ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ‬
     IXncnepw \qdv [m\yaWnbpw. AÃmlp
     Xm³ Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v Cc«nbmbn                                                   ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \ÂIp¶p. AÃmlp hn]peamb IgnhpI
     fpÅh\pw (FÃmw) Adnbp¶ h\pamWv.

262. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n X§fpsS               َ‫٢٦٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻻ‬
                                            ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬‫ﻳﹸﺘْﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﻔَﻘُﻮﺍُ ﻣﹶﻨ‬
     [\w sNehgn¡pIbpw F¶n«Xns\
     XpSÀ¶v, sNehv sNbvXXv FSp¯p
     ]dbpItbm   ieys¸Sp¯p       Itbm        ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     sN¿mXncn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ hÀ Btcm
     AhÀ¡v X§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â AhÀ                                                               ‫ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AÀln¡p¶ {]Xn^eapWvSmbncn¡pw.
     AhÀ¡v bmsXm¶pw `bs¸tSWvSXnÃ.
     AhÀ ZpxJnt¡WvSn hcnIbpanÃ.

263. sImSp¯Xns\¯pSÀ¶v      a\xt¢iw          ٍ‫٣٦٢. ﻗَﻮﹾﻝٌ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗَﺔ‬
                                                                 ‫ﻳﹶﺘْﺒﹶﻌﹸﻬﹶﺂ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻨِﻲﱞ ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     hcp¯p¶ Zm\[À½s¯¡mÄ D¯a
     ambn«pÅXv \Ã hm¡pw hn«phogvN
     bpamIp¶p. AÃmlp ]cm{ibw Bhiy
     anÃm¯h\pw kl\ioe\pamIp¶p.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                       Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              60                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

264. kXyhnizmknItf, ( sImSp¯Xv )           ‫٤٦٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗُﺒﹾﻄِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗَﺎﺗِﻜُﻢ‬
     FSp¯p]dªv sImWvSpw, ieyapWvSm
     ¡ns¡mWvSpw    \n§Ä     \n§fpsS        ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻦﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻷﺫَﻯ ﻛَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻖﹸ ﻣﹶﺎﻟَﻪﹸ ﺭِﺋَﺎﺀ‬
     Zm\[À½§sf \njv^eam¡n¡fbcpXv.
     AÃmlphnepw ]ctemI¯nepw hnizmk         ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻓَﻤﹶﺜَﻠُﻪﹸ‬
     anÃmsX,  P\§sf     ImWn¡phm³          ٌ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺻﹶﻔْﻮﹶﺍﻥٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺗُﺮﹶﺍﺏﹲ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺑِﻞ‬
     thWvSn [\w sNehv sN¿p¶h
     s\t¸mse    \n§fmIcpXv.   Ahs\         ‫ﻓَﺘَﺮﹶﻛَﻪﹸ ﺻﹶﻠْﺪﹰﺍ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻘْﺪِﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ‬
     D]an¡mhp ¶Xv apIfn AÂ]w a®v
     am{XapÅ an\pkapÅ Hcp ]mdtbm                     ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     SmIp¶p. B ]md ta Hcp I\¯ ag
     ]Xn¨p.  B    ag   AXns\    Hcp
     sam«¸mdbm¡n amän¡fªp. AhÀ
     A²zm\n¨Xnsâ bmsXmcp ^ehpw
     IckvYam¡m³ AhÀ¡v IgnbnÃ.
     AÃmlp kXy\ntj[nIfmb P\Xsb
     t\Àhgnbnem¡pIbnÃ.
265. AÃmlphnsâ {]oXn tXSns¡mWvSpw,         ‫٥٦٢. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺜَﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ‬
     X§fpsS a\ÊpIfn (kXyhnizmkw)
     Dd¸n¨p sImWvSpw [\w sNehgn            ِ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺿَﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺗَﺜْﺒِﻴﺘًﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞ‬
     ¡p¶hsc D]an¡mhp ¶Xv Hcp DbÀ¶
     kvYe¯v kvYnXn sN¿p¶ tXm«t¯m           ‫ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺔٍ ﺑِﺮﹶﺑﹾﻮﹶﺓٍ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺑِﻞٌ ﻓَﺂﺗَﺖﹾ ﺃُﻛُﻠَﻬﹶﺎ‬
     SmIp¶p. AXns¶mcp I\¯ ag               ‫ﺿِﻌﹾﻔَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺼِﺒﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺑِﻞٌ ﻓَﻄَﻞﱞ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     e`n¨t¸mÄ AXv cWvSnc«n ImbvI\nIÄ
     \ÂIn. C\n AXn¶v I\¯ agsbm¶pw                                                     ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ‬
     In«nbnÃ, Hcp Nmd agtb e`n¨pÅq
     F¦n      AXpw    aXnbmIp¶XmWv.
     AÃmlp \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p ¶sXÃmw
     IWvSdnbp¶ h\mIp¶p.
266. \n§fn HcmÄ¡v Cu´¸\Ifpw               ٍ‫٦٦٢. ﺃَﻳﹶﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺨِﻴﻞ‬
     ap´ncn hÅnIfpapÅ Hcp tXm«ap
     sWvS¶v IcpXpI. AhbpsS Xmgv`mK         ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﻨﹶﺎﺏٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
                                           ٌ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺔ‬
     ¯pIqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIns¡mWvSncn
     ¡p¶p. FÃmXcw ImbvI\nIfpw Abm
     Ä¡XnepWvSv. AbmÄ¡mIs« hmÀ²            ‫ﺿُﻌﹶﻔَﺎﺀ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻋﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹲ ﻓِﻴﻪِ نَﺎﺭﹲ‬
     Iyw _m[n¨ncn¡pIbmWv. AbmÄ¡v
     ZpÀ_ecmb Ipsd k´m\§fpWvSv.            ِ‫ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻗَﺖﹾ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕ‬
                                                                                 ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘَﻔَﻜﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     At¸mgXm     XotbmSpIqSnb   Hcp
     Npgen¡mäv AXn¶p _m[n¨v AXv Icn
     ªp t]mIp¶p. C¯cw Hcp kvYnXnbn
     emIm³ \n§fmsc¦nepw B{Kln¡p
     tam ? \n§Ä Nn´n¡p ¶Xn\p thWvSn
     C{]Imcw AÃmlp sXfnhpIÄ hnhcn
     ¨pXcp¶p.
  Previous Page               First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara             61                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


267. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä k¼mZn            ‫٧٦٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ¨pWvSm¡nb \à hkvXp¡fn \n¶pw,
     `qanbn   \n¶v  \n§Ä¡v   \mw         َ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺟﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     DÂ]mZn¸n¨v X¶Xn \n¶pw \n§Ä
     sNehgn¡phn³. I®S¨psImWvSÃmsX         ‫ﺗَﻴﹶﻤﱠﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺚﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﺴﹾﺘُﻢ‬
     \n§Ä     kzoIcn¡m¯   tamiamb
     km[\§Ä (Zm\[À½§fnÂ) sNeh             ‫ﺑِﺂﺧِﺬِﻳﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﻐْﻤِﻀُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     gn¡p hm\mbn IcpXn sh¡cpXv.                                                       ‫ﻏَﻨِﻲﱞ ﺣﹶﻤِﻴﺪﹲ‬
     AÃmlp     BcpsSbpw  B{ibanÃm
     ¯h\pw kvXpXyÀl\pamsW¶v \n§Ä
     Adnªp sImÅpI.

268. ]nimNv    Zmcn{Zys¯¸än \n§sf         ‫٨٦٢. ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻳﹶﻌِﺪﹸﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻘْﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻔَﺤﹾﺸﹶﺎﺀ‬
     t]Sns¸Sp¯pIbpw, \oNhr¯nIÄ¡v
     \n§sf t{]cn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻌِﺪﹸﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻓَﻀْﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ‬
     AÃmlphmIs«        Ahsâ  ]¡Â
     \n¶pÅ am¸pw A\p{Klhpw \n§Ä¡v                                                                ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     hmKvZm\w sN¿p¶p. AÃmlp hn]pe
     amb IgnhpIfp Åh\pw ( FÃmw )
     Adnbp¶h \pamIp¶p.

269. Xm³     Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v  AÃmlp          َ‫٩٦٢. ﻳﹸﺆﺗِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺕﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔ‬
     ( bYmÀXvY ) PvRm\w \ÂIp¶p.
     GsXmcph¶v (bYmÀXvY) PvRm\w           ْ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃُﻭﺗِﻲﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺬﱠﻛﱠﺮﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     \ÂIs¸Sp¶pthm Ah¶v (AXp hgn)
     AXy[nIamb     t\«amWv \ÂIs¸                                                             ِ‫ﺍﻷَﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏ‬
     Sp¶Xv. F¶m _p²nimenIÄ am{Xta
     {i²n¨v a\Ênem¡pIbpÅq.

270. \n§sfs´m¶v         sNehgn¨mepw       ‫٠٧٢. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﻔَﻘْﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﻔَﻘَﺔٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ نَﺬَﺭﹾﺗُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺬْﺭٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ‬
     GsXm¶v t\À¨ t\À¶mepw XoÀ¨bm
     bpw   AÃmlp      AXdnbp¶XmWv.                     ٍ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟِﻠﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺼﹶﺎﺭ‬
     A{IaImcnIÄ¡ klmbn Ifmbn
     Bcpw Xs¶ DWvSmbncn ¡p¶XÃ.
271. \n§Ä Zm\[À½§Ä ]ckyambn
     sN¿p¶psh¦n AXv \ÃXp Xs¶.            ‫١٧٢. ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺪﹶﻗَﺎﺕِ ﻓَﻨِﻌِﻤﱠﺎ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     F¶m \n§fXv clkyam¡pIbpw             ‫ﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗُﺆﹾﺗُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻔُﻘَﺮﹶﺍﺀ ﻓَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱡﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     Zcn{ZÀ¡v   sImSp¡pIbpamsW¦nÂ
     AXmWv \n§Ä¡v IqSpX D¯aw.            ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻜَﻔﱢﺮﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
                                                                                     ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹲ‬
     \n§fpsS ]e Xn³aIsfbpw AXv
     ambv¨pIfbpIbpw sN¿pw. AÃmlp
     \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶ Imcy§Ä
     kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.

  Previous Page              First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                62                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

272. Ahsc      t\Àhgnbnem¡m³      \o        ‫٢٧٢. ﻟﱠﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﺪﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
     _m[ykvY\Ã. F¶m AÃmlp Ah³
     Dt±in¡p¶hsc t\Àhgnbn em¡p¶p.           ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﻸنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     \ÃXmb Fs´¦nepw \n§Ä sNehgn
     ¡pIbmsW¦n AXv \n§fpsS \³a             ‫ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
     bv¡v thWvSn Xs¶bmWv. AÃmlp                            ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻳﹸﻮﹶﻑﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗُﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     hnsâ {]oXn tXSns¡mWvSv am{XamWv
     \n§Ä sNehgnt¡WvSXv. \ÃsX´v
     \n§Ä sNehgn¨mepw AXn¶pÅ
     {]Xn^ew \n§Ä¡v ]qÀ®ambn \ÂI
     s¸Sp¶XmWv. \n§tfmSv H«pw A\oXn
     ImWn¡s¸SpIbnÃ.
273. `qanbn k©cn¨v D]Poh\w tXSm³           َ‫٣٧٢. ﻟِﻠْﻔُﻘَﺮﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﺣﺼِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻻ‬
     kuIcys¸Sm¯ hn[w AÃmlphnsâ
     amÀK¯n hym]rXcmbn«pÅ Zcn{Z³           ‫ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻴﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺿَﺮﹾﺑﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
     amÀ¡v thWvSn ( \n§Ä sNehv
     sN¿pI. ) ( Ahsc¸än ) AdnhnÃm           ‫ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﻫِﻞُ ﺃَﻏْﻨِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌﹶﻔﱡﻒِ ﺗَﻌﹾﺮِﻓُﻬﹸﻢ‬
     ¯h³ ( AhcpsS ) am\yX IWvSv             ‫ﺑِﺴِﻴﻤﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺇِﻟْﺤﹶﺎﻓًﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     AhÀ     [\nIcmsW¶v      [cnt¨¡pw.
     F¶m AhcpsS e£Ww sImWvSv                                ‫ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \n\¡hsc      Xncn¨dnbmw.     AhÀ
     P\§tfmSv tNmZn¨v hnjan¸n¡pIbnÃ.
     \ÃXmb       Fs´m¶v          \n§Ä
     sNehgn¡pI bmsW¦nepw AÃmlp
     AXv \ÃXv t]mse Adnbp¶h\mWv.
274. cm{Xnbpw   ]Iepw    clkyambpw          ‫ﺍ‬‫٤٧٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﺳِﺮ‬
     ]ckyambpw X§fpsS kz¯p¡Ä
     sNehgn¨p     sImWvSncn¡p¶hÀ¡v          َ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻼﹶنِﻴﹶﺔً ﻓَﻠَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     AhcpsS c£nXmhn¦Â AhÀ AÀln
     ¡p¶ {]Xn^eapWvSmbncn¡p ¶XmWv.                               ‫ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhÀ bmsXm¶pw `bs¸tSWvSXnÃ.
     AhÀ ZpxJnt¡WvSn hcnIbpanÃ.
275. ]eni Xn¶p¶hÀ ]nimNv _m[                ‫٥٧٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻣﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻡﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
     \nan¯w adnªphogp¶h³ Fgpt¶Â
     ¡p¶Xv t]msebÃmsX Fgpt¶Â¡p              ْ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﺨَﺒﱠﻄُﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺲﱢ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
                                            ‫ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﻊﹸ ﻣِﺜْﻞُ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺣﹶﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﻊﹶ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ‬
     IbnÃ. I¨hShpw ]eni t]mse¯
     s¶bmWv F¶v AhÀ ]dªXnsâ
     ^eas{X AXv. F¶m I¨hSw                 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻩﹸ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﻋِﻈَﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻪِ ﻓَﺎنﺘَﻬﹶﻰﹶ ﻓَﻠَﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     AÃmlp     A\phZn¡pIbpw    ]eni
     \njn²am¡pIbpamWv sNbvXn «pÅXv.         ‫ﺳﹶﻠَﻒﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﹾﺮﹸﻩﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﺎﺩﹶ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
                                                              ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     AXn\m AÃmlphnsâ D]tZiw
     h¶pIn«nbn«v (AX\pkcn¨v) hÃh\pw
     (]enibn \n¶v) hncan ¨m Ah³

  Previous Page                First Page                                                           Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                63                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        ap¼v hm§nbXv Ah¶p ÅXv Xs¶.
        Ahsâ Imcyw AÃmlphnsâ Xocpam\
        ¯n¶v hnt[bambncn ¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
        C\n Bsc¦nepw (]enibnS]mSpI
        fnte¡v Xs¶) aS§pIbmsW¦nÂ
        Ahcs{X \cImhIminIÄ. AhcXnÂ
        \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.
276. AÃmlp ]enisb £bn¸n¡pIbpw                َ‫٦٧٢. ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺤﹶﻖﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮﹾﺑِﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺪﹶﻗَﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻ‬
     Zm\[À½§sf       t]mjn¸n¡pIbpw
     sN¿pw. bmsXmcp \µnsI« ZpÀhr¯                                             ٍ‫ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﻛَﻔﱠﺎﺭٍ ﺃَﺛِﻴﻢ‬
     s\bpw AÃmlp CjvSs¸Sp¶XÃ.
277. hnizkn¡pIbpw kÂIÀ½§Ä {]hÀ               ْ‫٧٧٢. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻗَﺎﻣﹸﻮﺍ‬
     ¯n¡pIbpw, \akvImcw apdt]mse
     \nÀhln¡pIbpw, kIm¯v sImSp¡p             ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻮﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ‬
                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Ibpw sN¿p¶hÀ¡v AhcpsS c£nXm
     hn¦Â AhÀ AÀln¡p¶ {]Xn^e
     apWvSmbncn¡p¶XmWv.     AhÀ¡v
     bmsXm¶pw `bs¸tSWvSXnÃ. AhÀ
     ZpxJnt¡WvSn hcnIbpanÃ.
278. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp sh            ‫٨٧٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺫَﺭﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻘِﻲﹶ‬
     kq£n¡pIbpw, ]enihIbn _m¡n
     In«m\pÅXv hn«pIfbpIbpw sNt¿WvS                                     ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     XmWv. \n§Ä ( bYmÀXvY ) hnizmknI
     fmsW¦nÂ.
279. \n§Ä A§s\ sN¿p¶nsæn                   ِ‫٩٧٢. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺄْﺫَنُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺤﹶﺮﹾﺏٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     AÃmlphnsâbpw dkqensâbpw ]£
     ¯p \n¶v (\n§Äs¡XncnepÅ) kac             َ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺅﹸﻭﺱﹸ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
                                                                             ‫ﺗَﻈْﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     {]Jym]\s¯¸än Adnªp sImÅpI.
     \n§Ä ]ivNm¯]n¨p aS§pIbm
     sW¦n \n§fpsS aqe[\w \n§Ä¡p
     Xs¶ In«p¶ XmWv. \n§Ä A{Iaw
     sN¿cpXv. \n§Ä A{Ian¡s¸SpIbpw
     AcpXv.
280. C\n (ISw hm§nbhcnÂ) hà sRcp¡            ‫٠٨٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺫُﻭ ﻋﹸﺴﹾﺮﹶﺓٍ ﻓَﻨﹶﻈِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﻴﹾﺴﹶﺮﹶﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ‬
     ¡mc\pw DWvSmbncp¶m (Ah¶v)
     BizmkapWvSmIp¶Xv hsc CSsImSp                        ‫ﺗَﺼﹶﺪﱠﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     t¡WvSXmWv. F¶m \n§Ä Zm\ambn
     (hn«p) sImSp¡p¶ XmWv \n§Ä¡v
     IqSpX D¯aw; \n§Ä AdnhpÅh
     cmsW¦nÂ.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                      Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                    64                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


281. \n§Ä AÃmlphn¦te¡v aS¡s¸ Sp¶                 ‫١٨٢. ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹰﺎ ﺗُﺮﹾﺟﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺗُﻮﹶﻓﱠﻰ‬
     Hcp Znhks¯ kq£n¨p sImÅpI. F¶n«v
     Hmtcmcp¯À¡pw    AhchÀ  {]hÀ¯n                         ‫ﻛُﻞﱡ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ¨Xnsâ ^ew ]qÀ®ambn \ÂIs¸Sp
     ¶XmWv. AhtcmSv ( H«pw ) A\oXn
     ImWn¡ s¸SpIbnÃ.

282. kXyhnizmknItf,        Hcp      \nivNnX      ‫٢٨٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺗَﺪﹶﺍﻳﹶﻨﺘُﻢ ﺑِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦٍ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
     Ah[nsh¨p sImWvSv \n§Ä At\ym\yw
     hà ISanS]mSpw \S¯nbm \n§Ä AXv              ‫ﻰ ﻓَﺎﻛْﺘُﺒﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﻜْﺘُﺐ ﺑﱠﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬‫ﺃَﺟﹶﻞٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹶﻤ‬
                                                 ‫ﻛَﺎﺗِﺐﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹾﻝِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺄْﺏﹶ ﻛَﺎﺗِﺐﹲ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﺐﹶ‬
     FgpXn sht¡WvSXmWv. Hcp Fgp¯pImc³
     \n§Ä¡nSbn         \oXntbmsS      AXv
     tcJs¸Sp¯s«.      Hcp    Fgp¯pImc\pw
     AÃmlp Ah¶v ]Tn¸n¨psImSp¯ {]Imcw             ِ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﻜْﺘُﺐﹾ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹸﻤﹾﻠِﻞِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     FgpXm³     hnk½Xn¡cpXv.        Ah\Xv        ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺘﱠﻖِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺨَﺲﹾ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ‬
     FgpXpIbpw,     IS_m[y        XbpÅh³
     ( FgptXWvS hmNIw ) ]dªpsImSp                ‫ﻓَﺈﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﺳﹶﻔِﻴﻬﹰﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
                                                 ْ‫ﺿَﻌِﻴﻔًﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻴﻊﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻤِﻞﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹸﻤﹾﻠِﻞ‬
     ¡pIbpw sN¿s«. Xsâ c£nXmhmb
     AÃmlpsh      Ah³        kq£n¡pIbpw
     ( _m[yXbn ) Ah³ bmsXm¶pw Ipdhv             ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﱡﻪﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹾﻝِ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺸﹾﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﻣﻦ‬
     hcp¯mXncn¡pIbpw sNt¿WvSXmWv. C\n
     IS_m[yXbpÅ         BÄ       hnthIanÃm       ٌ‫ﺭﱢﺟﹶﺎﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮنَﺎ ﺭﹶﺟﹸﻠَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﺮﹶﺟﹸﻞ‬
     ¯ht\m,     Imcytijn       bnÃm¯ht\m,
     (hmNIw)       ]dªp          sImSp¡m³        ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻣﹾﺮﹶﺃَﺗَﺎﻥِ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ ﺗَﺮﹾﺿَﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﺃَﻥ‬
                                                 ‫ﺗَﻀِﻞﱠ ﺇْﺣﹾﺪﹶﺍﻫﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﺘُﺬَﻛﱢﺮﹶ ﺇِﺣﹾﺪﹶﺍﻫﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻷُﺧﹾﺮﹶﻯ‬
     IgnhnÃm¯ht\m BsW¦n AbmfpsS
     c£m[nImcn       AbmÄ¡p          thWvSn
     \oXn]qÀÆw       (hmNIw)        ]dªp         ْ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺄْﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺩﹸﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺴﹾﺄَﻣﹸﻮﹾﺍ‬
     sImSpt¡WvS XmWv. \n§fn s]«
     cWvSp]pcpj³ amsc \n§Ä km£n                  ‫ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜْﺘُﺒﹸﻮﹾﻩﹸ ﺻﹶﻐِﲑﹰﺍ ﺃَﻭ ﻛَﺒِﲑﹰﺍ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠِﻪِ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     \nÀ¯pIbpw sN¿pI. C\n Ccphcpw
     ]pcpj³amcm       bnsæn        \n§Ä        ‫ﺃَﻗْﺴﹶﻂُ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻗْﻮﻡﹸ ﻟِﻠﺸﱠﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺩﹾنَﻰ ﺃَﻻﱠ‬
                                                 ‫ﺗَﺮﹾﺗَﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺗِﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺓﹰ ﺣﹶﺎﺿِﺮﹶﺓﹰ‬
     CjvSs]Sp¶ km£nIfn \n¶v Hcp
     ]pcpj\pw cWvSv kv{XoIfpw Bbmepw aXn.
     Ahcn HcphÄ¡v sXäv ]änbm aähÄ              ‫ﺗُﺪِﻳﺮﹸﻭنَﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹲ ﺃَﻻﱠ‬
     Ahsf HmÀan¸n¡m³ thWvSn. ( sXfnhv
     \ÂIm³ ) hnfn¡s¸«m km£nIÄ                   ‫ﺗَﻜْﺘُﺒﹸﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺷﹾﻬِﺪﹸﻭﹾﺍْ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺗَﺒﹶﺎﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻀَﺂﺭﱠ‬
                                                 ٌ‫ﻛَﺎﺗِﺐﹲ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻓُﺴﹸﻮﻕ‬
     hnk½Xn¡cpXv. CS]mSv sNdpXmbmepw
     hepXmbmepw AXnsâ Ah[n ImWn¨v AXv
     tcJs¸Sp¯n sh¡m³ \n§Ä aSn¡cpXv.
     AXmWv AÃmlphn¦Â Gähpw \oXn]qÀÆ              ‫ﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ‬
     IambXpw, km£y¯n\v IqSpXÂ _ew                                                             ‫ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \ÂIp¶Xpw, \n§Ä¡v kwibw P\n¡m
     Xncn¡m³    IqSpXÂ      A\ptbmPyambn
     «pÅXpw. F¶m \n§Ä At\ym\yw
     sdm¡ambn \S¯ns¡mWvSncn¡p¶ I¨hS
     CS]mSpIÄ CXn \ns¶mgnhm Ip¶p.
     AsXgpXn sh¡mXncn¡p¶Xn \n§Ä¡v
  Previous Page                     First Page                                                        Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara                  65                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        IpäanÃ. F¶m \n§Ä {Ibhn{Ibw
        sN¿pt¼mÄ km£n \nÀt¯WvSXmWv. Hcp
        Fgp¯pImct\m km£ntbm t{Zmln¡
        s¸Sm³ ]mSnÃ. \n§f§s\ sN¿pIbm
        sW¦n AXv \n§fpsS [n¡mcamIp¶p.
        \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI. AÃmlp
        \n§Ä¡v ]Tn¸n¨p XcnIbmIp¶p. AÃmlp
        GXv Imcys¯¸änbpw AdnhpÅh \mIp¶p.

283. C\n \n§Ä bm{XbnemhpIbpw Hcp               ‫٣٨٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻔَﺮٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻛَﺎﺗِﺒﹰﺎ‬
     Fgp¯pImcs\         In«mXncn¡pIbpam
     sW¦n ]Wb hkvXp¡Ä ssIhiw                  ‫ﻓَﺮِﻫﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﻣﱠﻘْﺒﹸﻮﺿَﺔٌ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﻣِﻦﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀًﺎ‬
                                               َ‫ﻓَﻠْﻴﹸﺆﹶﺩﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺍﺅﹾﺗُﻤِﻦﹶ ﺃَﻣﹶﺎنَﺘَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺘﱠﻖِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     sImSp¯m aXn. C\n \n§fnsem cmÄ
     asämcmsf (hÃXpw) hnizknt¨ Â]n¨mÂ
     B      hnizmkaÀ¸n¡s¸«h³
     hnizkvXX     \ndthäpIbpw,
                                   Xsâ
                                   Xsâ         ‫ﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ ﺁﺛِﻢﹲ ﻗَﻠْﺒﹸﻪﹸ‬
     c£nXmhns\ kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿s«.                                                ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \n§Ä km£yw ad¨p sh¡cpXv. BcXv
     ad¨p sh¡p¶pthm Ahsâ a\Êv
     ]m]]¦neamIp¶p.    AÃmlp      \n§Ä
     sN¿p¶sXÃmw Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.

284. BImi`qanIfnepÅsXÃmw Aãmlphn               ‫٤٨٢. ﻟﱢﻠﱠﻪِ ﻣﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     sâXmIp¶p. \n§fpsS a\ÊpIfn epÅXv
     \n§Ä     shfns¸Sp¯nbmepw   ad¨p           ‫ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﻩﹸ‬
                                               ‫ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺎﺳِﺒﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻴﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺏﹸ‬
     sh¨mepw AÃmlp AXnsâ t]cnÂ
     \n§tfmSv IW¡v tNmZn¡pI Xs¶
     sN¿pw. F¶n«h³ Dt±in¡p¶ hÀ¡v
     Ah³ s]mdp¯p sImSp¡pIbpw Ah³                          ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     Dt±in¡p ¶hsc Ah³ in£n¡pIbpw
     sN¿pw. AÃmlp GXv Imcy¯n\pw
     IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.

285. Xsâ      c£nXmhn¦Â   \n¶v    X\n¡v        ِ‫٥٨٢. ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻪ‬
     AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xn dkq hnizkn¨n
     cn¡p¶p. (AXns\ XpSÀ¶) kXyhnizm            ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻛُﻞﱞ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺘِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛُﺘُﺒِﻪ‬
                                               ْ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻻَ نُﻔَﺮﱢﻕُ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱡﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     knIfpw.    AhscÃmw     AÃmlphnepw,
     Ahsâ        ae¡pIfnepw      Ahsâ
     thZ{KÙ§fnepw, Ahsâ ZqX³amcnepw
     hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p. Ahsâ ZqX³amcn            ‫ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻏُﻔْﺮﹶﺍنَﻚﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ‬
     BÀ¡panSbn Hcp hnthN\hpw R§Ä                                                                      ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
     IÂ]n¡p¶nÃ.     (F¶XmWv     AhcpsS
     \ne]mSv.) AhÀ ]dbp Ibpw sNbvXp:
     R§fnXm      tIÄ¡pIbpw      A\pkcn
     ¡pIbpw sNbvXncn¡p¶p. R§ fpsS
     \mYm!     R§tfmSv     s]mdpt¡Wta.
     \n¶nte¡mIp¶p (R§fpsS) aS¡w.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                             Next Page
(2) Sura al Baqara              66                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


286. AÃmlp HcmtfmSpw AbmfpsS Ignhn        ‫٦٨٢. ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻜَﻠﱢﻒﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹰﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻭﹸﺳﹾﻌﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     s]«XÃmsX sN¿m³ \nÀ_Ôn¡pIbnÃ.
     Hmtcmcp¯À {]hÀ¯n¨Xnsâ kÂ^ew           َ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻛْﺘَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻻ‬
                                           َ‫ﺗُﺆﹶﺍﺧِﺬْنَﺎ ﺇِﻥ نﱠﺴِﻴﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﺧﹾﻄَﺄْنَﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     AhchÀ¡pXs¶. Hmtcmcp¯À {]hÀ¯n
     ¨Xnsâ Zpjv^ehpw Ahch cpsS taÂ
     Xs¶.    R§fpsS     \mYm,  R§Ä
     ad¶pt]mIpItbm, R§Ä¡v sXäp]äp          ‫ﺗَﺤﹾﻤِﻞْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﺻﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﻤﹶﻠْﺘَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Itbm sNbvXpsh¦n R§sf \o              ِ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺤﹶﻤﱢﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻃَﺎﻗَﺔَ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻪ‬
     in£n¡cptX. R§fpsS \mYm, R§fpsS
     ap³KmanIfpsS ta \o Npa¯nbXp          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﻒﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻏْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﺣﹶﻤﹾﻨﹶﺂ ﺃَنﺖﹶ‬
                                                      ‫ﻣﹶﻮﹾﻻَنَﺎ ﻓَﺎنﺼﹸﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     t]mepÅ `mcw R§fpsS ta \o
     Npa¯cptX. R§fpsS \mYm, R§Ä¡v
     Ignhn Ãm¯Xv R§sf \o hln¸n¡cptX.
     R§Ä¡v \o am¸p\ IpIbpw R§tfmSv
     s]mdp¡pIbpw, IcpW ImWn¡pIbpw
     sNt¿Wta. \obmWv R§fpsS c£m[n
     Imcn. AXp sImWvSv kXy\ntj[nIfmb
     P\Xbvs¡     Xncmbn   \o  R§sf
     klmbnt¡Wta.




  Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                            68                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                ( ‫)٣ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ) ﻣﺪنﻴﺔ‬
                            ‫ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

               ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ
1.      Aen^v emw aow.                                                                                                ‫ﺍﱂ‬     .١
2.      AÃmlp þ Ah\ÃmsX Hcp ssZh hpanÃ.                                      ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱡ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻴﱡﻮﻡﹸ‬   .٢
        Fs¶¶pw Pohn¨ncn¡p¶h³. FÃmw
        \nb{´n¡p¶h³.
3.      Ah³ Cu thZ{KÙs¯ ap³ thZ§sf                       ‫نَﺰﱠﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗﺎً ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ‬                .٣
        icnsh¡p¶Xmbns¡mWvSv kXyhpambn
        \n\¡v  AhXcn¸n¨p   X¶ncn¡p¶p.                                    َ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞ‬
        Ah³        Xudm¯pw   C³Poepw
        AhXcn¸n¨p.
4.      CXn\p ap¼v; a\pjyÀ¡v amÀKZÀi\                    ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻔُﺮﹾﻗَﺎﻥﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬               .٤
        ¯n\mbn«v kXymkXyhnthN\¯n\pÅ
        {]amWhpw Ah³ AhXcn¸n¨ncn¡p¶p.                    ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹲ‬
                                                                                          ٍ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺫُﻭ ﺍنﺘِﻘَﺎﻡ‬
        XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlphnsâ ZrjvSm´
        §Ä      \ntj[n¨hcmtcm   AhÀ¡v
        ITn\amb in£bmWpÅXv. AÃmlp
        {]Xm]nbpw in£m\S]Sn kzoIcn¡p¶
        h\pamIp¶p.
5.      `qanbntem BImit¯m DÅ bmsXmcp                     ِ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺨْﻔَﻰﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀﹲ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬                 .٥
        Imcyhpw AÃmlphn¶v AhyIvXambnt¸m
        IpIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.                                                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ‬
6.      KÀ`mib§fn     Xm³     Dt±in¡p¶                  ‫ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹸﺼﹶﻮﱢﺭﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺣﹶﺎﻡِ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ‬                      .٦
        hn[¯n \n§sf cq]s¸Sp¯p¶Xv
        Ah\s{X. Ah\ÃmsX Hcp ssZhhpanÃ.                                ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
        Ah³ {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\pas{X.
7.      (\_ntb,) \n\¡v thZ{KÙw AhXcn                     ‫ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕﹲ‬              .٧
        ¸n¨p X¶ncn¡p¶Xv Ah\s{X. AXnÂ
        kphyIvXhpw          JWvUnXhpamb                  ‫ﻣﱡﺤﹾﻜَﻤﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺃُﻡﱡ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﺃُﺧﹶﺮﹸ‬
        hN\§fpWvSv. Ahbs{X thZ{KÙ
        ¯nsâ     auenI`mKw.   Bib¯n                     ٌ‫ﻣﹸﺘَﺸﹶﺎﺑِﻬﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﰲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺯَﻳﹾﻎ‬
        kmZriyapÅ Nne hN\§fpapWvSv.
        F¶m a\ÊpIfn h{IXbpÅhÀ                          ِ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺑﹶﻪﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ ﺍﻟْﻔِﺘْﻨﹶﺔ‬
                                                         ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ ﺗَﺄْﻭِﻳﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺗَﺄْﻭِﻳﻠَﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
        Ipg¸apWvSm¡m³    Dt±in¨psImWvSpw,
        ZpÀhymJym\w \S¯m³ B{Kln¨p
     Previous Page                       First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                69                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﺳِﺨُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﻪِ ﻛُﻞﱞ‬
    sImWvSpw Bib¯n kmZriyapÅ
    hN\§sf      ]n´pScp¶p.   AXnsâ
    km£m      hymJym\w    AÃmlphn\v            ِ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺬﱠﻛﱠﺮﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻷﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏ‬
    am{Xta    AdnbpIbpÅq.    AdnhnÂ
    ASnbpd¨hmcmIs«,     AhÀ   ]dbpw:
    R§fXn hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p. FÃmw
    R§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅXm
    Ip¶p. _p²nimenIÄ am{Xta Btem
    Nn¨v a\Ênem¡pIbpÅq.
8. AhÀ {]mÀXvYn¡pw: ) R§fpsS \mYm,          ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﺗُﺰِﻍْ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﻫﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﺘَﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹶﺐﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ‬   .٨
    R§sf \o k³amÀK¯nem¡nbXn\p
    tijw R§fpsS a\ÊpIsf \o                             ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻟﱠﺪﹸنﻚﹶ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔً ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﻫﱠﺎﺏﹸ‬
    sXän¡cptX. \nsâ ASp¡Â \n¶pÅ
    ImcpWyw R§Ä¡v \o {]Zm\w
    sNt¿Wta. XoÀ¨bmbpw \o AXy[nIw
    HuZmcyhm\mIp¶p
9. R§fpsS \mYm, XoÀ¨bmbpw \o                ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺎﻣِﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟِﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻻﱠ ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬        .٩
    P\§sfsbÃmw Hcp Znhkw Hcpan¨p
    Iq«p¶XmIp¶p. AXn bmsXmcp kwi                                          ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺨْﻠِﻒﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤِﻴﻌﹶﺎﺩﹶ‬
    bhpanÃ. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp hmKvZm\w
    ewLn¡p¶XÃ.
10. kXy\ntj[w         ssIs¡mWvShÀ¡v         َ‫٠١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻦ ﺗُﻐْﻨِﻲﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
    AhcpsS kz¯p¡tfm k´m\§tfm
    AÃmlphn¦Â bmsXmcp {]tbmP\hpw            ‫ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹸﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﺩﹸ‬
    sN¿pIbnÃ;     XoÀ¨.    AhcmIp¶p
    \cI¯nse CÔ\ambn¯ocp¶hÀ.                                                                          ِ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
11. ^nÀHusâ BÄ¡mcpsSbpw AhcpsS              ْ‫١١. ﻛَﺪﹶﺃْﺏِ ﺁﻝِ ﻓِﺮﹾﻋﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍ‬
    ap³KmanIfpsSbpw AhkvY t]mse
    ¯s¶. Ahscms¡ \½psS ZrjvSm´              ‫ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹶﺬَﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺬُنُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ‬
    §sf XÅn¡fªp. At¸mÄ AhcpsS
    ]m]§Ä ImcWambn AÃmlp Ahsc                                                                    ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻌِﻘَﺎﺏ‬
    ]nSnIqSn. AÃmlp ITn\ambn in£n¡p
    ¶h\mIp¶p.
12. (\_ntb,)    \o    kXy\ntj[nItfmSv       ‫٢١. ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺳﹶﺘُﻐْﻠَﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺗُﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
    ]dbpI: \n§Ä IogS¡s¸Sp¶Xpw \cI
    ¯nte¡v Iq«t¯msS \bn¡s¸Sp¶Xp                                               ‫ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺑِﺌْﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤِﻬﹶﺎﺩﹸ‬
    amWv. AsX{X No¯bmb hn{ia kvYew!
13. (_ZvdnÂ) Gäpap«nb B cWvSv hn`mK         ُ‫٣١. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻓِﻲ ﻓِﺌَﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﺍﻟْﺘَﻘَﺘَﺎ ﻓِﺌَﺔٌ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗِﻞ‬
    §fn XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§Äs¡mcp
    ZrjvSm´apWvSv. Hcp hn`mKw AÃmlp         ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃُﺧﹾﺮﹶﻯ ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻳﹶﺮﹶﻭﹾنَﻬﹸﻢ‬
    hnsâ amÀK¯n bp²w sN¿p¶p.
    adphn`mKamIs«      kXy\ntj[nIfpw.       ‫ﻣﱢﺜْﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺃْﻱﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺆﹶﻳﱢﺪﹸ ﺑِﻨﹶﺼﹾﺮِﻩِ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
    (AhnizmknIÄ¡v) X§fpsS ZrjvSnbnÂ
  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 70                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                  ِ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻌِﺒﹾﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻟﱠﺄُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭ‬
    AhÀ (hnizmknIÄ) X§fpsS Cc«n
    bpsWvS¶mWv tXm¶n bncp¶Xv. AÃmlp
    Xm³ Dt±in¡p ¶hÀ¡v Xsâ klmbw
    sImWvSv ]n³_ew \ÂIp¶p. XoÀ¨bm
    bpw I®pÅhÀ¡v AXn Hcp KpW]mT
    apWvSv.
14. `mcyamÀ, ]p{X³amÀ, Iq¼mcambn¡q«nb        ‫٤١. ﺯُﻳﱢﻦﹶ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺣﹸﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹶﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ‬
    kzÀWw, shÅn, ta¯cw IpXncIÄ,
    \mÂImen      hÀK§Ä,      IrjnbnSw        ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻨِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻘَﻨﹶﺎﻃِﲑِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘَﻨﻄَﺮﹶﺓِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻫﹶﺐ‬
    F¶n§s\ CjvSs]« hkvXp¡tfmSpÅ
    t{]aw a\pjyÀ¡v Ae¦mcambn tXm¶n           ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻔِﻀﱠﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹶﻮﱠﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡ‬
    ¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. AsXms¡ CltemI
    PohnX¯nse hn`h§fmIp¶p. AÃmlp             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹾﺙِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓِ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    hnsâ ASp¡emIp¶p (a\pjyÀ¡)
    sN¶ptNcm\pÅ D¯a kt¦Xw.                                                     ِ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺣﹸﺴﹾﻦﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺂﺏ‬
15. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: AXns\¡mÄ ( B           ‫٥١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺅﹸنَﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺨَﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﹾﺍ‬
    CltemI kpJ§sf¡mÄ ) \n§Ä¡v
    KpWIcambn«pÅXv Rm³ ]dªpX                 ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕﹲ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ‬
    cs«tbm?     kq£vaX       ]men¨hÀ¡v
    X§fpsS c£nXmhnsâ ASp¡Â Xmgv              ‫ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺝﹲ ﻣﱡﻄَﻬﱠﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﺭِﺿْﻮﹶﺍﻥﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
    `mK¯p IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIns¡m
    WvSncn¡p¶ kzÀKt¯m¸pIfpWvSv. AhÀ                                       ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌِﺒﹶﺎﺩ‬
    AhnsS \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw. ]cnip
    ²cmb CWIfpw ( AhÀ¡pWvSm
    bncn¡pw. ) IqSmsX AÃmlphnsâ
    {]oXnbpw. AÃmlp Xsâ Zmk³amcpsS
    Imcy§Ä IWvSdnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
16. R§fpsS \mYm, R§fnXm hnizkn               ‫٦١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻓَﺎﻏْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺫُنُﻮﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎ‬
    ¨ncn¡p¶p. AXn\m R§fpsS ]m]
    §Ä        s]mdp¯pXcnIbpw,      \cI                                            ِ‫ﻭﹶﻗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
    in£bn \n¶v R§sf c£n¡pIbpw
    sNt¿Wta F¶v {]mÀXvYn¡p¶hcpw,
17. £a       ssIs¡mÅp¶hcpw,       kXyw       ‫٧١. ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻘَﺎنِﺘِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﻔِﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    ]men¡p¶hcpw, `IvXnbpÅhcpw sNeh
    gn¡p¶hcpw, cm{XnbpsS A´ybma                                        ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻷَﺳﹾﺤﹶﺎﺭ‬
    §fn ]m]tamN\w tXSp¶hcpamIp¶p
    AhÀ ( AÃmlphnsâ Zmk³amÀ. )
18. Xm\ÃmsX Hcp ssZhhpansöXn\v              ُ‫٨١. ﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔ‬
    AÃmlp km£yw hln¨ncn¡p¶p. ae
    ¡pIfpw AdnhpÅhcpw ( AXn¶v                ‫ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻗَﺂﺋِﻤﹶﺎً ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
    km£nIfmIp¶p.) Ah³ \oXn \nÀhln
    ¡p¶h\s{X. Ah\ÃmsX ssZhanÃ.                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
    {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\pas{X Ah³.


  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                71                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

19. XoÀ¨bmbpw     AÃmlphn¦Â       aXw       ‫٩١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦﹶ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻹِﺳﹾﻼﹶﻡﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻒﹶ‬
    F¶m CkvemamIp¶p. thZ{KÙw
    \ÂIs¸«hÀ X§Ä¡v (aX]camb)                ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    Adnhv h¶pIn«nb tijw Xs¶bmWv
    `n¶n¨Xv. AhÀ X½nepÅ I£n                 ِ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢﹸ ﺑﹶﻐْﻴﹰﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕ‬
    amXvkcyw \nan¯as{X AXv. hÃhcpw
    AÃmlphnsâ sXfnhpIÄ \ntj[n¡p                                  ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺳﹶﺮِﻳﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
    ¶psh¦n AÃmlp AXnthKw IW¡v
    tNmZn¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
20. C\n AhÀ \nt¶mSv XÀ¡n¡pIbm               ِ‫٠٢. ﻓَﺈﻥﹾ ﺣﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮﻙَ ﻓَﻘُﻞْ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻤﹾﺖﹸ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬِﻲﹶ ﻟِﻠّﻪ‬
    sW¦n \o ]dtª¡pI: Rm³ Fs¶
    ¯s¶       ]qÀ®ambn     AÃmlphn¶v        ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹶﻦِ ﻭﹶﻗُﻞ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
    Iogvs]Sp¯nbncn¡p¶p. Fs¶ ]n³
    ]änbhcpw (A§s\ Xs¶) . thZ {KÙw          ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷُﻣﱢﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﺃَﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻘَﺪ‬
    \ÂIs¸«htcmSpw A£cPvRm\anÃm¯
    htcmSpw (_lpssZhmcm[Icmb Ad_n           ‫ﺍﻫﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻭﺍْ ﻭﱠﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻼﹶﻍُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                                                                        ِ‫ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌِﺒﹶﺎﺩ‬
    ItfmSv)   \o   tNmZn¡pI:   \n§Ä
    (AÃmlphn¶v) Iogvs]«pthm? A§s\
    AhÀ Iogvs]«p Ignªm AhÀ t\À
    hgnbnembn¡gnªp. AhÀ ]n´ncn ªp
    Ifªmtem AhÀ¡v (Znhy ktµiw)
    F¯nt¡WvS _m[yX am{Xta \n\¡p
    Åq. AÃmlp ( Xsâ ) Zmk³ amcpsS
    Imcy§Ä IWvSdnbp¶h\m Ip¶p.
21. AÃmlphnsâ sXfnhpIÄ \ntj[n¨v             ‫١٢. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    XÅpIbpw,      Hcp    \ymbhpanÃmsX
    {]hmNI³amsc       sImes¸Sp¯pIbpw,       ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣﹶﻖﱟ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱢﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    \oXn ]men¡m³ IÂ]n¡p¶ BfpIsf
    sImes¸Sp¯pIbpw       sN¿p¶hcmtcm          ٍ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻓَﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮﹾﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏٍ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢ‬
    AhÀ¡v thZ\tbdnb in£sb¸än \o
    kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn¡pI.
22. X§fpsS {]hÀ¯\§Ä Cl¯nepw                 ‫٢٢. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺣﹶﺒِﻄَﺖﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ‬
    ]c¯nepw \njv^eambnt¸mb hn`mK
    as{X AhÀ. AhÀ¡v klmbnIfmbn                                  ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺎﺻِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    Bcpw DWvSmbncn¡pIbnÃ.
23. thZ{KÙ¯n \n¶pw Hcp ]¦v \ÂI             ِ‫٣٢. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
    s¸« Hcp hn`mKs¯¸än \o AdnªntÃ?
    AhÀ¡nSbn XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡phm\mbn             ‫ﻳﹸﺪﹾﻋﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟِﻴﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
                                                           ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻰ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻖﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻌﹾﺮِﺿُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AÃmlphnsâ {KÙ¯nte¡v AhÀ
    hnfn¡s¸Sp¶p. F¶n«Xm Ahcn Hcp
    I£n AhKWn¨p sImWvSv ]n´ncnªp
    Ifbp¶p.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               72                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

24. F®s¸« GXm\pw Znhkw am{Xta              ‫٤٢. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻦ ﺗَﻤﹶﺴﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
    X§sf \cImKv\n kv]Àin¡pIbpÅq
    F¶v AhÀ ]dªv sImWvSncn¡p¶ Imc          ْ‫ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶﺍﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻏَﺮﱠﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
                                                                                            ‫ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    W¯memWv Ahc§s\bmbXv. AhÀ
    sI«n¨a¨pWvSm¡nbncp¶ hmZ§Ä Ah
    cpsS aXImcy¯n Ahsc h©nXcm
    ¡n¡fªp.
25. F¶m        bmsXmcp kwib¯n\pw          ِ‫٥٢. ﻓَﻜَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﻤﹶﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻻﱠ ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪ‬
    CSbnÃm¯ Hcp Znhk¯n\mbn \mahsc
    Hcpan¨pIq«nbm ( AhcpsS kvYnXn )       َ‫ﻭﹶﻭﹸﻓﱢﻴﹶﺖﹾ ﻛُﻞﱡ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﻳﹸﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    F§s\bmbncn¡pw? A¶v Hmtcm hyIvXn
    ¡pw Xm³ k¼mZn¨Xnsâ ^ew ]qÀ®
    ambn sImSp¡s¸Sp¶XmWv. Hcp A\o
    Xnbpw AhtcmSv ImWn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ.
26. ]dbpI: B[n]Xy¯nsâ DSakvY\mb            ‫٦٢. ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﱠ ﻣﹶﺎﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚِ ﺗُﺆﹾﺗِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
    AÃmlpth, \o Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v \o
    B[n]Xyw \ÂIp¶p. \o Dt±in¡p             ‫ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺗَﻨﺰِﻉﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹶ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺗُﻌِﺰﱡ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
                                           ‫ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺗُﺬِﻝﱡ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻴﹶﺪِﻙَ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﺮﹸ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ‬
    ¶hcn     \n¶v   \o   B[n]Xyw
    FSp¯p\o¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p. \o Dt±in
    ¡p¶hÀ¡v \o {]Xm]w \ÂIp¶p. \o                                         ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
    Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v \o \nµyX hcp¯p
    Ibpw sN¿p¶p. \nsâ ssIhias{X
    \³abpÅXv. \nivNbambpw \o FÃm
    Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
27. cmhns\ \o ]Ien {]thin¸n¡p¶p.          ِ‫٧٢. ﺗُﻮﻟِﺞﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞَ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﺗُﻮﻟِﺞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞ‬
    ]Iens\ \o cmhnepw {]thin¸n¡p¶p.
    Poh\nÃm¯Xn \n¶v \o Pohnsb             ‫ﻭﹶﺗُﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﱢﺖِ ﻭﹶﺗُﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ ﺍﻟَﻤﹶﻴﱠﺖﹶ‬
                                            ٍ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱢ ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹾﺯُﻕُ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
    ]pd¯v hcp¯p¶p. Pohnbn \n¶v
    Poh\nÃm¯Xns\bpw \o ]pd¯p hcp
    ¯p¶p. \o Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v IW¡v
    t\m¡msX \o \ÂIpIbpw sN¿p¶p.
28. kXyhnizmknIÄ     kXyhnizmknIsf         ‫٨٢. ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ‬
    bÃmsX kXy\ntj[nIsf an{X§fm¡n
    sh¡cpXv. þ A§s\ hÃh\pw sN¿p¶           ‫ﺩﹸﻭﹾﻥِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞْ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
                                           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓِﻲ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺓﹰ‬
    ]£w AÃmlphpambn Ah¶v bmsXmcp
    _ÔhpanÃþ \n§Ä AhtcmSv IcpX
    temsS     hÀ¯n¡pIbmsW¦neÃmsX.               ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺤﹶﺬﱢﺭﹸﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
    AÃmlp Ahs\¸än \n§Ä¡v Xm¡oXv
    \ÂIp¶p.        AÃmlphn¦te¡s{X
    (\n§Ä) Xncn¨psNtÃWvSXv.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                     Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                73                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

29. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§fpsS lrZb            ‫٩٢. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺻﹸﺪﹸﻭﺭِﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﻩﹸ‬
    §fnepÅXv \n§Ä ad¨p sh¨mepw
    shfns¸Sp¯nbmepw AÃmlp Adnbp¶            ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
    XmWv. BImi§fnepÅXpw `qanbnepÅ
    Xpw Ah\dnbp¶p. AÃmlp GXp                           ‫ﺍﻷﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
    Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
30. \³abmbpw Xn³abmbpw Xm³ {]hÀ             ٍ‫٠٣. ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹸ ﻛُﻞﱡ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﻤِﻠَﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮ‬
    ¯n¨ Hmtcm Imcyhpw ( Xsâ ap¼n )
    lmPcm¡s¸«Xmbn Hmtcm hyIvXnbpw           ‫ﻣﱡﺤﹾﻀَﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻤِﻠَﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﺳﹸﻮﹶﺀٍ ﺗَﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ‬
    IsWvS¯p¶ Znhks¯ ¡pdn¨v ( HmÀ
    ¡pI ) . Xsâbpw AXnsâ ( Zpjv{]hr         ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﺃَﻣﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺤﹶﺬﱢﺭﹸﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    ¯nbpsS ) bpw CSbn henb ZqcapWvSm
    bncps¶¦n F¶v Hmtcm hyIvXnbpw                                 ِ‫نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺭﹶﺅﹸﻭﻑﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌِﺒﹶﺎﺩ‬
    A¶v sImXn¨p t]mIpw. AÃmlp
    Xs¶¸än \n§Ä¡v Xm¡oXv \ÂIp¶p.
    AÃmlp (Xsâ) Zmk³amtcmSv hfsc
    ZbbpÅh\mIp¶p.
31. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: \n§Ä AÃmlpsh          ‫١٣. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗُﺤِﺒﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮنِﻲ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﺒِﺒﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
    kvt\ln¡p¶psWvS¦n Fs¶ \n§Ä
    ]n´pScpI. F¦n AÃmlp \n§sf               ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺫُنُﻮﺑﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    kvt\ln¡pIbpw \n§fpsS ]m]§Ä
    s]mdp¯pXcnIbpw       sN¿p¶XmWv.
    AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm
    \n[nbpas{X.
32. ]dbpI: \n§Ä AÃmlpshbpw dkqen            ‫٢٣. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
    s\bpw A\pkcn¡phn³. C\n AhÀ
    ]n´ncnªpIfbp¶ ]£w AÃmlp kXy                                                ‫ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    \ntj[nIsf kvt\ln¡p¶XÃ; XoÀ¨.
33. XoÀ¨bmbpw BZans\bpw \qlns\bpw           ‫٣٣. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﻰ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹶ ﻭﹶنُﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺁﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ‬
    C{_mlow IpSpw_t¯bpw Cwdm³
    IpSpw_t¯bpw temIcn DÂIrjvS                                     ‫ﻭﹶﺁﻝَ ﻋِﻤﹾﺮﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    cmbn AÃmlp sXcsªSp¯ncn¡p¶p.
34. NneÀ NnecpsS k´XnIfmbns¡mWvSv.             ‫٤٣. ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺔً ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    AÃmlp ( FÃmw ) tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
    Adnbp¶h\pas{X.
35. Cwdmsâ `mcy ]dª kµÀ`w ({i²n             ‫٥٣. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻣﹾﺮﹶﺃَﺓﹸ ﻋِﻤﹾﺮﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺇِنﱢﻲ نَﺬَﺭﹾﺕﹸ ﻟَﻚﹶ‬
    ¡pI:) Fsâ c£nXmth, Fsâ
    hbänepÅ Ipªns\ \n\¡mbv Dgnªp            ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹶﻄْﻨِﻲ ﻣﹸﺤﹶﺮﱠﺭﹰﺍ ﻓَﺘَﻘَﺒﱠﻞْ ﻣِﻨﱢﻲ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ‬
    sh¡m³ Rm³ t\À¨ t\À¶ncn¡p¶p.
    BIbm F¶n \n¶v \o AXv                                                           ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬
    kzoIcnt¡Wta. XoÀ¨bmbpw \o (FÃmw )
    tIÄ¡p¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\pas{X.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                  74                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

36. F¶n«v {]khn¨t¸mÄ AhÄ ]dªp:                ‫٦٣. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺿَﻌﹶﺘْﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖﹾ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﺿَﻌﹾﺘُﻬﹶﺎ‬
    Fsâ c£nXmth, Rm³ {]khn¨ Ip«n
    s]®mWtÃm.þ F¶m AÃmlp AhÄ                 ‫ﺃُنﺜَﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺿَﻌﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻛَﺮﹸ‬
    {]khn¨Xns\¸än IqSpX AdnhpÅ
    h\s{X þBWv s]®ns\t¸msebÃ. B               ‫ﻛَﺎﻷُنﺜَﻰ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺳﹶﻤﱠﻴﹾﺘُﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭِﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃُﻋِﻴﺬُﻫﹶﺎ‬
    Ip«n¡v Rm³ aÀbw F¶v t]cn«ncn
    ¡p¶p. i]n¡s¸« ]nimNn \n¶pw                           ِ‫ﺑِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺘَﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟِﻴﻢ‬
    Ahsfbpw AhfpsS k´XnIsfbpw
    c£n¡phm\mbn Rm³ \n¶n icWw
    {]m]n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
37. A§s\ AhfpsS (aÀbansâ) c£nXmhv             ‫٧٣. ﻓَﺘَﻘَﺒﱠﻠَﻬﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺑِﻘَﺒﹸﻮﻝٍ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻦٍ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺒﹶﺘَﻬﹶﺎ نَﺒﹶﺎﺗًﺎ‬
    Ahsf \à \nebn kzoIcn¡pIbpw,
    \à      \nebn      hfÀ¯ns¡mWvSp          ‫ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔﱠﻠَﻬﹶﺎ ﺯَﻛَﺮِﻳﱠﺎ ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺩﹶﺧﹶﻞَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
    hcnIbpw, AhfpsS kwc£W¨paXe
    Ah³ kIcn¿msb GÂ]n¡pIbpw                   َ‫ﺯَﻛَﺮِﻳﱠﺎ ﺍﻟْﻤِﺤﹾﺮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺪﹶ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻫﹶﺎ ﺭِﺯْﻗﺎً ﻗَﺎﻝ‬
    sNbvXp.    anlvdm_n     ({]mÀXvY\m
    thZnbnÂ) AhfpsS ASp¡Â kIcn¿m              ِ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹸ ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻟَﻚِ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖﹾ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪ‬
    IS¶p      sNÃpt¼msgÃmw      AhfpsS
    ASp¯v Fs´¦nepw Blmcw IsWvS                   ٍ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺯُﻕُ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
    ¯pambncp¶p. At±lw tNmZn¨p: aÀbta,
    \n\¡v FhnsS \n¶mWnXv In«nbXv?
    AhÄ adp]Sn ]dªp. AXv AÃmlp
    hn¦Â \n¶v e`n¡p¶XmIp¶p. XoÀ¨
    bmbpw AÃmlp Xm³ Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v
    IW¡v t\m¡msX \ÂIp¶p.
38. AhnsS sh¨v kIcn¿ Xsâ c£nXm                ‫٨٣. ﻫﹸﻨﹶﺎﻟِﻚﹶ ﺩﹶﻋﹶﺎ ﺯَﻛَﺮِﻳﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﻫﹶﺐﹾ ﻟِﻲ‬
    hnt\mSv {]mÀXvYn¨p: Fsâ c£nXmth,
    F\n¡v \o \nsâ ]¡Â \n¶v Hcp D¯a              ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻟﱠﺪﹸنْﻚﹶ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺔً ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺔً ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻋﹶﺎﺀ‬
    k´m\s¯ \ÂtI Wta. XoÀ¨bmbpw
    \o {]mÀXvY\ tIÄ ¡p¶h\mWtÃm
    F¶v At±lw ]dªp.
39. A§s\ At±lw anlvdm_n {]mÀXvYn             ‫٩٣. ﻓَﻨﹶﺎﺩﹶﺗْﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻗَﺎﺋِﻢﹲ ﻳﹸﺼﹶﻠﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬
    ¨p sImWvSv \n¡pt¼mÄ ae¡pIÄ
    At±ls¯ hnfn¨psImWvSp ]dªp:                ‫ﺍﻟْﻤِﺤﹾﺮﹶﺍﺏِ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮﹸﻙَ ﺑِﻴﹶﺤﹾﻴﹶـﻰ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ‬
    blvbm ( F¶ Ip«n ) sb¸än AÃmlp
    \n\¡v kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn¡p¶p.                ‫ﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬‫ﺑِﻜَﻠِﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻴﱢﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺼﹸﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶنَﺒِﻴ‬
    AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pÅ Hcp hN\s¯
    icnsh¡p¶h\pw t\Xmhpw BXva\nb                                                              ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬
    {´WapÅh\pw kZvhr¯cn s]« Hcp
    {]hmNI\pw Bbncn¡pw Ah³.
40. At±lw ]dªp: Fsâ c£nXmth,
    F\ns¡§s\bmWv Hcp B¬Ip«nbp                 ‫٠٤. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺃَنﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟِﻲ ﻏُﻼﹶﻡﹲ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ ﺑﹶﻠَﻐَﻨِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺒﹶﺮﹸ‬
    WvSmhpI?    F\n¡v     hmÀ²Iysa¯n            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻣﹾﺮﹶﺃَﺗِﻲ ﻋﹶﺎﻗِﺮﹲ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞُ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ‬
    ¡gnªp. Fsâ `mcybmsW¦n hÔy
    bmWpXm\pw.       AÃmlp      ]dªp:
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                75                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      A§s\Xs¶bmIp¶p; AÃmlp Xm³
      Dt±in¡p¶Xv sN¿p¶p.
41.   At±lw ]dªp: Fsâ c£nXmth,
      F\n¡v Hcp ASbmfw GÀs]Sp¯n             ‫١٤. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻞ ﻟﱢﻲﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺔً ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺁﻳﹶﺘُﻚﹶ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗُﻜَﻠﱢﻢﹶ‬
      ¯tcWta. AÃmlp ]dªp: \n\¡pÅ            ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺛَﻼﹶﺛَﺔَ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺭﹶﻣﹾﺰﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮ ﺭﱠﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ‬
      ASbmfw BwKycq]¯neÃmsX aq¶p
      Znhkw \o a\pjytcmSv kwkmcn¡mXn                                ِ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺒﱢﺢﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﺸِﻲﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﺑﹾﻜَﺎﺭ‬
      cn¡emIp¶p. \nsâ c£nXmhns\ \o
      [mcmfw HmÀan¡pIbpw, sshIpt¶chpw
      cmhnsebpw Ahsâ ]cnip²nsb \o
      {]IoÀ¯n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
42.   ae¡pIÄ ]dª kµÀ`hpw ({i²n
      ¡pI:) aÀbta, XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp          ‫٢٤. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
      \ns¶ {]tXyIw sXcsªSp¡pIbpw,           ‫ﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﺎﻙِ ﻭﹶﻃَﻬﱠﺮﹶﻙِ ﻭﹶﺍﺻﹾﻄَﻔَﺎﻙِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ نِﺴﹶﺎﺀ‬
      \n\¡v ]cnip²n \ÂIpIbpw, temI
      ¯pÅ kv{XoIfn sh¨v DÂIrjvSbmbn                                                         ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
      \ns¶ sXcsªSp¡pIbpw sNbvXncn
      ¡p¶p.
43.   aÀbta, \nsâ c£nXmhnt\mSv \o
      `b`IvXn ImWn¡pIbpw, kmjvSmwKw         ‫٣٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹸ ﺍﻗْﻨﹸﺘِﻲ ﻟِﺮﹶﺑﱢﻚِ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺠﹸﺪِﻱ ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﻛَﻌِﻲ‬
      sN¿pIbpw, XeIp\n¡p¶htcmsSm¸w                                                      ‫ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﻛِﻌِﲔﹶ‬
      XeIp\n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
44.   (\_ntb,) \mw \n\¡v t_m[\w
      \ÂIp¶ AZriyhmÀ¯Ifn s]«XmIp           ‫٤٤. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺒﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ نُﻮﺣِﻴﻪِ ﺇِﻟَﻴﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
      ¶p Ahsbms¡. Ahcn BcmWv               ُ‫ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ ﻟَﺪﹶﻳﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﻳﹸﻠْﻘُﻮﻥ ﺃَﻗْﻼﹶﻣﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﻞ‬
      aÀbansâ kwc£Ww GsäSpt¡WvS
      sX¶v Xocpam\n¡phm\mbn AhÀ X§fp                  ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ ﻟَﺪﹶﻳﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﻳﹶﺨْﺘَﺼِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
      sS A¼pIfn«p sImWvSv \dps¡Sp¸v
      \S¯nbncp¶ kab¯v \o AhcpsS
      ASp¯pWvSmbncp¶nÃtÃm.        AhÀ
      XÀ¡¯n GÀs]«psImWvSncp¶t¸mgpw
      \o AhcpsS ASp¯pWvSm bncp¶nÃ.
45.   ae¡pIÄ ]dª kµÀ`w {i²n¡pI:
      aÀbta, XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp \n\¡v          ِ‫٥٤. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮﹸﻙ‬
      Ahsâ ]¡Â \n¶pÅ Hcp hN\                ‫ﺑِﻜَﻠِﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺍﺳﹾﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ‬
      s¯¸än kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn ¡p¶p.
      Ahsâ t]À aÀbansâ aI³ akolv            ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺟِﻴﻬﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ‬
      Cukm F¶mIp¶p. Ah³ Cl¯nepw
      ]c¯nepw alXzapÅh\pw kmao]yw                                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘَﺮﱠﺑِﲔﹶ‬
      kn²n¨hcn s]«h\p ambncn¡pw.
46. sXm«nenembncn¡pt¼mgpw a²yhbkvI          ‫٦٤. ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻜَﻠﱢﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻬﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﻬﹾﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    \mbncn¡pt¼mgpw Ah³ P\§tfmSv
    kwkmcn¡p¶XmWv. Ah³ kZvhr¯                                                             ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬
    cn s]«h\pambncn¡pw.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 76                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

47. AhÄ (aÀbw) ]dªp: Fsâ c£nXm               ‫٧٤. ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖﹾ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟِﻲ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ‬
    th, F\n¡v F§s\bmWv Ip«nbp
    WvSmhpI? Fs¶ Hcp a\pjy\pw kv]Àin         ‫ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻨِﻲ ﺑﹶﺸﹶﺮﹲ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺨْﻠُﻖﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
                                             ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗَﻀَﻰ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻛُﻦ‬
    ¨n«nÃtÃm. AÃmlp ]dªp: A§s\
    ¯s¶bmIp¶p. Xm³ Dt±in¡p¶Xv
    AÃmlp krjvSn¡p¶p. Ah³ Hcp                                                                     ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ‬
    Imcyw Xocpam\n¨p Ignªm AXnt\mSv
    DWvSmIq F¶v ]dbpI am{Xw sN¿p¶p.
    At¸mÄ AXpWvSmIp¶p.
48. Ah\v ( Cukm¡v ) AÃmlp {KÙhpw             ‫٨٤. ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ‬
    PvRm\hpw    Xudm¯pw  C³Poepw
    ]Tn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿pw.                                                                         َ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞ‬
49. C{kmbo k´XnIfnte¡v ( Ahs\ )             ‫٩٤. ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻻً ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺃَنﱢﻲ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟِﺌْﺘُﻜُﻢ‬
    ZqX\mbn \ntbmKn¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
    Ah³ AhtcmSv ]dbpw: ) \n§fpsS             ِ‫ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱢﻲ ﺃَﺧﹾﻠُﻖﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﲔ‬
                                             ِ‫ﻛَﻬﹶﻴﹾﺌَﺔِ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﹾﺮِ ﻓَﺄَنﻔُﺦﹸ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻓَﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻃَﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥ‬
    c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅ ZrjvSm´hpw
    sImWvSmWv Rm³ \n§fpsS ASp¯v
    h¶ncn¡p¶Xv. ]£nbpsS BIrXnbn             ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃُﺑﹾﺮِﻯﺀﹸ ﺍﻷﻛْﻤﹶﻪﹶ ﻭﺍﻷَﺑﹾﺮﹶﺹﹶ ﻭﹶﺃُﺣﹾﻴِـﻲ‬
    Hcp Ifna¬ cq]w \n§Ä¡p thWvSn
    Rm³ DWvSm¡pIbpw, F¶n«v Rm\Xn            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺗَﻰ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃُنَﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
    DuXpt¼mÄ AÃmlphnsâ A\phmZ
    {]Imcw AsXmcp ]£nbmbn XocpIbpw           ‫ﺗَﺪﱠﺧِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹸﻴﹸﻮﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻵﻳﹶﺔً ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                                                                      ‫ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    sN¿pw. AÃmlphnsâ A\phmZ{]Imcw
    P³a\m ImgvNbnÃm¯hs\bpw ]mWvUp
    tcmKnsbbpw Rm³ kpJs¸Sp¯pIbpw,
    acn¨hsc Rm³ Pohn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
    \n§Ä     Xn¶pXns\¸änbpw,   \n§Ä
    \n§fpsS hoSpIfn kq£n¨p sh¡p¶
    Xns\¸änbpw Rm³ \n§Ä¡v ]dªdn
    bn¨p XcnIbpw sN¿pw. XoÀ¨bmbpw
    AXn     \n§Ä¡v     ZrjvSm´apWvSv;
    \n§Ä hnizkn¡p¶hcmsW¦nÂ.
50. Fsâ ap¼nepÅ Xudm¯ns\ kXys¸Sp             ‫٠٥. ﻭﹶﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻱﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓِ ﻭﹶﻟِﺄُﺣِﻞﱠ‬
    ¯p¶h\mbns¡mWvSpw \n§fpsS taÂ
    \njn²am¡s¸« Imcy§fn NneXv               ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺣﹸﺮﱢﻡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺟِﺌْﺘُﻜُﻢ‬
    \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¨p Xcphm³ thWvSn
    bpamIp¶p ( Rm³ \ntbmKn¡s¸«n                          ِ‫ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﻥ‬
    «pÅXv ). \n§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â
    \n¶pÅ ZrjvSm´hpw \n§Ä¡v Rm³
    sImWvSp  h¶ncn¡p¶p.   BIbmÂ
    \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pIbpw
    Fs¶ A\pkcn¡pIbpw sN¿phn³.
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                77                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

51. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Fsâbpw \n§fp            ‫١٥. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻩﹸ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ‬
    sSbpw   c£nXmhmIp¶p. AXn\mÂ
    Ahs\ \n§Ä Bcm[n¡pI. CXmIp¶p                                                  ‫ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁٌ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    t\cmb amÀKw.
52. F¶n«v Cukmbv¡v AhcpsS \ntj[             ‫٢٥. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﺣﹶﺲﱠ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ‬
    kz`mhw t_m[yambt¸mÄ At±lw
    ]dªp:     AÃmlphn¦te¡v    Fsâ           ‫ﺃَنﺼﹶﺎﺭِﻱ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻮﹶﺍﺭِﻳﱡﻮﻥﹶ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ‬
                                             ‫ﺃَنﺼﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﻬﹶﺪﹾ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﺎ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    klmbnIfmbn BcpWvSv? lhmcnIÄ
    ]dªp: R§Ä AÃmlphnsâ klmbn
    IfmIp¶p. R§Ä AÃmlphn hnizkn
    ¨ncn¡p¶p. R§Ä ( AÃmlphn¶v )
    Iogvs]«hcmWv F¶Xn\v Xm¦Ä km£yw
    hln¡pIbpw sN¿Ww.
53. ( XpSÀ¶v AhÀ {]mÀXvYn¨p: ) R§fpsS       َ‫٣٥. ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟَﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝ‬
    \mYm, \o AhXcn¸n¨p X¶Xn R§Ä
    hnizkn¡pIbpw, ( \nsâ ) ZqXs\                                         ‫ﻓَﺎﻛْﺘُﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    R§Ä ]n³]äpIbpw sNbvXncn¡p¶p.
    BIbm km£yw hln¨htcmsSm¸w
    R§sf \o tcJs¸«pt¯Wta.
54. AhÀ ( kXy\ntj[nIÄ ) X{´w                    ‫٤٥. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻜَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻜَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺎﻛِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    {]tbmKn¨p.  AÃmlphpw   X{´w
    {]tbmKn¨p. AÃmlp \¶mbn X{´w
    {]tbmKn¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
55. AÃmlp ]dª kµÀ`w ({i²n¡pI:)              ‫٥٥. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻣﹸﺘَﻮﹶﻓﱢﻴﻚﹶ‬
    tl; Cukm, XoÀ¨bmbpw \ns¶ \mw
    ]qÀ®ambn GsäSp¡pIbpw, Fsâ ASp           ْ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﻓِﻌﹸﻚﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻄَﻬﱢﺮﹸﻙَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
                                            ْ‫ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺎﻋِﻞُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﻙَ ﻓَﻮﹾﻕَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
    ¡te¡v \ns¶ DbÀ¯pIbpw, kXy\n
    tj[nIfn \n¶v \ns¶ \mw ip²am¡p
    Ibpw, \ns¶ ]n´pSÀ¶hsc DbnÀs¯gp          ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﺣﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
    t¶Â]nsâ \mÄ htc¡pw kXy\ntj[n
    Isf¡mÄ D¶X³amcm¡pIbpw sN¿p¶                              ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺗَﺨْﺘَﻠِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    XmWv. ]ns¶ Fsâ ASpt¯¡mWv
    \n§fpsS aS¡w. \n§Ä `n¶n¨p
    sImWvSncn¡p¶ Imcy¯n At¸mÄ
    Rm³ \n§Ä¡nSbn XoÀ¸pIÂ]n
    ¡p¶XmWv.
56. F¶m ( kXyw ) \ntj[n¨hÀ¡v               ‫٦٥. ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﺄُﻋﹶﺬﱢﺑﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹰﺍ‬
    Cl¯nepw ]c¯nepw Rm³ ITn\amb
    in£ \ÂIp¶XmWv. AhÀ¡v klmbn                  ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺎﺻِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    Ifmbn BcpapWvSmbncn¡p¶XÃ.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               78                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


57. F¶m hnizkn¡pIbpw kÂIÀ½§Ä              ِ‫٧٥. ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬
    {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXhÀ¡v AhÀ
    AÀln¡p¶      {]Xn^ew  AÃmlp              ‫ﻓَﻴﹸﻮﹶﻓﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    ]qÀ®ambn \ÂIp¶XmWv. A{IanIsf
    AÃmlp CjvSs]SpIbnÃ.

58. \n\¡v \mw HmXntIÄ]n¡p¶ B Imcy          ِ‫٨٥. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ نَﺘْﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺬﱢﻛْﺮ‬
    §Ä ( AÃmlphnsâ ) ZrjvSm´§fnepw
    bpIvXna¯mb DÂt_m[\¯nepw s]«                                                                ِ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢ‬
    XmIp¶p.

59. AÃmlpsh kw_Ôn¨nSt¯mfw Cukm             ‫٩٥. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣﹶﺜَﻞَ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹶ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘَﻪﹸ‬
    sb D]an¡mhp¶Xv BZant\mSmIp¶p.
    Ahs\ ( Ahsâ cq]w ) a®n \n¶pw                            ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺗُﺮﹶﺍﺏٍ ﺛِﻢﱠ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻛُﻦ ﻓَﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ‬
    Ah³ krjvSn¨p. ]n¶oSv AXnt\mSv
    DWvSmIq F¶v ]dªt¸mÄ Ah³
    (BZw) AXm DWvSmIp¶p.

60. kXyw \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅXm                    ‫٠٦. ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻜُﻦ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻤﹾﺘَﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    Ip¶p. BIbm \o kwibmep¡fnÂ
    s]«pt]mIcpXv.

61. C\n \n\¡v Adnhv h¶pIn«nbXn\p           ‫١٦. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﺂﺟﱠﻚﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    tijw Ahsâ (CukmbpsS) Imcy¯nÂ
    \nt¶mSv Bsc¦nepw XÀ¡n¡pIbm             ‫ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻓَﻘُﻞْ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ نَﺪﹾﻉﹸ ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ‬
                                           ‫ﻭﹶنِﺴﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﻭﹶنِﺴﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
    sW¦n \o ]dbpI: \n§Ä hcq. R§
    fpsS a¡sfbpw, \n§fpsS a¡sfbpw,
    R§fpsS kv{XoIsfbpw \n§fpsS                     ‫نَﺒﹾﺘَﻬِﻞْ ﻓَﻨﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻌﹾﻨﹶﺔُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﺫِﺑِﲔﹶ‬
    kv{XoIsfbpw \ap¡v hnfn¨pIq«mw.
    R§fpw \n§fpw ( IqSpIbpw sN¿mw. )
    F¶n«v IÅw ]dbp¶ I£nbpsS taÂ
    AÃmlphnsâ      im]apWvSmbncn¡m³
    \ap¡v DÅgnªv {]mÀXvYn¡mw.

62. XoÀ¨bmbpw CXv bYmÀXvYamb kw`h          ‫٢٦. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻟَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺼﹶﺺﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺇِﻟَـﻪٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
    hnhcWamIp¶p. AÃmlphÃmsX bmsXm
    cp ssZhhpw Cà Xs¶. XoÀ¨bmbpw                            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
    AÃmlp Xs¶bmIp¶p {]Xm]hm\pw
    bpIvXnam\pw.

63. F¶n«hÀ     ]n´ncnªpIfbpIbmsW                     ‫٣٦. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﺴِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    ¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Ipg¸¡m
    sc¸än AdnhpÅh\mIp¶p.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               79                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

64. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: thZ¡mtc, R§          ‫٤٦. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻛَﻠَﻤﹶﺔٍ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ‬
    Ä¡pw \n§Ä¡panSbn kaambpÅ
    Hcp hmIy¯nte¡ \n§Ä hcphn³.             ِ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ نَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ نُﺸﹾﺮِﻙَ ﺑِﻪ‬
                                           ‫ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬَ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀﺎً ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
    AXmbXv AÃmlpshbÃmsX \mw Bcm
    [n¡mXncn¡pIbpw, Aht\mSv bmsXm¶n
    s\bpw       ]¦ptNÀ¡mXncn¡pIbpw         ‫ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﺷﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﺎ‬
    \½fn NneÀ Nnesc AÃmlp hn\p
    ]pdsa c£nXm¡fm¡mXncn¡p Ibpw                                                                 ‫ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    sN¿pI ( F¶ XXz¯nte¡v ) . F¶n«v
    AhÀ ]n´ncnªpIfbp¶ ]£w \n§Ä
    ]dbpI: R§Ä (AÃmlphn¶v) Iogvs]
    «hcmWv F¶Xn¶v \n§Ä km£yw
    hln¨p sImÅpI.
65. thZ¡mtc, C{_mloansâ Imcy¯n            ‫٥٦. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟِﻢﹶ ﺗُﺤﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ‬
    \n§sf´n\mWv XÀ¡n¡p¶Xv? Xudm
    ¯pw C³Poepw AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xv              ِ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﺭﹶﺍﺓﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻹﳒِﻴﻞُ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    At±l¯n\p tijw am{XamWtÃm.
    \n§sf´mWv Nn´n¡m¯Xv?
66. tl; Iq«tc, \n§Ä¡v AdnhpÅ               ‫٦٦. ﻫﹶﺎﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻫﹶﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺣﹶﺎﺟﹶﺠﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋِﻠﻢﹲ‬
    Imcys¯¸än \n§Ä XÀ¡n¨p. C\n
    \n§Ä¡v AdnhnÃm¯ hnjb¯n                ‫ﻓَﻠِﻢﹶ ﺗُﺤﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋِﻠْﻢﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                                                              ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n§sf´n¶v XÀ¡n¡p¶p? AÃmlp
    Adnbp¶p \n§Ä Adnbp¶nÃ.
67. C{_mlow    blqZt\m    {InkvXyt\m       ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦ‬‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﺼﹾﺮﹶﺍنِﻴ‬‫٧٦. ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﻳﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩِﻳ‬
    Bbncp¶nÃ. F¶m At±lw ip²a\
    kvYnXn¡mc\pw (AÃmlphn¶v) Iogvs]«       ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺣﹶﻨِﻴﻔًﺎ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
    h\pw Bbncp¶p. At±lw _lpssZhm
    cm[IcnÂs]«h\mbncp¶n«panÃ.
68. XoÀ¨bmbpw P\§fn C{_mloant\mSv         ‫٨٦. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺑِﺈِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻟَﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﻩﹸ‬
    IqSpXÂ ASp¸apÅhÀ At±ls¯
    ]n´pSÀ¶hcpw,  Cu     {]hmNI\pw         ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻲﱡ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱡ‬
                                                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    (At±l¯nÂ)    hnizkn¨hcpamIp¶p.
    AÃmlp kXyhnizmknIfpsS c£m[nIm
    cnbmIp¶p.
69. thZ¡mcn Hcp hn`mKw, \n§sf             ‫٩٦. ﻭﹶﺩﱠﺕ ﻃﱠﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    hgnsXän¡m³ Ignªncps¶¦n F¶v
    sImXn¡pIbmWv. bYmÀXvY¯n AhÀ                    ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    hgnsXän¡p¶Xv   Ahsc¯s¶bmWv.
    AhcXv a\Ênem¡p¶nÃ.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               80                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

70. thZ¡mtc, \n§sf´n\mWv AÃmlp             ِ‫٠٧. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟِﻢﹶ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    hnsâ sXfnhpIfn Ahnizkn¡p¶Xv?
    \n§Ä Xs¶ ( Ahbv¡v ) km£yw                                                     ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    hln¡p¶hcmWtÃm.
71. thZ¡mtc, \n§sf´n\mWv kXys¯             ِ‫١٧. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟِﻢﹶ ﺗَﻠْﺒِﺴﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻃِﻞ‬
    AkXyhpambn     Iq«nIeÀ¯pIbpw,
    AdnªpsImWvSv kXyw ad¨psh¡p                               ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Ibpw sN¿p¶Xv?
72. thZ¡mcn Hcp hn`mKw (kz´w A\pbm        ْ‫٢٧. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟَﺖ ﻃﱠﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬
    bnItfmSv ) ]dªp: Cu hnizmknIÄ¡v
    AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xn ]Iensâ Bcw`             ِ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻪﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭ‬
                                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻛْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺁﺧِﺮﹶﻩﹸ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¯n \n§Ä hnizkn¨psImÅpI.
    ]Iensâ      Ahkm\¯n      \n§fXv
    Ahnizkn¡pIbpw sN¿pI. (AXvIWvS)
    AhÀ (hnizmknIÄ) ]n³amdntb¡mw.
73. \n§fpsS aXs¯ ]n³]änbhscbÃmsX           ‫٣٧. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﺒِﻊﹶ ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ‬
    \n§Ä hnizkn¨p t]mIcpXvþ (\_ntb,)
    ]dbpI: ( icnbmb ) amÀKZÀi\w            ‫ﻫﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗَﻰ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹲ ﻣﱢﺜْﻞَ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺗِﻴﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
                                           ِ‫ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺂﺟﱡﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻀْﻞَ ﺑِﻴﹶﺪ‬
    AÃmlphnsâ          amÀKZÀi\as{Xþ
    ( thZ¡mcmb ) \n§Ä¡v \ÂIs¸«Xp
    t]mepÅXv ( thZ{KÙw ) aämÀs¡¦nepw                ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    \ÂIs¸Spsat¶m \n§fpsS c£nXm
    hnsâ ASp¡Â Ahcmsc¦nepw \n§
    tfmSv \ymbhmZw \S¯psat¶m ( \n§Ä
    hnizkn¡cpXv F¶pw B thZ¡mÀ
    ]dªp) . (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: XoÀ¨bm
    bpw A\p{Klw AÃmlphnsâ I¿nem
    Ip¶p. Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v AXv
    \ÂIp¶p. AÃmlp hn]peamb IgnhpÅ
    h\pw FÃmw Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
74. Ah³     Dt±in¡p¶htcmSv  Ah³            ِ‫٤٧. ﻳﹶﺨْﺘَﺺﱡ ﺑِﺮﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺫُﻭ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻀْﻞ‬
    {]tXyIw IcpW ImWn¡p¶p. AÃmlp
    al¯mb A\p{Klw sN¿p¶h\mIp¶p.                                                               ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻈِﻴﻢ‬
75. Hcp kzÀW¡q¼mcw Xs¶ hnizkn              ٍ‫٥٧. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺄْﻣﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺑِﻘِﻨﻄَﺎﺭ‬
    t¨Â]n¨mepw AXv \n\¡v Xncn¨p
    \ÂIp¶ NneÀ thZ¡mcnepWvSv. Ahcn         ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺩﱢﻩِ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺄْﻣﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺑِﺪِﻳﻨﹶﺎﺭٍ ﻻﱠ‬
                                           ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺩﱢﻩِ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺩﹸﻣﹾﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻗَﺂﺋِﻤﹰﺎ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
    Â Xs¶ asämcp Xc¡mcpapWvSv. Ahsc
    Hcp Zo\mÀ \o hnizknt¨Â]n¨mÂ
    t]mepw \nc´cw (tNmZn¨p sImWvSv)        ٌ‫ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷُﻣﱢﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
    \ns¶¦neÃmsX AhcXv \n\¡v Xncn¨p
  Previous Page               First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                81                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      XcnIbnÃ. A£cPvRm\anÃm¯ BfpI
      fpsS Imcy¯n ( Ahsc h©n                    ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺬِﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
      ¡p¶Xn ) R§Ä¡v IpäapWvSmIm³
      hgnbnsöv AhÀ ]dªXn\mes{X
      AXv. AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ t]cnÂ
      Adnªv sImWvSv IÅw ]dbpIbmIp¶p.
76. AÃ, hÃh\pw Xsâ IcmÀ \ndth               ‫٦٧. ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾﻓَﻰ ﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻩِ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻰ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
    äpIbpw [À½\njvT]men¡pIbpw sN¿p
    ¶ ]£w XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp                                                                           ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    [À½\njvT]men¡p¶hsc CjvSs¸Sp¶p.
77. AÃmlpthmSpÅ       Icmdpw    kz´w        ‫٧٧. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﹰﺎ‬
    i]Y§fpw XpNvOhnebv¡v hn¡p¶
    hcmtcm    AhÀ¡v       ]ctemI¯n         َ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﺧﹶﻼﹶﻕَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
                                            َ‫ﻳﹸﻜَﻠﱢﻤﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﻈُﺮﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
    bmsXmcp HmlcnbpanÃ. DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â
    ]nsâ \mfn AÃmlp AhtcmSv
    kwkmcn¡pItbm, AhcpsS t\À¡v                                           ‫ﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    (ImcpWy]qÀÆw)           t\m¡pItbm
    sN¿p¶XÃ. Ah³ AhÀ¡v hnip²n
    \ÂIp¶XpaÃ. AhÀ¡v thZ\tbdnb
    in£bpWvSmbncn¡p¶XpamWv.
78. thZ{KÙ¯nse        hmNIssienIÄ           ِ‫٨٧. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻔَﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ ﻳﹶﻠْﻮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻟْﺴِﻨﹶﺘَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
    hfs¨mSn¡p¶ Nnecpw AhcpsS Iq«¯n
    epWvSv. AXv thZ{KÙ¯n s]«Xm             ِ‫ﻟِﺘَﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
                                            ِ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪ‬
    sW¶v \n§Ä [cn¡phm³ thWvSn
    bmWXv. AXv thZ{KÙ¯n epÅXÃ.
    AhÀ ]dbpw; AXv AÃmlphnsâ ]¡Â            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺬِﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
    \n¶pÅXmsW¶v. F¶m AXv AÃmlp
    hn¦Â \n¶pÅXÃ. AhÀ Adnªp                                                                         ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    sImWvSv AÃmlphnsâ t]cn IÅw
    ]dbpIbmWv.
79. AÃmlp Hcp a\pjy\v thZhpw aX             ‫٩٧. ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﺒﹶﺸﹶﺮٍ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻴﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
    hnPvRm\hpw {]hmNIXzhpw \ÂIpI
    bpw, F¶n«v At±lw P\§tfmSv \n§Ä          ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹸﻜْﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱡﺒﹸﻮﱠﺓﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝَ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍ‬
                                            ‫ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﱢﻲ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﺎنِﻴﱢﲔﹶ‬
    AÃmlpsh hn«v Fsâ Zmk³amcmbn
    cn¡phn³ F¶v ]dbpIbpw sN¿pI
    F¶Xv    DWvSmImhp¶XÃ.    F¶m           ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗُﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
    \n§Ä thZ{KÙw ]Tn¸n¨p sImWvSn
    cn¡p¶XneqsSbpw, ]Tn¨vsImWvSncn¡p                                                            ‫ﺗَﺪﹾﺭﹸﺳﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¶XneqsSbpw ssZh¯nsâ \njvIf¦
    Zmk³amcmbncn¡Ww ( F¶m bncn¡pw
    At±lw ]dbp¶Xv. )
  Previous Page                First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                82                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

80. ae¡pIsfbpw       {]hmNI³amscbpw         ‫٠٨. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺔَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱢﺒِﻴﱢﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
    \n§Ä c£nXm¡fmbn kzoIcn¡W
    sa¶v At±lw \n§tfmSv IÂ]¡pIbp            ‫ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮِ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﺃَنﺘُﻢ‬
                                                                                            ‫ﻣﱡﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    anÃ. \n§Ä apkvenwIfmbn¡gnª Xn\v
    tijw     Ahnizmkw     kzoIcn¡m³
    At±lw \n§tfmSv IÂ]n¡psa¶mtWm
    ( \n§Ä IcpXp¶Xv? )
81. AÃmlp     {]hmNI³amtcmSv    IcmÀ        ‫١٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻕَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻟَﻤﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻜُﻢ‬
    hm§nb kµÀ`w ( {i²n¡pI ) : Rm³
    \n§Ä¡v thZ{KÙhpw hnPvRm\hpw             ٌ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏٍ ﻭﹶﺣِﻜْﻤﹶﺔٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝ‬
                                            ‫ﻣﱡﺼﹶﺪﱢﻕٌ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﺘُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﺘَﻨﺼﹸﺮﹸنﱠﻪﹸ‬
    \ÂIpIbpw,    A\´cw       \n§fpsS
    ]¡epÅXns\ icnsh¨psImWvSv Hcp
    ZqX³ \n§fpsS ASp¯v hcnIbpamsW           ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺭﹾﺗُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹶﺬْﺗُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺻﹾﺮِﻱ‬
    ¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§Ä At±l¯nÂ
    hnizkn¡pIbpw, At±ls¯ klmbn              ‫ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺭﹾنَﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻓَﺎﺷﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺃَنَﺎْ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
    ¡pIbpw sNt¿WvSXmWv F¶v. (XpSÀ¶v)
    Ah³ ( AhtcmSv ) tNmZn¨p: \n§fXv                                                      ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    k½Xn¡pIbpw A¡mcy¯n Ft¶mSp
    Å _m[yX GsäSp¡pIbpw sNbvXp
    thm? AhÀ ]dªp: AsX, R§Ä
    k½Xn¨ncn¡p¶p.   Ah³       ]dªp:
    F¦n \n§Ä AXn\v km£nIfmbn
    cn¡pI. Rm\pw \n§tfmsSm¸w km£n
    bmbncn¡p¶XmWv.
82. AXn\v tijhpw Bsc¦nepw ]n´ncnbp          ‫٢٨. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬
    IbmsW¦n AhÀ Xs¶bmIp¶p
    [n¡mcnIÄ.                                                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
83. At¸mÄ AÃmlphnsâ aXaÃm¯ aäp              ‫٣٨. ﺃَﻓَﻐَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺩِﻳﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻐُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬
    hà aXhpamtWm AhÀ B{Kln¡p¶Xv?
    (hmkvXh¯nÂ) BImi§fnepw `qanbn           ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻃَﻮﹾﻋﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻛَﺮﹾﻫﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
                                                                                            ‫ﻳﹸﺮﹾﺟﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    epw DÅhscÃmw A\pkcWtbmsStbm
    \nÀ_ÔnXamtbm Ah¶v Iogvs]«ncn¡p
    IbmWv. Ah\nte¡v Xs¶bmWv AhÀ
    aS¡s¸Sp¶Xpw.
84. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: AÃmlphnepw R§           ‫٤٨. ﻗُﻞْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
    Ä¡v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xn (JpÀB³) epw,
    C{_mlow, CkvamCuÂ, CkvlmJv,             ‫ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ‬
    bAvJq_v,      bAvJq_v    k´XnIÄ
    F¶nhÀ¡v AhXcn¸n¡s¸« ( Znhyk             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺳﹾﺒﹶﺎﻁِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺗِﻲﹶ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ‬
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻻَ نُﻔَﺮﱢﻕُ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    tµiw ) Xnepw, aqkmbv¡pw Cukmbv¡pw
    aäp    {]hmNI³amÀ¡pw      X§fpsS
  Previous Page                First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               83                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                               ‫ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
      c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v \ÂIs¸«Xnepw
      R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p. AhcnÂ
      BÀ¡nSbnepw      R§Ä hnthN\w
      IÂ]n¡p¶nÃ. R§Ä AÃmlphn\v
      Iogvs]«hcmIp¶p.
85. Ckvemw ( ssZh¯n\pÅ BXvamÀ¸Ww )         ‫٥٨. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺘَﻎِ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻹِﺳﹾﻼﹶﻡِ ﺩِﻳﻨﹰﺎ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﻳﹸﻘْﺒﹶﻞَ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ‬
    AÃm¯Xns\      Bsc¦nepw   aXambn
    B{Kln¡p¶ ]£w AXv Ah\n \n¶v                            ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    Hcn¡epw kzoIcn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ. ]ctemI
    ¯n Ah³ \jvS¡mcn s]«h\p
    ambncn¡pw.
86. hnizmk¯n\v     tijw     Ahnizmkw       ‫٦٨. ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹰﺎ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    kzoIcn¨ Hcp P\Xsb AÃmlp F§s\
    t\Àhgnbnem¡pw? AhcmIs« ssZh            ‫ﻭﹶﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﺣﹶﻖﱞ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬
    ZqX³ kXyhm\msW¶v km£yw hln¨n
    «pWvSv. AhÀ¡v hyIvXamb sXfnhpIÄ                ‫ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    h¶pIn«nbn«papWvSv. A{IanIfmb B
    P\hn`mKs¯ AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnem
    ¡p¶XÃ.
87. AÃmlphnsâbpw      ae¡pIfpsSbpw         ِ‫٧٨. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺁﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    a\pjycpsSbpw FÃmw im]w AhcpsS
    taepWvSmbncn¡pI F¶Xs{X AhÀ                                   ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺃَﺟﹾﻤﹶﻌِﲔﹶ‬
    ¡pÅ {]Xn^ew.
88. AhÀ AXn (im]^eamb in£bn )            َ‫٨٨. ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺨَﻔﱠﻒﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
    kvYnchmknIfmbncn¡p¶XmWv. AhÀ¡v
    in£ eLqIcn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ. AhÀ¡v                                                           ‫ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﻈَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    Ah[n \ÂIs¸SpIbpanÃ.
89. AXn\v (Ahnizmk¯n\p) tijw ]ivNm         ْ‫٩٨. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺤﹸﻮﺍ‬
    ¯]n¡pIbpw, PohnXw \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡p
    Ibpw    sNbvXhscmgnsI. At¸mÄ                                          ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw AXy
    [nIw IcpW ImWn¡p¶h\p amIp¶p.
90. hnizkn¨Xn\v tijw AhnizmknIfmbn         ْ‫٠٩. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺯْﺩﹶﺍﺩﹸﻭﺍ‬
    amdpIbpw, Ahnizmkw IqSn¡qSn hcnI
    bpw sNbvX hn`mK¯nsâ ]ivNm¯m]w           ‫ﻛُﻔْﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻦ ﺗُﻘْﺒﹶﻞَ ﺗَﻮﹾﺑﹶﺘُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱡﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Hcn¡epw kzoIcn¡s¸SpIbnÃ. Ah
    cs{X hgn]ng¨hÀ.
91. Ahnizkn¡pIbpw AhnizmknIfmbn            ‫١٩. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎﺗُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻔﱠﺎﺭﹲ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﻳﹸﻘْﺒﹶﻞَ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
    s¡mWvSv acn¡pIbpw sNbvXhcnÂs]«
    HcmÄ `qan \ndsb kzÀWw {]mbivNn         ِ‫ﺃَﺣﹶﺪِﻫِﻢ ﻣﱢﻞْﺀﹸ ﺍﻷﺭﹾﺽِ ﺫَﻫﹶﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮِ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺪﹶﻯ ﺑِﻪ‬
    ¯ambn \ÂInbm t]mepw AXv
  Previous Page               First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               84                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      kzoIcn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ. AhÀ¡mWv thZ\
      tbdnb in£bpÅXv. AhÀ¡v klmbn              ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺎﺻِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
      Ifmbn BcpapWvSmbncn¡p¶XpaÃ.
92. \n§Ä CjvSs¸Sp¶Xn \n¶v \n§Ä            ‫٢٩. ﻟَﻦ ﺗَﻨﹶﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺒِﺮﱠ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗُﺤِﺒﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
    sNehgn¡p¶Xv hsc \n§Ä¡v ]pWyw
    t\Sm\mhnÃ. \n§Ä GsXmcp hkvXp sNe                     ‫ﺗُﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    hgn¡p¶Xmbmepw XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
    AXns\¸än Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
93. FÃm Blmc]ZmÀXvYhpw C{kmbo             ‫ ﻟﱢﺒﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ‬‫٣٩. ﻛُﻞﱡ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌﹶﺎﻡِ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺣِـﻼ‬
    k´XnIÄ¡v       A\phZ\obambncp¶p.
    Xudm¯v        AhXcn¸n¡s¸Sp¶Xn\v        َ‫ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞُ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ نَﻔْﺴِﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﻨﹶﺰﱠﻝ‬
                                           ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹸ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﺄْﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓِ ﻓَﺎﺗْﻠُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
    ap¼mbn C{kmbo ( bAvJq_v \_n )
    Xsâ Imcy¯n \njn²am¡nbsXm
    gnsI. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§Ä kXy                                                            ‫ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
    hm³amcmsW¦n Xudm¯v sImWvSp
    h¶p AsXm¶v hmbn¨ptIÄ]n¡pI.
94. F¶n«v AXn\p tijhpw AÃmlphnsâ           ِ‫٤٩. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺮﹶﻯﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺬِﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪ‬
    t]cn IÅw sI«n¨a¨hcmtcm AhÀ
    Xs¶bmIp¶p A{IanIÄ.                                           ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
95. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: AÃmlp kXyw           ‫٥٩. ﻗُﻞْ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻕَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻠﱠﺔَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺣﹶﻨِﻴﻔًﺎ‬
    ]dªncn¡p¶p. BIbm ip²a\kv
    I\mb C{_mloansâ amÀKw \n§Ä                                          ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
    ]n´pScpI. At±lw _lpssZhmcm[
    IcpsS Iq«¯nembncp¶nÃ.
96. XoÀ¨bmbpw     a\pjyÀ¡v   thWvSn        َ‫٦٩. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺃَﻭﱠﻝَ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﺖٍ ﻭﹸﺿِﻊﹶ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟَﻠﱠﺬِﻱ ﺑِﺒﹶﻜﱠﺔ‬
    kvYm]n¡s¸« H¶mas¯ Bcm[\m
    aµncw _¡bn DÅXs{X. ( AXv )                                        ‫ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺎﺭﹶﻛًﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻟﱢﻠْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    A\pKrloXambpw temIÀ¡v amÀKZÀiI
    ambpw (\nesImÅp¶p.)
97. AXn     hyIvXamb   ZrjvSm´§Äþ         ‫٧٩. ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﺑﹶﻴﱢـﻨﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻣﱠﻘَﺎﻡﹸ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﺩﹶﺧﹶﻠَﻪﹸ‬
    (hninjym) C{_mlow \n¶ kvYew
    þDWvSv. BÀ AhnsS {]thin¡p¶pthm         ِ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺁﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺣِﺞﱡ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖِ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
                                           ‫ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻄَﺎﻉﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ‬
    Ah³ \nÀ`b\mbncn¡p¶XmWv. B
    aµnc¯n F¯nt¨cm³ IgnhpÅ
    a\pjyÀ AXnte¡v lÖv XoÀXvYmS\w                                               ‫ﻏَﻨِﻲﱞ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    \S¯Â AhÀ¡v AÃmlpthmSpÅ
    _m[yXbmIp¶p. hÃh\pw Ahnizkn
    ¡p¶ ]£w AÃmlp temIsc B{ibn
    ¡m¯h\mIp¶p.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 85                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

98. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: thZ¡mtc, \n§sf         ِ‫٨٩. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟِﻢﹶ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    ´n\mWv AÃmlphnsâ hN\§sf
    \ntj[n¡p¶Xv? \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p                                   ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¶Xns\Ãmw AÃmlp km£nbmIp¶p.
99. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: thZ¡mtc, AÃmlp         ِ‫٩٩. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟِﻢﹶ ﺗَﺼﹸﺪﱡﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
    hnsâ amÀK¯n \n¶vþ AXns\
    hfs¨mSn¡m³ {ian¨p sImWvS vþ\n§sf         ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺗَﺒﹾﻐُﻮنَﻬﹶﺎ ﻋِﻮﹶﺟﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ‬
                                                                   ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ´n\v     hnizmknIsf     ]n´ncn¸n¨p
    Ifbp¶p? (B amÀKw icnbmsW¶Xn\v )
    \n§Ä Xs¶ km£nIfmWtÃm. \n§Ä
    {]hÀ¯n¨v      sImWvSncn¡p¶Xns\¸än
    sbm¶pw AÃmlp A{i²\Ã.
100. kXyhnizmknItf, thZ{KÙw \ÂIs¸«           ‫٠٠١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﹶﺍْ ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﻄِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
     hcn    Hcp   hn`mKs¯    \n§Ä
     A\pkcn¡p¶ ]£w \n§Ä hnizmkw              ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻳﹶﺮﹸﺩﱡﻭﻛُﻢ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                                                                                ‫ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     kzoIcn¨Xn\v tijw AhÀ \n§sf
     AhnizmknIfmbn amäntb¡pw.
101. \n§Ä¡v AÃmlphnsâ hN\§Ä                  ‫١٠١. ﻭﹶﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗُﺘْﻠَﻰ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
     hmbn¨ptIÄ]n¡s¸«p sImWvSncns¡,
     \n§Ä¡nSbn Ahsâ ZqX\pWvSm               ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻓِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟُﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘَﺼِﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ‬
                                                                  ٍ‫ﻫﹸﺪِﻱﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
     bncns¡ \n§sf§s\ Ahnizmkn
     IfmIpw? BÀ AÃmlpsh apdpsI]nSn
     ¡p¶pthm Ah³ t\ÀamÀK¯nte¡v
     \bn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.
102. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlpsh             َ‫٢٠١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺣﹶﻖﱠ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     kq£nt¡WvS apd{]Imcw kq£n¡pI.
     \n§Ä     apkvenwIfmbns¡mWvSÃmsX                                   ‫ﺗَﻤﹸﻮﺗُﻦﱠ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     acn¡m\nSbmIcpXv.
103. \n§sfm¶n¨v AÃmlphnsâ Ibdn              ْ‫٣٠١. ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺼِﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺤﹶﺒﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻔَﺮﱠﻗُﻮﺍ‬
     apdpsI]nSn¡pI.    \n§Ä     `n¶n¨v
     t]mIcpXv. \n§Ä At\ym\yw i{Xp¡fm         ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﺪﹶﺍﺀ‬
                                             ِ‫ﻓَﺄَﻟﱠﻒﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺤﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻨِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻪ‬
     bncp¶t¸mÄ \n§Ä¡v AÃmlp sNbvX
     A\p{Klw HmÀ¡pIbpw sN¿pI. Ah³
     \n§fpsS a\ÊpIÄ X½n Iq«nbn              ِ‫ﺇِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺍنًﺎ ﻭﹶﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﺷﹶﻔَﺎ ﺣﹸﻔْﺮﹶﺓٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     W¡n. A§s\ Ahsâ A\p{Kl¯mÂ
     \n§Ä         ktlmZc§fmbn¯oÀ¶p.          ِ‫ﻓَﺄَنﻘَﺬَﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪ‬
     \n§Ä AKv\nIpWvU¯nsâ h¡nem
     bncp¶p. F¶n«Xn \n¶v \n§sf                                                      ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Ah³ c£s¸Sp¯n. A{]Imcw AÃmlp
     Ahsâ       ZrjvSm´§Ä    \n§Ä¡v
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               86                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      hnhcn¨pXcp¶p; \n§Ä   t\ÀamÀKw
      {]m]n¡phm³ thWvSn.

104. \³abnte¡v £Wn¡pIbpw, kZmNmcw          ِ‫٤٠١. ﻭﹶﻟْﺘَﻜُﻦ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٌ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﺮ‬
     IÂ]n¡pIbpw, ZpcmNmc¯n \n¶v
     hne¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ Hcp kapZmbw           ِ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﻜَﺮ‬
                                                                       ‫ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \n§fn    \n¶v   DWvSmbncn¡s«.
     Ahcs{X hnPbnIÄ.

105. hyIvXamb sXfnhpIÄ h¶pIn«nbXn\v        ‫٥٠١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﻔَﺮﱠﻗُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ‬
     tijw ]e I£nIfmbn ]ncnªv
     `n¶n¨hsct¸mse \n§fmIcpXv. AhÀ         ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                                                                    ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ¡mWv I\¯ in£bpÅXv.

106. Nne apJ§Ä shfp¡pIbpw, Nne             ‫٦٠١. ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺗَﺒﹾﻴﹶﺾﱡ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻩﹲ ﻭﹶﺗَﺴﹾﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻩﹲ ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     apJ§Ä Idp¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ Hcp
     Znhk¯nÂ. F¶m apJ§Ä Idp¯p             ‫ﺍﺳﹾﻮﹶﺩﱠﺕﹾ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻛْﻔَﺮﹾﺗُﻢ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                                      ‫ﻓَﺬُﻭﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     t]mbhtcmSv   ]dbs¸Spw: hnizmkw
     kzoIcn¨Xn\v tijw \n§Ä Ahnizkn
     ¡pIbmtWm sNbvXXv? F¦n \n§Ä
     Ahnizmkw kzoIcn¨Xnsâ ^eambn
     in£ A\p`hn¨p sImÅpI.

107. F¶m apJ§Ä shfp¯p sXfnªhÀ             ِ‫٧٠١. ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺑﹾﻴﹶﻀﱠﺖﹾ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻔِﻲ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ ImcpWy¯nembncn¡pw.
     AhcXn    kvYnchmknIfmbncn¡p                                       ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     ¶XmWv.

108. AÃmlphnsâ ZrjvSm´§fs{X Ah.            ‫٨٠١. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ نَﺘْﻠُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     kXy{]Imcw \mw Ah \n\¡v HmXn
     tIÄ]n¨p Xcp¶p. temItcmSv Hcp                                      ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﻇُﻠْﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﱢﻠْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     A\oXnbpw ImWn¡m³ AÃmlp Dt±in
     ¡p¶nÃ.

109. AÃmlphnsâXmIp¶p BImi§fnep             ِ‫٩٠١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
     ÅXpw `qanbnepÅXpw. AÃmlphn¦te
     ¡mIp¶p Imcy§Ä aS¡s¸Sp¶Xv.                                          ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺗُﺮﹾﺟﹶﻊﹸ ﺍﻷُﻣﹸﻮﺭﹸ‬

110. a\pjyhwi¯n\p     thWvSn  cwK¯v        ‫٠١١. ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٍ ﺃُﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹶﺖﹾ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺗَﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     sImWvSphcs¸« D¯akapZmbamIp¶p
     \n§Ä.       \n§Ä        kZmNmcw       ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻭﹶﺗَﻨﹾﻬﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﻜَﺮِ ﻭﹶﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
                                           ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞُ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻜَﺎﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢ‬
     IÂ]n¡pIbpw, ZpcmNmc¯n \n¶v hne
     ¡pIbpw, AÃmlphn hnizkn¡pIbpw
     sN¿p¶p. thZ¡mÀ hnizkn¨ncp¶p
  Previous Page               First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                87                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      sh¦n AXhÀ¡v D¯aambncp¶p.
      AhcpsS Iq«¯n hnizmkapÅhcpWvSv.                    ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
      F¶m       Ahcn    A[nIt]cpw
      [n¡mcnIfmIp¶p.
111. NnÃd ieyaÃmsX \n§Ä¡v Hcp               ‫١١١. ﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻮﹶﻟﱡﻮﻛُﻢﹸ‬
     D]{Zhhpw hcp¯m³ AhÀ¡mhnÃ. C\n
     AhÀ \n§tfmSv bp²¯n GÀs]SpI                                            ‫ﺍﻷَﺩﹸﺑﹶﺎﺭﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻨﺼﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     bmsW¦n Xs¶ AhÀ ]n´ncntªm
     Sp¶XmWv.    ]n¶oShÀ¡v klmbw
     e`n¡pIbpanÃ.
112. \nµyX Ahcn ASnt¨Â]n¡s¸«n              ٍ‫٢١١. ﺿُﺮِﺑﹶﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻟﱠﺔُ ﺃَﻳﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺛُﻘِﻔُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺤﹶﺒﹾﻞ‬
     cn¡p¶p; AhÀ FhnsS ImWs¸«mepw.
     AÃmlphn      \n¶pÅ   ]nSnIbtdm,       ٍ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺒﹾﻞٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﺍ ﺑِﻐَﻀَﺐ‬
                                            ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺿُﺮِﺑﹶﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﻜَﻨﹶﺔُ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
     P\§fn       \n¶pÅ    ]nSnIbtdm
     aptJ\bÃmsX ( AhÀ¡v AXn \n¶v
     tamN\anÃ. ) AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ              ‫ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     tIm]¯n\v ]m{XamIpIbpw, AhcpsS
     ta A[aXzw ASnt¨Â]n¡s¸SpIbpw           ْ‫ﺍﻷَنﺒِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣﹶﻖﱟ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺼﹶﻮﺍ ﻭﱠﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
     sNbvXncn¡p¶p. AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ
     ZrjvSm´§Ä XÅn¡fbpIbpw, A\ym                                                                 ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     bambn {]hmNI³amsc sImes¸Sp¯p
     Ibpw sNbvXpsImWvSncp¶Xnsâ ^e
     as{X AXv. AhÀ A\pkcWt¡Sv
     ImWn¡pIbpw, AXn{Iaw {]hÀ¯n¨p
     sImWvSncn¡pIbpw sNbvXXnsâ ^e
     as{X AXv.
113. AhscÃmw Hcpt]msebÃ. t\ÀamÀK            ٌ‫٣١١. ﻟَﻴﹾﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٌ ﻗَﺂﺋِﻤﹶﺔ‬
     ¯n \nesImÅp¶ Hcp kaqlhpw
     thZ¡mcnepWvSv. cm{Xn kab§fn             ‫ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺁنَﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺠﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     kpPqZn ( AYhm \akvImc¯n )
     GÀs]«psImWvSv AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ
     hN\§Ä ]mcmbWw sN¿p¶p.
114. AhÀ AÃmlphnepw A´yZn\¯nepw             ‫٤١١. ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     hnizkn¡pIbpw, kZmNmcw IÂ]n¡p
     Ibpw. ZpcmNmc¯n \n¶v hne¡pIbpw,       ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﻜَﺮ‬         ِ‫ﻋﹶﻦ‬        ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ‬     ِ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑ‬
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺴﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻴﹾﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     \à Imcy§fn AXypXvkmlw ImWn
     ¡pIbpw sN¿pw. AhÀ kÖ\§fnÂ
     s]«hcmIp¶p.                                                                             ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬
115. AhÀ GsXmcp \ÃImcyw sNbvXmepw           ‫٥١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﻳﹸﻜْﻔَﺮﹸﻭﹾﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     AXnsâ {]Xn^ew AhÀ¡v \ntj[n¡
  Previous Page                First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 88                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      s¸Sp¶XÃ.   AÃmlp      kq£vaX
      ]men¡p¶hsc¸än AdnhpÅhm\mIp¶p.                                                  ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬

116. kXy\ntj[nIsf kw_Ôn¨nSt¯mfw              َ‫٦١١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻦ ﺗُﻐْﻨِﻲﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     AhcpsS kz¯pItfm k´m\§tfm
     AÃmlphnsâ in£bn \n¶v AhÀ¡v             ‫ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹸﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ‬
                                                                        ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     H«pw c£t\SnsImSp¡p¶XÃ. AhcmWv
     \cImhIminIÄ. AhcXn \nXyhmkn
     Ifmbncn¡pw.
117. Cu sFlnIPohnX¯n AhÀ sNehgn             ‫٧١١. ﻣﹶﺜَﻞُ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﻫِـﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓِ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ‬
     ¡p¶Xns\ D]an¡mhp¶Xv BXvat{Zm
     lnIfmb      Hcp   P\hn`mK¯nsâ           ٍ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺜَﻞِ ﺭِﻳﺢٍ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺻِﺮﱞ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺖﹾ ﺣﹶﺮﹾﺙﹶ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡ‬
                                             ‫ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﻫﹾﻠَﻜَﺘْﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     IrjnbnS¯n Bªphoin AXns\
     \in¸n¨v   Ifª    Hcp    ioXImän
     t\mSmIp¶p. AÃmlp AhtcmSv t{Zmlw                                    ‫ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻈْﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ImWn¨n«nÃ. ]s£, AhÀ kz´t¯mSv
     Xs¶ t{Zmlw sN¿pIbmbncp¶p.
118. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä¡v ]pdsabp           ‫٨١١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻄَﺎنَﺔً ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     Åhcn \n¶v \n§Ä DÅp IÅn¡msc
     kzoIcn¡cpXv. \n§Ä¡v A\ÀXvY              ‫ﺩﹸﻭنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺄْﻟُﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﺒﹶﺎﻻً ﻭﹶﺩﱡﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻨِﺘﱡﻢﹾ ﻗَﺪﹾ‬
                                             ‫ﺑﹶﺪﹶﺕِ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻐْﻀَﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻓْﻮﹶﺍﻫِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﺨْﻔِﻲ‬
     apWvSm¡p¶ Imcy¯n AhÀ Hcp
     hogvNbpw hcp¯pIbnÃ. \n§Ä _p²nap
     «p¶XmWv AhÀ¡v CjvSw. hntZzjw            ‫ﺻﹸﺪﹸﻭﺭﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺑﹶﻴﱠﻨﱠﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺇِﻥ‬
     AhcpsS hmbn \n¶v shfns¸«ncn
     ¡p¶p. AhcpsS a\ÊpIÄ Hfn¨v                                                         ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     sh¡p¶Xv IqSpXÂ KpcpXcamIp¶p.
     \n§Ä¡nXm \mw sXfnhpIÄ hnhcn¨p
     X¶ncn¡p¶p; \n§Ä Nn´n¡p¶h
     cmsW¦nÂ.
119. t\m¡q; \n§fpsS kvYnXn. \n§fhsc          ‫٩١١. ﻫﹶﺎﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻭﹾﻻﺀ ﺗُﺤِﺒﱡﻮنَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺒﱡﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     kvt\ln¡p¶p.     AhÀ       \n§sf
     kvt\ln¡p¶nÃ. \n§Ä FÃm thZ{KÙ            ْ‫ﻭﹶﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻛُﻠﱢﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻟَﻘُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
     §fnepw hnizkn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
     \n§sf IWvSpap«pt¼mÄ AhÀ ]dbpw;          ‫ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺧﹶﻠَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻋﹶﻀﱡﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَنَﺎﻣِﻞَ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﻆِ ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹸﻮﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﻈِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     R§Ä      hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p     F¶v.
     F¶m AhÀ X\n¨mIpt¼mÄ \n§
     tfmSpÅ Acniw sImWvSv AhÀ                                                      ِ‫ﺑِﺬَﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﺪﹸﻭﺭ‬
     hncepIÄ     ISn¡pIbpw      sN¿pw.
     (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§fpsS Acniw
     sImWvSv   \n§Ä       acn¨psImÅq.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp a\ÊpIfnepÅXv
     Adnbp¶ h\mIp¶p.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                     Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 89                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

120. \n§Ä¡v hà t\«hpw e`n¡p¶ ]£w             ‫٠٢١. ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔٌ ﺗَﺴﹸﺆﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     AXhÀ¡v       a\x{]bmkapWvSm¡pw.
     \n§Ä¡v hà tZmjhpw t\cn«m               ْ‫ﺗُﺼِﺒﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺔٌ ﻳﹶﻔْﺮﹶﺣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺼﹾﺒِﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     AhcXn kt´mjn¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
     \n§Ä      £an¡pIbpw     kq£vaX          ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻛُﻢﹾ ﻛَﻴﹾﺪﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
                                                                                      ٌ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹸﺤِﻴﻂ‬
     ]men¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ ]£w AhcpsS
     IpX{´w    \n§Äs¡mcp    D]{Zhhpw
     hcp¯pIbnÃ. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
     AhcpsS {]hÀ¯\§fpsS FÃmhihpw
     Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
121. (\_ntb,) kXyhnizmknIÄ¡v bp²¯n           ‫١٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻏَﺪﹶﻭﹾﺕﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﺗُﺒﹶﻮﱢﻯﺀﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     \pÅ Xmhf§Ä kuIcys¸Sp¯nsImSp
     ¡phm\mbn \o kz´w IpSpw_¯n                             ‫ﻣﹶﻘَﺎﻋِﺪﹶ ﻟِﻠْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \n¶v Ime¯p ]pds¸«pt]mb kµÀ`w
     HmÀ¡pI. AÃmlp FÃmw tIÄ¡p
     ¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
122. \n§fn s]« cWvSv hn`mK§Ä `ocpXzw        ‫٢٢١. ﺇِﺫْ ﻫﹶﻤﱠﺖ ﻃﱠﺂﺋِﻔَﺘَﺎﻥِ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻔْﺸﹶﻼﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     ImWn¡m³ `mhn¨ kµÀ`w ( {it²
     bamWv. ) F¶m AÃmlphmIp¶p B                      ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﱡﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱠﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     cWvSp hn`mK¯nsâbpw c£m[nImcn.
     AÃmlphnsâ taemWv kXyhnizmknIÄ
     `ctaÂ]nt¡WvSXv.
123. \n§Ä ZpÀ_ecmbncns¡ _Zvdn sh¨v          ْ‫٣٢١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ نَﺼﹶﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺒﹶﺪﹾﺭٍ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﺫِﻟﱠﺔٌ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍ‬
     AÃmlp   \n§sf    klmbn¨n«pWvSv.
     AXn\m \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n                                                ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     ¡pI. \n§Ä \µnbpÅhcmtb¡mw.
124. (\_ntb,) \n§fpsS c£nXmhv apÆmbncw       ‫٤٢١. ﺇِﺫْ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻟِﻠْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺃَﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻤِﺪﱠﻛُﻢﹾ‬
     ae¡pIsf     Cd¡nsImWvSv    \n§sf
     klmbn¡pI       F¶Xv      \n§Ä¡v               ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺜَﻼﹶﺛَﺔِ ﺁﻻَﻑٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻣﹸﻨﺰﹶﻟِﲔﹶ‬
     aXnbmhpIbntà F¶v \o kXyhnizm
     knItfmSv    ]dªncp¶        kµÀ`w
     (HmÀ¡pI.)
125. ( ]n¶oSv AÃmlp hmKvZm\w sNbvXp: )       ‫٥٢١. ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺼﹾﺒِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﺗُﻮﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻓَﻮﹾﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ‬
     AsX, \n§Ä £an¡pIbpw, kq£vaX
     ]men¡pIbpw, \n§fpsS ASp¡Â               ‫ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻳﹸﻤﹾﺪِﺩﹾﻛُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺨَﻤﹾﺴﹶﺔِ ﺁﻻﻑٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
                                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔِ ﻣﹸﺴﹶﻮﱢﻣِﲔﹶ‬
     i{Xp¡Ä Cu \nanj¯n Xs¶
     hs¶¯pIbpamsW¦n         \n§fpsS
     c£nXmhv    {]tXyI     ASbmfapÅ
     A¿mbncw ae¡pIÄ aptJ\ \n§sf
     klmbn¡p¶XmWv.


  Previous Page                 First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                90                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

126. \n§Äs¡mcp    kt´mjhmÀ¯bmbn             ‫٦٢١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑﹸﺸﹾﺮﹶﻯ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟِﺘَﻄْﻤﹶﺌِﻦﱠ‬
     s¡mWvSpw,  \n§fpsS      a\ÊpIÄ
     kam[m\s¸Sphm³ thWvSnbpw am{XamWv       ِ‫ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹾﺮﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
                                                                                    ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢ‬
     AÃmlp ]n³_ew \ÂInbXv. (km£m
     Â) klmbw {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\pamb
     AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pam{XamIp¶p.
127. kXy\ntj[nIfn \n¶v Hcp `mKs¯           ‫٧٢١. ﻟِﻴﹶﻘْﻄَﻊﹶ ﻃَﺮﹶﻓًﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﻜْﺒِﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     D³aqe\w sN¿pItbm, Asæn Ah
     sc IosgmXp¡nbn«v AhÀ \ncmicmbn                                               ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﻨﻘَﻠِﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﺂﺋِﺒِﲔﹶ‬
     ]n´ncntªmSpItbm sN¿m³ thWvSn
     bs{X AXv.
128. (\_ntb,) Imcy¯nsâ Xocpam\¯n           ‫٨٢١. ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀﹲ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     \n\¡v bmsXmcp AhImihpanÃ. Ah³
     ( AÃmlp ) H¶pIn AhcpsS                                         ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱠﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻇَﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcnt¨¡mw. AsænÂ
     Ah³       Ahsc     in£nt¨¡mw.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AhÀ A{IanIfmIp¶p.
129. BImi§fnepw      `qanbnepapÅsXÃmw       ِ‫٩٢١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
     AÃmlphnsâXmIp¶p. Ah³ Dt±in¡p
     ¶hÀ¡v s]mdp¯psImSp¡pIbpw Ah³           ‫ﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺏﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                                                                       ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     Dt±in¡p¶hsc in£n¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
     AÃmlp     hfsc     s]mdp¡p¶h\pw
     IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
130. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä Cc«nbnc«n          ‫٠٣١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﺃَﺿْﻌﹶﺎﻓًﺎ‬
     bmbn ]eni Xn¶mXncn¡pIbpw AÃmlp
     sh kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿pI. \n§Ä                       ‫ﻣﱡﻀَﺎﻋﹶﻔَﺔً ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     hnPbnIfmtb¡mw.
131. kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v Hcp¡nsh¡s¸« \cIm                    ‫١٣١. ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃُﻋِﺪﱠﺕﹾ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Kv\nsb \n§Ä kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
132. \n§Ä AÃmlpshbpw dkqens\bpw                  ‫٢٣١. ﻭﹶﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﺮﹾﺣﹶﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     A\pkcn¡pI. \n§Ä A\pKrloXcm
     tb¡mw.
133. \n§fpsS   c£nXmhn¦Â     \n¶pÅ          ٍ‫٣٣١. ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻨﱠﺔ‬
     ]m]tamN\hpw,     BImi`qanItfmfw
     hnimeamb kzÀKhpw t\SnsbSp¡m³           ‫ﻋﹶﺮﹾﺿُﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹸ ﺃُﻋِﺪﱠﺕﹾ‬
                                                                                                ‫ﻟِﻠْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     \n§Ä       [rXns¸«v    apt¶dpI.
     [À½\njvT]men¡p¶     hÀ¡pthWvSn
     Hcp¡nsh¡s¸«Xs{X AXv.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                91                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

134. (AXmbXv)      kt´mjmhkvYbnepw          ‫٤٣١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺮﱠﺍﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮﱠﺍﺀ‬
     hnjamhkvYbnepw Zm\[À½§Ä sN¿p
     Ibpw,   tIm]w   HXp¡nsh¡pIbpw,         ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻇِﻤِﲔﹶ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﻆَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻓِﲔﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱ‬
                                                                          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     a\pjyÀ¡v am¸p\ÂIpIbpw sN¿p¶h
     À¡v thWvSn. (A¯cw) kÂIÀ½Imcn
     Isf AÃmlp kvt\ln ¡p¶p.
135. hà \oNIrXyhpw sNbvXpt]mbmÂ,            ْ‫٥٣١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺎﺣِﺸﹶﺔً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍ‬
     AYhm kz´t¯mSv Xs¶ hà t{Zmlhpw
     sNbvXp      t]mbm      AÃmlpsh        ‫ﺃَنْﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺫَﻛَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟِﺬُنُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﱡنُﻮﺏﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺼِﺮﱡﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     HmÀ¡pIbpw X§fpsS ]m]§Ä¡v
     am¸ptXSpIbpw sN¿p¶hÀ¡v thWvSn.
     þ]m]§Ä       s]mdp¡phm³  AÃmlp                                          ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     hÃmsX BcmWpÅXv?þ sNbvXpt]mb
     ( Zpjv ) {]hr¯nbn AdnªpsImWvSv
     Dd¨p\n¡m¯hcpamIp¶p AhÀ.
136. A¯c¡mÀ¡pÅ {]Xn^ew X§fpsS               ‫٦٣١. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺁﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕﹲ‬
     c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅ ]m]tamN\hpw,
     Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶          ‫ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
                                                                                 ‫ﻭﹶنِﻌﹾﻢﹶ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻣِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
     kzÀKt¯m¸pIfpamIp¶p.    AhcXnÂ
     \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.  {]hÀ¯n¡p
     ¶hÀ¡v e`n¡p¶ {]Xn^ew F{X
     \¶mbncn¡p¶p!
137. \n§Ä¡v ap¼v ]e (ssZhnI) \S]Sn          ‫٧٣١. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻨﹶﻦﹲ ﻓَﺴِﲑﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ‬
     Ifpw Ignªpt]mbn«pWvSv. AXn\mÂ
     \n§Ä     `qanbneqsS    k©cn¨n«v        ُ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﺎنْﻈُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺎﻗِﺒﹶﺔ‬
                                                                                              ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻜَﺬﱠﺑِﲔﹶ‬
     kXy\ntj[nIfpsS        ]cyhkm\w
     F§s\bmbncp¶psh¶v t\m¡phn³.
138. CXv a\pjyÀ¡mbpÅ Hcp hnfw_chpw,         ‫٨٣١. ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺑﹶﻴﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻮﹾﻋِﻈَﺔٌ ﻟﱢﻠْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     [À½\njvT]men¡p¶hÀ¡v       amÀKZÀ
     i\hpw, kmtcm]tZihpamIp¶p.
139. \n§Ä ZuÀ_eyw ImWn¡pItbm ZpxJn          ‫٩٣١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻬِﻨﹸﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﺍ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَﻋﹾﻠَﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺇِﻥ‬
     ¡pItbm sN¿cpXv. \n§Ä hnizmknIfm
     sW¦n \n§Ä Xs¶bmWv D¶X³amÀ.                                                           ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
140. \n§Ä¡nt¸mÄ tISp]mSpIÄ ]änbn«p          ‫٠٤١. ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻗَﺮﹾﺡﹲ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻣﹶﺲﱠ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﻗَﺮﹾﺡﹲ‬
     sWvS¦n (ap¼v) A¡q«À¡pw AXp
     t]mse tISp]mSpIÄ ]änbn«pWvSv. B        ‫ﻣﱢﺜْﻠُﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺍﻷﻳﱠﺎﻡﹸ نُﺪﹶﺍﻭِﻟُﻬﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ‬
                                            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬَ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ‬
     (bp²) Znhk§fnse Pbm]Pb§Ä
     BfpIÄ¡nSbn \mw amäns¡mWvSncn
     ¡p¶XmWv. hnizkn¨hsc AÃmlp
  Previous Page                First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 92                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      Xncn¨dnbphm\pw, \n§fn \n¶v cIvX
      km£nIsf        DWvSm¡n¯oÀ¡phm\pw                                  ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
      IqSnbmWXv.     AÃmlp    A{IanIsf
      CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ.
141. AÃmlp kXyhnizmknIsf ip²oIcn             ‫١٤١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹸﻤﹶﺤﱢﺺﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻤﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ‬
     s¨Sp¡phm³ thWvSnbpw, kXy\ntj
     [nIsf £bn¸n¡phm³ thWvSnbpw                                                              ‫ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     IqSnbmWXv.
142. AXÃ, \n§fn \n¶v [À½kac¯n              ‫٢٤١. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﺣﹶﺴِﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     GÀs]«hscbpw        £amioescbpw
     AÃmlp Xncn¨dnªn«ÃmsX \n§Ä¡v                   ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺟﹶﺎﻫﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     kzÀK¯n        {]thin¨pIfbmsa¶v
     \n§Ä hnNmcn¨ncn¡bmtWm?
143. \n§Ä acWs¯ t\cn ImWp¶Xn\v              ‫٣٤١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻤﹶﻨﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻠْﻘَﻮﹾﻩﹸ‬
     ap¼v \n§fXn\v sImXn¡p¶hcmbncp¶p.
     Ct¸mfnXm   \n§Ä     t\m¡n\nÂs¡                                ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻨﻈُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     ¯s¶ AXv \n§Ä IWvSp Ignªp.
144. apl½Zv AÃmlphnsâ Hcp ZqX³               ِ‫٤٤١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﺤﹶﻤﱠﺪﹲ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻪ‬
     am{XamIp¶p.   At±l¯n\v     ap¼pw
     ZqX³amÀ Ignªpt]mbn«pWvSv. At±lw         ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞُ ﺃَﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻣﱠﺎﺕﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻗُﺘِﻞَ ﺍنﻘَﻠَﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
                                             ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﻘَﺎﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻨﻘَﻠِﺐﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﻋﹶﻘِﺒﹶﻴﹾﻪِ ﻓَﻠَﻦ‬
     acWs¸SpItbm       sImÃs¸SpItbm
     sNbvsX¦n \n§Ä ]pdtIm«v Xncn¨p
     t]mIpItbm? Bsc¦nepw ]pdtIm«v               ‫ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻴﹶﺠﹾﺰِﻱ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻛِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Xncn¨pt]mIp¶ ]£w AÃmlphn\v Hcp
     t{Zmlhpw     AXv    hcp¯pIbnÃ.
     \µnImWn¡p¶hÀ¡v AÃmlp X¡Xmb
     {]Xn^ew \ÂIp¶XmWv.
145. AÃmlphnsâ      D¯ch\pkcn¨ÃmsX           ‫٥٤١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﻨﹶﻔْﺲٍ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺗَﻤﹸﻮﺕﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ‬
     HcmÄ¡pw acn¡ms\m¡pIbnÃ. Ah[n
     Ipdn¡s¸« Hcp hn[nbmWXv. Bsc¦nepw        ِ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﺆﹶﺟﱠﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩﹾ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ نُﺆﹾﺗِﻪ‬
                                             ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩﹾ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ نُﺆﹾﺗِﻪِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
     CltemIs¯ {]Xn^eaWv Dt±in¡p
     ¶sX¦n Ah¶v ChnsS \n¶v \mw
     \ÂIpw. Bsc¦nepw ]ctemIs¯ {]Xn                                         ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻨﹶﺠﹾﺰِﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻛِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     ^eamWv Dt±in¡p¶sX¦n Ah¶v
     \mw AhnsS \n¶v \ÂIpw. \µnImWn
     ¡p¶hÀ¡v \mw X¡Xmb {]Xn^ew
     \ÂIp¶XmWv.
146. F{Xsb{X         {]hmNI³amtcmsSm¸w       ‫٦٤١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺄَﻳﱢﻦ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺒِﻲﱟ ﻗَﺎﺗَﻞَ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﺭِﺑﱢﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹲ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ‬
     At\Iw ssZhZmk³amÀ bp²w sNbvXn
     «pWvSv. F¶n«v AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n         ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                  93                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      X§Ä¡v t\cn« bmsXm¶p sImWvSpw
      AhÀ XfÀ¶nÃ. AhÀ ZuÀ_eyw                 ‫ﺿَﻌﹸﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻜَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
                                                                                             ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
      ImWn¡pItbm HXp§nsImSp ¡pItbm
      sNbvXnÃ. A¯cw £amioesc AÃmlp
      kvt\ln¡p¶p.
147. AhÀ       ]dªncp¶Xv     C{]Imcw          ‫٧٤١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺭﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻏْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ‬
     am{Xambncp¶p: R§fpsS c£nXmth,
     R§fpsS       ]m]§fpw,   R§fpsS           ‫ﺫُنُﻮﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﻓَﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮِنَﺎ ﻭﹶﺛَﺒﱢﺖﹾ ﺃَﻗْﺪﹶﺍﻣﹶﻨﹶﺎ‬
                                                                 ‫ﻭﺍنﺼﹸﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Imcy§fn h¶pt]mb AXn{Ia§fpw
     R§Ä¡v       \o   s]mdp¯pXtcWta.
     R§fpsS ImeSnIÄ \o Dd¸n¨p
     \nÀ¯pIbpw, kXy\ntj[nIfmb P\X
     s¡Xncn R§sf \o klmbn¡pIbpw
     sNt¿Wta.
148. X³aqew CltemIs¯ {]Xn^ehpw,               ِ‫٨٤١. ﻓَﺂﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺣﹸﺴﹾﻦﹶ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏ‬
     ]ctemIs¯ hninjvSamb {]Xn^ehpw
     AÃmlp AhÀ¡v \ÂIn. AÃmlp                                   ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     kÂIÀ½ImcnIsf kvt\ln¡p¶p.
149. kXyhnizmknItf,       kXy\ntj[nIsf        ْ‫٩٤١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﹶﺍْ ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﻄِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     \n§Ä A\pkcn¨v t]mbm AhÀ
     \n§sf       ]pdtIm«v  Xncn¨psImWvSp       ‫ﻳﹶﺮﹸﺩﱡﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻋﹾﻘَﺎﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘَﻨﻘَﻠِﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     t]mIpw. A§s\ \n§Ä \jvS¡mcmbn
     amdnt¸mIpw.
150. AÃ,   AÃmlphmIp¶p   \n§fpsS                         ‫٠٥١. ﺑﹶﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﻻَﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺻِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     c£m[nImcn. Ah\mIp¶p klmbn
     Ifn D¯a³.
151. kXy\ntj[nIfpsS a\ÊpIfn \mw              ‫١٥١. ﺳﹶﻨﹸﻠْﻘِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺏِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻋﹾﺐﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     `bw C«psImSp¡p¶XmWv. AÃmlp
     bmsXmcp {]amWhpw AhXcn¸n¨n«n             ‫ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺳﹸﻠْﻄَﺎنًﺎ‬
                                                     ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﻭﹶﺑِﺌْﺲﹶ ﻣﹶﺜْﻮﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     Ãm¯ hkvXp¡sf AÃmlpthmSv AhÀ
     ]¦ptNÀ¯Xnsâ ^eamWXv. \cIam
     Ip¶p AhcpsS kt¦Xw. A{IanIfpsS
     ]mÀ¸nSw F{Xtamiw!
152. AÃmlphnsâ        A\paXn    {]Imcw        ‫٢٥١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻋﹾﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺇِﺫْ ﺗَﺤﹸﺴﱡﻮنَﻬﹸﻢ‬
     \n§fhsc         sIms¶mSp¡ns¡mWvSn
     cp¶t¸mÄ \n§tfmSpÅ AÃmlphnsâ              ِ‫ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻪِ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻓَﺸِﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺗَﻨﹶﺎﺯَﻋﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮ‬
                                              ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺼﹶﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺗُﺤِﺒﱡﻮﻥﹶ‬
     hmKvZm\¯n        Ah³        kXyw
     ]men¨n«pWvSv. F¶m \n§Ä `ocpXzw
     ImWn¡pIbpw,      Imcy\nÀhlW¯n           ‫ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ‬
     At\ym\yw      ]nW§pIbpw,    \n§Ä
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                  94                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      CjvSs¸Sp¶ t\«w AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v
      ImWn¨pX¶Xn\v tijw \n§Ä A\pk             ‫ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺻﹶﺮﹶﻓَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹶﺒﹾﺘَﻠِﻴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ‬
                                                ‫ﻋﹶﻔَﺎ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺫُﻭ ﻓَﻀْﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
      cWt¡Sv ImWn¡pIbpw sNbvXt¸m
      gmWv ( Imcy§Ä \n§Äs¡ XncmbXv. )
      \n§fn CltemIs¯ e£yam¡p¶
      hcpWvSv. ]ctemIs¯ e£yam¡p¶
      hcpw \n§fnepWvSv. A\´cw \n§sf
      ]co£n¡phm\mbn Ahcn ( i{Xp
      ¡fn ) \n¶v \n§sf AÃmlp ]n´ncn
      ¸n¨pIfªp.      F¶m       AÃmlp
      \n§Ä¡v am¸v X¶ncn¡p¶p. AÃmlp
      kXyhnizmknItfmSv HuZmcyw ImWn¡p
      ¶h\mIp¶p.
153. Bscbpw Xncnªv t\m¡msX \n§Ä               ٍ‫٣٥١. ﺇِﺫْ ﺗُﺼﹾﻌِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻠْﻮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃﺣﹶﺪ‬
     ( ]S¡f¯nÂ\n¶p ) HmSn¡bdnbncp¶
     kµÀ`w ( HmÀ¡pI. ) dkq ]n¶n             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺃُﺧﹾﺮﹶﺍﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﺛَﺎﺑﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                              َ‫ﻏُﻤﱠﺎً ﺑِﻐَﻢﱟ ﻟﱢﻜَﻴﹾﻼﹶ ﺗَﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﺎﺗَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     \n¶v \n§sf hnfn¡p¶pWvSmbncp¶p.
     A§s\        AÃmlp     \n§Ä¡p
     ZpxJ¯n\pta ZpxJw {]Xn^eambn                        ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \ÂIn. \jvSs¸«pt]mIp¶ t\«¯nsâ
     t]cntem, \n§sf _m[n¡p¶ B]
     ¯nsâ t]cntem \n§Ä ZpxJn¡phm³
     CShcmXncn¡p¶Xn\p thWvSnbmWnXv.
     \n§Ä     {]hÀ¯n¡p    ¶Xns\¸än
     AÃmlp kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\m
     Ip¶p.
154. ]n¶oSv B ZpxJ¯n\p tijw AÃmlp             ‫٤٥١. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻢﱢ ﺃَﻣﹶﻨﹶﺔً نﱡﻌﹶﺎﺳﹰﺎ‬
     \n§Äs¡mcp \nÀ`bXzw AYhm ab¡w
     Cd¡n¯¶p. B ab¡w \n§fn Hcp               ‫ﻳﹶﻐْﺸﹶﻰ ﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺔً ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃَﻫﹶﻤﱠﺘْﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻇَﻦﱠ‬
     hn`mKs¯ s]mXnbpIbmbncp¶p. thsd
     Hcp hn`mKamIs« kz´w tZl§sf
     ¸änbpÅ Nn´bm AkzkvYcmbncp¶p.            ٍ‫ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﻫِﻠِﻴﱠﺔِ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻫﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
     AÃmlpsh ]än AhÀ [cn¨ncp¶Xv kXy
     hncp²amb A\nkvemanI [mcWbm               َ‫ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮﹶ ﻛُﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﻟِﻠﱠﻪِ ﻳﹸﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻻ‬
     bncp¶p. AhÀ ]dbp¶p: Imcy¯nÂ
     \ap¡v     hà      kzm[o\hpaptWvSm?       ‫ﻳﹸﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻟَﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀﹲ‬
                                              َ‫ﻣﱠﺎ ﻗُﺘِﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻫﹶﺎﻫﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱠﻮﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹸﻴﹸﻮﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﺒﹶﺮﹶﺯ‬
     (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: ImcysaÃmw AÃmlp
     hnsâ A[o\¯nemIp¶p. \nt¶mShÀ
     shfns¸Sp¯p¶XÃm¯           asät´m         ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺘْﻞُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﻀَﺎﺟِﻌِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     a\ÊpIfn AhÀ Hfn¨p sh¡p¶p.
     AhÀ ]dbp¶p: Imcy¯n \ap¡v hà             ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﺒﹾﺘَﻠِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺻﹸﺪﹸﻭﺭِﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹸﻤﹶﺤﱠﺺﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     kzm[o\hpapWvSmbncp¶p sh¦n \mw
     ChnsS sh¨v sImÃs¸Sp ambncp¶nÃ.
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                  95                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§Ä kz´w hoSpI
      fn Bbncp¶m t]mepw sImÃs¸Sm³                  ِ‫ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺬَﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﺪﹸﻭﺭ‬
      hn[n¡s¸«hÀ X§Ä acn¨phogp¶
      kvYm\§fnte¡v ( kzbw ) ]pds¸«v hcp
      ambncp¶p. \n§fpsS a\ÊpIfnepÅXv
      AÃmlp ]co£n¨dn bphm³ thWvSnbpw,
      \n§fpsS lrZb§fnepÅXv ip²oIcn
      s¨Sp¡phm³      thWvSnbpamWnsXÃmw.
      a\ÊpIfnepÅsXÃmw       Adnbp¶h\m
      Ip¶p AÃmlp.
155. cWvSp kwL§Ä Gäpap«nb Znhkw               ِ‫٥٥١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﺘَﻘَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻤﹾﻌﹶﺎﻥ‬
     \n§fpsS Iq«¯n \n¶v ]n´ncnªv
     HmSnbhsc X§fpsS Nne sNbvXnIÄ             ْ‫ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺰﹶﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍ‬
                                                  ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻋﹶﻔَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ImcWambn ]nimNv hgnsXän¡pIbm
     WpWvSmbXv.    AÃmlp    AhÀ¡v
     am¸p\ÂInbncn¡p¶p.   XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw kl\
     ioe\pamIp¶p.
156. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä (Nne) kXy            ْ‫٦٥١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     \ntj[nIsft¸msebmIcpXv. X§fpsS
     ktlmZc§Ä          bm{Xt]mIpItbm,         ‫ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻹِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺍنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺿَﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﻯ ﻟﱠﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶنَﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎﺗُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻏُﺰ‬
     tbm²m¡fmbn ]pds¸SpItbm sNbvXn«v
     acWaSbpIbmsW¦n AhÀ ]dbpw:
     ChÀ R§fpsS ASp¯mbncps¶¦n                ‫ﻗُﺘِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻴﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺣﹶﺴﹾﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     acWs¸SpItbm        sImÃs¸SpItbm
     CÃmbncp¶p. A§s\ AÃmlp AXv                ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻴِـﻲ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻤِﻴﺖﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhcpsS       a\ÊpIfn        Hcp
     tJZam¡nsh¡p¶p. AÃmlphmWv Pohn                                                                 ‫ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ‬
     ¸n¡pIbpw acn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶Xv.
     AÃmlp \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw
     IWvSdnbp¶h\pas{X.
157. \n§Ä AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n sImà              ‫٧٥١. ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦ ﻗُﺘِﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣﹸﺘﱡﻢﹾ ﻟَﻤﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹲ‬
     s¸SpItbm, acWs¸SpItbm sN¿p¶
     ]£w AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v e`n¡p¶                           ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔٌ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]m]tamN\hpw ImcpWyhpamWv AhÀ
     tiJcn¨v sh¡p¶Xns\¡msfÃmw KpW
     Icambn«pÅXv.
158. \n§Ä acWs¸SpIbmsW¦nepw sImà                     ‫٨٥١. ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦ ﻣﱡﺘﱡﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻗُﺘِﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻹِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺗُﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     s¸SpIbmsW¦nepw     XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AÃmlphn¦te¡v Xs¶bmWv \n§Ä
     Hcpan¨pIq«s¸Sp¶Xv.
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               96                          Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

159. ( \_ntb, ) AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pÅ            ‫٩٥١. ﻓَﺒِﻤﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟِﻨﺖﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ‬
     ImcpWyw sImWvSmWv \o AhtcmSv
     kuayambn s]cpamdnbXv. \o Hcp          ‫ﻓَﻈًّﺎ ﻏَﻠِﻴﻆَ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻠْﺐِ ﻻَنﻔَﻀﱡﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻮﹾﻟِﻚﹶ‬
                                           ‫ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻒﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺷﹶﺎﻭِﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     ]cpjkz`mhnbpw ITn\lrZb\pambncp
     ¶psh¦n \nsâ Npän \n¶pw AhÀ
     ]ncnªv t]mbn¡fbpambncp¶p. BI          ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﻋﹶﺰﹶﻣﹾﺖﹶ ﻓَﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱠﻞْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬
     bm \o AhÀ¡v am¸psImSp¡pIbpw,
     AhÀ¡v thWvSn ]m]tamN\w tXSpIbpw                                      ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱢﻠِﲔﹶ‬
     sN¿pI. Imcy§fn \o AhtcmSv
     IqSnbmtemNn¡pIbpw sN¿pI. A§s\
     \o Hcp Xocpam\saSp¯v IgnªmÂ
     AÃmlphn `ctaÂ]n¡pI. X¶nÂ
     `ctaÂ]n¡p¶hsc         XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AÃmlp CjvSs¸Sp¶XmWv.
160. \n§sf AÃmlp klmbn¡p¶ ]£w              ‫٠٦١. ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻨﺼﹸﺮﹾﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻏَﺎﻟِﺐﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     \n§sf tXmÂ]n¡m\mcpanÃ. Ah³
     \n§sf ssIhn«pIfbp¶ ]£w Ah¶p           ِ‫ﻳﹶﺨْﺬُﻟْﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺫَﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹶﻨﺼﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩ‬
                                                             ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱢﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]pdsa BcmWv \n§sf klmbn¡m
     \pÅXv? AXn\m kXyhnizmknIÄ
     AÃmlphn `ctaÂ]n¡s«.
161. Hcp {]hmNI\pw hÃXpw h©ns¨Sp¡pI        ‫١٦١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﻨﹶﺒِﻲﱟ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻐُﻞﱠ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻐْﻠُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺄْﺕِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     F¶Xv DWvSmImhp¶XÃ. hÃh\pw
     h©ns¨Sp¯m Xm³ h©ns¨Sp¯               ‫ﻏَﻞﱠ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺗُﻮﹶﻓﱠﻰ ﻛُﻞﱡ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
                                                                    ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     km[\hpambn    DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ
     \mfn Ah³ hcp¶XmWv. A\´cw
     Hmtcm hyIvXn¡pw Xm³ k¼mZn¨p
     sh¨Xnsâ ^ew ]qÀ®ambn \ÂIs¸Spw.
     AhtcmSv Hcp A\oXnbpw ImWn¡
     s¸Sp¶XÃ.
162. AÃmlphnsâ {]oXnsb ]n´pSÀ¶ Hcph        ٍ‫٢٦١. ﺃَﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻊﹶ ﺭِﺿْﻮﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﻤﹶﻦ ﺑﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﺴﹶﺨْﻂ‬
     ³ AÃmlphnsâ tIm]¯n\v ]m{Xamb
     Hcphs\t¸msebmtWm? Ahsâ hmkkvY                 ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻩﹸ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﺑِﺌْﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
     ew \cIas{X. AXv F{X No¯ kt¦Xw.
163. AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ ASp¡Â ]e                ‫٣٦١. ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     ]ZhnIfnemIp¶p. AhÀ {]hÀ¯n¡p
     ¶sXÃmw AÃmlp IWvSdnbp¶h\mWv.                                                             ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
164. XoÀ¨bmbpw      kXyhnizmknIfn         ‫٤٦١. ﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻣﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﺑﹶﻌﹶﺚﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     Ahcn \n¶v Xs¶bpÅ Hcp ZqXs\
     \ntbmKn¡pI hgn AÃmlp al¯mb            ِ‫ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻻً ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘْﻠُﻮ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪ‬
     A\p{KlamWv AhÀ¡v \ÂInbn«pÅXv.
  Previous Page               First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 97                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

      AÃmlphnsâ ZrjvSm´§Ä AhÀ¡v
      HmXntIÄ]n¡pIbpw, Ahsc kwkvIcn          ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
                                                                ٍ‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻟَﻔِﻲ ﺿَﻼﻝٍ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔ‬
      ¡pIbpw, AhÀ¡p {KÙhpw PvRm\hpw
      ]Tn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ ( Hcp ZqXs\ ).
      AhcmIs« ap¼v hyIvXamb hgntISnÂ
      Xs¶bmbncp¶p.
165. \n§Ä¡v Hcp hn]¯v t\cn«p. AXnsâ          ‫٥٦١. ﺃَﻭﹶﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺘْﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﺼِﻴﺒﹶﺔٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃَﺻﹶﺒﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﺜْﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
     Cc«n \n§Ä i{Xp¡Ä¡v hcp¯nsh¨n
     «pWvSmbncp¶p.  F¶n«pw    \n§Ä           ‫ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺃَنْﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬
                                                                        ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     ]dbpIbmtWm; CsX§s\bmWv kw`hn
     ¨Xv F¶v? ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: AXv
     \n§fpsS ]¡Â \n¶v Xs¶ DWvSmb
     XmIp¶p. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp GsXmcp
     Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
166. cWvSv kwL§Ä Gäpap«nb B Znhkw            ِ‫٦٦١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﺘَﻘَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻤﹾﻌﹶﺎﻥِ ﻓَﺒِﺈِﺫْﻥ‬
     \n§Ä¡v _m[n¨ hn]¯v AÃmlphnsâ
     A\paXntbmsS¯ s¶bmWpWvSmbXv.                                                ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     kXyhnizmknIfmsc¶v Ah\v Xncn¨dnbp
     hm³ thWvSnbpamIp¶p AXv.
167. \n§Ä hcq. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n             ْ‫٧٦١. ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ نَﺎﻓَﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻗَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍ‬
     bp²w sN¿q, Asæn sNdp¯v
     \n¡pIsb¦nepw sN¿q F¶v IÂ]n¡            ً‫ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍﺩﹾﻓَﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ نَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻗِﺘَﺎﻻ‬
                                             ‫ﻻﱠﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻠْﻜُﻔْﺮِ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹶﺌِﺬٍ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺏﹸ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     s¸«m bp²apWvSmIpsa¶v R§Ä¡v
     t_m[yapWvSmbncps¶¦n    R§fpw
     \n§fpsS ]n¶mse hcpambncp¶p F¶v          ‫ﻟِﻺِﳝﹶﺎﻥِ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻓْﻮﹶﺍﻫِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻓِﻲ‬
     ]dbp¶ Im]Sy¡msc Ah³ Xncn¨dnbp
     hm³ thWvSnbpamIp¶p AXv. A¶v                                ‫ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     kXyhnizmkt¯mSpÅXns\¡mÄ IqSpX
      ASp¸w AhÀ¡v Ahnizmkt¯mSm
     bncp¶p. X§fpsS hmbvsImWvSv AhÀ
     ]dbp¶Xv AhcpsS lrZb§fnenÃm¯
     XmWv. AhÀ aqSnsh¡p¶Xn s\¸än
     AÃmlp IqSpXÂ Adnbp¶h \mIp¶p.
168. (bp²¯n\v t]mImsX) ho«nencn¡pIbpw        ‫٨٦١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻹِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺍنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗَﻌﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻃَﺎﻋﹸﻮنَﺎ‬
     ( bp²¯n\v t]mb ) ktlmZc§sf¸än,
     R§fpsS hm¡v kzoIcn¨ncps¶¦n             ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗُﺘِﻠُﻮﺍ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﺎﺩﹾﺭﹶﺅﹸﻭﺍ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹶ‬
                                                                                    ‫ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
     AhÀ     sImÃs¸Spambncp¶nà   F¶v
     ]dbpIbpw sNbvXhcmWhÀ ( I]S
     ³amÀ ). ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: F¶mÂ
     \n§Ä kXyhm³amcmsW¦n \n§fnÂ
     \n¶v \n§Ä acWs¯ XSp¯p \nÀ¯q.
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               98                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


169. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n sImÃs¸«hsc          ِ‫٩٦١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗُﺘِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     acn¨v t]mbhcmbn \o KWn¡cpXv.
     F¶m AhÀ AhcpsS c£nXmhnsâ                        ‫ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﺗًﺎ ﺑﹶﻞْ ﺃَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺮﹾﺯَﻗُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ASp¡Â         Pohn¨ncn¡p¶hcmWv.
     AhÀ¡v D]Poh\w \ÂIs¸«ncn¡p¶p.

170. AÃmlp Xsâ A\p{Kl¯n \n¶v              ِ‫٠٧١. ﻓَﺮِﺣِﲔﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪ‬
     AhÀ¡p \ÂInbXpsImWvSv AhÀ
     k´pjvScmbncn¡pw.  X§tfmsSm¸w          ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺒﹾﺸِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻠْﺤﹶﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ‬
                                              ‫ﺧﹶﻠْﻔِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     h¶ptNÀ¶n«nÃm¯, X§fpsS ]n¶nÂ
     (CltemI¯v) Ignbp¶ hnizmknI
     sf¸än, AhÀ¡v bmsXm¶pw `bs¸Sp
     hmt\m ZpxJn¡mt\m CsÃt¶mÀ¯v
     AhÀ ( B cIvXkm£n IÄ ) kt´mj
     aSbp¶p.

171. AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klhpw HuZmcyhpw         ‫١٧١. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺒﹾﺸِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﻨِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻓَﻀْﻞٍ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     sImWvSv  AhÀ      kt´mjaSbp¶p.
     kXyhnizmknIfpsS {]Xn^ew AÃmlp                                       ‫ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻀِﻴﻊﹸ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     ]mgm¡pIbnà F¶Xpw ( Ahsc
     k´pjvScm¡p¶p. )

172. ]cn¡v ]änbXn\v tijhpw AÃmlphn         ‫٢٧١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺠﹶﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺂ‬
     sâbpw dkqensâbpw IÂ]\¡v D¯cw
     sNbvXhcmtcm Ahcn \n¶v kÂIÀ½          ْ‫ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺮﹾﺡﹸ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﺍ‬
                                                                                         ‫ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ImcnIfmbncn¡pIbpw kq£vaX ]men
     ¡pIbpw     sNbvXhÀ¡v   al¯mb
     {]Xn^eapWvSv.

173. B    P\§Ä     \n§sf    t\cnSm³        ْ‫٣٧١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍ‬
     (ssk\ys¯ ) tiJcn¨ncn¡p¶p; Ahsc
     `bs¸SWw F¶p BfpIÄ AhtcmSv             ْ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺧﹾﺸﹶﻮﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺰﹶﺍﺩﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنﺎً ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ‬
                                                                     ُ‫ﺣﹶﺴﹾﺒﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶنِﻌﹾﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﻛِﻴﻞ‬
     ]dªt¸mÄ AXhcpsS hnizmkw hÀ²n
     ¸n¡pIbmWv sNbvXXv. AhÀ ]dªp:
     R§Ä¡v AÃmlp aXn. `ctaÂ]n
     ¡phm³ Gähpw \ÃXv Ah\s{X.

174. A§s\      AÃmlphn¦Â     \n¶pÅ         ‫٤٧١. ﻓَﺎنﻘَﻠَﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻨِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻓَﻀْﻞٍ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     A\p{Klhpw    HuZmcyhpw  sImWvSv
     bmsXmcp tZmjhpw _m[n¡msX AhÀ          ٍ‫ﺳﹸﻮﺀﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺭِﺿْﻮﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺫُﻭ ﻓَﻀْﻞ‬
                                                                                                ٍ‫ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢ‬
     aS§n. AÃmlphnsâ {]oXnsb AhÀ
     ]n´pScpIbpw   sNbvXp.  al¯mb
     HuZmcyapÅh\s{X AÃmlp.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran               99                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


175. AXv ( \n§sf t]Sn¸n¡m³ {ian¨Xv )       ‫٥٧١. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻳﹸﺨَﻮﱢﻑﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀﻩﹸ ﻓَﻼﹶ‬
     ]nimNp am{XamIp¶p. Ah³ Xsâ
     an{X§sf¸än ( \n§sf ) t]Sns¸Sp¯p                  ‫ﺗَﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﺎﻓُﻮﻥِ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     IbmWv.     AXn\m      \n§fhsc
     `bs¸SmsX Fs¶ `bs¸SpI: \n§Ä
     kXyhnizmknIfmsW¦nÂ.

176. kXy\ntj[¯nte¡v [rXns¸«v apt¶dn        ِ‫٦٧١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹸنﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺴﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮ‬
     s¡mWvSncn¡p¶hÀ \ns¶ ZpxJn¸n¡m
     Xncn¡s«.     XoÀ¨bmbpw    AhÀ         ‫ﺇِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌﺎً ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻻﱠ‬
                                           ‫ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﻈًّﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ‬
     AÃmlphn\v Hcp t{Zmlhpw hcp¯m³
     t]mIp¶nÃ. ]ctemI¯n AhÀ¡v Hcp
     ]¦pw sImSp¡mXncn¡m³ AÃmlp                                                                     ‫ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     Dt±in¡p¶p.I\¯ in£bmWv AhÀ
     ¡pÅXv.

177. XoÀ¨bmbpw    kXyhnizmkw  hnäp         ْ‫٧٧١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻭﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮﹶ ﺑِﺎﻹِﳝﹶﺎﻥِ ﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻭﺍ‬
     kXy\ntj[w hm§nbhÀ AÃmlphn\v
     Hcp t{Zmlhpw hcp¯m³ t]mIp¶nÃ.                                 ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﳍُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     thZ\tbdnb in£bmWhÀ¡pÅXv.

178. kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v \mw kabw \o«nsIm        ‫٨٧١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ نُﻤﹾﻠِﻲ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     Sp¡p¶Xv AhÀ¡v KpWIcamsW¶v
     AhÀ Hcn¡epw hnNmcn¨p t]mIcpXv.        ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱢﺄَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ نُﻤﹾﻠِﻲ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹶﺰﹾﺩﹶﺍﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ‬
                                                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹾﻢﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻣﱡﻬِﲔﹲ‬
     AhcpsS ]m]w IqSns¡mWvSncn¡m³
     thWvSn am{XamWv \mahÀ¡v kabw
     \o«nsImSp¡p¶Xv.    A]am\Icamb
     in£bmWv AhÀ¡pÅXv.

179. \ÃXn \n¶v Zpjn¨Xns\ thÀXncn¨p        ِ‫٩٧١. ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹶﺬَﺭﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺂ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     ImWn¡msX, kXyhnizmknIsf \n§fn
     ¶pÅ AhkvYbn AÃmlp hnSm³              ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﻤِﻴﺰﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢﺐِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
                                           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹸﻄْﻠِﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﺘَﺒِﻲ‬
     t]mIp¶nÃ. AZriyPvRm\w AÃmlp
     \n§Ä¡v shfns¸Sp¯n¯cm\pw t]mIp
     ¶nÃ. F¶m AÃmlp Ahsâ ZqX³             ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱡﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺂﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     amcn \n¶v Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hsc
     (AZriyPvRm\w Adnbn¨psImSp¡phm                            ‫ﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻠَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \mbn) sXcsªS p¡p¶p. AXn\mÂ
     \n§Ä       AÃmlphnepw    Ahsâ
     ZqX³amcnepw hnizkn¡phn³. \n§Ä
     hnizkn¡pIbpw kq£vaX ]men¡p
     Ibpw sN¿p¶ ]£w \n§Ä¡p
     al¯mb {]Xn^eapWvSv.

  Previous Page               First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 100                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

180. AÃmlp Ahsâ A\p{Kl¯n \n¶v               ‫٠٨١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺨَﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     X§Ä¡p X¶n«pÅXn ]nip¡v ImWn
     ¡p¶hÀ AXhÀ¡v KpWIc amsW¶v               ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﻞْ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺷﹶﺮﱞ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                             ِ‫ﺳﹶﻴﹸﻄَﻮﱠﻗُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﺨِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪ‬
     Hcn¡epw hnNmcn¡cpXv. AÃ, AhÀ¡v
     tZmjIcamWXv. AhÀ ]nip¡v ImWn¨
     [\w sImWvSv DbnÀs¯ gpt¶Â]nsâ            ‫ﻣِﲑﹶﺍﺙﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
     \mfn AhcpsS Igp¯n ame NmÀ¯
     s¸Sp¶XmWv. BImi§fpsSbpw `qanbp                                                     ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹲ‬
     sSbpw A\´cmhImiw AÃmlphn\s{X.
     AÃmlp \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw
     kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
181. AÃmlp Zcn{Z\pw \½Ä [\nIcpamWv           ‫١٨١. ﻟﱠﻘَﺪﹾ ﺳﹶﻤِﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻓَﻘِﲑﹲ‬
     F¶v ]dªhcpsS hm¡v AÃmlp XoÀ¨
     bmbpw tI«n«pWvSv. AhÀ B ]dªXpw          ‫ﻭﹶنَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﺃَﻏْﻨِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺳﹶﻨﹶﻜْﺘُﺐﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻗَﺘْﻠَﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
                                             ‫ﺍﻷَنﺒِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣﹶﻖﱟ ﻭﹶنَﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺫُﻭﻗُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ‬
     AhÀ {]hmNI³amsc A\ymbambn
     sImes¸Sp¯nbXpw \mw tcJs¸Sp¯n
     sh¡p¶XmWv.        I¯n     Fcnbp¶                                                            ِ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮِﻳﻖ‬
     \cIin£ BkzZn¨p sImÅpI F¶v
     \mw (AhtcmSv) ]dbpI bpw sN¿pw.
182. \n§fpsS ssIIÄ ap³Iq«n sNbvXp            ‫٢٨١. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﱠﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ‬
     sh¨XpsImWvSpw AÃmlp ASnaItfmSv
     A\oXn    ImWn¡p¶h\Ã    F¶Xp                                                         ِ‫ﺑِﻈَﻼﱠﻡٍ ﻟﱢﻠْﻌﹶﺒِﻴﺪ‬
     sImWvSpamWv AXv.
183. R§fpsS ap¼msI Hcp _en \S¯n              ‫٣٨١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻬِﺪﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﻻﱠ نُﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     AXns\    ZnhymKv\n Xn¶pIfbp¶Xv
     (R§Ä¡v ImWn¨pXcp¶Xv ) hsc Hcp           ْ‫ﻟِﺮﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٍ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﺎﻥٍ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﻗُﻞ‬
                                             ِ‫ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻲ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕ‬
     ssZhZqX\nepw R§Ä hnizkn¡cp
     sX¶v AÃmlp R§tfmSv Icmdp hm§n
     bn«pWvSv F¶v ]dªhcs{X AhÀ.              ‫ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠِﻢﹶ ﻗَﺘَﻠْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
     (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: hyIvXamb sXfnhp
     IÄ klnXhpw, \n§Ä Cu ]dªXv                                                                 ‫ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
     klnXhpw F\n¡v ap¼v ]e ZqX³amcpw
     \n§fpsS ASp¯v h¶n«pWvSv. F¶n«v
     \n§fpsS     hmZw   kXyamsW¦nÂ
     \n§sf´n\v Ahsc sIm¶pIfªp?
184. At¸mÄ \ns¶ AhÀ \ntj[n¨n«p               ‫٤٨١. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﻙَ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛُﺬﱢﺏﹶ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ‬
     sWvS¦n \n\¡v ap¼v hyIvXamb
     sXfnhpIfpw GSpIfpw shfn¨w \ÂIp¶             ِ‫ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﺍ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺰﱡﺑﹸﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨِﲑ‬
     thZ{KÙhpambn      h¶    ZqX³amcpw
     \ntj[n¡s¸«n«pWvSv.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                  101                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

185. GsXmcp tZlhpw acWw BkzZn¡p
     ¶XmWv.     \n§fpsS    {]Xn^e§Ä           ‫٥٨١. ﻛُﻞﱡ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﺫَﺁﺋِﻘَﺔُ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕِ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺗُﻮﹶﻓﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ‬
     DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ \mfn am{Xta             ِ‫ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺯُﺣﹾﺰِﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     \n§Ä¡v      ]qÀ®ambn     \ÂIs¸Sp
     IbpÅq. At¸mÄ BÀ \cI¯n \n¶v              ‫ﻭﹶﺃُﺩﹾﺧِﻞَ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻓَﺎﺯَ ﻭﹶﻣﺎ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ‬
     AIän\nÀ¯s¸SpIbpw        kzÀK¯nÂ
     {]thin¸n¡s¸SpIbpw      sN¿p¶pthm                                                ِ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐُﺮﹸﻭﺭ‬
     Ah\mWv hnPbw t\Sp¶Xv. sFlnI
     PohnXw I_fn¸n¡p¶ Hcp hn`haÃmsX
     asäm¶paÃ.
186. XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§fpsS kz¯pIfnepw
     icoc§fnepw \n§Ä ]co£n¡s¸                 ‫٦٨١. ﻟَﺘُﺒﹾﻠَﻮﹸﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﺘَﺴﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻦﱠ‬
     Sp¶XmWv. \n§Ä¡v ap¼v thZw                ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     \ÂIs¸«hcn \n¶pw _lpssZhmcm
     [Icn     \n¶pw   \n§Ä      [mcmfw       ْ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺼﹾﺒِﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     Ip¯phm¡pIÄ tIÄt¡WvSn hcnIbpw
     sN¿pw. \n§Ä £an¡pIbpw kq£vaX                            ِ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﺰﹾﻡِ ﺍﻷُﻣﹸﻮﺭ‬
     ]men¡pIbpw sN¿p¶psh¦n XoÀ¨
     bmbpw AXv ZrV\nivNbw sNt¿WvS
     Imcy§fn s]«XmIp¶p.
187. thZ{KÙw \ÂIs¸«htcmSv \n§fXv
     P\§Ä¡v hnhcn¨psImSp¡Wsa¶pw,              ‫٧٨١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻕَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     \n§fXv ad¨v sh¡cpsX¶pw AÃmlp             ‫ﻟَﺘُﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹸﻨﱠﻪﹸ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻓَﻨﹶﺒﹶﺬُﻭﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺀ‬
     IcmÀ hm§nb kµÀ`w ( {i²n¡pI )
     F¶n«v AhcXv ( thZ{KÙw ) ]pdtIm«v         ‫ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﺘَﺮﹶﻭﹾﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﺎً ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻓَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     hens¨dnbpIbpw, XpNvOamb hnebv¡v
     AXv hnäpIfbpIbpamWv sNbvXXv. AhÀ                                                           ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     ]Icw hm§nbXv hfsc No¯ Xs¶.
188. X§Ä sNbvXXn kt´mjw sImÅp
     Ibpw    sNbvXn«nÃm¯     Imcy¯nsâ         ْ‫٨٨١. ﻻَ ﺗَﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻔْﺮﹶﺣﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺗَﻮﺍ‬
     t]cn {]iwkn¡s¸Sm³ CjvSs¸Sp              ‫ﻭﱠﻳﹸﺤِﺒﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﻤﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻼﹶ‬
     Ibpw sN¿p¶ B hn`mKs¯¸än AhÀ
     in£bn \n¶v apIvXamb AhkvYbnem           ‫ﺗَﺤﹾﺴﹶﺒﹶﻨﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑِﻤﹶﻔَﺎﺯَﺓٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     sW¶v \o hnNmcn¡cpXv. AhÀ¡mWv
     thZ\tbdnb in£bpÅXv.                                                                   ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
189. AÃmlphn¶mIp¶p BImi§fpsSbpw
     `qanbpsSbpw B[n]Xyw. AÃmlp GXv           ‫٩٨١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ‬
     Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.                                                        ‫ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
190. XoÀ¨bmbpw BImi§fpsSbpw `qanbp            ِ‫٠٩١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺧﹶﻠْﻖِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺘِﻼﹶﻑ‬
     sSbpw krjvSnbnepw, cm]IepIÄ amdn
     amdn hcp¶Xnepw kÂ_p²nbpÅhÀ¡v                             ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻟﱢﺄُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ ﺍﻷﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏ‬
     ]e ZrjvSm´§fpapWvSv.


  Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 102                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

191. \n¶psImWvSpw Ccp¶p sImWvSpw InS¶p       ‫١٩١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺬْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻗُﻌﹸﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ‬
     sImWvSpw AÃmlpsh HmÀan¡pIbpw,
     BImi§fpsSbpw `qanbpsSbpw krjvSn         ِ‫ﺟﹸﻨﹸﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺘَﻔَﻜﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺧﹶﻠْﻖِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
                                             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘْﺖﹶ ﻫﹶﺬﺍ ﺑﹶﺎﻃِﻼﹰ‬
     sb]än Nn´n¨v sImWvSncn¡p Ibpw
     sN¿p¶hcs{X AhÀ. ( AhÀ ]dbpw: )
     R§fpsS c£nXmth! \o \ncÀXvYIambn                              ِ‫ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻚﹶ ﻓَﻘِﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     krjvSn¨XÃ    CXv.   \o    F{Xtbm
     ]cnip²³! AXn\m \cI in£bnÂ
     \n¶v R§sf Im¯pc£n ¡tW.
192. R§fpsS c£nXmth, \o hÃhs\bpw             ‫٢٩١. ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺗُﺪﹾﺧِﻞِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹶ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَﺧﹾﺰﹶﻳﹾﺘَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     \cI¯n {]thin¸n¨m Ahs\
     \nµy\m¡n¡gnªp.      A{IanIÄ¡v                                             ٍ‫ﻟِﻠﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺼﹶﺎﺭ‬
     klmbnIfmbn Bcpanà Xm\pw.
193. R§fpsS c£nXmth, kXyhnizmk¯n             ‫٣٩١. ﺭﱠﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻨﹶﺎﺩِﻳﹰﺎ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺎﺩِﻱ ﻟِﻺِﳝﹶﺎﻥِ ﺃَﻥﹾ‬
     te¡v £Wn¡p¶ Hcp {]t_m[I³
     \n§Ä \n§fpsS c£nXmhn hnizkn            ‫ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺮﹶﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺂﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﺎﻏْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺫُنُﻮﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎ‬
                                                      ِ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔﱢﺮﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗَﻮﹶﻓﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻷﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﺭ‬
     ¡phn³ F¶p ]dbp¶Xv R§Ä tI«p.
     A§s\ R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p.
     R§fpsS c£nXmth, AXn\m R§
     fpsS ]m]§Ä R§Ä¡v \o s]mdp
     ¯pXcnIbpw R§fpsS Xn³aIÄ R§
     fn \n¶v \o ambv¨pIfbpIbpw sNt¿
     Wta. ]pWyhm³amcpsS Iq«¯nembn
     R§sf \o acn¸n¡pIbpw sNt¿ Wta.
194. R§fpsS c£nXmth, \nsâ ZqX³amÀ            َ‫٤٩١. ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺁﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺪﺗﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     aptJ\ R§tfmSv \o hmKvZm\w sNbvXXv
     R§Ä¡v \ÂIpIbpw DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â                 ‫ﺗُﺨْﺰِنَﺎ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﺗُﺨْﻠِﻒﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤِﻴﻌﹶﺎﺩﹶ‬
     ]nsâ \mfn R§Ä¡p \o \nµyX
     hcp¯mXncn¡pIbpw sNt¿Wta. \o
     hmKvZm\w ewLn¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.
195. At¸mÄ AhcpsS c£nXmhv AhÀ¡v              َ‫٥٩١. ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﺠﹶﺎﺏﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱢﻲ ﻻَ ﺃُﺿِﻴﻊﹸ ﻋﹶﻤﹶﻞ‬
     D¯cw       \ÂIn:      ]pcpj\mIs«,
     kv{XobmIs«      \n§fn      \n¶pw       ‫ﻋﹶﺎﻣِﻞٍ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺫَﻛَﺮٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃُنﺜَﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¡p¶ HcmfpsSbpw {]hÀ¯\w
     Rm³ \njv^eam¡pIbnÃ. \n§fn              ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻓَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺟﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺃُﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ‬
     Hmtcm hn`mKhpw aäp hn`mK¯n \n¶v
     DÂ`hn¨hcmIp¶p. BIbm kz´w               ْ‫ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﺫُﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻠِﻲ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﺗَﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻗُﺘِﻠُﻮﺍ‬
                                             ٍ‫ﻷُﻛَﻔﱢﺮﹶﻥﱠ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻷُﺩﹾﺧِﻠَﻨﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕ‬
     \mSv shSnbpIbpw, kz´w hoSpIfnÂ
     \n¶v    ]pd¯m¡s¸SpIbpw,     Fsâ
     amÀK¯n aÀ±n¡s¸SpIbpw, bp²              ِ‫ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     ¯n GÀs]SpIbpw, sImÃs¸SpIbpw
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (3) Aal Imran                 103                           Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                     ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺣﹸﺴﹾﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻮﹶﺍﺏ‬
     sNbvXn«pÅhcmtcm AhÀ¡v Rm³
     AhcpsS Xn³aIÄ ambv¨psImSp¡p
     ¶Xpw, Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ
     HgpIp¶ kzÀKt¯m¸pIfn Ahsc
     Rm³ {]thin¸n¡p¶XpamWv. AÃmlp
     hn¦Â \n¶pÅ {]Xn^eas{X AXv.
     AÃmlphnsâ ]¡emWv D¯aamb
     {]Xn^eapÅXv.
196. kXy\ntj[nIÄ \mSpIfnse§pw sskzc                ِ‫٦٩١. ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻐُﺮﱠنﱠﻚﹶ ﺗَﻘَﻠﱡﺐﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺒِﻼﹶﺩ‬
     hnlmcw \S¯ns¡mWvSncn¡p¶Xv \ns¶
     Hcn¡epw h©nX\m¡n¡fbcpXv.
197. XpNvOamb Hcp kpJm\p`hamIp¶p AXv.         ‫٧٩١. ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹲ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻞٌ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﺑِﺌْﺲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤِﻬﹶﺎﺩﹸ‬
     ]n¶oSv AhÀ¡pÅ kt¦Xw \cIas{X.
     AsX{X tamiamb hmkkvYew!
198. F¶m        X§fpsS     c£nXmhns\        ‫٨٩١. ﻟَﻜِﻦِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕﹲ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ‬
     kq£n¨v Pohn¨Xmtcm AhÀ¡mWv
     Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶           ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ نُﺰﹸﻻً ﻣﱢﻦﹾ‬
     kzÀKt¯m¸pIfpÅXv.         AhcXnÂ
     \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw. AÃmlphnsâ                     ِ‫ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱢﻸَﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﺭ‬
     ]¡Â          \n¶pÅ       k¡mcw!
     AÃmlphnsâ          ASp¡epÅXmIp¶p
     ]pWyhm³amÀ¡v Gähpw D¯aw.
199. XoÀ¨bmbpw       thZ¡mcn      Hcp       ‫٩٩١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     hn`mKapWvSv. AÃmlphnepw, \n§Ä¡v
     AhXcn¸n¡s¸« thZ¯nepw, AhÀ¡v             َ‫ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺂ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﺎﺷِﻌِﲔﹶ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻻ‬
     AhXcn¸n¡s¸« thZ¯nepw AhÀ
     hnizkn¡pw. ( AhÀ ) AÃmlpthmSv           ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﹰﺎ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     XmgvabpÅhcmbncn¡pw. AÃmlphnsâ
     hN\§Ä hnäv AhÀ XpNvOamb hne             ِ‫ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺳﹶﺮِﻳﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
     hm§pIbnÃ. AhÀ¡mIp¶p X§fpsS
     c£nXmhn¦Â       AhÀ     AÀln¡p¶
     {]Xn^eapÅXv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
     AXnthKw IW¡v t\m¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
200. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä £an¡pIbpw           ْ‫٠٠٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺻﹾﺒِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺻﹶﺎﺑِﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     £abn        anIhv    ImWn¡pIbpw,
     {]Xntcm[        k¶²cmbncn¡pIbpw                    ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺑِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     sN¿pI. \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¨v
     Pohn¡pI. \n§Ä hnPbw {]m]nt¨¡mw.




  Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                          104                                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                 ( ‫)٤ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ) ﻣﺪنﻴﺔ‬

                            ‫ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

               ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ
1.
                                                         ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ‬             .١
         a\pjytc, \n§sf Htc BXvamhnÂ
         \n¶v krjvSn¡pIbpw, AXn \n¶p
                                                         ‫نﱠﻔْﺲٍ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺯَﻭﹾﺟﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺚﱠ‬
         Xs¶       AXnsâ        CWsbbpw
         krjvSn¡p Ibpw, AhÀ CcphcnÂ
         \n¶pambn [mcmfw ]pcpj³amscbpw
         kv{XoI sfbpw hym]n¸n¡pIbpw                      ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺭِﺟﹶﺎﻻً ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶنِﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
         sNbvXh\mb \n§fpsS c£nXmhns\
         \n§Ä kq£n¡phn³. GsXmcp                          ‫ﺗَﺴﹶﺎﺀﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺣﹶﺎﻡﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ        t]cn     \n§Ä
         At\ym\yw tNmZn¨p sImWvSncn¡p¶p                                                                             ‫ﺭﹶﻗِﻴﺒﹰﺎ‬
         thm Ahs\ \n§Ä kq£n¡pI.
         IpSpw__Ô§sfbpw            (\n§Ä
         kq£n¡pI.) XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
         \n§sf \nco£n¨p sImWvSncn¡p¶
         h\mIp¶p.
2.
                                                         ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘَﺒﹶﺪﱠﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺚﹶ‬       .٢
         A\mYIÄ¡v AhcpsS kz¯p¡Ä
         \n§Ä hn«psImSp¡pI. \ÃXn\p
                                                         ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢﺐِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ‬
         ]Icw Zpjn¨Xv \n§Ä amänsbSp
         ¡cpXv. \n§ fpsS [\t¯mSv
         Iq«ntNÀ¯v AhcpsS [\w \n§Ä
         Xn¶pIfbpIbpacpXv.     XoÀ¨bmbpw                                                            ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺣﹸﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﻛَﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         AXv Hcp sImSpw ]mXIam Ip¶p.
3.
                                                         ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗُﻘْﺴِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬                       .٣
         A\mYIfpsS Imcy¯n \n§Ä¡p
         \oXn ]men¡m\mhnsöv \n§Ä
                                                         ‫ﻓَﺎنﻜِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻃَﺎﺏﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺜْﻨﹶﻰ‬
         `bs¸SpIbmsW¦n (aäp) kv{Xo
         Ifn \n¶v \n§Ä CjvSs¸Sp¶
         ctWvSm, aqt¶m, \mtem t]sc
         hnhmlw sNbvXp sImÅpI. F¶m                      ْ‫ﻭﹶﺛُﻼﹶﺙﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺑﹶﺎﻉﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗَﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         (AhÀ¡nSbnÂ)        \oXn]peÀ¯m\m
         hnsöv \n§Ä `bs¸SpIbmsW ¦n                     ‫ﻓَﻮﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜَﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺃَﺩﹾنَﻰ‬
         Hcphsf am{Xw (hnhmlw Ign ¡pI.)
         Asæn \n§ fpsS A[o\ ¯nepÅ                                                                           ْ‫ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗَﻌﹸﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         ASnakv{Xosb     (`mcy    sbt¸mse
         kzoIcn¡pI.) \n§Ä AXncphn«v
         t]mImXncn¡m³ AXmWv IqSpXÂ
         A\ptbmPy ambn«pÅXv.
     Previous Page                       First Page                                                               Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   105                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


4.       kv{XoIÄ¡v   AhcpsS     hnhml           ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺻﹶﺪﹸﻗَﺎﺗِﻬِﻦﱠ نِﺤﹾﻠَﺔً ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻃِﺒﹾﻦﹶ‬               .٤
         aqey§Ä a\xkwXr]vXntbmSv IqSn
                                                ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹰﺎ ﻓَﻜُﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻫﹶﻨِﻴﺌًﺎ‬
         \n§Ä \ÂIpI. C\n AXn \n¶v
         hÃXpw     k³a\tÊmsS     AhÀ
                                                                                                         ‫ﻣﱠﺮِﻳﺌًﺎ‬
         hn«pXcp¶ ]£w \n§fXv kt´mj
         ]qÀÆw kpJambn `£n¨p sImÅpI.
5.       AÃmlp \n§fpsS \ne\nÂ]n¶pÅ              ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺆﹾﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻔَﻬﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬        .٥
         amÀKambn  \nivNbn¨v  X¶n«pÅ
                                                ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻗِﻴﹶﺎﻣﺎً ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﺯُﻗُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻛْﺴﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
         \n§fpsS kz¯pIÄ \n§Ä hnthI
         anÃm¯hÀ¡v ssIhn«v sImSp¡cpXv.
                                                                              ‫ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﻮﹾﻻً ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻓًﺎ‬
         F¶m AXn \n¶pw \n§Ä
         AhÀ¡v D]Poh\hpw hkv{Xhpw
         \ÂIpIbpw, AhtcmSv acymZbpÅ
         hm¡v ]dbpIbpw sN¿pI.
6.       A\mYIsf       \n§Ä   ]co£n¨v           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﺘَﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺑﹶﻠَﻐُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﻜَﺎﺡﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ‬    .٦
         t\m¡pI.     A§s\      AhÀ¡p
                                                ‫ﺁنَﺴﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺷﹾﺪﹰﺍ ﻓَﺎﺩﹾﻓَﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         hnhml{]mbsa¯nbm \n§fhcnÂ
         Imcyt_m[w      ImWp¶    ]£w
                                                ْ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻫﹶﺎ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﻓًﺎ ﻭﹶﺑِﺪﹶﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜْﺒﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
         AhcpsS     kz¯p¡Ä     AhÀ¡v
         hn«psImSp¡pI. AhÀ ( A\mYIÄ )
         hepXmIpsa¶Xv IWvSv AanXambpw
         [rXns¸«pw AXv Xn¶pXoÀ¡cpXv.            ‫ﺎ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻌﹾﻔِﻒﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻓَﻘِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻏَﻨِﻴ‬
         C\n     (A\mYcpsS    kwc£W
         ta¡p¶ ) hÃh\pw IgnhpÅh\m              ‫ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺄْﻛُﻞْ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺩﹶﻓَﻌﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         sW¦n ( AXn \n¶p FSp¡msX )
         am\yX ]peÀ¯pIbmWv thWvSXv.             ِ‫ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﺷﹾﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         hÃh\pw Zcn{Z\msW¦n acymZ
         {]Imcw    AbmÄ¡Xn       \n¶v                                                              ‫ﺣﹶﺴِﻴﺒﹰﺎ‬
         `£n¡mhp¶XmWv. F¶n«v AhcpsS
         kz¯p¡Ä        AhÀ¡v    \n§Ä
         GÂ]n¨psImSp¡pt¼mÄ \n§fXn\v
         km£n\nÀt¯WvSXpamWv. IW¡p
         t\m¡p¶h\mbn AÃmlp Xs¶ aXn.
7.       amXm]nXm¡fpw ASp¯ _Ôp¡fpw              ِ‫ﻟﱢﻠﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝِ نَﺼﻴِﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺍﻥ‬                       .٧
         hnt«¨p t]mb [\¯n ]pcpj³
                                                َ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﻗْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙ‬
         amÀ¡v HmlcnbpWvSv. amXm]nXm¡fpw
         ASp¯ _Ôp¡fpw hnt«¨pt]mb
                                                ‫ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﻗْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﻗَﻞﱠ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﺜُﺮﹶ‬
         [\¯n     kv{XoIÄ¡pw      Hmlcn
         bpWvSv. ( B [\w ) Ipd¨mIs«,
         IqSpXemIs«. AXv \nÀWbn¡s¸«
         HmlcnbmIp¶p.                                                                  ‫نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﱠﻔْﺮﹸﻭﺿًﺎ‬

     Previous Page                 First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   106                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


8.       ( kz¯v ) `mKn¡p¶ kµÀ`¯n               ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻀَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬     .٨
         ( aäp ) _Ôp¡tfm, A\mYItfm
                                                ً‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔﹸ ﻓَﺎﺭﹾﺯُﻗُﻮﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻗُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﻮﹾﻻ‬
         ]mhs¸«htcm      lmPdpWvSmbmÂ
         AXn \n¶v AhÀ¡v \n§Ä hÃXpw
                                                                                                   ‫ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻓًﺎ‬
         \ÂIpIbpw, AhtcmSv acymZbpÅ
         hm¡v ]dbpIbpw sNt¿WvSXmIp¶p.
9.       X§fpsS ]n¶n ZpÀ_ecmb k´m              ً‫ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺨْﺶﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻠْﻔِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺔ‬       .٩
         \§sf hnt«¨pt]mbm ( AhcpsS
                                                ْ‫ﺿِﻌﹶﺎﻓًﺎ ﺧﹶﺎﻓُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         KXnsb´mIpsa¶v ) `bs¸Sp¶hÀ
         (AtXhn[w aäpÅhcpsS a¡fpsS
                                                                                            ‫ﻗَﻮﹾﻻً ﺳﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹰﺍ‬
         Imcy¯nÂ) `bs¸Ss«. A§s\
         AhÀ AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pIbpw,
         icnbmb hm¡v ]dbpIbpw sN¿s«.
10.      XoÀ¨bmbpw A\mYIfpsS kz¯p               ‫٠١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﻇُﻠْﻤﹰﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ‬
         IÄ    A\ymbambn      Xn¶p¶hÀ
                                                  ‫ﻳﹶﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹸﻄُﻮنِﻬِﻢﹾ نَﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻴﹶﺼﹾﻠَﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺳﹶﻌِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         AhcpsS hbdpIfn Xn¶p (\nd¡p)
         ¶Xv Xo am{XamIp¶p. ]n¶oSv AhÀ
         \cI¯n I¯nFcnbp¶XpamWv.
11.      \n§fpsS k´m\§fpsS Imcy¯n              ‫١١. ﻳﹸﻮﺻِﻴﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩِﻛُﻢﹾ ﻟِﻠﺬﱠﻛَﺮِ ﻣِﺜْﻞُ ﺣﹶﻆﱢ‬
         AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v \nÀtZiw \ÂIp
                                                ‫ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛُﻦﱠ نِﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﻮﹾﻕَ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﻠَﻬﹸﻦﱠ‬
         ¶p; BWn\v cWvSv s]®nsâXn\v
         Xpeyamb HmlcnbmWpÅXv. C\n
                                                ‫ﺛُﻠُﺜَﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎنَﺖﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﻓَﻠَﻬﹶﺎ‬
         cWvSne[nIw   s]¬a¡fmWpÅsX
         ¦n ( acn¨ BÄ ) hnt«¨p t]mb
         kz¯nsâ aq¶n cWvSp `mKamWv
         AhÀ¡pÅXv. Hcp aIÄ am{XamsW             ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺼﹾﻒﹸ ﻭﹶﻷَﺑﹶﻮﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻟِﻜُﻞﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ‬
         ¦n AhÄ¡v ]IpXn bmWpÅXv.
         acn¨ BÄ¡p k´m\ap sWvS¦n               ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺪﹸﺱﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ‬
         AbmfpsS amXm]nXm¡ fn Hmtcm
         cp¯À¡pw AbmÄ hnt«¨pt]mb                ‫ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﻭﹶﺭِﺛَﻪﹸ ﺃَﺑﹶﻮﹶﺍﻩﹸ ﻓَﻸُﻣﱢﻪِ ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻠُﺚﹸ ﻓَﺈِﻥ‬
         kz¯nsâ Bdnsem¶p hoXw DWvSm
         bncn¡p¶XmWv. C\n AbmÄ¡v                ِ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺇِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺓﹲ ﻓَﻸُﻣﱢﻪِ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺪﹸﺱﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪ‬
         k´m\anÃmXncn¡pIbpw, amXm]nXm
         ¡Ä AbmfpsS A\´cmhIminI                 ‫ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔٍ ﻳﹸﻮﺻِﻲ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺩﹶﻳﹾﻦٍ ﺁﺑﹶﺂﺅﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﻨﺎﺅﹸﻛُﻢﹾ‬
         fmbncn¡bpamsW¦n      AbmfpsS
         amXmhn\v aq¶nsemcp `mKw DWvSm          ‫ﻻَ ﺗَﺪﹾﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺏﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ نَﻔْﻌﺎً ﻓَﺮِﻳﻀَﺔً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
         bncn¡pw. C\n AbmÄ¡v ktlmZc
         §fpWvSmbncp¶m AbmfpsS amXm                              ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         hn\v Bdnsem¶pWvSmbn cn¡pw. acn¨
         BÄ sNbvXn«pÅ hkzn ¿¯n\pw
         ISapsWvS¦n AXn\pw tijamWv

     Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   107                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

         CsXÃmw. \n§fpsS ]nXm¡fnepw
         \n§fpsS a¡fnepw D]Imcw sImWvSv
         \n§tfmSv Gähpw ASp¯hÀ Bcm
         sW¶v \n§Ä¡ dnbnÃ. AÃmlp
         hnsâ ]¡Â \n¶pÅ (Hmlcn)
         \nÀWbamWnXv.       XoÀ¨bmbpw
         AÃmlp      FÃmw   Adnbp¶h\pw
         bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
12.      \n§fpsS `mcyamÀ¡v k´m\anÃm¯            ‫٢١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ نِﺼﹾﻒﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ‬
         ]£w AhÀ hnt«¨pt]mb [\¯nsâ
                                                ‫ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻓَﻠَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺑﹸﻊﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ‬
         ]IpXn     \n§Ä¡mIp¶p.       C\n
         AhÀ¡v       k´m\apWvSmbncp¶mÂ
                                                ٍ‫ﺗَﺮﹶﻛْﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔٍ ﻳﹸﻮﺻِﲔﹶ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺩﹶﻳﹾﻦ‬
         AhÀ hnt«¨pt]mbXnsâ \mensem¶v
         \n§Ä¡mbncn¡pw. AhÀ sN¿p¶
                                                ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺑﹸﻊﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻛْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ‬
         hkzn¿¯pw ISapsWvS¦n AXpw
         Ign¨mWnXv. \n§Ä¡v k´m\an
         sæn \n§Ä hnt«¨pt]mb [\
         ¯n \n¶v \mensem¶mWv AhÀ¡v             ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻓَﻠَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻤﹸﻦﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻛْﺘُﻢ‬
         ( `mcyamÀ¡v ) DÅXv. C\n \n§Ä¡v
         k´m\apWvSmbncp¶m         \n§Ä         ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔٍ ﺗُﻮﺻﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺩﹶﻳﹾﻦٍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
         hnt«¨pt]mbXn \n¶v F«nsem
         ¶mWv AhÀ¡pÅXv. \n§Ä sN¿p               ‫ﺭﹶﺟﹸﻞٌ ﻳﹸﻮﺭﹶﺙﹸ ﻛَﻼﹶﻟَﺔً ﺃَﻭ ﺍﻣﹾﺮﹶﺃَﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺃَﺥٌ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃُﺧﹾﺖﹲ‬
         ¶ hkzn¿¯pw ISapsWvS¦n AXpw
         Ign¨mWnXv. A\´csaSp¡p¶ ]pcp            ْ‫ﻓَﻠِﻜُﻞﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺪﹸﺱﹸ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﹶﺍ‬
         jt\m kv{Xotbm ]nXmhpw a¡fp
         anÃm¯ Bfmbncn¡pIbpw, AbmÄ              ‫ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺎﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻠُﺚِ ﻣِﻦ‬
         ¡v (amXmshm¯) Hcp ktlmZct\m
         ktlmZcntbm      DWvSmbncn¡pIbpw        ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔٍ ﻳﹸﻮﺻﹶﻰ ﺑِﻬﹶﺂ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺩﹶﻳﹾﻦٍ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﻀَﺂﺭﱟ‬
         sNbvXm Ahcn ( B ktlmZc
         ktlmZcnamcn ) Hmtcmcp ¯À¡pw                           ‫ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
         Bdn Hcwiw e`n¡p ¶XmWv. C\n
         AhÀ AXne[nIw t]cpsWvS¦nÂ
         AhÀ aq¶nsem¶n kamhImin
         Ifmbncn¡pw. t{ZmlIcaÃm¯ hkzn
         ¿t¯m IStam DsWvS¦n AsXmgn
         ¨mWnXv. AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pÅ
         \nÀtZias{X       CXv.    AÃmlp
         kÀÆPvR\pw kl\ioe \pamIp¶p.
13.      AÃmlphnsâ \nba]cn[nIfmIp¶p             ‫٣١. ﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻄِﻊِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟَﻪﹸ‬
         Chsbms¡. GsXmcmÄ AÃmlp
                                                ‫ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠْﻪﹸ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ‬
         hns\bpw  Ahsâ     ZqXs\bpw
         A\pkcn¡p¶pthm Ahs\ AÃmlp

   Previous Page                   First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 108                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                            ‫ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻮﹾﺯُ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹸ‬
         Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶
         kzÀKt¯m¸pIfn          {]thin
         ¸n¡p¶XmWv. AhcXn \nXyhmkn
         Ifmbncn¡pw. AXs{X al¯mb
         hnPbw.
14.      BÀ      AÃmlpshbpw    Ahsâ           ‫٤١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺺِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺘَﻌﹶﺪﱠ ﺣﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹶﻩﹸ‬
         ZqXs\bpw [n¡cn¡pIbpw, Ahsâ
                                                  ‫ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠْﻪﹸ نَﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹰﺍ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻣﱡﻬِﲔﹲ‬
         (\nba) ]cn[nIÄ ewLn¡pIbpw
         sN¿p¶pthm Ahs\ AÃmlp \cIm
         Kv\nbn {]thin¸n¡pw. Ah\XnÂ
         \nXyhmknbmbncn¡pw.    A]am\
         Icamb in£bmWv Ah¶pÅXv.
15.      \n§fpsS kv{XoIfn \n¶v \oNhr         ‫٥١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻼﱠﺗِﻲ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﲔﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺣِﺸﹶﺔَ ﻣِﻦ نﱢﺴﹶﺂﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         ¯nbn GÀs]Sp¶hcmtcm AhÀ
                                              ‫ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﺸﹾﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻦﱠ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌﺔً ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥ‬
         s¡Xncn km£nIfmbn \n§fnÂ
         \n¶v \mept]sc \n§Ä sImWvSv
                                              ‫ﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﺄَﻣﹾﺴِﻜُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺒﹸﻴﹸﻮﺕِ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ‬
         hcphn³. A§s\ AhÀ km£yw
         hln¨m Ahsc \n§Ä hoSpIfnÂ
         XSªp        sh¨psImWvSncn¡pI.
         Ahsc    acWw     GsäSp¡pItbm             ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻓﱠﺎﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         AÃmlp AhÀs¡mcp amÀKw DWvSm
         ¡pItbm sN¿p¶Xv hsc.
16.      \n§fpsS Iq«¯n \n¶v B                ‫٦١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠﱠﺬَﺍﻥﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﺎنِﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺂﺫُﻭﻫﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﺎﺑﹶﺎ‬
         \oNhr¯n sN¿p¶ cWvSpt]scbpw
                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺤﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﻋﹾﺮِﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
         \n§Ä ]oUn¸n¡pI. F¶m AhÀ
         Ccphcpw ]ivNm¯]n¡pIbpw \S]Sn
                                                                                          ‫ﺗَﻮﱠﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw       sN¿p¶
         ]£w \n§Ä Ahsc hnt«¡pI.
         XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp ]ivNm¯m]w
         Gsd kzoIcn¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[n
         bpamIp¶p.
17.      ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡m³ AÃmlp            ‫٧١. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺑﹶﺔُ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﻮﹶﺀﹶ‬
         _m[yX    Gän«pÅXv   AdnhptISv
                                              ‫ﺑِﺠﹶﻬﹶﺎﻟَﺔٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐٍ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺏﹸ‬
         \nan¯w Xn³a sN¿pIbpw, F¶n«v
         XmaknbmsX    ]ivNm¯]n¡pIbpw
                                                        ً‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﺎً ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﺎ‬
         sN¿p¶hÀ¡v am{XamIp¶p. A§s\
         bpÅhcpsS ]ivNm¯m]w AÃmlp
         kzoIcn¡p¶XmWv. AÃmlp FÃmw
         Adnbp¶h\pw bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
18.
                                              ِ‫٨١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻴﹾﺴﹶﺖِ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺑﹶﺔُ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺕ‬
         ]ivNm¯m]w     F¶Xv     sXäpIÄ
         sNbvXv sImWvSncn¡pIbpw, F¶n«v
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                    109                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                 ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻀَﺮﹶ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹶﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱢﻲ‬
         acWw Bk¶amIpt¼mÄ Rm\nXm
         ]ivNm¯]n¨ncn¡p¶p F¶v ]dbp
         Ibpw sN¿p¶hÀ¡pÅXÃ. kXy
         \ntj[nIfmbns¡mWvSv      acWaSbp         ‫ﺗُﺒﹾﺖﹸ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻤﹸﻮﺗُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻔﱠﺎﺭﹲ‬
         ¶hÀ¡papÅXÃ.          A§s\bpÅ
         hÀ¡v thZ\tbdnb in£bmWv \mw                               ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺃَﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹾنَﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         Hcp¡nsh¨n«pÅXv.
19.
                                                 ْ‫٩١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤِﻞﱡ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺮِﺛُﻮﺍ‬
         kXyhnizmknItf, kv{XoIsf _emÂ
         ¡mcambn«v A\´cmhImi kz¯mbn
         FSp¡Â \n§Ä¡v A\phZ\obaÃ.
         AhÀ¡v (`mcyamÀ¡v) \n§Ä sImSp            ْ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻛَﺮﹾﻫﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﻀُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻟِﺘَﺬْﻫﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍ‬
         ¯n«pÅXn Hcp `mKw X«nsbSp
         ¡phm³ thWvSn \n§fhsc apS¡nbn            ٍ‫ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﲔﹶ ﺑِﻔَﺎﺣِﺸﹶﺔ‬
         SpIbpw sN¿cpXv. AhÀ {]Xy£amb
         hà     \oNhr¯nbpw       sNbvsX¦n        ‫ﻣﱡﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺎﺷِﺮﹸﻭﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ‬
         eÃmsX. AhtcmSv \n§Ä acymZ
         tbmsS klhÀ¯nt¡WvSXpapWvSv.              ‫ﻛَﺮِﻫﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﻌﹶﺴﹶﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜْﺮﹶﻫﹸﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ‬
         C\n \n§Ä¡htcmSv shdp¸v tXm¶p
         ¶ ]£w ( \n§Ä a\Ênem¡pI )                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         \n§sfmcp Imcyw shdp¡pIbpw
         AtXImcy¯n AÃmlp [mcmfw
         \³a \nivNbn¡pIbpw sNbvsX¶v
         hcmw.
20.
                                                 ٍ‫٠٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺩﺗﱡﻢﹸ ﺍﺳﹾﺘِﺒﹾﺪﹶﺍﻝَ ﺯَﻭﹾﺝٍ ﻣﱠﻜَﺎﻥﹶ ﺯَﻭﹾﺝ‬
         \n§Ä Hcp `mcybpsS kvYm\¯v
         asämcp `mcysb ]Icw kzoIcn
         ¡phm³ Dt±in¡p¶ ]£w AhcnÂ
         HcphÄ¡v \n§Ä Hcp Iq¼mcw Xs¶             ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺣﹾﺪﹶﺍﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻗِﻨﻄَﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ‬
         sImSp¯n«pWvSmbncp¶psh¦nepw AXnÂ
         \n¶v bmsXm¶pw Xs¶ \n§Ä                              ً‫ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﺃَﺗَﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭنَﻪﹸ ﺑﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺎنﺎً ﻭﹶﺇِﺛْﻤﺎً ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﺎ‬
         Xncn¨phm§cpXv. IÅ Btcm]Ww
         Npa¯ns¡mWvSpw         {]Xy£amb
         A[À½w sNbvXpsImWvSpw \n§fXv
         taSn¡pItbm?
21.
                                                 ‫١٢. ﻭﹶﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺗَﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭنَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃَﻓْﻀَﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
         \n§Ä At\ym\yw IqSnt¨cpIbpw
         AhÀ \n§fn \n¶v I\¯ Hcp
         IcmÀ hm§pIbpw sNbvXpIgnªn
         cns¡ \n§Ä AX§s\ taSn¡pw?                          ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹶﺬْﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻗًﺎ ﻏَﻠِﻴﻈًﺎ‬
22.
                                                 ‫٢٢. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻨﻜِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ نَﻜَﺢﹶ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺅﹸﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
         \n§fpsS ]nXm¡Ä hnhmlw sNbvX
         kv{XoIsf \n§Ä hnhmlw Ign¡cpXv;
         ap¼v sNbvXpt]mb sXmgnsI. XoÀ¨
         bmbpw AXv Hcp \oNhr¯nbpw                ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺳﹶﻠَﻒﹶ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻓَﺎﺣِﺸﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻘْﺘًﺎ‬
         shdp¡s¸« Imcyhpw Zpjn¨ amÀKhp
         amIp¶p.                                                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
   Previous Page                    First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                    110                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


23.      \n§fpsS     amXm¡Ä,    ]p{XnamÀ,        ‫٣٢. ﺣﹸﺮﱢﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱠﻬﹶﺎﺗُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎﺗُﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         ktlmZcnamÀ,     ]nXrktlmZcnamÀ,
                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹶﻮﹶﺍﺗُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎﺗُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﺎﻻَﺗُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
         amXrktlmZcnamÀ, \n§sf apeIpSn
         ¸n¨ t]mä½amÀ, apeIpSn aptJ\
                                                 ‫ﺍﻷَﺥِ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﺍﻷُﺧﹾﺖِ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣﱠﻬﹶﺎﺗُﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻼﱠﺗِﻲ‬
         bpÅ     \n§fpsS     ktlmZcnamÀ,
         \n§fpsS `mcymamXm¡Ä F¶nhÀ
         (Ahsc hnhmlw sN¿Â) \n§Ä¡v
         \njn²am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.      \n§Ä           ِ‫ﺃَﺭﹾﺿَﻌﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹶﻮﹶﺍﺗُﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺿَﺎﻋﹶﺔ‬
         ssewKnIthgvNbn     GÀs]«n«pÅ
         \n§fpsS `mcyamcpsS k´m\§fmbn            ‫ﻭﹶﺃُﻣﱠﻬﹶﺎﺕﹸ نِﺴﹶﺂﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﹶﺎﺋِﺒﹸﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻼﱠﺗِﻲ ﻓِﻲ‬
         \n§fpsS         kwc£W¯nepÅ
         hfÀ¯v ]p{Xnamcpw ( Ahsc                 ‫ﺣﹸﺠﹸﻮﺭِﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱢﺴﹶﺂﺋِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻼﱠﺗِﻲ ﺩﹶﺧﹶﻠْﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻬِﻦﱠ‬
         hnhmlw    sN¿p¶Xpw     \njn²am
         ¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p ). C\n \n§Ä                 ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﺩﹶﺧﹶﻠْﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻬِﻦﱠ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ‬
         Ahcpambn ssewKnIthgvN bnÂ
         GÀs]«n«nsæn (AhcpsS a¡sf              ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻞُ ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺋِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
         thÄ¡p¶XnÂ) \n§Ä¡p IpäanÃ.
         \n§fpsS apXpIn \n¶v ]nd¶               ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﻼﹶﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺠﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻷُﺧﹾﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﺇَﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
         ]p{X³amcpsS `mcyamcpw (\n§Ä¡v
         \njn²am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.)      cWvSp                 ‫ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺳﹶﻠَﻒﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         ktlmZcnamsc H¶n¨v `mcyamcm¡p
         ¶Xpw ( \njn²amIp¶p. ) ap¼v
         sNbvXv t]mbsXmgnsI. Xoˬbmbpw
         AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw
         IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
24.      ( aäpÅhcpsS ) hnhml_Ô¯nen               ‫٤٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜَﺖﹾ‬
         cn¡p¶    kv{XoIfpw   (\n§Ä¡v
                                                 ‫ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
         \njn²am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p) \n§fpsS
         ssIIÄ DSas¸Sp¯nbhÀ ( ASna
                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺀ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺒﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺄَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﺤﹾﺼِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
         kv{XoIÄ ) HgnsI. \n§fpsS taÂ
         AÃmlphnsâ \nbaas{X CXv. AXn
         ¶¸pdapÅ kv{XoIfpambn \n§fpsS
         [\w ( alvdmbn ) \ÂIns¡mWvSv             ‫ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺴﹶﺎﻓِﺤِﲔﹶ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻤﹾﺘَﻌﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻦﱠ‬
         \n§Ä ( hnhml_Ôw ) tXSp¶Xv
         \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.               ‫ﻓَﺂﺗُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻀَﺔً ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ‬
         \n§Ä     sshhmlnI       PohnXw
         e£yam¡p¶hcmbncn¡Ww. \oN                 ِ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﺍﺿَﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺮِﻳﻀَﺔ‬
         hr¯n      B{Kln¡p¶hcmIcpXv.
         A§s\ Ahcn \n¶v \n§Ä hà                                       ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         kpJhpa\p`hn¨m      AhÀ¡pÅ
         hnhmlaqeyw Hcp _m[yX F¶
         \nebn \n§Ä \ÂtIWvSXmWv.
         _m[yX (hnhmlaqeyw) \nivNbn¨
   Previous Page                    First Page                                                    Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                    111                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

         Xn\p tijw \n§Ä At\ym\yw
         Xr]vXns¸«v   hà     hn«phogvNbpw
         sN¿p¶Xn \n§Ä¡v Ipäsam¶panÃ.
         XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp FÃmw Adnbp
         ¶h\pw bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
25.      \n§fnemÀs¡¦nepw kXyhnizmkn\n            ‫٥٢. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻊﹾ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻃَﻮﹾﻻً ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻨﻜِﺢﹶ‬
         Ifmb kzX{´kv{XoIsf hnhmlw
                                                 ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻓَﻤِﻦ ﻣﱢﺎ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜَﺖﹾ‬
         Ign¡m³ km¼¯nI tijnbnsÃ
         ¦n       \n§fpsS        ssIIÄ
                                                 ‫ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻓَﺘَﻴﹶﺎﺗِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ‬
         DSas¸Sp¯nb kXyhnizmkn\nIfmb
         Zmknamcn Bscsb¦nepw ( `mcy
                                                 ‫ﺑِﺈِﳝﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻓَﺎنﻜِﺤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬
         amcmbn      kzoIcn¡mhp¶XmWv.)
         AÃmlphmIp¶p \n§fpsS hnizmk
         s¯¸än     \¶mbn     Adnbp¶h³.
         \n§fn NneÀ Nnecn \n¶pWvSmb            ِ‫ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻬِﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑ‬
         hcmWtÃm. A§s\ Ahsc ( B
         Zmknamsc ) AhcpsS c£mIÀ¯m               ِ‫ﻣﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺴﹶﺎﻓِﺤﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻣﹸﺘﱠﺨِﺬَﺍﺕ‬
         ¡fpsS A\paXn{]Imcw \n§Ä
         hnhmlw Ign¨v sImÅpI. AhcpsS             ٍ‫ﺃَﺧﹾﺪﹶﺍﻥٍ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺃُﺣﹾﺼِﻦﱠ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺗَﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺑِﻔَﺎﺣِﺸﹶﺔ‬
         hnhmlaqeyw acymZ{]Imcw AhÀ¡v
         \n§Ä      \ÂIpIbpw       sN¿pI.         ‫ﻓَﻌﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻦﱠ نِﺼﹾﻒﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
         t¾NvOhr¯nbn GÀs]Sm¯hcpw
         clkythgvN¡msc kzoIcn¡m¯h                ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﺸِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻨﹶﺖﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         cpamb ]Xn{hXIfmbncn¡Ww AhÀ.
         A§s\        AhÀ       sshhmlnI            ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺼﹾﺒِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
         PohnX¯nsâ      kwc£W¯nembn
         ¡gnªn«v AhÀ t¾NvOhr¯nbnÂ
         GÀs]Sp¶ ]£w kzX{´kv{XoIÄ
         ¡pÅXnsâ ]IpXn in£ AhÀ¡p
         WvSmbncn¡pw. \n§fpsS Iq«¯nÂ
         ( hnhmlw Ign¨nsæn ) hnjan¡p
         sa¶v `bs¸Sp¶hÀ¡mIp¶p AXv.
         (ASnakv{XoIsf `mcyamcmbn kzoIcn
         ¡m\pÅ A\phmZw. ) F¶mÂ
         \n§Ä        £an¨ncn¡p¶XmIp¶p
         \n§Ä¡v IqSpX D¯aw. AÃmlp
         Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[n
         bpamIp¶p.
26.      \n§Ä¡v ( Imcy§Ä ) hnhcn¨pXcp            ‫٦٢. ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻨﹶﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ‬
         hm\pw, \n§fpsS ap³KmanIfpsS \Ã
                                                       ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
         \S]SnIÄ \n§Ä¡v Im«n¯cphm\pw
         \n§fpsS ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡ p

   Previous Page                    First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   112                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

         hm\pw,    AÃmlp      Dt±in¡p¶p.
         AÃmlp      FÃmw     Adnbp¶h\pw
         bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
27.      AÃmlp \n§fpsS ]ivNm¯m]w                ‫٧٢. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
         kzoIcn¡m³ Dt±in¡p¶p. F¶mÂ
                                                     ‫ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹶﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻤِﻴﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻴﹾﻼﹰ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         X¶njvS§sf ]n³]än Pohn¡p¶hÀ
         Dt±in¡p¶Xv \n§Ä ( t\ÀhgnbnÂ
         \n¶v ) h³tXmXn sXänt¸mIW
         sa¶mWv.
28.      \n§Ä¡v `mcw Ipd¨pXcWsa¶v               ‫٨٢. ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺨَﻔﱢﻒﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺧﹸﻠِﻖﹶ ﺍﻹِنﺴﹶﺎﻥﹸ‬
         AÃmlp Dt±in¡p¶p. ZpÀ_e\mbn
                                                                                                  ‫ﺿَﻌِﻴﻔًﺎ‬
         s¡mWvSmWv a\pjy³ krjvSn¡s¸«n
         cn¡p¶Xv.
29.      kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä ]ckv]cw            ‫٩٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         kwXr]vXntbmSpIqSn     \S¯p¶
                                                ٍ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻃِﻞِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺗِﺠﹶﺎﺭﹶﺓﹰ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺗَﺮﹶﺍﺽ‬
         I¨hS     CS]mSp   aptJ\bÃmsX
         \n§fpsS kz¯p¡Ä A\ymbambn
                                                ‫ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         \n§Ä At\ym\yw FSp¯v Xn¶cpXv.
         \n§Ä \n§sf¯s¶ sImes¸Sp
         ¯pIbpw sN¿cpXv. XoÀ¨bmbpw
         AÃmlp \n§tfmSv IcpWbpÅ                                                                    ‫ﺭﹶﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         h\mIp¶p.
30.      Bsc¦nepw AXn{Iaambpw A\ymb             ‫٠٣. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞْ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻋﹸﺪﹾﻭﹶﺍنًﺎ ﻭﹶﻇُﻠْﻤﹰﺎ ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ‬
         ambpw A§s\ sN¿p¶ ]£w
                                                       ‫نُﺼﹾﻠِﻴﻪِ نَﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺴِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         \mahs\ \cImKv\nbnen«v Icn¡p
         ¶XmWv. AXv AÃmlphn\v Ffp¸ap
         Å ImcyamIp¶p.
31.      \n§tfmSv        \ntcm[n¡s¸Sp¶          ‫١٣. ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺠﹾﺘَﻨِﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺒﹶﺂﺋِﺮﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻨﹾﻬﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ نُﻜَﻔﱢﺮﹾ‬
         h³]m]§Ä \n§Ä hÀÖn¡p¶
                                                 ‫ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶنُﺪﹾﺧِﻠْﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﺪﹾﺧﹶﻼﹰ ﻛَﺮِﳝﹰﺎ‬
         ]£w \n§fpsS Xn³aIsf \n§fnÂ
         \n¶v     \mw   ambv¨pIfbpIbpw,
         am\yamb Hcp kvYm\¯v \n§sf \mw
         {]thin¸n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶XmWv.
32.
                                                ‫٢٣. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘَﻤﹶﻨﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﻀﱠﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻪِ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
         \n§fn    NneÀ¡v    Nnesc¡mÄ
         IqSpXembn    AÃmlp     \ÂInb
         A\p{Kl§tfmSv \n§Ä¡v tamlw
         tXm¶cpXv. ]pcpj³amÀ k¼mZn¨p            ْ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻟﱢﻠﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝِ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺍﻛْﺘَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍ‬
         WvSm¡nbXnsâ Hmlcn AhÀ¡pWvSv.
         kv{XoIÄ k¼mZn¨pWvSm¡nbXnsâ             ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻠﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺍﻛْﺘَﺴﹶﺒﹾﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
         Hmlcn AhÀ¡papWvSv. AÃmlpthmSv
   Previous Page                   First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                    113                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                     ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         Ahsâ HuZmcy¯n \n¶v \n§Ä
         Bhiys¸«psImÅpI. XoÀ¨bmbpw
         AÃmlp      GXv   Imcys¯¸änbpw
         AdnhpÅh\mIp¶p.
33.
                                                 ِ‫٣٣. ﻭﹶﻟِﻜُﻞﱟ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻲﹶ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺍﻥ‬
         GsXmcmÄ¡pw Xsâ amXm]nXm¡fpw
         ASp¯ _Ôp¡fpw hnt«¨v t]mb
         kz¯n\v \mw AhIminIsf \nivNbn
         ¨n«pWvSv. \n§fpsS hewssIIÄ              ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﻗْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﻘَﺪﹶﺕﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺂﺗُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
         _Ôw kvYm]n¨n«pÅhÀ¡pw Ahcp
         sS Hmlcn \n§Ä sImSp¡pI.                 ‫نَﺼِﻴﺒﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
         XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp FÃm Imcy§
         Ä¡pw km£nbmIp¶p.
34.
                                                 ‫٤٣. ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝُ ﻗَﻮﱠﺍﻣﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﻀﱠﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
         ]pcpj³amÀ kv{XoIfpsS ta \nb
         {´Wm[nImcapÅhcmIp¶p. a\pjy
         cn Hcp hn`mK¯n\v adp hn`mKt¯
         ¡mÄ AÃmlp IqSpXÂ Ignhv                  ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﻔَﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         \ÂInbXv sImWvSpw, ( ]pcpj³amÀ )
         AhcpsS [\w sNehgn¨XpsImWvSp             ‫ﻓَﺎﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻗَﺎنِﺘَﺎﺕﹲ ﺣﹶﺎﻓِﻈَﺎﺕﹲ ﻟﱢﻠْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
         amWXv.     AXn\m       \Ãhcmb
         kv{XoIÄ A\pkcWioeapÅhcpw,               ‫ﺣﹶﻔِﻆَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻼﱠﺗِﻲ ﺗَﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻥﹶ نُﺸﹸﻮﺯَﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬
         AÃmlp       kwc£n¨        {]Imcw
         (]pcpj³amcpsS)       A`mh¯n            ِ‫ﻓَﻌِﻈُﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺍﻫﹾﺠﹸﺮﹸﻭﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻀَﺎﺟِﻊ‬
         (kwc£nt¡WvSsXÃmw ) kwc£n¡p
         ¶hcpamWv. F¶m A\pkcWt¡Sv               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺿْﺮِﺑﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﻃَﻌﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺒﹾﻐُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻦﱠ‬
         ImWn¡psa¶v \n§Ä Bi¦n¡p¶
                                                                    ‫ﺎ ﻛَﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴ‬
         kv{XoIsf \n§Ä D]tZin¡pI.
         InS¸dIfn Ahcpambn AI¶p
         \n¡pI. Ahsc ASn¡pIbpw
         sNbvXv sImÅpI. F¶n«hÀ \n§sf
         A\pkcn¡p¶ ]£w ]ns¶ \n§Ä
         AhÀs¡Xncn       Hcp     amÀKhpw
         tXScpXv.   XoÀ¨bmbpw     AÃmlp
         D¶X\pw alm\pamIp¶p.
35.
                                                 ‫٥٣. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺷِﻘَﺎﻕَ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨِﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﺎﺑﹾﻌﹶﺜُﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﻜَﻤﹰﺎ‬
         C\n, AhÀ (Z¼XnamÀ) X½n `n¶n¨v
         t]mIpsa¶v \n§Ä `bs¸Sp¶ ]£w
         Ahsâ BÄ¡mcn \n¶v Hcp
         a²ykvYs\bpw AhfpsS BÄ¡m                 ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﻜَﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹶﺍ‬
         cn \n¶v Hcp a²ykvYs\bpw \n§Ä
         \ntbmKn¡pI.     Ccp     hn`mKhpw        ‫ﺇِﺻﹾﻼﹶﺣﹰﺎ ﻳﹸﻮﹶﻓﱢﻖِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
         A\pcRvP\amWv Dt±in¡p¶sX¦nÂ
         AÃmlp AhÀ¡nSbn tbmPn¸p                                                           ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         WvSm¡p¶XmWv.         XoÀ¨bmbpw
         AÃmlp kÀÆPvR\pw kq£vaPvR\p
         amIp¶p.
   Previous Page                    First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 114                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


36.      \n§Ä AÃmlpsh Bcm[n¡pIbpw             ‫٦٣. ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ‬
         Aht\mSv bmsXm¶pw ]¦ptNÀ¡mXn
         cn¡pIbpw amXm]nXm¡tfmSv \Ã           ‫ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﺇِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﺑِﺬِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ‬
         \nebn hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.
                                              ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﺭِ ﺫِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﺭ‬
         _Ôp¡tfmSpw A\mYItfmSpw ]mh
         §tfmSpw IpSpw__ÔapÅ AbÂ
                                              ِ‫ﺍﻟْﺠﹸﻨﹸﺐِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺣِﺐِ ﺑِﺎﳉَﻨﺐِ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﻦِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
         ¡mtcmSpw A\ycmb Ab¡m
         tcmSpw klhmkntbmSpw hgnt]m¡
         t\mSpw \n§fpsS heXpssIIÄ
         DSas¸Sp¯nb ASnaItfmSpw \Ã\ne         ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜَﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنُﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
         bn hÀ¯n¡pI. s]m§¨¡mc\pw
         Zpc`nam\nbpambn«pÅ   Bscbpw                                            ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣﹸﺨْﺘَﺎﻻً ﻓَﺨُﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬
         AÃmlp Hcn¡epw CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ.
37.      ]nip¡v ImWn¡pIbpw, ]nip¡v            ِ‫٧٣. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺨَﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹸﺨْﻞ‬
         ImWn¡m³ P\§sf t{]cn¸n¡p
         Ibpw, X§Ä¡v AÃmlp Xsâ                ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹾنَﺎ‬
         HuZmcyw sImWvSv \ÂInb A\p{Klw
                                                                            ‫ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﻬِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
         ad¨p sh¡pIbpw sN¿p¶hcmWhÀ.
         B \µnsI«hÀ¡v A]am\Icamb
         in£bmWv \mw Hcp¡nsh¨ncn¡p
         ¶Xv.
38.      P\§sf ImWn¡phm\mbn X§fpsS            َ‫٨٣. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺭِﺋَـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
         kz¯p¡Ä       sNehgn¡p¶hcpw,
         AÃmlphntem     A´yZn\¯ntem           ِ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ‬
         hnizmkanÃm¯hcpamWhÀ. ]nimNm
                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻗَﺮِﻳﻨﹰﺎ ﻓَﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻗِﺮِﻳﻨﹰﺎ‬
         Wv HcmfpsS Iq«mfnbmIp¶sX¦nÂ
         Ah³ F{X Zpjn¨ Hcp Iq«pImc³!
39.      AhÀ     AÃmlphnepw   A´yZn\          ِ‫٩٣. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‬
         ¯nepw hnizkn¡pIbpw, AÃmlp
         AhÀ¡v \ÂInbXn \n¶v sNeh             ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔَﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻬِﻢ‬
         gn¡pIbpw sNbvXp t]mbm AhÀ
                                                                                                   ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         s¡s´mcp tZmjamWpÅXv? AÃmlp
         Ahsc ]än \¶mbn Adnbp¶h
         \mIp¶p.
40.      XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Hcp AWp              ً‫٠٤. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻈْﻠِﻢﹸ ﻣِﺜْﻘَﺎﻝَ ﺫَﺭﱠﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻚﹸ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔ‬
         thmfw A\oXn ImWn¡pIbnÃ. hÃ
         \³abpamWpÅsX¦n     AXh³                    ‫ﻳﹸﻀَﺎﻋِﻔْﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺆﹾﺕِ ﻣِﻦ ﻟﱠﺪﹸنْﻪﹸ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         Cc«n¨v sImSp¡pIbpw, Ahsâ
         ]¡Â \n¶pÅ h¼n¨ {]Xn^ew
         \ÂIpIbpw sN¿p¶XmWv.
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   115                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


41.      F¶m Hmtcm kapZmb¯n \n¶pw             ٍ‫١٤. ﻓَﻜَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟِﺌْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺃﻣﱠﺔٍ ﺑِﺸﹶﻬِﻴﺪ‬
         Hmtcm km£nsb \mw sImWvSv
                                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺟِﺌْﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
         hcnIbpw C¡q«Às¡Xncn \ns¶
         \mw km£nbmbn sImWvSv hcnIbpw
         sN¿pt¼mÄ F´mbncn¡pw AhkvY!
42.      Ahnizkn¡pIbpw           dkqens\        ‫٢٤. ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹶﺌِﺬٍ ﻳﹶﻮﹶﺩﱡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺼﹶﻮﹸﺍْ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻟَﻮﹾ‬
         [n¡cn¡pIbpw       sNbvXhÀ    B
                                                ‫ﺗُﺴﹶﻮﱠﻯ ﺑِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
         Znhkw sImXn¨p t]mIpw; Ahsc
         aqSns¡mWvSv `qan \nc¸m¡s¸«ncp¶p
                                                                                                   ‫ﺣﹶﺪِﻳﺜًﺎ‬
         sh¦n F{X \¶mbncp¶psh¶v. Hcp
         hnhchpw AÃmlphn \n¶v AhÀ¡v
         Hfn¨p sh¡m\mhnÃ.
43.      kXyhnizmknItf,                         ‫٣٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ‬
         elcn_m[n¨hcmbns¡mWvSv \n§Ä
                                                ‫ﺳﹸﻜَﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺟﹸﻨﹸﺒﹰﺎ‬
         \akvImcs¯ kao]n¡cpXv; \n§Ä
         ]dbp¶sXs´¶v \n§Ä¡v t_m[ap
                                                ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻋﹶﺎﺑِﺮِﻱ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞٍ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﺗَﻐْﺘَﺴِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
         WvSmIp¶Xv hsc. P\m_¯pImcmbn
         cn¡pt¼mÄ \n§Ä Ipfn¡p¶Xv
         hscbpw ( \akvImcs¯ kao]n¡
         cpXv. ) \n§Ä hgn IS¶v t]mIp¶           ‫ﻣﱠﺮﹾﺿَﻰ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻔَﺮٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢ‬
         hcmbns¡mWvSÃmsX. \n§Ä tcmKn
         Ifmbncn¡pItbm bm{XbnemhpItbm           ْ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﺍﻟْﻐَﺂﺋِﻂِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻻَﻣﹶﺴﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﻠَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
         sNbvXmÂþ Asæn \n§fnsem
         cmÄ aeaq{XhnkÀÖ\w Ignªv                ْ‫ﻣﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺘَﻴﹶﻤﱠﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺻﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹰﺎ ﻓَﺎﻣﹾﺴﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍ‬
         hcnItbm, kv{XoIfpambn k¼À¡w
         \S¯pItbm sNbvXpsh¦n þF¶n«v            ‫ﺍ‬‫ﺑِﻮﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻔُﻮ‬
         \n§Ä¡v shÅw In«nbXpansænÂ
         \n§Ä ip²nbpÅ `qapJw tXSn                                                                  ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬
         s¡mÅpI. F¶n«XpsImWvSv \n§fp
         sS apJ§fpw ssIIfpw XShpI.
         XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd am¸p\Â
         Ip¶h\pw s]mdp¡p¶h\pamIp¶p.
44.      thZ{KÙ¯n \n¶v Hcp hnlnXw              ِ‫٤٤. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
         \ÂIs¸«hsc \o IWvSntÃ? AhÀ
                                                  َ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﻼﹶﻟَﺔَ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻀِﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
         ZpÀamÀKw hnebv¡v hm§pIbpw,
         \n§Ä       hgnsXänt¸mIWsa¶v
         B{Kln¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
45.      AÃmlp \n§fpsS i{Xp¡sf¸än               ‫ﺎ‬‫٥٤. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﺄَﻋﹾﺪﹶﺍﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
         \¶mbn       Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
                                                                                   ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         \n§Ä¡v c£I\mbn AÃmlp aXn,
         klmbnbmbpw AÃmlp Xs¶ aXn.
   Previous Page                   First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  116                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


46.      blqZcn s]«hcs{X (B i{Xp              ‫٦٤. ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺮﱢﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻠِﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻦ‬
         ¡Ä.) hm¡pIsf AhÀ kvYm\w
         sXän¨v {]tbmKn¡p¶p. X§fpsS            ‫ﻣﱠﻮﹶﺍﺿِﻌِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺼﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﻤﹶﻊﹾ‬
         \mhpIÄ hfs¨mSn¨v sImWvSpw,
         aXs¯ Ip¯n¸dªv sImWvSpw                ‫ﺎ ﺑِﺄَﻟْﺴِﻨﹶﺘِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻃَﻌﹾﻨﹰﺎ‬‫ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻤﹶﻊٍ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﻋِﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻴ‬
         kanAv\m    hAssk\m    F¶pw
                                               ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﻳﻦِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ‬
         CkvaAv ssKd apkvaAv F¶pw
         dmC\m F¶pw AhÀ ]dbp¶p.
                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﻤﹶﻊﹾ ﻭﹶﺍنﻈُﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻟَﻜَﺎﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻗْﻮﹶﻡﹶ‬
         kanAv\m hAXzAv\m ( R§Ä
         tIÄ¡pIbpw     A\pkcn¡pIbpw
         sNbvXncn¡p¶p ) F¶pw CkvaAv
         ( tIÄ¡tW ) F¶pw D³fpÀ\m               ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦ ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻜُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
         ( R§sf Ku\n¡tW ) F¶pw
         AhÀ ]dªncps¶¦n AXhÀ¡v                                                                    ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         IqSpXÂ D¯ahpw h{IXbnÃm¯Xpw
         BIpambncp¶p. ]s£ AÃmlp
         AhcpsS    \ntj[w   ImcWambn
         Ahsc i]n¨ncn¡p¶p. AXn\mÂ
         AhÀ hnizkn¡pIbnÃ; Npcp¡¯n
         eÃmsX.

47.      tl;    thZ{KÙw    \ÂIs¸«htc,          ‫٧٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ نَﺰﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎ‬
         \n§fpsS ]¡epÅ thZs¯ kXy
         s¸Sp¯ns¡mWvSv \mw AhXcn¸n             ‫ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ نﱠﻄْﻤِﺲﹶ‬
         ¨Xn \n§Ä hnizkn¡phn³. \mw
         Nne     apJ§Ä    XpS¨p\o¡nbn«v        ‫ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹰﺎ ﻓَﻨﹶﺮﹸﺩﱠﻫﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﺩﹾﺑﹶﺎﺭِﻫﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ نَﻠْﻌﹶﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         Ahsb ]n³hi§fnte¡v amäp¶
                                               ِ‫ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻌﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒﹾﺖِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         Xn\v ap¼mbn, Asæn iº¯nsâ
         BÄ¡msc \mw i]n¨Xv t]mse
                                                                                                 ً‫ﻣﹶﻔْﻌﹸﻮﻻ‬
         \n§sfbpw i]n¡p¶Xn¶pap¼mbn
         \n§Ä hnizkn¡phn³. AÃmlp
         hnsâ IÂ]\ {]mhÀ¯nIam¡
         s¸SpI Xs¶ sN¿pw.

48.      Xt¶mSv       ]¦ptNÀ¡s¸Sp¶Xv           ‫٨٤. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﺮﹶﻙَ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺩﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         AÃmlp Hcn¡epw s]mdp¡pIbnÃ.
         AsXmgn¨pÅsXÃmw Ah³ Dt±in              ِ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻙْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪ‬
         ¡p¶hÀ¡v Ah³ s]mdp¯psImSp
         ¡p¶XmWv.    BÀ    AÃmlpthmSv                                           ‫ﺍﻓْﺘَﺮﹶﻯ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         ]¦ptNÀ¯pthm Ah³ XoÀ¨bmbpw
         KpcpXcamb   Hcp  IpäIrXyamWv
         Na¨pWvSm¡nbncn¡p¶Xv.

   Previous Page                  First Page                                                     Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  117                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


49.      kzbw ]cnip²sc¶v AhImis¸Sp             ‫٩٤. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺰﹶﻛﱢﻲ‬
         ¶hsc \o IWvSntÃ? F¶mÂ
         AÃmlp Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hsc                                       ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﺘِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         ]cnip²cm¡p¶p. AhtcmSv Hcp
         Xcn¼pw A\oXn ImWn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ.
50.      F§s\bmWv AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ                ‫٠٥. ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﻛَﻴﻒﹶ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﻜَﺬِﺏﹶ‬
         t]cn IÅw sI«n¨abv¡p¶Xv F¶v
         t\m¡q. {]Xy£amb Ipäambn«v AXp                                          ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
         Xs¶ aXn.
51.      thZ¯n \n¶v Hcp hnlnXw \ÂI            ِ‫١٥. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
         s¸«hsc \o t\m¡nbnsÃ? AhÀ
         £p{Z hnZyIfnepw ZpÀaqÀ¯nIfnepw        ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺠِﺒﹾﺖِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
         hnizkn¡p¶p. kXy\ntj[nIsf¸än
                                               ‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻫﹶﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺃَﻫﹾﺪﹶﻯ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         AhÀ      ]dbp¶p;      C¡q«cmWv
         hnizmknIsf¡mÄ t\ÀamÀKw {]m]n
         ¨hsc¶v.
52.      F¶m     AhscbmWv   AÃmlp             ‫٢٥. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟَﻌﹶﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻠْﻌﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻦ‬
         i]n¨ncn¡p¶Xv.    GsXmcphs\
         AÃmlp i]n¨ncn¡p¶pthm Ah¶v                                                     ‫ﺗَﺠِﺪﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         Hcp klmbnsbbpw \o IsWvS¯p
         IbnÃ.
53.      AXÃ,     B[n]Xy¯n      hà            ‫٣٥. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚِ ﻓَﺈِﺫًﺍ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗُﻮﻥﹶ‬
         hnlnXhpw AhÀ¡ptWvSm? F¦nÂ
         Hcp AWpthmfhpw AhÀ a\pjyÀ¡v                                                       ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ نَﻘِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         \ÂIpambncp¶nÃ.
54.      AXÃ, AÃmlp Ahsâ HuZmcy                ‫٤٥. ﺃَﻡﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺴﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ‬
         ¯n \n¶v aäp a\pjyÀ¡v \ÂInbn
         «pÅXnsâ t]cn AhÀ Akqbs¸              ‫ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺂ ﺁﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
         SpIbmtWm? F¶m C{_mlow
                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻠْﻜًﺎ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         IpSpw_¯n\v \mw thZhpw PvRm\
         hpw \ÂInbn«pWvSv. AhÀ¡v \mw
         al¯mb B[n]Xyhpw \ÂInbn
         «pWvSv.
55.      AXn hnizkn¨ Hcp hn`mKw               ‫٥٥. ﻓَﻤِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﺻﹶﺪﱠ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ‬
         AhcpsS Iq«¯nepWvSv. AXn \n¶v
         ]n´ncnª hn`mKhpw AhcnepWvSv.                                         ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺠﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹶ ﺳﹶﻌِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         (AhÀ¡v) I¯nPzen¡p¶ \cImKv\n
         Xs¶ aXn.

   Previous Page                  First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  118                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


56.      XoÀ¨bmbpw \½psS sXfnhpIÄ              ‫٦٥. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺳﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ نُﺼﹾﻠِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ نَﺎﺭﹰﺍ‬
         \ntj[n¨hsc \mw \cI¯nen«v
         Icn¡p¶XmWv. AhcpsS sXmenIÄ            ‫ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ نَﻀِﺠﹶﺖﹾ ﺟﹸﻠُﻮﺩﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﺪﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹸﻠُﻮﺩﹰﺍ‬
         sh´pt]mIpt¼msgÃmw AhÀ¡v \mw
         thsd sXmenIÄ amänsImSp¡p¶             ‫ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶﻫﹶﺎ ﻟِﻴﹶﺬُﻭﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹰﺍ‬
         XmWv. AhÀ in£ BkzZn¨p
                                                                                                   ‫ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         sImWvSncn¡m³      thWvSnbmWXv.
         XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp {]Xm]hm\pw
         bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.

57.      hnizkn¡pIbpw kÂ{]hr¯nIfn             ِ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬           ْ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍ‬      ْ‫ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬     ‫٧٥. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
         GÀs]SpIbpw        sNbvXhcmIs«,
         Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶         ‫ﺳﹶﻨﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ‬
         kzÀKt¯m«§fn       \mw  Ahsc
         {]thin¸n¡p¶XmWv.       AhcXn         ‫ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺝﹲ‬
         \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw. AhÀ¡hnsS
                                                                    ‫ ﻇَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬‫ﻣﱡﻄَﻬﱠﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶنُﺪﹾﺧِﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻇِـﻼ‬
         ]cnip²cmb CWIfpWvSmbncn¡pw.
         kvYnchpw CSXqÀ¶Xpamb XWenÂ
         \mahsc {]thin¸n¡pIbpw sN¿pw.

58.      hnizknt¨Â]n¡s¸« A\ma¯pIÄ              ‫٨٥. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹸﺮﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﺆﺩﱡﻭﺍْ ﺍﻷَﻣﹶﺎنَﺎﺕِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻬﹶﺎ‬
         AhbpsS AhIminIÄ¡v \n§Ä
         sImSp¯p ho«Wsa¶pw, P\§Ä               ْ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻜَﻤﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺤﹾﻜُﻤﹸﻮﺍ‬
         ¡nSbn \n§Ä XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡p
         IbmsW¦n \oXntbmsS XoÀ¸pI            ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹾﻝِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ نِﻌِﻤﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻌِﻈُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
         ]n¡Wsa¶pw AÃmlp \n§tfmSv
                                                                                         ‫ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         IÂ]n¡p¶p. F{Xtbm \Ã D]tZi
         amWv Ah³ \n§Ä¡v \ÂIp¶Xv.
         XoÀ¨bmbpw FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
         ImWp¶h\p amIp¶p AÃmlp.

59.      kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp             ْ‫٩٥. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍ‬
         sh A\pkcn¡pI. ( AÃmlphnsâ )
         ZqXs\bpw \n§fn \n¶pÅ ssIIm           ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻨﹶﺎﺯَﻋﹾﺘُﻢﹾ‬
         cyIÀ¯m¡sfbpw       A\pkcn¡pI.
         C\n hà Imcy¯nepw \n§Ä¡n               ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻓَﺮﹸﺩﱡﻭﻩﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
         Sbn    `n¶n¸pWvSmIpIbmsW¦nÂ
                                               ‫ﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ‬
         \n§fXv AÃmlphnte¡pw dkqente
         ¡pw aS¡pI. \n§Ä AÃmlphnepw
                                                                                        ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹸ ﺗَﺄْﻭِﻳﻼﹰ‬
         A´yZn\¯nepw hnizkn¡p¶psh
         ¦n ( AXmWv thWvSXv. ) AXmWv
         D¯ahpw IqSpXÂ \Ã ]cyhkm\
         apÅXpw.
   Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  119                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


60.      \n\¡v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xnepw \n\¡v          َ‫٠٦. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺰﹾﻋﹸﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝ‬
         ap¼v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xnepw X§Ä
                                               ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ‬
         hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p F¶v PÂ]n¡p¶
         Hcp Iq«sc \o IWvSntÃ? ZpÀaqÀ
                                               ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﺤﹶﺎﻛَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃُﻣِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَﻥ‬
         ¯nIfpsS ASpt¯¡v hn[ntXSnt¸m
         Im\mWv     AhÀ     Dt±in¡p¶Xv.
         hmkvXh¯n          ZpÀaqÀ¯nIsf
         Ahnizkn¡phm\mWv AhÀ IÂ]n              ‫ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         ¡s¸«n«pÅXv. ]nimNv Ahsc _lp
         Zqcw hgnsXän¡phm³ Dt±in¡p¶p.                                                    ‫ﺿَﻼﹶﻻً ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬

61.      AÃmlp        AhXcn¸n¨Xnte¡pw          ‫١٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
         ( Ahsâ ) ZqX\nte¡pw \n§Ä hcq
                                               ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﻳﹶﺼﹸﺪﱡﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﻚﹶ‬
         F¶v AhtcmSv ]dbs¸«m B
         I]ShnizmknIÄ \ns¶ hn«v ]msS
                                                                                                ‫ﺻﹸﺪﹸﻭﺩﹰﺍ‬
         ]n´ncnªv    t]mIp¶Xv    \n\¡v
         ImWmw.
62.      F¶m kz´w ssIIÄ sNbvXv                ‫٢٦. ﻓَﻜَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺘْﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﺼِﻴﺒﹶﺔٌ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﱠﻣﹶﺖﹾ‬
         sh¨Xnsâ ^eambn AhÀ¡v hÃ
                                               ‫ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻙَ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻠِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺩﹾنَﺎ‬
         B]¯pw _m[n¡pIbpw, A\´cw
         AhÀ      \nsâ   ASp¯v     h¶v
                                                                                ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺇِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﺗَﻮﹾﻓِﻴﻘًﺎ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ t]cn kXyw sNbvXv
         sImWvSv R§Ä \³abpw A\pcRvP
         \hpaÃmsX asäm¶pw Dt±in¨ncp¶nÃ
         F¶v ]dbpIbpw sN¿pt¼mgpÅ
         kvYnXn F§s\bmbncn¡pw?
63.      A¯c¡mcpsS a\ÊpIfn F´m                ‫٣٦. ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         WpÅsX¶v        AÃmlphn¶dnbmw.
                                               ‫ﻓَﺄَﻋﹾﺮِﺽﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻋِﻈْﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗُﻞ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
         BIbm ( \_ntb, ) Ahsc hn«v
         XncnªpIfbpI. AhÀ¡v kZp]
                                                                                   ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗَﻮﹾﻻً ﺑﹶﻠِﻴﻐًﺎ‬
         tZiw \ÂIpIbpw, AhcpsS a\ÊnÂ
         X«p¶ hm¡v AhtcmSv ]dbpIbpw
         sN¿pI.
64.
                                               ِ‫٤٦. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟِﻴﹸﻄَﺎﻉﹶ ﺑِﺈِﺫْﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ      D¯chv    {]Imcw
         A\pkcn¡s¸Sphm³ thWvSnbÃmsX
         \mw Hcp ZqXs\bpw Ab¨n«nÃ. AhÀ
         AhtcmSv Xs¶ A{Iaw {]hÀ¯n¨             َ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫ ﻇﱠﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻙ‬
         t¸mÄ \nsâ ASp¡Â AhÀ
         hcnIbpw, F¶n«hÀ AÃmlpthmSv            ُ‫ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔَﺮﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝ‬
         ]m]tamN\w tXSpIbpw, AhÀ¡p
         thWvSn     dkqepw   ]m]tamN\w                                  ‫ﻟَﻮﹶﺟﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺗَﻮﱠﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         tXSpIbpw      sNbvXncp¶psh¦nÂ
   Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 120                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


         AÃmlpsh Gsd ]ivNm¯m]w kzoI
         cn¡p¶h\pw ImcpWyapÅh\pambn
         AhÀ IsWvS¯pambncp¶p.
65.
                                              ‫٥٦. ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹸﺤﹶﻜﱢﻤﹸﻮﻙَ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ‬
         CÃ, \nsâ c£nXmhns\¯s¶bmW
         kXyw; AhÀ¡nSbn `n¶Xbp
         WvSmb Imcy¯n AhÀ \ns¶
         hn[nIÀ¯mhm¡pIbpw, \o hn[n            ‫ﺷﹶﺠﹶﺮﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         IÂ]n¨Xns\¸än       ]n¶oShcpsS
         a\ÊpIfn Hcp hnjahpw tXm¶mXn                 ‫ﺣﹶﺮﹶﺟﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻗَﻀَﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺴﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺗَﺴﹾﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         cn¡pIbpw, AXv ]qÀ®ambn k½Xn¨v
         A\pkcn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶Xp hsc
         AhÀ hnizmknIfmhpIbnÃ.
66.
                                              ِ‫٦٦. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﺎ ﻛَﺘَﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥِ ﺍﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭ‬
         \n§Ä kz´w Poh³ _enbÀ¸n¡W
         sat¶m, hoSv hn«nd§Wsat¶m \mw
         AhÀ¡v IÂ]\ \ÂInbncp¶p
         sh¦n       Ahcn      Npcp¡w        ‫ﺍﺧﹾﺮﹸﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺩِﻳﹶﺎﺭِﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         t]scmgnsI AXv sN¿pambncp¶nÃ.
         AhtcmSv D]tZin¡s¸Spw {]Imcw          ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻮﻋﹶﻈُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻟَﻜَﺎﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ‬
         AhÀ        {]hÀ¯n¨ncp¶psh¦nÂ
         AXhÀ¡v Gähpw D¯ahpw ( k³                                                  ‫ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱠ ﺗَﺜْﺒِﻴﺘًﺎ‬
         amÀK¯n ) Ahsc IqSpX iIvX
         ambn Dd¸n¡p¶Xpw BIpambncp¶p.
67.
                                                       ‫٧٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫﺍً ﻟﱠﺂﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻟﱠﺪﹸنﱠـﺎ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﺍً ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         F¶m AhÀ¡v \½psS ]¡Â
         \n¶pÅ al¯mb {]Xn^ew \mw
         \ÂIpIbpw,
68.
                                                                 ‫٨٦. ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻃًﺎ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         \mahsc t\Àhgnbn tNÀ¡pIbpw
         sN¿pambncp¶p.
69.
                                              ‫٩٦. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻄِﻊِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻢﹶ‬
         BÀ     AÃmlpshbpw    Ahsâ
         ZqXs\bpw A\pkcn¡p¶pthm AhÀ
         AÃmlp A\p{Kln¨hcmb {]hmNI
         ³amÀ, kXykÔ³amÀ, cIvXkm£n            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱢﺪﱢﻳﻘِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺸﱡﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ‬
         IÄ, k¨cnX³amÀ F¶nhtcmsSm¸
         ambncn¡pw. AhÀ F{X \Ã Iq«p                           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺴﹸﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺭﹶﻓِﻴﻘًﺎ‬
         ImÀ!
70.
                                                    ‫٠٧. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻀْﻞُ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pÅ A\p{Kl
         as{X AXv. FÃmw Adnbp¶h\mbn
         AÃmlp aXn.
71.
                                              ْ‫١٧. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺣِﺬْﺭﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎنﻔِﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
         kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä Pm{KX
         ssIs¡mÅphn³. A§s\ sNdp
         kwL§fmtbm, H¶ns¨mäIq«amtbm
         \n§Ä ( bp²¯n\v ) ]pds¸«v                                         ‫ﺛُﺒﹶﺎﺕٍ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍنﻔِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬
         sImÅpI.
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  121                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


72.      XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§fpsS Iq«¯n              ‫٢٧. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻤﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻴﹸﺒﹶﻄﱢﺌَﻦﱠ ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺘْﻜُﻢ‬
         aSn¨v ]nt¶m¡w \n¡p¶h\pWvSv.
                                               ‫ﻣﱡﺼِﻴﺒﹶﺔٌ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻲﱠ ﺇِﺫْ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻛُﻦ‬
         A§s\ \n§Ä¡v hà hn]¯pw
         _m[n¨psh¦nÂ, Rm³ AhtcmsSm¸w
                                                                                           ‫ﻣﱠﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
         ( bp²¯n\v ) lmPcmImXncp¶Xv hgn
         AÃmlp      F\n¡v     A\p{Klw
         sNbvXncn¡pIbmWv F¶mbncn¡pw
         Ah³ ]dbpI.
73.      \n§Ä¡v AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v hà              ‫٣٧. ﻭﹶﻟَﺌِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻀْﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﻟَﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻟَﻦﱠ ﻛَﺄَﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ‬
         A\p{Klhpw h¶pIn«pIbmsW¦ntem,
                                               ‫ﺗَﻜُﻦ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻮﹶﺩﱠﺓﹲ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻟَﻴﺘَﻨِﻲ ﻛُﻨﺖﹸ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         \n§fpw Ah\pw X½n bmsXmcp
         kvt\l_ÔhpapWvSmbncp¶nà F¶
                                                                                  ‫ﻓَﺄَﻓُﻮﺯَ ﻓَﻮﹾﺯًﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         a«n Ah³ ]dbpw; (lm IjvSambn!)
         Rm³ AhcpsS IqsSbpWvSmbncp
         s¶¦n    F{X     \¶mbncpt¶s\.
         F¦n F\ns¡mcp henb t\«w
         t\SnsbSp¡mambncp¶p.
74.      CltemIPohnXs¯ ]ctemIPohnX             ‫٤٧. ﻓَﻠْﻴﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻞْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         ¯n\v ]Icw hn¡m³ X¿mdpÅhÀ
                                               ِ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﺑِﺎﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻞْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n bp²w
         sN¿s«. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯nÂ
                                               ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻴﹸﻘْﺘَﻞْ ﺃَﻭ ﻳﹶﻐْﻠِﺐﹾ ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ نُﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻪِ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ‬
         hÃh\pw bp²w sNbvXn«v Ah³
         sImÃs¸«mepw hnPbw t\Snbmepw
                                                                                                   ‫ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         \mah\v    al¯mb    {]Xn^ew
         \ÂIp¶XmWv.
75.
                                               ِ‫٥٧. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗُﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n \n§Ä
         s¡´psImWvSv bp²w sNbvXp IqSm?
                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻀْﻌﹶﻔِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ‬
         R§fpsS c£nXmth, A{IanIfmb
         BfpIÄ A[nhkn¡p¶ Cu \m«nÂ
         \n¶v R§sf \o tamNn¸n¡pIbpw,
         \nsâ        hIbmbn        Hcp         ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻮِﻟْﺪﹶﺍﻥِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
         c£m[nImcnsbbpw \nsâ hIbmbn
         Hcp klmbnsbbpw R§Ä¡v \o               ‫ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺮﹾﻳﹶﺔِ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻢِ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠُﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ‬
         \nivNbn¨v XcnIbpw sNt¿Wta.
         F¶v {]mÀXvYn¨v sImWvSncn¡p¶                  ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺟﹾﻌﹶﻞ ﻟﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻟﱠﺪﹸنﻚﹶ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﻟﱠﺪﹸنﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
         aÀ±ns¨mXp¡s¸« ]pcpj³amÀ¡pw
         kv{XoIÄ¡pw          Ip«nIÄ¡pw
         thWvSnbpw ( \n§Äs¡´psImWvSv
         bp²w sNbvXp IqSm? )
76.
                                               ْ‫٦٧. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
         hnizmknIÄ AÃmlphnsâ amÀK
         ¯n bp²w sN¿p¶p. kXy\ntj[n
   Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 122                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                              ‫ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕِ ﻓَﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ‬
         IfmIs«, ZpÀaqÀ¯nIfpsS amÀK
         ¯n bp²w sN¿p¶p. AXn\mÂ
                                                           ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻛَﻴﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺿَﻌِﻴﻔًﺎ‬
         ]nimNnsâ an{X§fpambn \n§Ä
         bp²¯n GÀs]SpI. XoÀ¨bmbpw
         ]nimNnsâ IpX{´w ZpÀ_eamIp¶p.
77.      (bp²¯n\pt]mImsX) \n§Ä ssI            ‫٧٧. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻔﱡﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         IÄ AS¡nsh¡pIbpw, {]mÀXvY\
                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ‬
         apdt]mse       \nÀhln¡pIbpw.
         kIm¯v \ÂIpIbpw sN¿phn³
                                              ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝُ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻖﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺨْﺸﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ‬
         F¶v \nÀtZin¡s¸«ncp¶ Hcp Iq«sc
         \o IWvSntÃ? ]n¶oShÀ¡v bp²w
         \nÀ_Ôambn \nivNbn¡s¸«t¸mÄ
         Ahcn Hcp hn`mKaXm AÃmlpsh           ‫ﻛَﺨَﺸﹾﻴﹶﺔِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱠ ﺧﹶﺸﹾﻴﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻟِﻢﹶ‬
         `bs¸Spw t]msetbm, AXns\¡mÄ
         iIvXamb    \nebntem   P\§sf          ٍ‫ﻛَﺘَﺒﹾﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻘِﺘَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻮﹾﻻ ﺃَﺧﱠﺮﹾﺗَﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﺟﹶﻞ‬
         `bs¸Sp¶p. R§fpsS c£nXmth,
         \osb´n\mWv R§Ä¡v bp²w                ‫ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐٍ ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻉﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱠنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻞٌ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓﹸ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ‬
         \nÀ_Ôam¡nbXv? ASp¯ Hcp
         Ah[nhscsb¦nepw       R§Ä¡v                                  ‫ﻟﱢﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻰ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﺘِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         kabw     \o«n¯¶pIqSmbncpt¶m?
         F¶mWv AhÀ ]dªXv. ]dbpI:
         CltemIs¯ kpJm\p`hw hfsc
         XpNvOambXmWv.      ]ctemIamWv
         kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ¡v IqSpXÂ
         KpWIcw. \n§tfmSv Hcp Xcn¼pw
         A\oXn ImWn¡s¸SpIbpanÃ.
78.      \n§Ä FhnsSbmbncp¶mepw acWw           ‫٨٧. ﺃَﻳﹾﻨﹶﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺭِﻛﻜﱡﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
         \n§sf ]nSnIqSp¶XmWv. \n§Ä
                                              ْ‫ﺑﹸﺮﹸﻭﺝٍ ﻣﱡﺸﹶﻴﱠﺪﹶﺓٍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺼِﺒﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         `{Zambn    sI«n    DbÀ¯s¸«
         tIm«IÄ¡pÅnembm       t]mepw.
                                              ْ‫ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺼِﺒﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺔٌ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍ‬
         ( \_ntb, ) AhÀ¡v hà t\«hpw
         h¶pIn«nbm AhÀ ]dbpw; CXv
         AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v e`n¨XmWv
         F¶v. AhÀ¡v hà tZmjhpw                ‫ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻙَ ﻗُﻞْ ﻛُﻞًّ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ‬
         _m[n¨m AhÀ ]dbpw; CXv \o
         ImcWw DWvSmbXmWv F¶v.]dbpI:                 ‫ﻟِﻬﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻜَﺎﺩﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻳﹶﻔْﻘَﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺣﹶﺪِﻳﺜًﺎ‬
         FÃmw     AÃmlphnsâ     ]¡Â
         \n¶pÅXmWv.      At¸mÄ     Cu
         BfpIÄ¡v F´v ]än? AhÀ Hcp
         hnjbhpw a\Ênem¡m³ `mhanÃ.
79.      \³abmbn«v    \n\¡v  Fs´m¶v           ‫٩٧. ﻣﱠﺎ ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻓَﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
         h¶pIn«nbmepw AXv AÃmlphn¦Â
         \n¶pÅXmWv. \ns¶ _m[n¡p¶
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   123                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                َ‫ﺃَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺔٍ ﻓَﻤِﻦ نﱠﻔْﺴِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻙ‬
         GsXmcp tZmjhpw \nsâ ]¡Â
         \n¶pXs¶ DWvSmIp¶XmWv. (\_n
         tb,) \ns¶ \mw a\pjycnte ¡pÅ
         ZqX\mbn«mWv \ntbmKn¨ncn ¡p¶Xv.                       ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻻً ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
         (AXn\v) km£nbmbn AÃmlp aXn.
80.
                                                ‫٠٨. ﻣﱠﻦﹾ ﻳﹸﻄِﻊِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَﻃَﺎﻉﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻰ‬
         ( AÃmlphnsâ ) ZqXs\ BÀ
         A\pkcn¡p¶pthm       XoÀ¨bmbpw
                                                                    ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻙَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﻔِﻴﻈًﺎ‬
         Ah³ AÃmlpsh A\pkcn¨p. BÀ
         ]n´ncnªpthm     AhcpsS     taÂ
         Imh¡mc\mbn      \ns¶       \mw
         \ntbmKn¨n«nÃ.
81.
                                                ‫١٨. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻃَﺎﻋﹶﺔٌ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺑﹶﺮﹶﺯُﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻙَ ﺑﹶﻴﱠﺖﹶ‬
         AhÀ ]dbpw: R§fnXm A\pkcn
         ¨ncn¡p¶p F¶v. F¶n«hÀ \nsâ
                                                ‫ﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﺐﹸ‬
         ASp¡Â \n¶v ]pd¯v t]mbmÂ
         Ahcn Hcp hn`mKw X§Ä ]pd¯v
         ]dbp¶Xn\v hn]coXambn cm{XnbnÂ
         KqVmtemN\ \S¯p¶p. AhÀ cm{Xn            ِ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﺘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﺄَﻋﹾﺮِﺽﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺗَﻮﹶﻛﱠﻞْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         KqVmtemN\        \S¯p¶sXÃmw
         AÃmlp tcJs¸Sp¯ns¡mWvSncn                                                   ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         ¡p¶p. BIbm \o Ahsc hn«v
         XncnªpIfbpI. F¶n«v AÃmlpsh
         `ctaÂ]n¡pI. `ctaÂ]n¡s¸Sp¶h
         \mbn AÃmlp aXn.
82.
                                                ِ‫٢٨. ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﻳﹶﺘَﺪﹶﺑﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺁﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮ‬
         AhÀ JpÀB\ns\¸än Nn´n¡p
         ¶ntÃ? AXv AÃmlp AÃm¯hcpsS
                                                                 ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟَﻮﹶﺟﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺍﺧﹾﺘِﻼﹶﻓًﺎ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         ]¡Â \n¶pÅXmbncps¶¦n Ahc
         Xn [mcmfw sshcp²yw IsWvS¯p
         ambncp¶p.
83.
                                                ِ‫٣٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﻦِ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻮﹾﻑ‬
         kam[m\hpamtbm (bp²) `oXnbpam
         tbm _Ôs¸« hà hmÀ¯bpw
                                                ‫ﺃَﺫَﺍﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺭﹶﺩﱡﻭﻩﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ‬
         AhÀ¡v h¶pIn«nbm AhcXv
         {]Ncn¸n¡pIbmbn. AhcXv dkqen
         sâbpw Ahcnse ImcyhnhcapÅh
         cpsSbpw Xocpam\¯n\v hn«ncp¶psh         ‫ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠِﻤﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻨﺒِﻄُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         ¦n AhcpsS Iq«¯n \n¶v
         \nco£n¨v a\Ênem¡m³ IgnhpÅhÀ            ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ ﻓَﻀْﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺘُﻪﹸ ﻻَﺗﱠﺒﹶﻌﹾﺘُﻢﹸ‬
         AXnsâ bmYmÀXvYyw a\Ênem¡n
         s¡mÅpambncp¶p. \n§fpsS ta                                                ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klhpw ImcpWy
         hpw CÃmbncp¶psh¦n \n§fnÂ
         AÂ]w NnescmgnsI ]nimNns\
         ]n³]äpambncp¶p.
   Previous Page                   First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  124                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


84.      F¶mÂ( \_ntb, ) \o AÃmlphnsâ           ‫٤٨. ﻓَﻘَﺎﺗِﻞْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻻَ ﺗُﻜَﻠﱠﻒﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ نَﻔْﺴﹶﻚﹶ‬
         amÀK¯n bp²w sNbvXp sImÅpI.
                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺮﱢﺽِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻋﹶﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻒﱠ‬
         \nsâ kz´w ImcyaÃmsX \nt¶mSv
         imkn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ. kXyhnizmknI
                                               ‫ﺑﹶﺄْﺱﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱡ ﺑﹶﺄْﺳﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱡ‬
         fn \o t{]cW sNep¯pIbpw
         sN¿pI. kXy\ntj[nIfpsS B{Ia
         WiIvXnsb    AÃmlp      XSp¯p
         Xt¶¡pw. AÃmlp Gähpw IqSpX                                                               ‫ﺗَﻨﻜِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         B{IaWiIvXnbpÅh\pw AXnITn\
         ambn in£n¡p¶h\pamIp¶p.
85.      hÃh\pw Hcp \à ip]mÀi sNbvXm          ‫٥٨. ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻔَﻊﹾ ﺷﹶﻔَﺎﻋﹶﺔً ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹶﺔً ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ‬
         B \³abn Hcp ]¦v Ah¶pWvSm
                                               ٌ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻔَﻊﹾ ﺷﹶﻔَﺎﻋﹶﺔً ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺔً ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻛِﻔْﻞ‬
         bncn¡pw. hÃh\pw Hcp No¯
         ip]mÀi sNbvXm B Xn³abnÂ
                                                         ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱡﻘِﻴﺘًﺎ‬
         \n¶v Hcp ]¦pw Ah¶pWvSmbncn¡pw.
         AÃmlp FÃmImcy§fpsSbpw taÂ
         t\m«w hln¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
86.      \n§Ä¡v A`nhmZyw AÀ¸n¡s¸«m            ‫٦٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹸﻴﱢﻴﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﺘَﺤِﻴﱠﺔٍ ﻓَﺤﹶﻴﱡﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺄَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
         AXns\¡mÄ sa¨ambn ( At§m«v )
                                               ٍ‫ﺭﹸﺩﱡﻭﻫﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
         A`nhmZyw AÀ¸n¡pI. AsænÂ
         AXpXs¶ Xncn¨p\ÂIpI. XoÀ¨
                                                                                                 ‫ﺣﹶﺴِﻴﺒﹰﺎ‬
         bmbpw AÃmlp GsXmcp Imcy
         ¯nsâbpw IW¡v t\m¡p¶h\m
         Ip¶p.
87.      AÃmlpþ Ah\ÃmsX bmsXmcp                ِ‫٧٨. ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻟَﻴﹶﺠﹾﻤﹶﻌﹶﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔ‬
         ssZhhpanÃ. DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ
                                                   ‫ﻻَ ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺻﹾﺪﹶﻕُ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺣﹶﺪِﻳﺜًﺎ‬
         Znhkt¯¡v Ah³ \n§sfsbÃmw
         Hcpan¨pIq«pI Xs¶ sN¿pw. AXnÂ
         kwibta CÃ. AÃmlpsh¡mÄ
         kXykÔambn hnhcw \ÂIp¶h³
         BcpWvSv?
88.      F¶m I]ShnizmknIfpsS Imcy             ‫٨٨. ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﻓِﺌَﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﺭﹾﻛَﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢ‬
         ¯n       \n§sf´mWv     cWvSv
                                               ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺗُﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻬﹾﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺿَﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
         I£nIfmIp¶Xv? AhÀ k¼mZn¨p
         WvSm¡nbXv (Xn³a) ImcWw AÃmlp
                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻀْﻠِﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         Ahsc XeXncn¨p hn«ncn¡pIbmWv.
         AÃmlp ]ng¸n¨hsc \n§Ä t\Àhgn
         bnem¡m³ Dt±in¨ncn¡pIbmtWm?
         AÃmlp Hcphs\ ]ng¸n¨m ]ns¶
         Ah¶v Hcp hgnbpw \o IsWvS¯p
         ¶XÃ.
   Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  125                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


89.      AhÀ Ahnizkn¨Xv t]mse \n§fpw           ‫٩٨. ﻭﹶﺩﱡﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﺘَﻜُﻮنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
         Ahnizkn¡pIbpw, A§s\ \n§sf
                                               ‫ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ‬
         Ãmw       Hcpt]msebmbn¯ocpIbpw
         sN¿m\mWv AhÀ sImXn¡p¶Xv.
                                               ْ‫ﻳﹸﻬﹶﺎﺟِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍ‬
         AXn\m       AhÀ    AÃmlphnsâ
         amÀK¯n kz´w \mSv hn«phcp¶Xp
         hsc Ahcn \n¶v \n§Ä an{X§sf
         kzoIcn¨v t]mIcpXv. F¶m AhÀ           ‫ﻓَﺨُﺬُﻭﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺪﺗﱠﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
         ]n´ncnªv         IfbpIbmsW¦nÂ
         \n§fhsc ]nSnIqSpIbpw, Ahsc                            ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
         IWvSpap«ntbS ¯psh¨v \n§fhsc
         sImes¸Sp¯pIbpw sN¿pI. Ahcn
         Â \n¶v bmsXmcp an{Xs¯bpw
         klmbnsbbpw \n§Ä kzoIcn¨p
         t]mIcpXv.
90.      \n§fpambn kJy¯n Ignbp¶ Hcp           ‫٠٩. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺼِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰﹶ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢ‬
         P\hn`mKt¯mSv tNÀ¶v \n¡p¶
                                               ‫ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻕٌ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺼِﺮﹶﺕﹾ ﺻﹸﺪﹸﻭﺭﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
         hscmgnsI.   \n§tfmSv    bp²w
         sN¿mt\m, kz´w BÄ¡mtcmSv
                                               ‫ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
         bp²w sN¿mt\m a\x{]bmkapÅ
         hcmbn \n§fpsS ASp¯v hcp¶hcpw
         HgnsI. AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncps¶¦nÂ
         \n§fpsS ta AhÀ¡h³ iIvXn              ‫ﻟَﺴﹶﻠﱠﻄَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻘَﺎﺗَﻠُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥِ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺰﹶﻟُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ‬
         \ÂIpIbpw, \n§tfmShÀ bp²¯nÂ
         GÀs]SpIbpw      sN¿pambncp¶p.         َ‫ﻓَﻠَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻘَﺎﺗِﻠُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻠَﻢﹶ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞ‬
         F¶m \n§tfmSv bp²w sN¿msX
         AhÀ hns«mgnªv \n¡pIbpw,                                               ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         \n§fpsS ap¼msI kam[m\\nÀtZiw
         sh¡pIbpw      sNbvXn«psWvS¦nÂ
         AhÀs¡Xncmbn bmsXmcp amÀKhpw
         AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¨n«nÃ.
91.      thsd Hcp hn`mKs¯bpw \n§Ä              ‫١٩. ﺳﹶﺘَﺠِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺁﺧﹶﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﻛُﻢﹾ‬
         IsWvS¯ntb¡pw. \n§fn \n¶pw
                                               ِ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺭﹸﺩﱡﻭﹶﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻔِﺘْﻨِﺔ‬
         kz´w P\Xbn \n¶pw Hcpt]mse
         kpc£nXcmbn¡gnbm³         AhÀ
                                               ‫ﺃُﺭﹾﻛِﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴِﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘَﺰِﻟُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻠْﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
         B{Kln¡p¶p. Ipg¸¯nte¡v AhÀ
         Xncn¨phnfn¡s¸Spt¼msgÃmw AXne
         hÀ XeIp¯n hogp¶p. F¶mÂ
         AhÀ      \n§sf    hn«v  Hgnªv         ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻠَﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻜُﻔﱡﻮﹶﺍْ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺨُﺬُﻭﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻗْﺘُﻠُﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
         \n¡pIbpw, \n§fpsS ap¼msI
         kam[m\ \nÀtZiw sh¡pIbpw,              ‫ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﺛِﻘِﻔْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
         kz´w ssIIÄ AS¡nsh¡pIbpw
   Previous Page                  First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                   126                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                                  ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻠْﻄَﺎنًﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
         sN¿m¯ ]£w Ahsc \n§Ä
         ]nSnIqSpIbpw, Ahsc IWvSpap«pt¶
         S¯v sh¨v \n§Ä sImes¸Sp¯p
         Ibpw sN¿pI. A¯c¡mÀs¡XncnÂ
         \mw \n§Ä¡v hyIvXamb \ymbw
         \ÂInbncn¡p¶p.
92.      bmsXmcp    hnizmkn¡pw    asämcp        ‫٢٩. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦٍ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻞَ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺧﹶﻄَﺌًﺎ‬
         hnizmknsb sImÃm³ ]mSpÅXÃ;
                                                ٍ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻗَﺘَﻞَ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ﺧﹶﻄَﺌًﺎ ﻓَﺘَﺤﹾﺮِﻳﺮﹸ ﺭﹶﻗَﺒﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺔ‬
         A_²¯n h¶pt]mIp¶XÃmsX.
         F¶m hÃh\pw Hcp hnizmknsb
                                                ‫ﻭﹶﺩِﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱡﺴﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﺔٌ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺼﱠﺪﱠﻗُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥ‬
         A_²¯n            sIm¶pt]mbmÂ
         ({]mbivNn¯ambn) Hcp hnizmkn
         bmb ASnasb tamNn¸n¡pIbpw,
         Ahsâ ( sImÃs¸«hsâ ) AhImin             ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱟ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹾﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹲ ﻓَﺘَﺤﹾﺮِﻳﺮﹸ‬
         IÄ¡v \jvS]cnlmcw \ÂIpIbp
         amWv thWvSXv. AhÀ ( B AhIm             ‫ﺭﹶﻗَﺒﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
         inIÄ ) AXv DZmcambn hn«pXs¶
         ¦nsemgnsI. C\n Ah³ ( sImà              ٍ‫ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻕٌ ﻓَﺪِﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱡﺴﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﺔٌ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺗَﺤﹾﺮِﻳﺮﹸ ﺭﹶﻗَﺒﹶﺔ‬
         s¸«h³ ) \n§tfmSv i{XpXbpÅ
         P\hn`mK¯n s]«h\mWv; Ah\m              ِ‫ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺔً ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼِﻴﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﺷﹶﻬﹾﺮﹶﻳﹾﻦ‬
         sW¦n         kXyhnizmknbpamWv
         F¦n      kXyhnizmknbmb     Hcp        ‫ﻣﹸﺘَﺘَﺎﺑِﻌﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﺗَﻮﹾﺑﹶﺔً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         ASnasb tamNn¸n¡pI am{XamWv
         thWvSXv. C\n Ah³ (sImÃs¸«h³)                                                                ‫ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         \n§fpambn kJy¯nencn¡p¶ Hcp
         P\hn`mK¯n       s]«h\msW¦nÂ
         Ahsâ AhIminIÄ¡v \jvS]cn
         lmcw \ÂIpIbpw hnizmknbmb Hcp
         ASnasb tamNn¸n¡pIbpw sNt¿WvS
         XmWv. hÃh¶pw AXv km[n¨v
         In«nbnsæn          XpSÀ¨bmbn
         cWvSpamkw     t\m¼\pjvTnt¡WvS
         XmWv. AÃmlp \nivNbn¨ ]ivNm
         ¯m] ( amÀK ) amWXv. AÃmlp
         FÃmw Adnbp¶h\pw bpIvXnam\p
         amIp¶p.
93.      Bsc¦nepw Hcp kXyhnizmknsb              ‫٣٩. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻞْ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﺘَﻌﹶﻤﱢﺪﹰﺍ ﻓَﺠﹶﺰﹶﺁﺅﹸﻩﹸ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ‬
         a\x]qÀÆw sImes¸Sp¯p¶ ]£w
                                                ‫ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹰﺍ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻏَﻀِﺐﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻌﹶﻨﹶﻪﹸ‬
         Ah¶pÅ {]Xn^ew \cIamIp¶p.
         Ah\Xn     \nXyhmknbmbncn¡pw.
                                                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹶﺪﱠ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         Ahsâ t\sc AÃmlp tIm]n¡p
         Ibpw, Ahs\ i]n¡pIbpw sNbvXn

   Previous Page                   First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  127                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

         cn¡p¶p. I\¯ in£bmWv Ah¶p
         thWvSn AÃmlp Hcp¡nsh¨p«pÅXv.
94.      kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp             ِ‫٤٩. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺿَﺮﹶﺑﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
         hnsâ    amÀK¯n      bp²¯n\p
         t]mbm (i{Xp Bsc¶pw an{Xw             ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺘَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻟْﻘَﻰ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
         Bsc¶pw)     \n§Ä     hyIvXambn
         a\Ênem¡Ww. \n§Ä¡v kemw                ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻼﹶﻡﹶ ﻟَﺴﹾﺖﹶ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹰﺎ ﺗَﺒﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺮﹶﺽﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓ‬
         AÀ¸n¨ht\mSv \o hnizmknbà F¶v
         \n§Ä ]dbcpXv. CltemIPohn              ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﻐَﺎنِﻢﹸ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹶﺓﹲ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
         X¯nse t\«w sImXn¨psImWvSmWv
         (\n§f§s\ ]dbp¶Xv. ) F¶m              ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
         t\SnsbSp¡mhp¶ [mcmfw kz¯p
         IÄ AÃmlphnsâ ASp¡epWvSv.                                           ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         ap¼v   \n§fpw    AXv    t]mse
         (Ahnizmk¯n ) Bbncp¶tÃm.
         A\´cw       AÃmlp     \n§Ä¡v
         A\p{Klw sNbvXp. AXn\m \n§Ä
         (Imcy§Ä) hyIvXambn (At\zjn¨v)
         a\Ênem¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
         \n§Ä       {]hÀ¯n¡p¶Xns\¸än
         sbÃmw kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\
         mIp¶p.
95.      \ymbamb hnjaanÃmsX (bp²¯n\v           ‫٥٩. ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻮِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﻋِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹸ‬
         t]mImsX) Hgnªncn¡p¶ hnizm
         knIfpw, X§fpsS [\w sImWvSpw           ِ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮﹶﺭِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺠﹶﺎﻫِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
         tZlw    sImWvSpw  AÃmlphnsâ
         amÀK¯n kacw sN¿p¶hcpw                ‫ﺑِﺄَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻀﱠﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺠﹶﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
         XpeycmIpIbnÃ. X§fpsS [\w
         sImWvSpw tZlwsImWvSpw kacw            ً‫ﺑِﺄَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﻋِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺔ‬
         sN¿p¶hsc      Hgnªncn¡p¶htc
         ¡mÄ AÃmlp ]Zhnbn DbÀ¯n               ‫ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﺴﹾﻨﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻓَﻀﱠﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬‫ﻭﹶﻛُـﻼ‬
         bncn¡p¶p. FÃmhÀ¡pw AÃmlp
         \Ã {]Xn^ew hmKvZm\w sNbvXncn           ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺠﹶﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﻋِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         ¡p¶p. F¶m kac¯n GÀs]Sp
         ¶hÀ¡v Hgnªncn¡p¶htc¡mfpw
         IqSpXembn   AÃmlp    al¯mb
         {]Xn^ew \ÂIp¶XmWv.
96.      Ahsâ ]¡Â \n¶pÅ ]e                     ‫٦٩. ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
         ]ZhnIfpw ]m]tamN\hpw ImcpWy

   Previous Page                  First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                  128                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                                         ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
         hpas{X ( AhÀ¡pÅXv. ) AÃmlp
         Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[n
         bpamIp¶p.
97.      AhnizmknIfpsS CSbn Xs¶               ‫٧٩. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﻮﹶﻓﱠﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻇَﺎﻟِﻤِﻲ ﺃَنْﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
         Pohn¨psImWvSv)     kz´t¯mSv
                                               ‫ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻢﹶ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻨﱠﺎ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻀْﻌﹶﻔِﲔﹶ ﻓِﻲ‬
         A\ymbw sNbvXhsc acn¸n¡pt¼mÄ
         ae¡pIÄ     AhtcmSv  tNmZn¡pw:
                                               ً‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻗَﺎﻟْﻮﹶﺍْ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻦﹾ ﺃَﺭﹾﺽﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻌﹶﺔ‬
         \n§sfs´mcp \ne]mSnembncp¶p?
         AhÀ ]dbpw: R§Ä \m«nÂ
         ASns¨mXp¡s¸«hcmbncp¶p. AhÀ
         (ae¡pIÄ) tNmZn¡pw: AÃmlp              ‫ﻓَﺘُﻬﹶﺎﺟِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ‬
         hnsâ `qan hnimeambncp¶ntÃ?
         \n§Ä¡v kztZiw hn«v AXn                                                      ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺎﺀﺕﹾ ﻣﹶﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
         FhnsSsb¦nepw t]mImambncp¶tÃm.
         F¶m A¯c¡mcpsS hmkkvYew
         \cIas{X. AsX{X No¯ kt¦Xw!
98.      F¶m       bmsXmcp     D]mbhpw        ‫٨٩. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻀْﻌﹶﻔِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺟﹶﺎﻝِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ‬
         kzoIcn¡m³     IgnhnÃmsX,   Hcp
                                               ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻮِﻟْﺪﹶﺍﻥِ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻴﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺣِﻴﻠَﺔً ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
         c£mamÀKhpw IsWvS¯m\mImsX
         ASns¨mXp¡s¸«h      cmbn¡gnbp¶
                                                                                                     ‫ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         ]pcpj³amcpw kv{XoIfpw Ip«nIfpw
         CXn \ns¶mgnhmIp¶p.
99.      A¯c¡mÀ¡v AÃmlp am¸p\ÂIn               ‫٩٩. ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻔُﻮﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
         tb¡mw. AÃmlp AXy[nIw am¸v
                                                                                       ‫ﺍ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻔُﻮ‬
         \ÂIp¶h\pw Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\p
         amIp¶p.
100. AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n hÃh\pw                  ‫٠٠١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻬﹶﺎﺟِﺮﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
     kztZiw shSnªv t]mIp¶ ]£w
                                               ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻣﹸﺮﹶﺍﻏَﻤﹰﺎ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻌﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺝﹾ‬
     `qanbn [mcmfw A`bkvYm\§fpw
     PohnXhnimeXbpw Ah³ IsWvS
                                               ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﺘِﻪِ ﻣﹸﻬﹶﺎﺟِﺮﹰﺍ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻪِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺭِﻛْﻪﹸ‬
     ¯p¶XmWv. hÃh\pw Xsâ ho«nÂ
     \n¶v þ kztZiw shSnªv sImWvSv þ
                                               ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻭﹶﻗَﻊﹶ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹸﻩﹸ ﻋﹶﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     AÃmlphnte¡pw Ahsâ ZqX\n
     te¡pw Cd§n ]pds¸SpIbpw, A\
     ´cw (hgn at²y) acWahs\ ]nSnIq
     SpIbpw sN¿p¶ ]£w Ah¶pÅ                                                              ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     {]Xn^ew AÃmlphn¦Â kvYncs¸«p
     Ignªp. AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p
     ¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.


   Previous Page                  First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               129                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


101. \n§Ä `qanbn bm{XsN¿pIbm               ‫١٠١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺿَﺮﹶﺑﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹲ ﺃَﻥ‬
     sW¦n kXy\ntj[nIÄ \n§Ä¡v
                                            ‫ﺗَﻘْﺼﹸﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺧِﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘِﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \miw      hcp¯psa¶v    \n§Ä
     `bs¸Sp¶ ]£w \akvImcw Npcp¡n
                                                      ‫ﺍ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭ‬
     \nÀhln¡p¶Xn \n§Ä¡v IpäanÃ.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw       kXy\ntj[nIÄ
     \n§fp sS {]Xy£ i{Xp¡fmIp¶p.
102. (\_ntb,) \o AhcpsS Iq«¯nep             ‫٢٠١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﻗَﻤﹾﺖﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻓَﻠْﺘَﻘُﻢﹾ‬
     WvSmbncn¡pIbpw, AhÀ¡v t\XrXzw
     \ÂIns¡mWvSv \akvImcw \nÀhln            ‫ﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻌﹶﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠِﺤﹶﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     ¡pIbpamsW¦n Ahcn Hcp
     hn`mKw \nsâ IqsS \n¡s«. AhÀ           ِ‫ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺳﹶﺠﹶﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺁﺋِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟْﺘَﺄْﺕ‬
     AhcpsS Bbp[§Ä FSp¡pIbpw
     sN¿s«. A§s\ AhÀ kpPqZv                 ‫ﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﺃُﺧﹾﺮﹶﻯ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺼﹶﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻓَﻠْﻴﹸﺼﹶﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻚﹶ‬
     sNbvXv Ignªm AhÀ \n§fpsS
     ]n¶nte¡v     amdn\n¡pI    bpw,        ‫ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺄْﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺣِﺬْﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺳﹾﻠِﺤﹶﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺩﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \akvIcn¨n«nÃm¯ asä hn`mKw h¶v
     \nsâ    IqsS     \akvIcn¡pIbpw         ‫ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﻐْﻔُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠِﺤﹶﺘِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﹾﺘِﻌﹶﺘِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     sN¿s«. AhÀ Pm{KX ssIs¡mÅp
     Ibpw, X§fpsS Bbp[§Ä FSp¡p              ‫ﻓَﻴﹶﻤِﻴﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﻴﹾﻠَﺔً ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹶ‬
     Ibpw sNt¿WvSXmWv. \n§fpsS
     Bbp[§sf¸änbpw, \n§fpsS km[             ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﺫًﻯ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻣﱠﻄَﺮٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
     \§sf¸änbpw \n§Ä A{i²cm
     sb¦nÂ, \n§fpsS t\sc Xncnªv             ْ‫ﻣﱠﺮﹾﺿَﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻀَﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠِﺤﹶﺘَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺧﹸﺬُﻭﺍ‬
     Hscmä BªSn \S¯mambncp¶p
     sh¶v kXy\ntj[nIÄ tamln¡p               ‫ﺣِﺬْﺭﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺃَﻋﹶﺪﱠ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ‬
     IbmWv. F¶m ag ImcWw \n§Ä
     ¡v ieyapWvSmIpItbm, \n§Ä                                                                            ‫ﻣﱡﻬِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     tcmK_m[nXcmIpItbm      sNbvXmÂ
     \n§fpsS     Bbp[§Ä        Xmsg
     sh¡p¶Xn\v      IpäanÃ.  F¶mÂ
     \n§Ä Pm{KX ]peÀ¯pI Xs¶
     thWw.     XoÀ¨bmbpw     AÃmlp
     kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v A]am\Icamb
     in£ Hcp¡nsh¨n «pWvSv.
103. A§s\     \akvImcw   \nÀhln¨p           ‫٣٠١. ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﻗَﻀَﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻓَﺎﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
     Ignªm \n§Ä \n¶p sImWvSpw
     Ccp¶v sImWvSpw InS¶v sImWvSpw          ‫ﻭﹶﻗُﻌﹸﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺟﹸﻨﹸﻮﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺍﻃْﻤﹶﺄْنَﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
     AÃmlpsh HmÀan¡pI. kam[m\m
     hkvYbnembm \n§Ä \akvImcw
   Previous Page               First Page                                                              Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               130                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                            ‫ﻓَﺄَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻛَﺎنَﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
         apd{]Imcw Xs¶ \nÀhln¡pI.
         Xoˬbmbpw \akvImcw kXyhnizm
                                                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱠﻮﹾﻗُﻮﺗًﺎ‬
         knIÄ¡v kabw \nÀWbn¡s¸« Hcp
         \nÀ_Ô_m[yXbmIp¶p.
104. i{XpP\Xsb tXSn¸nSn¡p¶ Imcy
     ¯n       \n§Ä        ZuÀ_eyw          ‫٤٠١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻬِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﺑﹾﺘِﻐَﺎﺀ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻜُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﺗَﺄْﻟَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬

                                            ِ‫ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺄْﻟَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﺄْﻟَﻤﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹾﺟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     ImWn¡cpXv. \n§Ä thZ\ A\p`hn
     ¡p¶psWvS¦nÂ,    \n§Ä     thZ\
     A\p`hn¡p¶Xv        t]mse¯s¶
     Ahcpw thZ\ A\p`hn¡p¶pWvSv.                    ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     \n§fmIs« AhÀ¡v {]Xo£n¡m\n
     Ãm¯Xv ( A\p{Klw ) AÃmlphn¦Â
     \n¶v {]Xo£n¡p¶papWvSv. AÃmlp
     AdnhpÅh\pw bpIvXnbpÅh\pam
     Ip¶p.
105. \n\¡v AÃmlp ImWn¨pX¶X\p
     kcn¨v P\§Ä¡nSbn \o hn[n               ‫٥٠١. ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻟِﺘَﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬

                                            ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﻙَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻜُﻦ ﻟﱢﻠْﺨَﺂﺋِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     IÂ]n¡phm³ thWvSnbmWv kXy
     {]Imcw \mw \n\¡v thZ{KÙw
     AhXcn¸n¨p X¶n«pÅXv. \o h©I
     ³amÀ¡v thWvSn hmZn¡p¶h\m                                                                  ‫ﺧﹶﺼِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     IcpXv.
106. AÃmlpthmSv ]m]tamN\w tXSpI.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw     AÃmlp       Gsd              ‫٦٠١. ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpam
     Ip¶p.
107. BXvah©\ \S¯ns¡mWvSncn¡p¶
     BfpIÄ¡v thWvSn \o XÀ¡n¡cpXv.           ‫٧٠١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗُﺠﹶﺎﺩِﻝْ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺨْﺘَﺎنُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ‬

                                                           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﻮﱠﺍنًﺎ ﺃَﺛِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     almh©I\pw A[À½Imcnbpamb
     Hcmsfbpw AÃmlp CjvSs¸SpItb
     CÃ.
108. AhÀ P\§fn \n¶v ( Imcy§Ä )
     Hfn¨p sh¡p¶p. F¶m AÃmlp               ‫٨٠١. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬

                                            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﺘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺿَﻰ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     hn \n¶v ( H¶pw ) Hfn¨psh¡m³
     AhÀ¡v IgnbnÃ. AÃmlp CjvSs¸
     Sm¯      hm¡pIfneqsS     AhÀ
     cm{Xnbn KqVmtemN\ \S¯ns¡m                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻝِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹸﺤِﻴﻄًﺎ‬
     WvSncn¡pt¼mÄ AhÀ AhcpsS
     IqsS¯s¶bpWvSv. AhÀ {]hÀ¯n
     ¡p¶sXÃmw k¼qÀ®ambn Adnbp¶
     h\mIp¶p AÃmlp.

   Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’              131                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


109. tl! Iq«tc, sFlnIPohnX¯n              ِ‫٩٠١. ﻫﹶﺎﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺟﹶﺎﺩﹶﻟْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓ‬
     \n§fhÀ¡v   thWvSn   XÀ¡n¨p.
                                           ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺠﹶﺎﺩِﻝُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﺃَﻡ‬
     F¶m      DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ
     \mfn AhÀ¡v thWvSn AÃmlp
                                                                          ‫ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     thmSv XÀ¡n¡m³ BcmWpÅXv?
     Asæn AhcpsS Imcyw GsäSp
     ¡m³ BcmWpWvSmbncn¡pI?
110. Bsc¦nepw hà Xn³abpw sN¿pI             ِ‫٠١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻞْ ﺳﹸﻮﺀﹰﺍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﻈْﻠِﻢﹾ نَﻔْﺴﹶﻪﹸ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮ‬
     tbm, kz´t¯mSv Xs¶ A{Iaw
                                                                  ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¡pItbm sNbvXn«v AÃmlp
     thmSv ]m]tamN\w tXSp¶ ]£w
     Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[n
     bpambn AÃmlpsh Ah³ IsWvS
     ¯p¶XmWv.
111. hÃh\pw ]m]w k¼mZn¨v sh¡p¶             ‫١١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺐﹾ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺒﹸﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     ]£w Ahsâ Xs¶ tZmj¯n
                                                             ‫نَﻔْﺴِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     \mbn«mWv     Ah\Xv  k¼mZn¨v
     sh¡p¶Xv. AÃmlp kÀÆPvR\pw
     bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
112. Bsc¦nepw hà sXtäm Ipätam              ‫٢١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺐﹾ ﺧﹶﻄِﻴﺌَﺔً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﻡِ ﺑِﻪِ ﺑﹶﺮِﻳﺌًﺎ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw, F¶n«v AXv Hcp
                                                               ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪِ ﺍﺣﹾﺘَﻤﹶﻞَ ﺑﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     \nc]cm[nbpsS t]cn Btcm]n¡p
     Ibpw sN¿p¶ ]£w XoÀ¨bmbpw
     Ah³      Hcp   IÅBtcm]Whpw
     {]Xy£amb Hcp ]m]hpw t]dpI
     bmWv sNbvXncn¡p¶Xv.
113. \nsâ ta AÃmlphnsâ A\p{K              ‫٣١١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ ﻓَﻀْﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺘُﻪﹸ ﻟَﻬﹶﻤﱠﺖ‬
     lhpw ImcpWyhpanÃmbncp¶psh¦nÂ
                                           ‫ﻃﱠﺂﺋِﻔَﺔٌ ﻣﱡﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮﻙَ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱡ‬
     Ahcn Hcp hn`mKw \ns¶ ]ng¸n¨v
     Ifbphm³ Xp\nªncn¡pIbmbncp
                                           ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻭنَﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     ¶p. ( hmkvXh¯n ) AhÀ Ahsc
     Xs¶bmWv ]ng¸n¡p¶Xv. \n\¡v
     AhÀ Hcp D]{Zhhpw hcp¯p¶XÃ.
     AÃmlp \n\¡v thZhpw PvRm\hpw           ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ‬
     AhXcn¸n¨v     XcnIbpw,   \n\¡v
     AdnhnÃmXncp¶Xv     ]Tn¸n¡pIbpw           ‫ﺗَﻜُﻦﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻓَﻀْﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     sNbvXncn¡p¶p.    \nsâ   taepÅ
     AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klw al¯m
     bXmIp¶p.


   Previous Page              First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               132                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


114. AhcpsS
                                            ‫٤١١. ﻻﱠ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﻛَﺜِﲑٍ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﺠﹾﻮﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻣﹶﺮﹶ‬
                    clkymtemN\IfnÂ
     an¡Xnepw bmsXmcp \³abpanÃ. hÃ
                                            ِ‫ﺑِﺼﹶﺪﹶﻗَﺔٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﻑٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺇِﺻﹾﻼﹶﺡٍ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱ‬
     Zm\[À½hpw sN¿mt\m , kZmNmcw
     ssIs¡mÅmt\m, P\§Ä¡nSbnÂ
     cRvPn¸pWvSm¡mt\m      IÂ]n¡p¶
     BfpIfpsS        hm¡pIfnsemgnsI.        ِ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞْ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﺑﹾﺘَﻐَﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺿَﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     hÃh\pw AÃmlphnsâ s]mcp¯w
     tXSns¡mWvSv A{]Imcw sN¿p¶                                    ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ نُﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻪِ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     ]£w     Ah\v     \mw    al¯mb
     {]Xn^ew \ÂIp¶XmWv.
115. X\n¡v k³amÀKw hyIvXambn¡
     gnª       tijhpw      Bsc¦nepw         ‫٥١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺸﹶﺎﻗِﻖِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺒﹶﻴﱠﻦﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ‬

                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹾ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ نُﻮﹶﻟﱢﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ssZhZqX\pambn FXnÀ¯v \n¡p
     Ibpw,    kXyhnizmknIfpsSXÃm¯
     amÀKw ]n´pScpIbpw sN¿p¶ ]£w
     Ah³ Xncnª hgn¡v Xs¶ \mw                          ‫ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻰ ﻭﹶنُﺼﹾﻠِﻪِ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﺎﺀﺕﹾ ﻣﹶﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     Ahs\      Xncn¨phnSp¶Xpw,   \cI
     ¯nen«v \mahs\ Icn¡p¶XpamWv.
     AsX{X tamiamb ]cyhkm\w!
116. Xt¶mSv ]¦ptNÀ¡s¸SpI F¶Xv
     AÃmlp s]mdp¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.               ‫٦١١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﺮﹶﻙَ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺩﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬

                                            ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻙْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺿَﻞﱠ‬
     AsXmgn¨pÅXv Ah³ Dt±in¡p
     ¶hÀ¡v Ah³ s]mdp¯psImSp¡p
     ¶XmWv.       BÀ      AÃmlpthmSv
     ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶pthm Ah³ _lpZqcw                                                        ‫ﺿَﻼﹶﻻً ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
     ]ng¨p t]mbncn¡p¶p.
117. AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa AhÀ hnfn¨v
     {]mÀXvYn¡p¶Xv Nne s]¬ssZh              ‫٧١١. ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭنِﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺇِنَﺎﺛًﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬

                                                                                    ‫ﺷﹶﻴﹾﻄَﺎنًﺎ ﻣﱠﺮِﻳﺪﹰﺍ‬
     §sf am{XamIp¶p. (hmkvXh¯nÂ)
     [n¡mcnbmb ]nimNns\ am{XamWv
     AhÀ hnfn¨v {]mÀXvYn¡p¶Xv.
118. Ahs\
                                            ‫٨١١. ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﺄَﺗﱠﺨِﺬَﻥﱠ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻙَ نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ‬
                (]nimNns\)     AÃmlp
     i]n¨ncn¡p¶p. Ah³ ( AÃmlp
                                                                                           ‫ﻣﱠﻔْﺮﹸﻭﺿًﺎ‬
     thmSv ) ]dbpIbpWvSmbn: \nsâ
     Zmk³amcn \n¶v Hcp \nivNnX
     hnlnXw ( FsâXmbn ) Rm³
     DWvSm¡n¯oÀ¡p¶XmWv.
119. Ahsc Rm³ hgn]ng¸n¡pIbpw
     hymtamln¸n¡pIbpw sN¿pw. Rm\h           ‫٩١١. ﻭﹶﻷُﺿِﻠﱠﻨﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻷُﻣﹶﻨﱢﻴﹶﻨﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻵﻣﹸﺮﹶنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹸﺒﹶﺘﱢﻜُﻦﱠ‬

                                            ِ‫ﺁﺫَﺍﻥﹶ ﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡِ ﻭﹶﻵﻣﹸﺮﹶنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻴﹸﻐَﻴﱢﺮﹸﻥﱠ ﺧﹶﻠْﻖﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     tcmSv    IÂ]n¡pt¼mÄ        AhÀ
     ImenIfpsS ImXpIÄ Iodnapdn¡pw.
     Rm\htcmSv IÂ]n¡pt¼mÄ AhÀ
   Previous Page               First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’              133                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                           ِ‫ﺎ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ krjvSn ( {]IrXn )
     Aet¦mes¸Sp¯pw.         hÃh\pw
                                                                 ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﺴِﺮﹶ ﺧﹸﺴﹾﺮﹶﺍنًﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     AÃmlphn\v     ]pdsa   ]nimNns\
     c£m[nImcnbmbn       kzoIcn¡p¶
     ]£w XoÀ¨bmbpw Ah³ {]Xy£
     amb \jvSw ]änbh\mIp¶p.
120. Ah³ ( ]nimNv ) AhÀ¡v                  ‫٠٢١. ﻳﹶﻌِﺪﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻤﹶﻨﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌِﺪﹸﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
     hmKvZm\§Ä \ÂIpIbpw, Ahsc
                                                                                             ‫ﻏُﺮﹸﻭﺭﹰﺍ‬
     hymtamln¸n¡pIbpw       sN¿p¶p.
     ]nimNv AhÀ¡v \ÂIp¶ hmKvZm\w
     h©\bÃmsX asäm¶paÃ.
121. A¯c¡mÀ¡pÅ kt¦Xw \cIam
     Ip¶p. AXn \n¶v HmSnc£s¸Sp            ‫١٢١. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬
     hm³ HcnShpw AhÀ IsWvS¯p
     IbnÃ.                                                                                 ‫ﻣﹶﺤِﻴﺼﹰﺎ‬

122. F¶m hnizkn¡pIbpw, kÂIÀ½              ِ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬        ْ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍ‬      ْ‫ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬     ‫٢٢١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     §Ä {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXh
                                           ‫ﺳﹶﻨﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ‬
     cmtcm Ahsc \mw Iogv`mK¯v IqSn
     AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶ kzÀKt¯m¸p
                                           ‫ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻋﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺣﹶﻘًّﺎ‬
     Ifn {]thin¸n¡p¶XmWv. Ahc
     Xn       \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.
     AÃmlphnsâ kXyamb hmKvZm\
     amWXv. AÃmlpth¡mÄ kXykÔ                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺻﹾﺪﹶﻕُ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     ambn kwkmcn¡p¶h³ BcpWvSv?
123. Imcyw \n§fpsS hymtaml§f\pk            ‫٣٢١. ﻟﱠﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻣﹶﺎنِﻴﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ ﺃَﻣﹶﺎنِﻲﱢ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
     cn¨Ã. thZ¡mcpsS hymtaml§f\p
                                           ِ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻞْ ﺳﹸﻮﺀﹰﺍ ﻳﹸﺠﹾﺰﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹾ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥ‬
     kcn¨paÃ. Bcv Xn³a {]hÀ¯n¨mepw
     AXn¶pÅ       {]Xn^ew   Ah¶v
                                                                             ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
     \ÂIs¸Spw. AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa
     X\n¡v Hcp an{Xs¯bpw klmbn
     sbbpw Ah³ IsWvS¯pIbpanÃ.
124. BWmIs« s]®mIs« , BÀ kXy               ‫٤٢١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻞْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺫَﻛَﺮٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃُنﺜَﻰ‬
     hnizmknbmbns¡mWvSv kÂ{]hr¯n
                                           َ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹲ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     IÄ sN¿p¶pthm AhÀ kzÀK¯nÂ
     {]thin¡p¶XmWv. AhtcmSv Hcp
                                                                                     ‫ﻳﹸﻈْﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ نَﻘِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     Xcn¼pw A\oXn ImWn¡s¸Sp¶XÃ.

125. kZvhr¯\mbns¡mWvSv      Xsâ            ‫٥٢١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹸ ﺩِﻳﻨﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﻦﹾ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻪﹸ ﻪﻠﻟ‬
     apJs¯ AÃmlphn\v Iogvs]Sp¯p
     Ibpw, t\ÀamÀK¯nepd¨v   \n¶v
   Previous Page              First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               134                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻣﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻦﹲ ﻭﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻊﹶ ﻣِﻠﱠﺔَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺣﹶﻨِﻴﻔًﺎ‬
         sImWvSv C{_mloansâ amÀKs¯
         ]n´pScpIbpw    sNbvXht\¡mÄ
         D¯a aX¡mc³ BcpWvSv? AÃmlp
         C{_mloans\ kplr¯mbn kzoIcn                                ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﺧﹶﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬
         ¨ncn¡p¶p.
126. BImi§fnepw `qanbnepapÅsXÃmw            ِ‫٦٢١. ﻭﹶﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
     AÃmlphnsâXmIp¶p. AÃmlp GXv
                                                               ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱡﺤِﻴﻄًﺎ‬
     Imcys¯¸änbpw ]qÀ®amb Adnhp
     Åh\mIp¶p.
127. kv{XoIfpsS   Imcy¯n    AhÀ            ‫٧٢١. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻔْﺘُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﻔْﺘِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     \nt¶mSv hn[n tXSp¶p. ]dbpI:
                                            ‫ﻓِﻴﻬِﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺘْﻠَﻰ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻓِﻲ‬
     AhcpsS     Imcy¯n    AÃmlp
     \n§Ä¡v hn[n \ÂIp¶p. kv{XoI
                                            ‫ﻳﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﻼﺗِﻲ ﻻَ ﺗُﺆﹾﺗُﻮنَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛُﺘِﺐﹶ‬
     Ä¡v \nivNbn¡s¸« AhImiw
     \n§Ä \ÂImXncn¡pIbpw, F¶mÂ
     \n§Ä hnhmlw Ign¡m³ tamln
     ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ A\mY kv{XoI               ‫ﺗَﻨﻜِﺤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ‬           ‫ﺃَﻥ‬         ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹾﻏَﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬        ‫ﻟَﻬﹸﻦﱠ‬
     fpsS Imcy¯nepw, _elo\cmb
     Ip«nIfpsS Imcy¯nepw Cu {KÙ             ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻀْﻌﹶﻔِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻮِﻟْﺪﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻣﹸﻮﺍ‬
     ¯n \n§Ä¡v hmbn¨ptIÄ]n¡
     s¸Sp¶Xv ( \n§Ä {i²n¡pIbpw              ‫ﻟِﻠْﻴﹶﺘَﺎﻣﹶﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ‬
     sN¿pI. ) A\mYItfmSv \n§Ä
     \oXntbmsS hÀ¯n¡Wsa¶ IÂ]\                                                   ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     bpw ( {i²n¡pI. ) \n§Ä sN¿p¶
     GsXmcp     \ÃImcyhpw  AÃmlp
     (]qÀ®ambn ) Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
128. Hcp kv{Xo Xsâ `À¯mhn \n¶v             ‫٨٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥِ ﺍﻣﹾﺮﹶﺃَﺓﹲ ﺧﹶﺎﻓَﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻠِﻬﹶﺎ نُﺸﹸﻮﺯًﺍ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
     ]nW¡tam             AhKW\tbm
                                            ‫ﺇِﻋﹾﺮﹶﺍﺿًﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎْﺡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺼﹾﻠِﺤﹶﺎ‬
     `bs¸Sp¶psh¦n AhÀ ]ckv]cw
     hà H¯pXoÀ¸pw DWvSm¡p¶XnÂ
                                            ِ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺻﹸﻠْﺤﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱡﻠْﺢﹸ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻭﹶﺃُﺣﹾﻀِﺮﹶﺕ‬
     AhÀ¡v     IpäanÃ.    H¯pXoÀ¸nÂ
     F¯p¶XmWv        IqSpXÂ    \ÃXv.
                                            ‫ﺍﻷَنﻔُﺲﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﺢﱠ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺤﹾﺴِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     ]nip¡v a\ÊpIfn \n¶v hn«v
     amdm¯XmIp¶p.      \n§Ä      \Ã
     \nebn hÀ¯n¡pIbpw, kq£vaX
     ]men¡pIbpamsW¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw                                          ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     AÃmlp        \n§Ä       sNbvXp
     sImWvSncn¡p¶sXÃmw kq£vaambn
     Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
129. \n§Ä F{XXs¶ B{Kln¨mepw
     `mcyamÀ¡nSbn Xpey\oXn ]men            ‫٩٢١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ‬

   Previous Page               First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’              135                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                           ‫ﺣﹶﺮﹶﺻﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻤِﻴﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﻞِ ﻓَﺘَﺬَﺭﹸﻭﻫﹶﺎ‬
     ¡m³ \n§Äs¡mcn¡epw km[n¡p
     IbnÃ.      AXn\m        \n§Ä
                                           ‫ﻛَﺎﻟْﻤﹸﻌﹶﻠﱠﻘَﺔِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺼﹾﻠِﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
     (Hcmfnte¡v) ]qÀ®ambn Xncnªp
     sImWvSv aähsf sI«nbn«hsft¸mse
     hnt«¡cpXv. \n§Ä ( s]cpamäw )
     \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw,        kq£vaX                                                    ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     ]men¡pIbpw      sN¿p¶     ]£w
     AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw
     IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
130. C\n AhÀ Ccphcpw thÀ]ncnbpI
     bmsW¦n      AÃmlp      Ahsâ          ‫ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺳﹶﻌﹶﺘِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬‫٠٣١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺘَﻔَﺮﱠﻗَﺎ ﻳﹸﻐْﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻛُﻼ‬

                                                                                    ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻌﹰﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     hnimeamb Ignhn \n¶v AhÀ
     Hmtcmcp¯À¡pw kzm{ibXzw \ÂIp
     ¶XmWv.     AÃmlp      hn]peamb
     IgnhpÅh\pw bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
131. BImi§fnepÅXpw `qanbnepÅXp
     saÃmw       AÃmlphnsâXmIp¶p.          ِ‫١٣١. ﻭﹶﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬

                                           ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻭﹶﺻﱠﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ‬
     \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI F¶v
     \n§Ä¡v ap¼v thZw \ÂIs¸«h
     tcmSpw, \n§tfmSpw \mw hkzn¿¯v
     sNbvXncn¡p¶p. \n§Ä Ahnizkn            ْ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥِ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     ¡p¶ ]£w (AÃmlphn\v Hcp \jvS
     hpanÃ. ImcWw) BImi§fnepw              ِ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
     `qanbnepapÅsXÃmw AÃmlphnsâXm
     Ip¶p. AÃmlp ]cm{ibapIvX\pw                                          ‫ﺎ ﺣﹶﻤِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬‫ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻨِﻴ‬
     kvXpXyÀl\pamIp¶p.
132. BImi§fnepw `qanbnepapÅsXÃmw
     AÃmlphnsâXmIp¶p. ssIImcyIÀ            ِ‫٢٣١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬

                                                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     ¯mhmbn AÃmlp aXn.

133. P\§tf, Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶psh¦nÂ
     \n§sf Ah³ \o¡w sN¿pIbpw,              ‫٣٣١. ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺄْ ﻳﹸﺬْﻫِﺒﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺄْﺕِ ﺑِﺂﺧﹶﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬

                                                                    ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹰﺍ‬
     asämcp hn`mKs¯ Ah³ sImWvSv
     hcnIbpw sN¿p¶XmWv. AÃmlp
     AXn\v IgnhpÅh\s{X.
134. hÃh\pw CltemIs¯ {]Xn^e
     amWv e£yam¡p¶sX¦n ( Ah³              ‫٤٣١. ﻣﱠﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛَﻮﹶﺍﺏﹸ‬

                                                ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     a\Ênem¡s« ) AÃmlphnsâ ]¡Â
     Xs¶bmWv CltemIs¯ {]Xn^
     ehpw ]ctemI¯ {]Xn^ehpw.AÃmlp
     FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶h\pw ImWp¶h\p
     amIp¶p.
   Previous Page              First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’             136                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


135. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp            ِ‫٥٣١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﱠﺍﻣِﲔﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂ‬
     hn\v thWvSn km£yw hln¡p¶h
     sc¶ \nebn IWniambn \oXn             ِ‫ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦ‬
     \ne\nÀ¯p¶hcmbncn¡Ww.      AXv
     \n§Ä¡v     Xs¶tbm,    \n§fpsS        ‫ﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻓَﻘَﲑﹰﺍ ﻓَﺎﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟَﻰ‬‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﻗْﺮﹶﺑِﲔﹶ ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦﹾ ﻏَﻨِﻴ‬
     amXm]nXm¡Ä, ASp¯ _Ôp¡Ä
                                          ْ‫ﺑِﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻬﹶﻮﹶﻯ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻠْﻮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     F¶nhÀt¡m       {]XnIqeambn¯oÀ
     ¶mepw icn. (I£n) [\nIt\m,
                                          ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗُﻌﹾﺮِﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     Zcn{Zt\m BIs«, B cWvSv hn`mK
     t¯mSpw IqSpX _Ôs¸«h³
     AÃmlphmIp¶p. AXn\m \n§Ä
     \oXn ]men¡msX X¶njvS§sf
     ]n³]äcpXv. \n§Ä hfs¨mSn¡p
     Itbm Hgnªv amdpItbm sN¿p¶
     ]£w       XoÀ¨bmbpw     \n§Ä
     {]hÀ¯n¡        p¶Xns\¸änsbÃmw
     kq£vaambn     Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p
     AÃmlp.

136. kXyhnizmknItf,    AÃmlphnepw,        ِ‫٦٣١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻪ‬
     Ahsâ ZqX\nepw, Ahsâ ZqX¶v
     Ah³ AhXcn¸n¨ {KÙ¯nepw ap¼v           ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ نَﺰﱠﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
     Ah³ AhXcn¸n¨ {KÙ¯nepw
     \n§Ä hnizkn¡phn³. AÃmlphn            ِ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     epw, Ahsâ ae¡pIfnepw, Ahsâ
                                          ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻼﹶﺋِﻜَﺘِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛُﺘُﺒِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ‬
     {KÙ§fnepw Ahsâ ZqX³amcnepw,
     A´yZn\¯nepw hÃh\pw Ahnizkn
                                                                               ‫ﺿَﻞﱠ ﺿَﻼﹶﻻً ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
     ¡p¶ ]£w XoÀ¨bmbpw Ah³
     _lpZqcw ]ng¨p t]mbncn¡p¶p.

137. ( Hcn¡Â ) hnizkn¡pIbpw ]n¶oSv        ْ‫٧٣١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     Ahnizkn¡pIbpw, hoWvSpw hnizkn
     ¨n«v ]ns¶bpw Ahnizkn¡pIbpw,          َ‫ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺯْﺩﹶﺍﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻛُﻔْﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     A\´cw Ahnizmkw IqSn¡qSn
     hcpIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm AhÀ¡v                                                       ‫ﻟِﻴﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     AÃmlp     s]mdp¯psImSp¡pItb
     CÃ. Ahsc Ah³ t\Àhgnbnte¡v
     \bn¡p¶XpaÃ.

138. I]ShnizmknIÄ¡v    thZ\tbdnb                       ‫٨٣١. ﺑﹶﺸﱢﺮِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     in£bpWvSv F¶ kt´mjhmÀ¯
     \o Ahsc Adnbn¡pI.

   Previous Page             First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               137                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


139. kXyhnizmknIsf hn«v kXy\ntj[n
     Isf Däan{X§fmbn kzoIcn¡p¶h             ِ‫٩٣١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥ‬
     cmIp¶p AhÀ. AhcpsS (kXy\ntj
     [nIfpsS) ASp¡Â {]Xm]w tXSn             ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺃَﻳﹶﺒﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﺰﱠﺓﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌِﺰﱠﺓﹶ‬
     t¸mIpIbmtWm AhÀ? F¶mÂ
     XoÀ¨bmbpw     {]Xm]w    apgph³                                                          ‫ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ A[o\¯nemIp¶p.
140. AÃmlphnsâ hN\§Ä \ntj[n
     ¡s¸Sp¶Xpw ]cnlkn¡s¸Sp¶Xpw              ‫٠٤١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ نَﺰﱠﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ‬
     \n§Ä tI«m A¯c¡mÀ aäphÃ
     hÀ¯am\¯nepw       {]thin¡p¶Xv          ‫ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹸﻜَﻔَﺮﹸ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻬﹾﺰﹶﺃُ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ‬
     hsc \n§Ä AhtcmsSm¸w Ccn¡cp
     sX¶pw, A§s\ Ccn¡p¶ ]£w                 ٍ‫ﺗَﻘْﻌﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﺨُﻮﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺣﹶﺪِﻳﺚ‬
     \n§fpw Ahsct¸mse¯s¶ Bbncn
     ¡psa¶pw Cu {KÙ¯n AÃmlp                ‫ﻏَﻴﹾﺮِﻩِ ﺇِنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫًﺍ ﻣﱢﺜْﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺟﹶﺎﻣِﻊﹸ‬
     \n§Ä¡v AhXcn¸n¨p X¶n«pWvS
                                                  ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹶ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬
     tÃm. I]ShnizmknIsfbpw Ahnizm
     knIsfbpw H¶n¨v AÃmlp \cI
     ¯n Hcpan¨pIq«pI Xs¶sN¿pw.
141. \n§fpsS kvYnXnKXnIÄ Däpt\m¡n
     s¡mWvSncn¡p¶hcs{X AhÀ (I]S             ‫١٤١. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺘَﺮﹶﺑﱠﺼﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘْﺢﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
     hnizmknIÄ) \n§Ä¡v AÃmlp
     hn¦Â \n¶v Hcp hnPbw ssIh¶m            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ نَﻜُﻦ ﻣﱠﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     AhÀ ]dbpw; R§Ä \n§fpsS
     IqsSbmbncp¶ntà     F¶v.     C\n        ‫نَﺼِﻴﺐﹲ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ نَﺴﹾﺘَﺤﹾﻮِﺫْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     AhnizmknIÄ¡mWv hà t\«hpap
     WvSmIp¶sX¦n AhÀ ]dbpw;                ‫ﻭﹶنَﻤﹾﻨﹶﻌﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻓَﺎﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     \n§fpsS ta R§Ä hnPb
                                            ‫ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
     km[yX t\Snbn«pw hnizmknIfnÂ
     \n¶v \n§sf R§Ä c£n¨ntÃ
     F¶v. F¶m DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â
     ]nsâ    \mfn     \n§Ä¡nSbn                                                    ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     AÃmlp hn[n IÂ]n¡p¶XmWv.
     hnizmknIÄs¡Xncn        AÃmlp
     Hcn¡epw kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v hgn
     Xpd¶psImSp¡p¶XÃ.
142. Xoˬbmbpw
                                            ‫٢٤١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﻳﹸﺨَﺎﺩِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﺎﺩِﻋﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                      I]ShnizmknIÄ
     AÃmlpsh h©n¡m³ t\m¡pI
     bmWv. bYmÀXvY¯n AÃmlp
     AhscbmWv h©n¡p¶Xv. AhÀ                 ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗَﺎﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﻗَﺎﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﺴﹶﺎﻟَﻰ‬
     \akvImc¯n\v \n¶m DZmko\cm
     bns¡mWvSpw, BfpIsf ImWn¡m³                  ‫ﻳﹸﺮﹶﺁﺅﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺬْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     thWvSnbpamWv \n¡p¶Xv. Ipd¨v
     am{Xta AhÀ AÃmlpsh HmÀan¡p
     IbpÅq.
   Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’             138                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


143. Cu I£nbntet¡m, B I£nbnte
     t¡m tNcmsX AXn\nSbn BSn             ‫٣٤١. ﻣﱡﺬَﺑﹾﺬَﺑِﲔﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
     s¡mWvSncn¡p¶hcmWhÀ. hÃhs\
      bpw AÃmlp hgn]ng¸n¨m Ah¶v            ‫ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻀْﻠِﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     ]ns¶ Hcp amÀKhpw \o IsWvS¯p
     IbnÃ.
144. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä kXyhn
     izmknIsfbÃmsX     Däan{X§fmbn        ‫٤٤١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     kzoIcn¡cpXv. AÃmlphn\v \n§Ä
     s¡Xncn hyIvXamb sXfnhpWvSm          ‫ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺃَﺗُﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ‬
     ¡nsh¡m³ \n§Ä B{Kln¡p
     ¶pthm?                                              ‫ﺗَﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻠْﻄَﺎنًﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬

145. XoÀ¨bmbpw I]ShnizmknIÄ \cI           ِ‫٥٤١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹶﺎﻓِﻘِﲔﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺭﹾﻙِ ﺍﻷَﺳﹾﻔَﻞِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬
     ¯nsâ ASn¯«nemIp¶p. AhÀ
                                                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻦ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     s¡mcp klmbnsbbpw \o IsWvS
     ¯p¶XÃ.
146. F¶m ]ivNm¯]n¨v aS§pIbpw,            ِ‫٦٤١. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺼﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     \ne]mSv \¶m¡pIbpw, AÃmlpsh
                                          ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹾﻠَﺼﹸﻮﺍْ ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     apdpsI]nSn¡pIbpw,      X§fpsS
     aXs¯ \njvIf¦ambn AÃmlphn\p
                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     thWvSn    B¡pIbpw     sNbvXhÀ
     CXn \ns¶mgnhmIp¶p, AhÀ kXy
     hnizmknItfmsSm¸amIp¶p. kXyhn
     izmknIÄ¡v AÃmlp al¯mb
     {]Xn^ew \ÂIp¶XmWv.
147. \n§Ä \µnImWn¡pIbpw, hnizkn           ‫٧٤١. ﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥ ﺷﹶﻜَﺮﹾﺗُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺁﻣﹶﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
     ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ ]£w \n§sf
                                                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺷﹶﺎﻛِﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     in£n¨n«v   AÃmlphn\v  F´v
     In«m\mWv ? AÃmlp IrXPvR\pw
     kÀÆPvR\pamIp¶p.
148. No¯hm¡v ]ckyam¡p¶Xv AÃmlp            ‫٨٤١. ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻬﹾﺮﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﺴﱡﻮﹶﺀِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻝِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
     CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ. t{Zmln¡s¸«h¶v
                                                              ‫ﻇُﻠِﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     HgnsI. AÃmlp FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶
     h\pw Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.
149. \n§Ä Hcp \à Imcyw clkyamtbm          ‫٩٤١. ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﻩﹸ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻦ‬
     ]ckyamtbm      sN¿pIbmsW¦nÂ,
                                                             ‫ﺍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹰﺍ‬‫ﺳﹸﻮﹶﺀٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻔُﻮ‬
     AYhm, Hcp Zpjv{]hr¯n am¸v
     sNbvXv sImSp¡pIbmsW¦n XoÀ¨
     bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd am¸p\ÂIp
     ¶h\pw kÀÆiIvX\pamIp¶p.

   Previous Page             First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’              139                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


150. AÃmlphnepw Ahsâ ZqX³amcnepw           ‫٠٥١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Ahnizkn¡pIbpw, ( hnizmkImcy
                                           ‫ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻔَﺮﱢﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ نُﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ‬
     ¯n ) AÃmlphn\pw Ahsâ ZqX³
     amÀ¡panSbn hnthN\w IÂ]n
                                           ْ‫ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶنَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍ‬
     ¡m³ B{Kln¡pIbpw R§Ä
     Nnecn hnizkn¡pIbpw, Nnesc
     \ntj[n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p F¶v
     ]dbpIbpw, A§s\ AXn¶nSbn                                                    ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     (hnizmk¯n\pw Ahnizmk¯n\pan
     Sbn ) asämcp amÀKw kzoIcn¡m³
     Dt±in¡pIbpw sN¿p¶hcmtcm,
151. AhÀ Xs¶bmIp¶p bYmÀXvY¯nÂ
     kXy\ntj[nIÄ. kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v            ‫١٥١. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺣﹶﻘًّﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹾنَﺎ‬
     A]am\Icamb in£ \mw Hcp¡n
     sh¨n«pWvSv.                                                        ‫ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱡﻬِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
152. AÃmlphnepw Ahsâ ZqX³amcnepw
     hnizkn¡pIbpw, Ahcn BÀ¡n              ‫٢٥١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻔَﺮﱢﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
     Sbnepw hnthN\w ImWn¡mXncn
     ¡pIbpw    sNbvXhcmtcm     AhÀ         ‫ﺃَﺣﹶﺪٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺳﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
     AÀln¡p¶ {]Xn^ew AhÀ¡v
     AÃmlp \ÂIp¶XmWv. AÃmlp                                          ‫ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     Gsd s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpWm\n[n
     bpamIp¶p.
153. thZ¡mÀ \nt¶mSv Bhiys¸Sp¶p;
     \o AhÀ¡v BImi¯v \n¶v Hcp              ‫٣٥١. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻚﹶ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞُ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑﹰﺎ‬
     {KÙw         Cd¡nsImSp¡Wsa¶v.
     F¶m AXns\¡mÄ KpcpXcambXv             ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺳﹶﺄَﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹶ ﻣِﻦ‬
     AhÀ aqkmtbmSv Bhiys¸«n«pWvSv
     (AXmbXv ) AÃmlpsh R§Ä¡v               ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺭِنَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻬﹾﺮﹶﺓﹰ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹶﺬَﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
     {]Xy£¯n           ImWn¨pXcWw
     F¶hÀ ]dbpIbpWvSmbn. At¸mÄ             ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻋِﻘَﺔُ ﺑِﻈُﻠْﻤِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻌِﺠﹾﻞَ ﻣِﻦ‬
     AhcpsS A{Iaw ImcWw CSn¯o
     Ahsc ]nSnIqSn. ]ns¶ hyIvXamb          ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻓَﻌﹶﻔَﻮﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
     sXfnhpIÄ h¶pIn«nbXn\v tijw
     AhÀ Imf¡p«nsb ( ssZhambn )                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺳﹸﻠْﻄَﺎنًﺎ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     kzoIcn¨p.    F¶n«v   \mw   AXv
     s]mdp¯psImSp¯p. aqkmbv¡v \w
     hyIvXamb \ymb{]amWw \ÂIp
     Ibpw sNbvXp.
154. AhtcmSv IcmÀ hm§phm³ thWvSn
     \mw AhÀ¡v aosX ]ÀÆXs¯                 ‫٤٥١. ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻓَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻮﺭﹶ ﺑِﻤِﻴﺜَﺎﻗِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
     DbÀ¯pIbpw      sNbvXp.   \n§Ä

   Previous Page              First Page                                                      Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                140                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                             ْ‫ﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏﹶ ﺳﹸﺠﱠﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻗُﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
     (]«W) hmXn IS¡p¶Xv XeIp\n¨v
     sImWvSmIWw F¶v \mw AhtcmSv
     ]dbpIbpw sNbvXp. \n§Ä iº¯v
     \mfn   AXn{Iaw     ImWn¡cpXv               ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒﹾﺖِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻗًﺎ ﻏَﻠِﻴﻈًﺎ‬
     F¶pw \mw AhtcmSv ]dªp.
     Ddt¸dnb Hcp IcmÀ \mahtcmSv
     hm§pIbpw sNbvXp.
155. F¶n«v AhÀ IcmÀ ewLn¨Xn\mepw,            ِ‫٥٥١. ﻓَﺒِﻤﹶﺎ نَﻘْﻀِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢ ﺑﹶﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ          ZrjvSm´§Ä
                                             ‫ ﻭﹶﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻨﹶﺎ‬‫ﻭﹶﻗَﺘْﻠِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَنْﺒِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺣﹶﻖ‬
     \ntj[n¨Xn\mepw,     A\ymbambn
     {]hmNI³amsc sImes¸Sp¯nbXn
                                             ‫ﻏُﻠْﻒﹲ ﺑﹶﻞْ ﻃَﺒﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺑِﻜُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ‬
     \mepw,   X§fpsS       a\ÊpIÄ
     ASªpInS¡pIbmWv F¶v AhÀ
                                                                                    ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     ]dªXn\mepw ( AhÀ i]n¡s¸«n
     cn¡p¶p.) Xs¶bpaÃ, AhcpsS
     kXy\ntj[w ImcWambn AÃmlp
     B a\ÊpIfpsS ta ap{ZIp¯nbncn
     ¡pIbmWv. BIbm Npcp¡¯n
     eÃmsX AhÀ hnizkn¡pIbnÃ.
156. AhcpsS kXy\ntj[w ImcWambpw               ‫٦٥١. ﻭﹶﺑِﻜُﻔْﺮِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺑﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺎنًﺎ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     aÀbansâ t]cn AhÀ KpcpXcamb
     A]hmZw ]dªXn\mepw
157. AÃmlphnsâ ZqX\mb, aÀbansâ               ‫٧٥١. ﻭﹶﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻗَﺘَﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹶ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ‬
     aI³ akolv Cukmsb R§Ä
                                             ‫ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺘَﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺻﹶﻠَﺒﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ‬
     sIm¶ncn¡p¶p F¶hÀ ]dªXn
     \mepw ( AhÀ i]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. )
                                             ‫ﺷﹸﺒﱢﻪﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻟَﻔِﻲ ﺷﹶﻚﱟ‬
     hmkvXh¯n At±ls¯ AhÀ
     sImes¸Sp¯nbn«panÃ, {Iqin¨n«panÃ.
                                             ‫ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﺗﱢﺒﹶﺎﻉﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻦﱢ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ]s£ ( bmYmÀXvYyw ) AhÀ¡v
     Xncn¨dnbmXmhpIbmWpWvSmbXv. XoÀ
     ¨bmbpw At±l¯nsâ (CukmbpsS
     ) Imcy¯n `n¶n¨hÀ AXns\¸än                                                             ‫ﻗَﺘَﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻳﹶﻘِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     kwib¯n           Xs¶bmIp¶p.
     Dulmt]mls¯ ]n´pScp¶XÃmsX
     AhÀ¡v A¡mcys¯¸än bmsXmcp
     AdnhpanÃ. Dd¸mbpw At±ls¯
     AhÀ sImes¸Sp¯nbn«nÃ.
158. F¶m At±ls¯ AÃmlp Ah¦                     ‫٨٥١. ﺑﹶﻞ ﺭﱠﻓَﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹰﺍ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     te¡v DbÀ¯pIbs{X sNbvXXv.
     AÃmlp {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\pam
     Ip¶p.

   Previous Page                First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’               141                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


159. thZ¡mcn Bcpw Xs¶ At±l                 َ‫٩٥١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟَﻴﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﻦﱠ ﺑِﻪِ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞ‬
     ¯nsâ ( CukmbpsS ) acW¯n\p
                                                   ‫ﻣﹶﻮﹾﺗِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
     ap¼v At±l¯n hnizkn¡m¯h
     cmbn DWvSmhpIbnÃ. DbnÀs¯gp
     t¶Â]nsâ \mfnemIs« At±lw
     AhÀs¡Xncn km£nbmIpIbpw
     sN¿pw.
160. A§s\ blqZaXw kzoIcn¨hcpsS              ‫٠٦١. ﻓَﺒِﻈُﻠْﻢٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻣﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     A{Iaw       ImcWambn    AhÀ¡v
                                            ِ‫ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕٍ ﺃُﺣِﻠﱠﺖﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺑِﺼﹶﺪﱢﻫِﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
     A\phZn¡s¸«ncp¶ ]e \à hkvXp
     ¡fpw      \mahÀ¡v    \njn²am¡n.
                                                                                              ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ      amÀK¯n     \n¶v
     AhÀ P\§sf [mcmfambn XSªXp
     sImWvSpw.
161. ]eni AhÀ¡v \ntcm[n¡s¸«Xm               َ‫١٦١. ﻭﹶﺃَﺧﹾﺬِﻫِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺑﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ نُﻬﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَﻛْﻠِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﻮﹶﺍﻝ‬
     bn«pw, AhcXv hm§nbXpsImWvSpw,
                                            ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻃِﻞِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹾنَﺎ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     P\§fpsS      kz¯pIÄ      AhÀ
     A\ymbambn        Xn¶XpsImWvSpw
                                                                                           ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     IqSnbmWv ( AXv \njn²am¡s¸«Xv. )
     Ahcn \n¶pÅ kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v
     \mw       thZ\tbdnb      in£
     Hcp¡nsh¨n«pWvSv.
162. F¶m Ahcn \n¶v ASnbpd¨                ‫٢٦١. ﻟﱠـﻜِﻦِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﺳِﺨُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻠْﻢِ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AdnhpÅhcpw,     kXyhnizmknIfp
                                            ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ‬
     ambn«pÅhÀ \n\¡v AhXcn¸n¡
     s¸«Xnepw \n\¡v ap¼v AhXcn¸n¡
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘِﻴﻤِﲔﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﺗُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ‬
     s¸«Xnepw hnizkn¡p¶p. {]mÀXvY\
     apdt]mse       \nÀhln¡p¶hcpw,
     kIm¯v \ÂIp¶hcpw, AÃmlp
     hnepw A´yZn\¯nepw hnizkn¡p¶            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
     hcpas{X AhÀ. A§s\bpÅhÀ¡v
     \mw al¯mb {]Xn^ew \ÂIp                                               ‫ﺳﹶﻨﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     ¶XmWv.
163. ( \_ntb, ) \qln\pw At±l¯nsâ            ٍ‫٣٦١. ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾﺣﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾﺣﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ نُﻮﺡ‬
     tijapÅ {]hmNI³amÀ¡pw \mw
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱢﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻭﹾﺣﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ‬
     ktµiw \ÂInbXv t]mse Xs¶
     \n\¡pw \mw ktµiw \ÂIn
                                            ِ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺇْﺳﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺳﹾﺒﹶﺎﻁ‬
     bncn¡p¶p. C{_mlow, CkvamCuÂ,
     CkvlmJv, bAvJq_v. bAvJq_v
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﱡﻮﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻮنُﺲﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹶﺎﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     k´XnIÄ, Cukm, A¿q_v, bq\pkv,
     lmdq³, kpsseam³ F¶nhÀ¡pw
   Previous Page               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 142                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                ‫ﻭﹶﺳﹸﻠَﻴﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺩﹶﺍﻭﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﺯَﺑﹸﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬
         \mw    ktµiw    \ÂInbncn¡p¶p.
         ZmhqZn\v \mw k_qÀ ( k¦oÀ¯\w )
         \ÂIn.
164. \n\¡v \mw ap¼v hnhcn¨pX¶n«pÅ             ُ‫٤٦١. ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻼﹰ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻗَﺼﹶﺼﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞ‬
     ZqX³amscbpw, \n\¡v \mw hnhcn
                                              ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻼﹰ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ نَﻘْﺼﹸﺼﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﻠﱠﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     ¨pX¶n«nÃm¯ ZqX³amscbpw ( \mw
     \ntbmKn¡pIbpWvSmbn. ) aqkmtbmSv
                                                                                      ‫ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺗَﻜْﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     AÃmlp t\cn«v kwkmcn¡pIbpw
     sNbvXp.
165. kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn¡p¶hcpw,                  ِ‫٥٦١. ﺭﱡﺳﹸﻼﹰ ﻣﱡﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻨﺬِﺭِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟِﺌَﻼﱠ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱ‬
     Xm¡oXv \ÂIp¶hcpamb ZqX³amcm
                                              ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺣﹸﺠﱠﺔٌ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     bncp¶p AhÀ. B ZqX³amÀ¡v
     tijw P\§Ä¡v AÃmlphns\
                                                                                      ‫ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹰﺍ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     Xncn Hcp \ymbhpw CÃmXncn¡m³
     thWvSnbmWXv. AÃmlp {]Xm]nbpw
     bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
166. F¶m AÃmlp \n\¡v AhXcn                   ِ‫٦٦١. ﻟﱠـﻜِﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺑِﻌِﻠْﻤِﻪ‬
     ¸n¨pX¶Xnsâ Imcy¯n Ah³
                                                  ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
     Xs¶ km£yw hln¡p¶p. Ahsâ
     Adnhnsâ ASnkvYm\¯n Xs¶
     bmWv Ah\Xv AhXcn¸n¨n«pÅXv.
     ae¡pIfpw (AXn\v) km£yw hln
     ¡p¶p. km£nbmbn AÃmlp aXn.
167. Ahnizkn¡pIbpw,      AÃmlphnsâ            ‫٧٦١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺻﹶﺪﱡﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺪﹾ‬
     amÀK¯n \n¶v ( P\§sf )
                                                                               ‫ﺿَﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﺿَﻼﹶﻻً ﺑﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ‬
     XSbpIbpw sNbvXhÀ XoÀ¨bmbpw
     _lpZqcw ]ng¨v t]mbncn¡p¶p.
168. Ahnizkn¡pIbpw, A\ymbw {]hÀ               ‫٨٦١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹶ‬
     ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXhcmtcm AhÀ¡v
                                                                           ً‫ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻟِﻴﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻃَﺮِﻳﻘﺎ‬
     AÃmlp Hcn¡epw s]mdp¯psImSp
     ¡p¶XÃ.
169. \cI¯nsâ      amÀK¯nte¡ÃmsX               ‫٩٦١. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻃَﺮِﻳﻖﹶ ﺟﹶﻬﹶﻨﱠﻢﹶ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
     asämcp  amÀK¯nte¡pw     Ah³
                                                                             ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺴِﲑﹰﺍ‬
     Ahsc \bn¡p¶XpaÃ. Fs¶t¶¡p
     ambn AhcXn kvYnchmknIfmbn
     cn¡pw. AÃmlphn\v AXv Ffp¸apÅ
     ImcyamIp¶p.
170. P\§tf, \n§fpsS c£nXmhn¦Â                 ‫٠٧١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ‬
     \n¶pÅ kXyhpambn \n§fpsS
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’                 143                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                              ْ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺂﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     ASp¡enXm dkq h¶ncn¡p¶p.
     AXn\m \n§fpsS \³abv¡mbn
     \n§Ä      hnizkn¡pI.       \n§Ä
     \ntj[n¡pIbmsW¦ntem, BImi                 ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﻟِﻠﱠﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
     §fnepw         `qanbnepapÅsXÃmw
     AÃmlphnsâXmWv. ( F¶v \n§Ä                                                     ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     HmÀ¯p sImÅpI. ) AÃmlp FÃmw
     Adnbp¶h\pw bpIvXnam\pamIp¶p.
171. thZ¡mtc, \n§Ä aXImcy¯nÂ
     AXncpIhnbcpXv.       AÃmlphnsâ           َ‫١٧١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻻَ ﺗَﻐْﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     t]cn    hmkvXhaÃmsX       \n§Ä
     ]dbpIbpw sN¿cpXv. aÀbansâ                ‫ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ‬
     aI\mb        akolv         Cukm
     AÃmlphnsâ ZqX\pw, aÀbante¡v              ‫ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﻠِﻤﹶﺘُﻪﹸ ﺃَﻟْﻘَﺎﻫﹶﺎ‬
     Ah³      C«psImSp¯         Ahsâ
     hN\hpw, Ah¦Â \n¶pÅ Hcp                   َ‫ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﻭﺡﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻓَﺂﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     BXvamhpw    am{XamIp¶p.      AXv
     sImWvSv   \n§Ä       AÃmlphnepw          ‫ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺛَﻼﹶﺛَﺔٌ ﺍنﺘَﻬﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹲ‬
     Ahsâ ZqX³amcnepw hnizkn¡pI.
     {XnXzw F¶ hm¡v \n§Ä ]dbcpXv.             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹲ ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
     \n§fpsS \³abv¡mbn \n§Ä
                                              ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻛَﻔَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     (CXn \n¶v) hncan¡pI. AÃmlp
     GI Bcm[y³ am{XamIp¶p. X\n¡v
     Hcp k´m\apWvSmbncn¡pI F¶
     Xn \n¶v Ahs\{Xtbm ]cnip²                                                                         ‫ﻭﹶﻛِﻴﻼﹰ‬
     \s{X. BImi§fnepÅXpw `qanbn
     epÅXpsaÃmw AhsâXmIp¶p. ssI
     Imcy IÀ¯mhmbn AÃmlp Xs¶
     aXn.
172. AÃmlphnsâ ASnabmbncn¡p¶XnÂ
     akolv    Hcn¡epw       ssha\kyw          ِ‫٢٧١. ﻟﱠﻦ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻨﻜِﻒﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺒﹾﺪﺍً ﻟﱢﻠّﻪ‬
     ImWn¡p¶XÃ.         (AÃmlphnsâ)
     kmao]yw kn²n¨ ae¡pIfpw ( ssha            ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘَﺮﱠﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻨﻜِﻒﹾ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ‬
     \kyw ImWn¡p¶XÃ.) Ahs\
     (AÃmlpsh) Bcm[n¡p¶Xn BÀ                 ِ‫ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩﹶﺗِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻜْﺒِﺮﹾ ﻓَﺴﹶﻴﹶﺤﹾﺸﹸﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﻪ‬
     ssha\kyw ImWn¡pIbpw, Alw
     `mhw \Sn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶pthm                                                                        ‫ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬
     Ahsc apgph\pw Ah³ Xsâ
     ASp¡te¡v Hcpan¨pIq«p¶XmWv.
173. F¶m hnizkn¡pIbpw, kÂIÀ½
     §Ä {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXXv                  ِ‫٣٧١. ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬
     Btcm    AhcpsSXmb        {]Xn^ew
     AhÀ¡h³ \ndthänsImSp¡pIbpw,               ‫ﻓَﻴﹸﻮﹶﻓﱢﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺰﻳﺪﹸﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻓَﻀْﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻣﱠﺎ‬
     Ahsâ      A\p{Kl¯n          \n¶v
   Previous Page                 First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (4) an Nisa’              144                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                           ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻨﻜَﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻜْﺒﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﻴﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺑﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     IqSpXembn AhÀ¡v \ÂIpIbpw
     sN¿p¶XmWv. F¶mÂ, ssha\kyw
     ImWn¡pIbpw,       Al¦cn¡pIbpw
     sNbvXhcmtcm AhÀ¡h³ thZ\tb             ِ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻟُﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     dnb in£ \ÂIp¶XmWv. AÃmlp
     sh IqSmsX X§Ä¡v Hcp Däan{X                                                        ‫ﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﺼِﲑﹰﺍ‬‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
     s¯tbm klmbnsbtbm AhÀ
     IsWvS¯pIbpanÃ.
174. a\pjytc, \n§Ä¡nXm \n§fpsS
     c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶pÅ \ymb{]amWw            ‫٤٧١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹸ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﺑﹸﺮﹾﻫﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     h¶pIn«nbncn¡p¶p. hyIvXamb Hcp
     {]Imiw \manXm \n§Ä¡v Cd¡n¯                                          ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ نُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﱡﺒِﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬
     ¶ncn¡p¶p.
175. AXpsImWvSv BÀ AÃmlphnÂ
     hnizkn¡pIbpw, Ahs\ apdpsI             ِ‫٥٧١. ﻓَﺄَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺼﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪ‬
     ]nSn¡pIbpw sNbvXpthm, Ahsc
     Xsâ ImcpWy¯nepw A\p{Kl                ٍ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﻴﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻓَﻀْﻞ‬
     ¯nepw Ah³ {]thin¸n¡p¶XmWv.
     Ah¦te¡v Ahsc t\ÀhgnbneqsS                               ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻃًﺎ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻤﹰﺎ‬
     Ah³ \bn¡p¶XpamWv.
                                           ِ‫٦٧١. ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻔْﺘُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﻔْﺘِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻼﹶﻟَﺔِ ﺇِﻥ‬
176. ( \_ntb, ) AhÀ \nt¶mSv aXhn[n
     At\zjn¡p¶p. ]dbpI: Ieme¯n
     sâ {]iv\¯n AÃmlp \n§Ä
     ¡nXm     aXhn[n    ]dªpXcp¶p.         ‫ﺍﻣﹾﺮﹸﺅﹲ ﻫﹶﻠَﻚﹶ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺃُﺧﹾﺖﹲ ﻓَﻠَﻬﹶﺎ‬
     AXmbXv HcmÄ acn¨p; AbmÄ¡v
     k´m\anÃ; Hcp ktlmZcnbpWvSv.           ‫نِﺼﹾﻒﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻳﹶﺮِﺛُﻬﹶﺂ ﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ‬
     F¦n AbmÄ hnt«¨p t]mbXnsâ
     ]IpXn    AhÄ¡pÅXmWv.       C\n        ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺎنَﺘَﺎ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻓَﻠَﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻠُﺜَﺎﻥِ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﺮﹶﻙَ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ‬
     (ktlmZcn acn¡pIbpw) AhÄ¡v
                                           ُ‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺓﹰ ﺭﱢﺟﹶﺎﻻً ﻭﹶنِﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﻠِﻠﺬﱠﻛَﺮِ ﻣِﺜْﻞ‬
     k´m\anÃmXncn¡pI bpamsW¦nÂ
     ktlmZc³ AhfpsS (]qÀ®) Ah
     Iminbmbncn¡pw. C\n cWvSv ktlmZ
     cnIfmWpÅsX¦nÂ, Ah³ (ktlm              ‫ﺣﹶﻆﱢ ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻀِﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     Zc³)     hnt«¨pt]mb   kz¯nsâ
     aq¶n cWvSp `mKw AhÀ¡pÅ                                                       ‫ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     XmWv. C\n ktlmZc³amcpw ktlm
     Zcnamcpw      IqSnbmWpÅsX¦nÂ,
     BWn\v       cWvSv   s]®nsâXn\v
     Xpeyamb HmlcnbmWpÅXv. \n§Ä
     ]ng¨v t]mIpsa¶v IcpXn AÃmlp
     \n§Ä ¡v Imcy§Ä hnhcn¨pXcp¶p.
     AÃmlp GXv Imcys¯¸änbpw Adn
     hpÅh\mIp¶p.


   Previous Page              First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                                      145                      Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                             ( ‫)٥ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ) ﻣﺪنﻴﺔ‬

                                        ‫ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

            ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ
1.
        \ndthäpI. (]n¶oSv) \n§Ä¡v hnhcn ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹸﻘُﻮﺩِ ﺃُﺣِﻠﱠﺖﹾ ﻟَﻜُﻢ‬   .١
        kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä IcmdpIÄ
        ¨pXcp¶sXmgn¨pÅ BSv, amSv, H«Iw ‫ﺑﹶﻬِﻴﻤﹶﺔُ ﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺘْﻠَﻰ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺤِﻠﱢﻲ‬
        F¶o C\§fn s]« arK§Ä
        \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.            ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻴﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺣﹸﺮﹸﻡﹲ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ‬
        F¶m \n§Ä Clvdman {]thin¨
        hcmbncns¡ th«bmSp¶Xv A\phZ\o
        bam¡cpXv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
        Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶Xv hn[n¡p¶p.
2.
        Nnlv\§sf \n§Ä A\mZcn¡cpXv. َ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗُﺤِﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻌﹶﺂﺋِﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬           .٢
        kXyhnizmknItf, AÃmlphnsâ aX
        ]hn{Xamb amks¯bpw (IAv_ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟْﻬﹶﺪﹾﻱﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻶﺋِﺪﹶ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
        ¯n¦te¡v sImWvSpt]mIp¶) _en
        arK§sfbpw, (AhbpsS Igp¯nse) ‫ﺁﻣﱢﲔﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡﹶ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﻀْﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ‬
        ASbmf¯menIsfbpw        \n§fpsS
        c£nXmhnsâ A\p{Klhpw s]mcp َ‫ﻭﹶﺭِﺿْﻮﹶﺍنًﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻠَﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺻﹾﻄَﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
        cs¯ e£yam¡nt¸mIp¶ XoÀXvYmS ِ‫ﻳﹶﺠﹾﺮِﻣﹶﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻨﹶﺂﻥﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﺃَﻥ ﺻﹶﺪﱡﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ‬
        ¯hpw tXSns¡mWvSv hnip² aµn
        Iscbpw ( \n§Ä A\mZcn¡cpXv. ) ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴﹾﺠِﺪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻭﹶنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
        F¶m Clvdman \n¶v \n§Ä
        Hgnhmbm     \n§Ä¡v    th«bmSm ِ‫ﺍﻟْﱪﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘْﻮﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻭﹶنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻹِﺛْﻢ‬
        hp¶XmWv. akvPnZp ldman \n¶v
        \n§sf XSªp F¶Xnsâ t]cn ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹸﺪﹾﻭﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻘَﺎﺏ‬
        Hcp P\hn`mKt¯mSv \n§Ä¡pÅ
        AaÀjw AXn{Iaw {]hÀ¯n¡p
        ¶Xn¶v \n§Äs¡mcn¡epw t{]cIam
        IcpXv. ]pWy¯nepw [À½\njvTbnepw
        \n§Ä At\ym\yw klmbn¡pI.
        ]m]¯nepw AXn{Ia¯nepw \n§Ä
        At\ym\yw klmbn¡cpXv. \n§Ä
        AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw
        AÃmlp ITn\ambn in£n¡p¶h\m
        Ip¶p.
3.
        AÃm¯hcpsS t]cn Adp¡s¸«Xv, ‫ﺣﹸﺮﱢﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﺘَﺔُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺪﱠﻡﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺤﹾﻢﹸ‬                         .٣
        ihw, cIvXw, ]¶namwkw, AÃmlp
        izmkw ap«n N¯Xv, ASn¨psIm¶Xv, ُ‫ﺍﻟْﺨِﻨﹾﺰِﻳﺮِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻫِﻞﱠ ﻟِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻨﹾﺨَﻨِﻘَﺔ‬
     Previous Page                                   First Page                                       Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                                 146                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                            َ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﻗُﻮﺫَﺓﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘَﺮﹶﺩﱢﻳﹶﺔُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻄِﻴﺤﹶﺔُ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﻛَﻞ‬
        hoWpN¯Xv, Ipt¯äv N¯Xv, h\y
        arKw ISn¨pXn¶Xv F¶nh \n§Ä¡v
        \njn²am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.      F¶m                       ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒﹸﻊﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺫَﻛﱠﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺫُﺑِﺢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺼﹸﺐ‬
        (Poht\msS ) \n§Ä Adp¯Xv CXnÂ
        \ns¶mgnhmIp¶p.     {]XnjvTIÄ¡p                      ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﻘْﺴِﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻷَﺯْﻻَﻡِ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﺴﹾﻖﹲ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ‬
        ap¼n _enbÀ¸n¡s¸«Xpw ( \n§Ä
        ¡v ) \njn²amIp¶p. A¼pIfp]                           ‫ﻳﹶﺌِﺲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺨْﺸﹶﻮﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺸﹶﻮﹾﻥِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺃَﻛْﻤﹶﻠْﺖﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
        tbmKn¨v `mKyw t\m¡epw ( \n§Ä¡v
        \njn²am¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. ) AsXm
        s¡ A[À½amIp¶p. C¶v kXy\ntj                          ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺗْﻤﹶﻤﹾﺖﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻲ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺿِﻴﺖﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ‬
        [nIÄ \n§fpsS aXs¯ t\cnSp¶
        Imcy¯n \ncmis¸«ncn¡pIbmWv.                         ‫ﺍﻹِﺳﹾﻼﹶﻡﹶ ﺩِﻳﻨﹰﺎ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺿْﻄُﺮﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﹶﺨْﻤﹶﺼﹶﺔٍ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ‬
        AXn\m Ahsc \n§Ä t]Snt¡
        WvSXnÃ. Fs¶ \n§Ä t]Sn¡pI.                                      ‫ﻣﹸﺘَﺠﹶﺎنِﻒٍ ﻟﱢﺈِﺛْﻢٍ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
        C¶v Rm³ \n§Ä¡v \n§fpsS aXw
        ]qÀ¯nbm¡n X¶ncn¡p¶p. Fsâ
        A\p{Klw \n§Ä¡v Rm³ \ndthän
        ¯cnIbpw sNbvXncn¡p¶p. aXambn
        Ckvemans\ Rm³ \n§Ä¡v Xr]vXn
        s¸«v X¶ncn¡p¶p. hÃh\pw ]«nWn
        ImcWw ( \njn²ambXv ) Xn¶phm³
        \nÀ_ÔnX\mIp¶ ]£w Ah³ A[
        À½¯nte¡v       NmbvhpÅh\sænÂ
        XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp
        ¡p¶h\pw IcpW ImWn¡p¶h\pam
        Ip¶p.
4.
                                                            ‫ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞْ ﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ‬            .٤
        X§Ä¡v         A\phZn¡s¸«n«pÅXv
        Fs´ms¡bmsW¶v AhÀ \nt¶mSv
        tNmZn¡pw. ]dbpI: \Ã hkvXp¡                          ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻮﹶﺍﺭِﺡِ ﻣﹸﻜَﻠﱢﺒِﲔﹶ‬
        sfÃmw \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¡s¸«n
        cn¡p¶p. AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v \ÂInb                          ‫ﺗُﻌﹶﻠﱢﻤﹸﻮنَﻬﹸﻦﱠ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹶﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﻜُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ‬
        hnZy       D]tbmKn¨v      \mbm«v
        ]cnioen¸n¡mdpÅ coXnbn \n§Ä                         ِ‫ﺃَﻣﹾﺴﹶﻜْﻦﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﺳﹾﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
                                                                          ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺳﹶﺮِﻳﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤِﺴﹶﺎﺏ‬
        ]Tn¸ns¨Sp¯ GsX¦nepw th«arKw
        \n§Ä¡v thWvSn ]nSn¨v sImWvSp
        h¶Xn      \n¶v   \n§Ä     Xn¶p
        sImÅpI. B Dcphnsâ ta \n§Ä
        AÃmlphnsâ \maw D¨cn¡pIbpw
        sN¿pI. \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n
        ¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp AXn
        thKw IW¡v t\m¡p¶h\mIp¶p.
5.      FÃm \à hkvXp¡fpw C¶v \n§Ä ْ‫ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻭﹶﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍ‬                            .٥
        ¡v A\phZn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. thZw
     Previous Page                              First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                  147                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        \ÂIs¸«hcpsS `£Ww \n§Ä¡v
        A\phZ\obamWv. \n§fpsS `£Ww           ‫ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺣِﻞﱞ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻣﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺣِﻞﱡ ﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
                                             ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺼﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕﹸ‬
        AhÀ¡pw A\phZ\obamWv. kXy
        hnizmkn\nIfn \n¶pÅ ]Xn{hXI
        fmb kv{XoIfpw, \n§Ä¡v ap¼v thZw      ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ‬
        \ÂIs¸«hcn \n¶pÅ ]Xn{hXI
        fmb kv{XoIfpw þ \n§f hÀ¡v            ‫ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﺃُﺟﹸﻮﺭﹶﻫﹸﻦﱠ ﻣﹸﺤﹾﺼِﻨِﲔﹶ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ‬
        hnhmlaqeyw \ÂIn¡gnªn«psWvS
        ¦n þ ( \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¡s¸«ncn         ‫ﻣﹸﺴﹶﺎﻓِﺤِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻣﹸﺘﱠﺨِﺬِﻱ ﺃَﺧﹾﺪﹶﺍﻥٍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ‬
        ¡p¶p.) \n§Ä sshhmlnI PohnX           ِ‫ﺑِﺎﻹِﳝﹶﺎﻥِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺣﹶﺒِﻂَ ﻋﹶﻤﹶﻠُﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓ‬
        ¯n HXp§n \n¡p¶hcmbncn
        ¡Ww. hy`nNmc¯n GÀs]Sp¶hcm                                                      ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
        IcpXv. clkythgvN¡msc kzoIcn¡p
        ¶hcpamIcpXv.     kXyhnizmks¯
        Bsc¦nepw XÅn¡fbp¶ ]£w
        Ahsâ         IÀ½w       \njv^e
        ambn¡gnªp. ]ctemI¯v Ah³
        \jvSw ]änbhcpsS Iq«¯nembncn
        ¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
6.      kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä \akvIm           ِ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗُﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓ‬          .٦
        c¯n\v     Hcp§nbmÂ,   \n§fpsS
        apJ§fpw, ap«phsc cWvSpssIIfpw        ِ‫ﻓﺎﻏْﺴِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻓِﻖ‬
        IgpIpIbpw, \n§fpsS Xe XShp
        Ibpw s\cnbmWnhsc cWvSv ImepIÄ        ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻣﹾﺴﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺮﹸﺅﹸﻭﺳِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭﹾﺟﹸﻠَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻜَﻌﹾﺒﹶﲔِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺟﹸﻨﹸﺒﹰﺎ ﻓَﺎﻃﱠﻬﱠﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
        IgpIpIbpw sN¿pI. \n§Ä P\m_
        ¯v ( henb Aip²n ) _m[n¨hcm
        bm \n§Ä ( Ipfn¨v ) ip²nbmIpI.       ‫ﻣﱠﺮﹾﺿَﻰ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺳﹶﻔَﺮٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹲ ﻣﱠﻨﻜُﻢ‬
        \n§Ä tcmKnIfmIpItbm bm{Xbnem
        IpItbm sNbvXmÂ, Asæn \n§           ْ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻐَﺎﺋِﻂِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻻَﻣﹶﺴﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﻠَﻢﹾ ﺗَﺠِﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
        fnsemcmÄ aeaq{XhnkÀÖ\w Ign
        ªv hcnItbm, \n§Ä kv{XoIfpambn        ْ‫ﻣﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺘَﻴﹶﻤﱠﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺻﹶﻌِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹰﺎ ﻓَﺎﻣﹾﺴﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍ‬
                                             َ‫ﺑِﻮﹸﺟﹸﻮﻫِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞ‬
        kwkÀKw \S¯pItbm sNbvXn«v
        \n§Ä¡v shÅw In«nbnsæn ip²
        amb `qapJw tXSns¡mÅpI. F¶n«v         ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﺮﹶﺝٍ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹸﻄَﻬﱠﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹾ‬
        AXpsImWvSv    \n§fpsS   apJhpw
        ssIIfpw XShpI. \n§Ä¡v Hcp                      ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹸﺘِﻢﱠ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        _p²nap«pw     hcp¯nsh¡Wsa¶v
        AÃmlp Dt±in¡p¶nÃ. F¶mÂ
        \n§sf ip²oIcn¡Wsa¶pw, Xsâ
        A\p{Klw \n§Ä¡v ]qÀ¯nbm¡n
        ¯cWsa¶pw Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶p.
        \n§Ä \µnbpÅhcmtb¡mw.

     Previous Page                First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                                  148                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


7.      AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v sNbvXp X¶ A\p ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬           .٧
        {Klw \n§Ä HmÀ¡pI. R§fnXm
        tIÄ¡pIbpw      A\pkcn¡pIbpw ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺛَﻘَﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﺫْ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃَﻌﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍ‬
        sNbvXncn¡p¶p F¶v \n§Ä ]dª
        kµÀ`¯n AÃmlp \n§tfmSv                       ِ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﺬَﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﺪﹸﻭﺭ‬
        Ddt¸dnb IcmÀ hm§nbXpw ( HmÀ
        ¡pI ) \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n
        ¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp a\ÊpI
        fnepÅXv Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
8.      kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp ‫ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻛُﻮنُﻮﺍْ ﻗَﻮﱠﺍﻣِﲔﹶ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ‬       .٨
        hn¶v thWvSn \nesImÅp¶hcpw,
        \oXn¡v km£yw hln¡p¶hcpambn ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﺮِﻣﹶﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻨﹶﺂﻥﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻻﱠ‬
        cn¡pI. Hcp P\XtbmSpÅ AaÀjw
        \oXn ]men¡mXncn¡m³ \n§Ä¡v ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻋﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺏﹸ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠﻘْﻮﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
                                                                ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺧﹶﺒِﲑﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
        t{]cIamIcpXv. \n§Ä \oXn ]men
        ¡pI.    AXmWv    [À½\njvTtbmSv
        Gähpw ASp¯Xv. \n§Ä AÃmlpsh
        kq£n¡pI. XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§Ä {]h
        À¯n¡p¶Xns\ Ipdns¨Ãmw AÃmlp
        kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
9.      hnizkn¡pIbpw,      kÂIÀ½§Ä ِ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬              .٩
        {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw        sNbvXhtcmSv
        AÃmlp hmKvZm\w sNbvXncn¡p¶p.                       ‫ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻐْﻔِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
        AhÀ¡v ]m]tamN\hpw al¯mb
        {]Xn^ehpw DsWvS¶v.
10. Ahnizkn¡pIbpw \½psS ZrjvSm ‫٠١. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
    ´§sf \ntj[n¡pIbpw sNbvXhcm
    tcm AhcmIp¶p \cImhIminIÄ.                                     ِ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺤِﻴﻢ‬
11. kXyhnizmknItf, Hcp P\hn`mKw ِ‫١١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    \n§fpsS t\sc ( B{IaWmÀXvYw )
    AhcpsS     ssIIÄ       \o«phm³ ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﻫﹶﻢﱠ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡﹲ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺴﹸﻄُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    apXnÀ¶t¸mÄ, AhcpsS ssIIsf
    \n§fn    \n¶v   X«namäns¡mWvSv ِ‫ﻓَﻜَﻒﱠ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
                                                                             ‫ﻓَﻠْﻴﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱠﻞِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v sNbvXp X¶
    A\p{Klw     \n§Ä     HmÀ¡phn³.
    \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI.
    kXyhnizmknIÄ AÃmlphn am{Xw
    `ctaÂ]n¡s«.

12. AÃmlp C{kmbo k´XnItfmSv ‫٢١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻕَ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺁﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻌﹶﺜْﻨﹶﺎ‬
    IcmÀ hm§pIbpw, Ahcn \n¶v
     Previous Page                                First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                               149                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       ]{´WvSv t\Xm¡³amsc \ntbmKn¡p
       IbpapWvSmbn. AÃmlp ( AhtcmSv )                     ‫ﻣِﻨﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﻲﹾ ﻋﹶﺸﹶﺮﹶ نَﻘِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
                                                          ‫ﻟَﺌِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻗَﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﻣﹶﻨﺘُﻢ‬
       ]dªp: XoÀ¨bmbpw Rm³ \n§fpsS
       IqsSbpWvSv.  \n§Ä     {]mÀXvY\
       apdt]mse \nÀhln¡pIbpw, kIm¯v                       ‫ﺑِﺮﹸﺳﹸﻠِﻲ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺰﱠﺭﹾﺗُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺿْﺘُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗَﺮﹾﺿًﺎ‬
       \ÂIpIbpw,    Fsâ    ZqX³amcnÂ
       hnizkn¡pIbpw, Ahsc klmbn                           ‫ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ‬      ‫ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢﹾ‬         ‫ﻟﱠﺄُﻛَﻔﱢﺮﹶﻥﱠ‬    ‫ﺣﹶﺴﹶﻨﹰﺎ‬
       ¡pIbpw, AÃmlphn¶v D¯aamb
       ISw     sImSp¡pIbpw     sNbvXp                     ‫ﻭﹶﻷُﺩﹾﺧِﻠَﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ‬
       sImWvSncn¡p¶ ]£w XoÀ¨bmbpw                         ‫ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺿَﻞﱠ‬
       \n§fpsS Xn³aIÄ \n§fn \n¶v
       Rm³ ambv¨pIfbpIbpw, Xmgv`mK¯v                                                                ِ‫ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
       IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶ kzÀKt¯m
       ¸pIfn \n§sf Rm³ {]thin¸n
       ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶XmWv. F¶mÂ
       AXn\p tijw \n§fn \n¶v BÀ
       Ahnizkn¨pthm Ah³ t\ÀamÀK
       ¯n \n¶v sXänt¸mbncn¡p¶p.

13. A§s\ AhÀ IcmÀ ewLn¨Xnsâ                               ‫٣١. ﻓَﺒِﻤﹶﺎ نَﻘْﻀِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌﻨﱠﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ‬
    ^eambn \mw Ahsc i]n¡pIbpw,
    AhcpsS a\ÊpIsf \mw ISp¯                               ِ‫ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﺳِﻴﹶﺔً ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺮﱢﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻠِﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻦ ﻣﱠﻮﹶﺍﺿِﻌِﻪ‬
                                                          ‫ﻭﹶنَﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﻈًّﺎ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺫُﻛﱢﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺰﹶﺍﻝُ ﺗَﻄﱠﻠِﻊﹸ‬
    Xm¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw sNbvXp. thZ
    hmIy§sf AhbpsS kvYm\§fnÂ
    \n¶v AhÀ sXän¡p¶p. AhÀ¡v                              ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰﹶ ﺧﹶﺂﺋِﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻒﹸ‬
    DÂt_m[\w \ÂIs¸«Xn Hcp `mKw
    AhÀ ad¶pIfbpIbpw sNbvXp.                                   ‫ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺻﹾﻔَﺢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    AhÀ þ AÂ]w NnescmgnsI þ
    \S¯ns¡mWvSncn¡p¶         h©\
    (taenepw) \o IWvSpsImWvSncn¡pw.
    F¶m AhÀ¡v \o am¸p\ÂIpIbpw
    AhtcmSv hn«phogvN ImWn¡pIbpw
    sN¿pI. \à \nebn hÀ¯n¡p¶
    hsc XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp CjvS
    s¸Spw.

14. R§Ä {InkvXym\nIfmWv F¶v ‫٤١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﺎ نَﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    ]dªhcn \n¶pw \mw IcmÀ
    hm§pIbpWvSmbn. F¶n«v AhÀ¡v ‫ﻓَﻨﹶﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﻈًّﺎ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﺫُﻛﱢﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﺄَﻏْﺮﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    `mKw AhÀ ad¶pIfªp. AXn\m ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹶﺍﻭﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻐْﻀَﺎﺀ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ‬
    DÂt_m[\w \ÂIs¸«Xn \n¶v Hcp
    AhÀ¡nSbn DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ                            ‫ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺒﱢﺌُﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺼﹾﻨﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \mfphtc¡pw i{XpXbpw hntZzjhpw
    \mw Cf¡nhn«p. AhÀ sNbvXvsIm
  Previous Page                                First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                           150                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       WvSncp¶Xns\¸änsbÃmw AÃmlp
       ]n¶oShsc ]dªdnbn¡p¶XmWv.
15. thZ¡mtc, thZ{KÙ¯n \n¶v ‫٥١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟُﻨﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ‬
    \n§Ä     ad¨v   sh¨psImWvSncp¶
    ]eXpw \n§Ä¡v shfns¸Sp¯n¯¶p ِ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏ‬
    sImWvSv \½psS ZqX³ (CXm) \n§fp
    sS ASp¯v h¶ncn¡p¶p. ]eXpw ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻔُﻮ ﻋﹶﻦ ﻛَﺜِﲑٍ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ نُﻮﺭﹲ‬
                                                                      ‫ﻭﹶﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹲ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
    At±lw am¸m¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
    \n§Ä¡nXm AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶v Hcp
    {]Imihpw hyIvXamb Hcp {KÙhpw
    h¶ncn¡p¶p.
16. AÃmlp Xsâ s]mcp¯w tXSnbhsc ِ‫٦١. ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺑِﻪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻦِ ﺍﺗﱠﺒﹶﻊﹶ ﺭِﺿْﻮﹶﺍنَﻪﹸ ﺳﹸﺒﹸﻞَ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻼﹶﻡ‬
    AXv aptJ\ kam[m\¯nsâ hgnIfn
    te¡v \bn¡p¶p. Xsâ D¯chv ِ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦِ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮﺭِ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻪ‬
    aptJ\ Ahsc AÔImc§fn \n¶v
    Ah³ {]Imi¯nte¡v sImWvSphcp                   ٍ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
    Ibpw, t\cmb ]mXbnte¡v Ahsc
    \bn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p.
17. aÀbansâ aI³ akolv Xs¶bmWv                         ‫٧١. ﻟﱠﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺂﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ‬
    AÃmlp F¶v ]dªhÀ XoÀ¨bmbpw
    AhnizmknIfmbncn¡p¶p. (\_ntb,)                     ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﻠِﻚﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﺩﹶ ﺃَﻥ‬
    ]dbpI: aÀbansâ aI³ akolns\
    bpw At±l¯nsâ amXmhns\bpw,                         ‫ﻳﹸﻬﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹶ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻓِﻲ‬
                                                      ِ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
    `qanbnepÅ   apgph³    t]scbpw
    AÃmlp \in¸n¡m³ Dt±in¡pIbm
    sW¦n Ahsâ hà \S]Snbnepw                          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺨْﻠُﻖﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    kzm[o\w sNep¯m³ BÀ¡mWv
    IgnbpI? BImi§fpsSbpw, `qanbp                                                        ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
    sSbpw,   Ahbv¡nSbnepÅXnsâbpw
    FÃmw B[n]Xyw AÃmlphn¶s{X.
    Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶Xv Ah³ krjvSn
    ¡p¶p. AÃmlp GXv Imcy¯n\pw
    IgnhpÅh\s{X.
18. blqZcpw {InkvXym\nIfpw ]dªp:                      ِ‫٨١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    R§Ä AÃmlphnsâ a¡fpw Ah¶v
    {]nbs¸«hcpamIp¶p F¶v. (\_ntb,)                    ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺣِﺒﱠﺎﺅﹸﻩﹸ ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﻠِﻢﹶ ﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺑﹸﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺬُنُﻮﺑِﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻞْ ﺃَنﺘُﻢ‬
    ]dbpI: ]ns¶ F´n\mWv \n§fpsS
    Ipä§Ä¡v AÃmlp \n§sf in£n                          ‫ﺑﹶﺸﹶﺮﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﻦﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺏﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
                                                      ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
    ¡p¶Xv?    A§s\bÃ;       Ahsâ
    krjvSnIfn s]« a\pjyÀ am{Xam
    Ip¶p \n§Ä. Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶
  Previous Page                            First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                            151                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       hÀ¡v Ah³ s]mdp¯psImSp¡p
       Ibpw, Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hsc Ah³                                                         ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
       in£n¡pIbpw sN¿pw. BImi§fp
       sSbpw, `qanbpsSbpw, Ahbv¡nSbnep
       ÅXnsâbpw       FÃmw   B[n]Xyw
       AÃmlphn\s{X. Ah¦te¡v Xs¶
       bmWv aS¡w.
19. thZ¡mtc, ssZhZqX³amÀ hcmsX
    Hcp CSthf Ignª tijw \n§Ä¡v                         ‫٩١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟُﻨﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ‬
    ( Imcy§Ä ) hnhcn¨pX¶p sImWvSv                      ‫ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻓَﺘْﺮﹶﺓٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    \½psS ZqX³ CXm \n§fpsS ASp¯v
    h¶ncn¡p¶p. R§fpsS ASp¯v Hcp                        ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﺸِﲑٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﺬِﻳﺮٍ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﺑﹶﺸِﲑﹲ‬
    kt´mjhmÀ¯¡mct\m, Xm¡oXpIm
    ct\m h¶nà F¶v \n§Ä ]dbmXn                                          ‫ﻭﹶنَﺬِﻳﺮﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
    cn¡m³     thWvSnbmWnXv.  AsX,
    \n§Ä¡v kt´mjhmÀ¯ Adnbn¡p
    Ibpw, Xm¡oXv \ÂIpIbpw sN¿p¶
    BÄ ( CXm ) h¶p Ignªncn¡p¶p.
    AÃmlp GXv Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅ
    h\s{X.
20. aqkm Xsâ P\XtbmSv ]dª
    kµÀ`w (HmÀ¡pI:) Fsâ P\§tf,                         َ‫٠٢. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻣِﻪِ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺔ‬
    \n§fn {]hmNI³amsc \ntbmKn                         ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫْ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﻓِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﺒِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠَﻜُﻢ‬
    ¡pIbpw, \n§sf cmPm¡³amcm
    ¡pIbpw, a\pjycn \n¶v aämÀ¡pw                         ‫ﻣﱡﻠُﻮﻛًﺎ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﺎﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺕِ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    \ÂInbn«nÃm¯ ]eXpw \n§Ä¡v
    \ÂIpIbpw sNbvXvsImWvSv AÃmlp
    \n§sf      A\p{Kln¨Xv   \n§Ä
    HmÀ¡pI.
21. Fsâ P\§tf, AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v
    hn[n¨n«pÅ ]hn{X`qanbn \n§Ä                        ‫١٢. ﻳﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ ﺍﳌُﻘَﺪﱠﺳﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻛَﺘَﺐﹶ‬
    {]thin¡phn³. \n§Ä ]nt¶m¡w                          ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺮﹾﺗَﺪﱡﻭﺍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﺩﹾﺑﹶﺎﺭِﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺘَﻨﻘَﻠِﺒﹸﻮﺍ‬
    aS§cpXv. F¦n \n§Ä \jvS¡mcm
    bn amdpw.                                                                                            ‫ﺧﹶﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
22. AhÀ ]dªp: Hm; aqkm, ]cm{Ia
    imenIfmb Hcp P\XbmWv AhnsS ‫٢٢. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹰﺎ ﺟﹶﺒﱠﺎﺭِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻟَﻦ‬
    bpÅXv. AhÀ AhnsS \n¶v ]pd¯v ْ‫نﱠﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠَﻬﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﻳﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻳﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺟﹸﻮﺍ‬
    t]mIp¶Xv hsc R§Ä AhnsS
    {]thin¡pItbbnÃ. AhÀ AhnsS                                         ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﺎ ﺩﹶﺍﺧِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n¶v ]pd¯v t]mIp¶ ]£w XoÀ¨
    bmbpw R§Ä ( AhnsS ) {]thin¨p
    sImÅmw.

  Previous Page                             First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                              152                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


23. ssZh`bapÅhcn s]«, AÃmlp ‫٣٢. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺟﹸﻼﹶﻥِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    A\p{Kln¨    cWvSpt]À   ]dªp:
    \n§Ä AhcpsS t\À¡v IhmSw ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺩﹾﺧﹸﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏﹶ ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﺩﹶﺧﹶﻠْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻩﹸ‬
    IS¶v sN¶m XoÀ¨bmbpw \n§Ä ‫ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻏَﺎﻟِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﺘَﻮﹶﻛﱠﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ‬
    IS¶§v sNÃpI. A§s\ \n§Ä
    Xs¶bmbncn¡pw Pbn¡p¶Xv. \n§Ä                                                  ‫ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    hnizmknIfmsW¦n     AÃmlphnÂ
    \n§Ä `ctaÂ]n¡pI.

24. At¸mÄ AhÀ ]dªp: Hm; aqkm, ْ‫٤٢. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻟَﻦ نﱠﺪﹾﺧﹸﻠَﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺩﹶﺍﻣﹸﻮﺍ‬
    AhchnsS DWvSmbncn¡p¶ Ime
    t¯mfw R§sfmcn¡epw AhnsS ‫ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺎﺫْﻫﹶﺐﹾ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﻓَﻘَﺎﺗِﻼ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻫﹶﺎﻫﹸﻨﹶﺎ‬
                                                                             ‫ﻗَﺎﻋِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    {]thin¡pIbnÃ. AXn\m Xm¦fpw
    Xm¦fpsS c£nXmhpw IqSnt¸mbn
    bp²w sNbvXv sImÅpI. R§Ä
    ChnsS Ccn¡pIbmWv.

25. At±lw ( aqkm ) ]dªp: Fsâ ‫٥٢. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻻ ﺃَﻣﹾﻠِﻚﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ نَﻔْﺴِﻲ ﻭﹶﺃَﺧِﻲ‬
    c£nXmth, Fsâbpw Fsâ ktlmZc
    sâbpw ImcyaÃmsX Fsâ A[o\           ‫ﻓَﺎﻓْﺮﹸﻕْ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    ¯nenÃ. BIbm R§sfbpw Cu
    [n¡mcnIfmb P\§sfbpw X½nÂ
    thÀ]ncnt¡Wta.

26. Ah³ ( AÃmlp ) ]dªp: F¶m ‫٦٢. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﺤﹶﺮﱠﻣﹶﺔٌ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﺭﹾﺑﹶﻌِﲔﹶ ﺳﹶﻨﹶﺔً ﻳﹶﺘِﻴﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    B \mSv \mÂ]Xv sImÃt¯¡v AhÀ
    ¡v hne¡s¸«ncn¡pIbmWv; XoÀ¨. ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺄْﺱﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    ( A¡mea{Xbpw ) AhÀ `qanbnÂ
    A´w hn«v Aeªv \S¡p¶XmWv.
    BIbm B [n¡mcnIfmb P\§
    fpsS t]cn \o ZpxJn¡cpXv.

27. (\_ntb,) \o AhÀ¡v BZansâ ‫٧٢. ﻭﹶﺍﺗْﻞُ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ نَﺒﹶﺄَ ﺍﺑﹾﻨﹶﻲﹾ ﺁﺩﹶﻡﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺮﱠﺑﹶﺎ‬
    cWvSp]p{X³amcpsS hr¯m´w kXy
    {]Imcw ]dªptIÄ]n¡pI: AhÀ ‫ﻗُﺮﹾﺑﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻓَﺘُﻘُﺒﱢﻞَ ﻣِﻦ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪِﻫِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺘَﻘَﺒﱠﻞْ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    Hcmfn \n¶v _en kzoIcn¡s¸«p. ‫ﺍﻵﺧﹶﺮِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﺄَﻗْﺘُﻠَﻨﱠﻚﹶ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺘَﻘَﺒﱠﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    Ccphcpw Hmtcm _enbÀ¸n¨ kµÀ`w,
    aäh\n    \n¶v   kzoIcn¡s¸«nÃ.                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    aäh³     ]dªp:    Rm³    \ns¶
    sImes¸Sp¯pI Xs¶ sN¿pw. Ah³
    (_enkzoIcn¡ s¸«h³) ]dªp:
    [À½\njvTbp Åhcn \n¶p am{Xta
    AÃmlp kzoIcn¡pIbpÅq
  Previous Page                               First Page                                   Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                            153                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


28. Fs¶ sImÃphm³ thWvSn \o Fsâ ٍ‫٨٢. ﻟَﺌِﻦ ﺑﹶﺴﹶﻄﺖﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻙَ ﻟِﺘَﻘْﺘُﻠَﻨِﻲ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنَﺎْ ﺑِﺒﹶﺎﺳِﻂ‬
    t\sc ssI\o«nbm Xs¶bpw, \ns¶
    sImÃphm³ thWvSn Rm³ \nsâ ‫ﻳﹶﺪِﻱﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻟَﺄَﻗْﺘُﻠَﻚﹶ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃَﺧﹶﺎﻑﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺭﹶﺏﱠ‬
    t\sc ssI\o«p¶XÃ. XoÀ¨bmbpw
    Rm³ temIc£nXmhmb AÃmlpsh                                                       ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    `bs¸Sp¶p.
29. Fsâ Ipä¯n\pw, \nsâ Ipä¯n\pw ‫٩٢. ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃُﺭِﻳﺪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺒﹸﻮﺀﹶ ﺑِﺈِﺛْﻤِﻲ ﻭﹶﺇِﺛْﻤِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺘَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ‬
    \o AÀl\mbn¯ocphm\pw, A§s\
    \o \cImhIminIfpsS Iq«¯nemIp         ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    hm\pamWv Rm³ B{Kln¡p¶Xv.
    AXmWv A{IanIÄ¡pÅ {]Xn^ew.
30. F¶n«v Xsâ ktlmZcs\ sImÃphm³ ‫٠٣. ﻓَﻄَﻮﱠﻋﹶﺖﹾ ﻟَﻪﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹸﻪﹸ ﻗَﺘْﻞَ ﺃَﺧِﻴﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺘَﻠَﻪﹸ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺢﹶ‬
    Ahsâ a\Êv Ah¶v t{]cW \ÂIn.
    A§s\ Ahs\ sImes¸Sp¯n.                                                ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    AXn\m Ah³ \jvS¡mcnÂs]«
    h\mbn¯oÀ¶p.
31. At¸mÄ Xsâ ktlmZcsâ arXtZlw ‫١٣. ﻓَﺒﹶﻌﹶﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏُﺮﹶﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﺤﹶﺚﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻟِﻴﹸﺮِﻳﹶﻪﹸ‬
    adhp sNt¿WvSXv F§s\sb¶v
    Ah¶v     ImWn¨psImSp¡phm\mbn ‫ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻳﹸﻮﹶﺍﺭِﻱ ﺳﹶﻮﹾﺀﺓﹶ ﺃَﺧِﻴﻪِ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹾﻠَﺘَﺎ‬
    \ne¯v am´nIpgnbpWvSm¡p¶ Hcp
    Im¡sb AÃmlp Ab¨p. Ah³ ِ‫ﺃَﻋﹶﺠﹶﺰﹾﺕﹸ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺃَﻛُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﺜْﻞَ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺍﻟْﻐُﺮﹶﺍﺏ‬
                                     ‫ﻓَﺄُﻭﹶﺍﺭِﻱﹶ ﺳﹶﻮﹾﺀﺓﹶ ﺃَﺧِﻲ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺢﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺩِﻣِﲔﹶ‬
    ]dªp: Fs´mcp IjvSw! Fsâ
    ktlmZcsâ arXtZlw adhpsN¿p¶
    Imcy¯n    Cu   Im¡sbt¸mse
    BIm³ t]mepw F\n¡v IgnbmsX
    t]mbtÃm.     A§s\      Ah³
    tJZ¡mcpsS Iq«¯nembn¯oÀ¶p.
32. A¡mcW¯m C{kmbo k´Xn                              ‫٢٣. ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﺟﹾﻞِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻛَﺘَﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ‬
    IÄ¡v \mw C{]Imcw hn[n\ÂIpIbp
    WvSmbn:    asämcmsf   sIm¶Xn\v                     ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻗَﺘَﻞَ نَﻔْﺴﹰﺎ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ نَﻔْﺲٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻓَﺴﹶﺎﺩٍ ﻓِﻲ‬
    ]Icamtbm, `qanbn Ipg¸apWvSm¡n
    bXnsâ t]cntem AÃmsX hÃh\pw                         ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﻜَﺄَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺘَﻞَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ‬
                                                       ‫ﺃَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎﻫﹶﺎ ﻓَﻜَﺄَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﺣﹾﻴﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ‬
    Hcmsf sImes¸Sp¯nbmÂ, AXv
    a\pjysc apgph³ sImes¸Sp¯n
    bXn\v XpeyamIp¶p. HcmfpsS Poh³                     ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀ ﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠُﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ‬
    hÃh\pw c£n¨mÂ, AXv a\pjycpsS
    apgph³      Poh³      c£n¨Xn\v                                      ‫ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻟَﻤﹸﺴﹾﺮِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    XpeyamIp¶p.    \½psS    ZqX³amÀ
    hyIvXamb sXfnhpIfpambn AhcpsS
    (C{kmboeycpsS) ASp¯v sN¶n«p
    WvSv. F¶n«v AXn\p tijw AhcnÂ
  Previous Page                             First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                              154                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       [mcmfw t]À `qanbn AXn{Iaw
       {]hÀ¯n¨psImWvSncn¡pIbmWv.
33. AÃmlpthmSpw Ahsâ ZqXt\mSpw                           ‫٣٣. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺎﺭِﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟَﻪﹸ‬
    t]mcmSpIbpw, `qanbn Ipg¸apWvSm
    ¡m³ {ian¡pIbpw sN¿p¶hÀ¡pÅ                            ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﻌﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﺴﹶﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻘَﺘﱠﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾ‬
    {]Xn^ew AhÀ sIms¶mSp¡s¸Sp
    Itbm, {Iqin¡s¸SpItbm, AhcpsS                         ‫ﻳﹸﺼﹶﻠﱠﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗُﻘَﻄﱠﻊﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭﹾﺟﹸﻠُﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ‬
                                                         ‫ﺧِﻼﻑٍ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﻔَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺧِﺰﹾﻱﹲ‬
    ssIIfpw ImepIfpw FXnÀhi§fnÂ
    \n¶mbn       apdn¨pIfbs¸SpItbm,
    \mSpIS¯s¸SpItbm          sN¿pI                          ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    am{XamIp¶p. AXhÀ¡v CltemI
    ¯pÅ A]am\amIp¶p. ]ctemI¯v
    AhÀ¡v I\¯ in£bpapWvSmbn
    cn¡pw.
34. F¶mÂ, AhÀs¡Xncn \S]SnsbSp ‫٤٣. ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﺎﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘْﺪِﺭﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    ¡m³    \n§Ä¡v     Ignbp¶Xnsâ
    ap¼mbn ]ivNm¯]n¨v aS§nbhÀ                        ‫ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    CXn \ns¶mgnhmWv. AÃmlp Gsd
    s]mdp¡p¶h\pw      IcpWm\n[nbp
    msW¶v \n§Ä a\Ênem¡pI.
35. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä AÃmlp ِ‫٥٣. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺑﹾﺘَﻐُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻴﻪ‬
    sh kq£n¡pIbpw Ah\nte¡v
    ASp¡phm\pÅ amÀKw tXSpIbpw, ‫ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺳِﻴﻠَﺔَ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺎﻫِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻠِﻪِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    Ahsâ amÀK¯n kac¯n GÀ
    s]SpIbpw sN¿pI. \n§Ä¡v ( AXv                                                   ‫ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    hgn ) hnPbw {]m]n¡mw.
36. DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]nsâ \mfnse in£ ِ‫٦٣. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
    Hgnhmbn¡n«phm³ thWvSn {]mbivNn
    ¯w \ÂIp¶Xn\mbn kXy\ntj[n ِ‫ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻣِﺜْﻠَﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻪﹸ ﻟِﻴﹶﻔْﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡ‬
    IfpsS    ssIhiw     `qanbnepÅXv
    apgps¡bpw, A{XXs¶ thsdbpw         ‫ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻘُﺒﱢﻞَ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    DWvSmbncp¶m t]mepw AhcnÂ
    \n¶v   AXv    kzoIcn¡s¸SpIbnÃ
    Xs¶. AhÀ¡v thZ\tbdnb in£bm
    WpÅXv.
37. \cI¯n \n¶v ]pd¯v IS¡m³ ‫٧٣. ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢ‬
    AhÀ B{Kln¡pw. AXn \n¶v
    ]pd¯pt]mIm³ AhÀ¡v km[yamhp        ‫ﺑِﺨَﺎﺭِﺟِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻣﱡﻘِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    ItbbnÃ. \nc´camb in£bmWv
    AhÀ¡pÅXv.

  Previous Page                               First Page                                                   Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                             155                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


38. tamjvSn¡p¶hsâbpw tamjvSn¡p¶ ‫٨٣. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﺭِﻕُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﺭِﻗَﺔُ ﻓَﺎﻗْﻄَﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ‬
    hfpsSbpw ssIIÄ \n§Ä apdn¨p
    IfbpI. AhÀ k¼mZn¨Xn¶pÅ {]Xn ‫ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺎ نَﻜَﺎﻻً ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ‬
    ^ehpw, AÃmlphn¦Â \n¶pÅ
    amXrIm]camb     in£bpamWXv.                                                   ‫ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    AÃmlp {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\p
    amIp¶p.
39. F¶mÂ, A{Iaw sNbvXv t]mbXn\p ‫٩٣. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻇُﻠْﻤِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺢﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
    tijw hÃh\pw ]ivNm¯]n¡pIbpw,
    \ne]mSv    \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw                      ‫ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺏﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    sNbvXm XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp
    Ahsâ ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¡p¶
    XmWv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Gsd
    s]mdp¡p¶h\pw IcpW ImWn¡p¶
    h\pas{X.
40. BImi§fpsSbpw `qanbpsSbpw B[n ِ‫٠٤. ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽ‬
    ]Xyw AÃmlphn\msW¶v \n\¡dn
    ªvIqsS? Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶hsc ‫ﻳﹸﻌﹶﺬﱢﺏﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻐْﻔِﺮﹸ ﻟِﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    Ah³ in£n¡pIbpw, Ah³ Dt±in
    ¡p¶hÀ¡v Ah³ s]mdp¯psImSp                               ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
    ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p. AÃmlp GXp
    Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\s{X.
41. Hm, dkqte; kXy\ntj[¯nte¡v                           ‫١٤. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹸنﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺴﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    IpXn¨psNÃp¶hÀ         (AhcpsS
    {]hr¯n) \n\¡v ZpxJapWvSm¡mXncn                      ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺄَﻓْﻮﹶﺍﻫِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ‬
    ¡s«. AhÀ a\Ên hnizmkw
    IS¡msX R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p.                          ‫ﺗُﺆﹾﻣِﻦ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫِﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﺳﹶﻤﱠﺎﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
                                                        َ‫ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺬِﺏِ ﺳﹶﻤﱠﺎﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﺁﺧﹶﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗُﻮﻙ‬
    F¶v hmbsImWvSv ]dbp¶hcnÂ
    s]«hcmIs«, blqZaX¡mcn s]«h
    cmIs«, IÅw sNhntbmÀ¯v tIÄ¡p                         ‫ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺮﱢﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻠِﻢﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﻣﹶﻮﹶﺍﺿِﻌِﻪِ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻥﹾ‬
    ¶hcpw, \nsâ ASp¯v hcm¯ aäp
    BfpIfpsS hm¡pIÄ sNhntbmÀ¯p                          ْ‫ﺃُﻭﺗِﻴﺘُﻢﹾ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻓَﺨُﺬُﻭﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﺗُﺆﹾﺗَﻮﹾﻩﹸ ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﺬَﺭﹸﻭﺍ‬
    tIÄ¡p¶hcpamWhÀ.       thZhmIy
    §sf AhbpsS kµÀ`§fn \n¶p                            ِ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﺘْﻨﹶﺘَﻪﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﺗَﻤﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
                                                        ‫ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻄَﻬﱢﺮﹶ‬
    AhÀ amän¡fbp¶p. AhÀ ]dbpw:
    CtX hn[n Xs¶bmWv (\_nbpsS
    ]¡Â \n¶v) \n§Ä¡v \ÂIs¸Sp¶                           ِ‫ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﺧِﺰﹾﻱﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓ‬
    sX¦n AXv kzoIcn¡pI. AXÃ
    \ÂIs¸Sp¶sX¦n \n§Ä kq£n¨v                                                                       ‫ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    sImÅpI; hÃh¶pw \miw hcp¯m³
    AÃmlp Dt±in¡p¶ ]£w Ah¶p
    thWvSn AÃmlphn \n¶v bmsXm
  Previous Page                              First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                         156                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       ¶pw t\SnsbSp¡m³ \n\¡v km[n¡p
       ¶XÃ. A¯c¡mcpsS a\ÊpIsf
       ip²oIcn¡phm³ AÃmlp Dt±in
       ¨n«nÃ. AhÀ¡v CltemI¯v A]am\
       amWpÅXv. ]ctemI¯v AhÀ¡v
       I\¯       in£bpWvSmbncn¡pIbpw
       sN¿pw.
42. IÅw sNhntbmÀ¯v tIÄ¡p¶hcpw,                      ‫٢٤. ﺳﹶﻤﱠﺎﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺬِﺏِ ﺃَﻛﱠﺎﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟِﻠﺴﱡﺤﹾﺖِ ﻓَﺈِﻥ‬
    \njn²amb k¼mZyw [mcmfw Xn¶p¶
    hcpas{X AhÀ. AhÀ \nsâ ASp¯v                     ‫ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻙَ ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﺮِﺽﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    hcpIbmsW¦n AhÀ¡nSbn \o
    XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡pItbm, Ahsc AhK                       ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﻌﹾﺮِﺽﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻦ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻭﻙَ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ‬
                                                    ‫ﺣﹶﻜَﻤﹾﺖﹶ ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
    Wn¨v IfbpItbm sN¿pI. \o Ahsc
    AhKWn¨v Ifbp¶ ]£w AhÀ
    \n\¡v Hcp tZmjhpw hcp¯pIbnÃ.                                                        ‫ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻘْﺴِﻄِﲔﹶ‬
    F¶m \o XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡pIbm
    sW¦n AhÀ¡nSbn \oXn]qÀÆw
    XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡pI.    \oXn]men¡p¶
    hsc XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp kvt\ln
    ¡p¶p.
43. F¶m AhÀ F§s\bmWv \ns¶ ‫٣٤. ﻭﹶﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻳﹸﺤﹶﻜﱢﻤﹸﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹸ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
    hn[nIÀ¯mhm¡p¶Xv?     AhcpsS
    ]¡Â Xudm¯pWvSv. AXnemIs« ‫ﺣﹸﻜْﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
    AÃmlphnsâ    hn[nhne¡pIfpWvSv.
    F¶n«Xn\v tijhpw AhÀ ]n´n                                   ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    cnªv IfbpIbmWv. bYmÀXvY ¯nÂ
    AhÀ hnizmknItf AÃ.
44. XoÀ¨bmbpw     \mw      Xs¶bmWv                  ‫٤٤. ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶنُﻮﺭﹲ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ‬
    Xudm¯v AhXcn¸n¨ncn¡p¶Xv. AXn
    Â amÀKZÀi\hpw {]ImihpapWvSv.                    ْ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍ‬
    (AÃmlphn\v) Iogvs]« {]hmNI³amÀ
    blqZaX¡mÀ¡v        AXn\\pkcn¨v                  ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱠﺑﱠﺎنِﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺣﹾﺒﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘُﺤﹾﻔِﻈُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ‬
                                                    ْ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺨْﺸﹶﻮﹸﺍ‬
    hn[nIÂ]n¨v t]m¶p. ]pWyhm³amcpw
    ]WvUnX³amcpw (AtX {]Imcw Xs¶
    hn[nIÂ]n¨ncp¶p.) ImcWw AÃmlp                    ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺧﹾﺸﹶﻮﹾﻥِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺸﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻲ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﹰﺎ‬
    hnsâ {KÙ¯nsâ kwc£Ww AhÀ
    ¡v GÂ]n¡s¸«ncp¶p. AhcXn\v                       ‫ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
    km£nIfpambncp¶p.        AXn\mÂ
    \n§Ä P\§sf t]Sn¡msX Fs¶                                                                  ‫ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    am{Xw `bs¸SpI. Fsâ hN\§Ä
    \n§Ä XpNvOamb hnebv¡v hnäp
    IfbmXncn¡pI. AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨v
  Previous Page                          First Page                                                       Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                157                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       X¶X\pkcn¨v BÀ hn[n¡p¶nÃtbm
       AhÀ Xs¶bmIp¶p AhnizmknIÄ .
45. Poh\v Poh³, I®n\v I®v, aq¡n\v          ِ‫٥٤. ﻭﹶﻛَﺘَﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻔْﺲﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱠﻔْﺲ‬
    aq¡v, sNhn¡v sNhn, ]Ãn\v ]Ãv,
    apdnhpIÄ¡v X¯peyamb {]Xn{Inb           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻌﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَنﻒﹶ ﺑِﺎﻷَنﻒِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷُﺫُﻥﹶ‬
    F¶n§ns\bmWv AXn (Xudm
    ¯nÂ) \mw AhÀ¡v \nbaambn sh¨n           ‫ﺑِﺎﻷُﺫُﻥِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺴﱢﻦﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟﺴﱢﻦﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠﹸﺮﹸﻭﺡﹶ ﻗِﺼﹶﺎﺹﹲ‬
                                           ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﺗَﺼﹶﺪﱠﻕَ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﻛَﻔﱠﺎﺭﹶﺓﹲ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢ‬
    «pÅXv. hÃh\pw ({]Xn{Inb sN¿msX
    ) am¸p\ÂIp¶ ]£w AXv Ah¶v
    ]m]tamN\ (¯n\v DXIp¶ Hcp                            ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ]pWyIÀ½) amIp¶p. BÀ AÃmlp
    AhXcn¸n¨X\pkcn¨v       hn[n¡p¶n
    Ãtbm AhÀ Xs¶bmWv A{IanIÄ.
46. Ahsc (B {]hmNI³amsc) ¯pS
    À¶v AhcpsS ImÂ]mSpIfnembn              ‫٦٤. ﻭﹶﻗَﻔﱠﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺁﺛَﺎﺭِﻫِﻢ ﺑِﻌﹶﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦِ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ‬
    s¡mWvSv aÀbansâ aI³ Cukmsb             ‫ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓِ ﻭﹶﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ‬
    Xsâ     ap¼nepÅ    Xudm¯ns\
    icnsh¡p¶h\mbns¡mWvSv     \mw           ‫ﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞَ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶنُﻮﺭﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
    \ntbmKn¨p.   k³amÀK\nÀtZihpw,
    kXy{]Imihpw AS§nb C³Poepw                  ‫ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻮﹾﻋِﻈَﺔً ﻟﱢﻠْﻤﹸﺘﱠﻘِﲔﹶ‬
    At±l¯n\v \mw \ÂIn. AXnsâ
    ap¼nepÅ Xudm¯ns\ icnsh¡p
    ¶Xpw, kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ¡v
    kZp]tZihpas{X AXv.
47. C³Poensâ A\pbmbnIÄ, AÃmlp
    AhXcn¸n¨X\pkcn¨v    hn[nIÂ]n           ‫٧٤. ﻭﹶﻟْﻴﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞُ ﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ‬
    ¡s«. AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨X\pkcn¨v            ‫ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﺄُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ‬
    BÀ hn[n¡p¶nÃtbm AhÀ Xs¶
    bmIp¶p [n¡mcnIÄ.                                                                       ‫ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
48.
                                           ‫٨٤. ﻭﹶﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻣﹸﺼﹶﺪﱢﻗًﺎ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﺎ‬
        ( \_ntb, ) \n\¡nXm kXy{]Imcw
       thZ{KÙw AhXcn¸n¨v X¶ncn¡p¶p.
       AXnsâ ap¼nepÅ thZ{KÙ§sf             ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻬﹶﻴﹾﻤِﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻓَﺎﺣﹾﻜُﻢ‬
       icnsh¡p¶Xpw Ahsb Im¯p
       c£n¡p¶Xpas{X AXv. AXn\m \o         ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ‬
       AhÀ¡nSbn \mw AhXcn¸n¨v
       X¶X\pkcn¨v        hn[nIÂ]n¡pI.      ً‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻟِﻜُﻞﱟ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷِﺮﹾﻋﹶﺔ‬
       \n\¡v h¶pIn«nb kXys¯ hn«v \o
       AhcpsS X¶njvS§sf ]n³]änt]mI         ‫ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎﺟﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﺠﹶﻌﹶﻠَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔً ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓﹰ‬
                                           ‫ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻟﱢﻴﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻮﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﹶﺂ ﺁﺗَﺎﻛُﻢ ﻓَﺎﺳﹾﺘَﺒِﻘُﻮﺍ‬
       cpXv. \n§fn Hmtcm hn`mK¯n\pw
       Hmtcm \nba{Iahpw IÀ½amÀKhpw
       \mw     \nivNbn¨v   X¶ncn¡p¶p.      ‫ﺍﳋَﻴﹾﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬
       AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncps¶¦n \n§sf
       Ah³ Hscmä kapZmbam¡pambn
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda            158                                   Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                           ‫ﻓَﻴﹸﻨﹶﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺗَﺨْﺘَﻠِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    cp¶p. ]s£ \n§Ä¡h³ \ÂInbn
    «pÅXn \n§sf ]co£n¡phm³
    (Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶p.) AXn\m \Ã
    Imcy§fnte¡v \n§Ä aXvkcn¨v
    apt¶dpI.     AÃmlphn¦te¡s{X
    \n§fpsSsbÃmw   aS¡w.    \n§Ä
    `n¶n¨ncp¶ hnjb§sf¸än At¸mf
    h³ \n§Ä¡v Adnbn¨v Xcp¶XmWv.
49. AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨X\pkcn¨v AhÀ         ‫٩٤. ﻭﹶﺃَﻥِ ﺍﺣﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺂ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹾ‬
    ¡nSbn \o hn[nIÂ]n¡pIbpw,
    AhcpsS X¶njvS§sf ]n³]ämXncn        ِ‫ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺣﹾﺬَﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘِﻨﹸﻮﻙَ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
    ¡pIbpw, AÃmlp \n\¡v AhXcn
    ¸n¨v X¶ hà \nÀtZi¯n \n¶pw         ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﺍْ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ‬
                                       ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺼِﻴﺒﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾِ ﺫُنُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
    AhÀ \ns¶ sXän¨pIfbp¶Xns\¸än
    \o Pm{KX ]peÀ¯pIbpw sN¿W
    sa¶pw (\mw IÂ]n¡p¶p.) C\n                                                      ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻟَﻔَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AhÀ ]n´ncnªv IfbpIbmsW¦nÂ
    \o a\Ênem¡Ww; AhcpsS Nne
    ]m]§Ä ImcWambn AhÀ¡v \miw
    hcp¯Wsa¶mWv AÃmlp Dt±in¡p
    ¶sX¶v. XoÀ¨bmbpw a\pjycnÂ
    A[nIt]cpw [n¡mcnIfmIp¶p.
50. Pmlnen¿¯nsâ (A\nkvemanI amÀK
    ¯nsâ) hn[nbmtWm AhÀ tXSp¶Xv?       ‫٠٥. ﺃَﻓَﺤﹸﻜْﻢﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﻫِﻠِﻴﱠﺔِ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻐُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    ZrVhnizmknIfmb        P\§Ä¡v                                        ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺣﹸﻜْﻤﹰﺎ ﻟﱢﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹸﻮﻗِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AÃmlpsh¡mÄ \à hn[nIÀ¯mhv
    BcmWpÅXv?
51. kXyhnizmknItf,
                                       ‫١٥. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹶ‬
                        blqZscbpw
    ss{IkvXhtcbpw \n§Ä Däan{X
    §fmbn kzoIcn¡cpXv. AhcmIs«,        ٍ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾ‬
    At\ym\yw Däan{X§fmWv Xm\pw.
    \n§fn    \n¶msc¦nepw   Ahsc       ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ‬
    Däan{X§fmbn kzoIcn¡p¶ ]£w
    Ah\pw Ahcn s]«h³ Xs¶bmWv.                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    A{IanIfmb BfpIsf AÃmlp
    t\Àhgnbnem¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.
52. F¶mÂ, a\ÊpIÄ¡v tcmKw _m[n¨
    Nne BfpIÄ AhcpsS Imcy¯n           ‫٢٥. ﻓَﺘَﺮﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺮﹶﺽﹲ ﻳﹸﺴﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    (Ahcpambn kvt\l_Ôw kvYm]n          ‫ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ نَﺨْﺸﹶﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﺼِﻴﺒﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﺩﹶﺁﺋِﺮﹶﺓﹲ ﻓَﻌﹶﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    ¡p¶XnÂ) XnSp¡w Iq«p¶Xmbn
    \n\¡v ImWmw. R§Ä¡v hà              ْ‫ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻔَﺘْﺢِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻩِ ﻓَﻴﹸﺼﹾﺒِﺤﹸﻮﺍ‬
                                                        ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺳﹶﺮﱡﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَنْﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ نَﺎﺩِﻣِﲔﹶ‬
    B]¯pw kw`hnt¨¡ptam F¶v
    R§Ä `bs¸Sp¶p. F¶mbncn¡pw
  Previous Page             First Page                                                                Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                159                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


       AhÀ ]dbp¶Xv. F¶m AÃmlp
       (\n§Ä¡v) ]qÀ®hnPbw \ÂIp
       Itbm, Asæn Ahsâ ]¡Â
       \n¶v aäphà \S]Snbpw DWvSmIp
       Itbm      sNbvtX¡mw.    At¸mÄ
       X§fpsS a\ÊpIfn clkyam¡n
       sh¨Xns\¸än Cu Iq«À tJZn¡p
       ¶hcmbn¯ocpw.
53.
                                           ْ‫٣٥. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﻗْﺴﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍ‬
       (A¶v) kXyhnizmknIÄ ]dbpw;
       R§Ä \n§fpsS IqsS¯s¶bmWv,
       F¶v AÃmlphnsâ t]cn _eambn          ‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻬﹾﺪﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻤﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺒِﻄَﺖﹾ‬
       kXyw sNbvXv ]dªncp¶hÀ C¡q«À
       Xs¶bmtWm?        F¶v.  AhcpsS                            ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﻤﹶﺎﻟُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹶﺎﺳِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
       IÀ½§Ä \njv^eamIpIbpw, A§
       s\ AhÀ \jvS¡mcmbn amdpIbpw
       sNbvXncn¡p¶p.
54.
                                           ِ‫٤٥. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺮﹾﺗَﺪﱠ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻪ‬
       kXyhnizmknItf, \n§fn Bsc¦n
       epw Xsâ aX¯n \n¶v ]n´ncnªv
       Ifbp¶ ]£w AÃmlp CjvSs¸Sp            ٍ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹸﺤِﺒﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺤِﺒﱡﻮنَﻪﹸ ﺃَﺫِﻟﱠﺔ‬
       ¶hcpw, AÃmlpsh CjvSs¸Sp¶hcp
       amb asämcp P\hn`mKs¯ AÃmlp          ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ ﺃَﻋِﺰﱠﺓٍ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
       ]Icw sImWvSv hcp¶XmWv. AhÀ
       hnizmknItfmSv hn\bw ImWn¡p          َ‫ﻳﹸﺠﹶﺎﻫِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻮﹾﻣﹶﺔ‬
       ¶hcpw, kXy\ntj[nItfmSv {]Xm]w
       {]ISn¸n¡p¶hcpambncn¡pw. AhÀ         ‫ﻵﺋِﻢٍ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﻀْﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗِﻴﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻊﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
       AÃmlphnsâ amÀK¯n kac¯nÂ
       GÀs]Spw.     Hcp     Bt£]Isâ
       Bt£]hpw AhÀ `bs¸SpIbnÃ.
       AXv AÃmlphnsâ A\p{Klas{X.
       Ah³       Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v     AXv
       \ÂIp¶p.      AÃmlp    hn]peamb
       IgnhpÅh\pw kÀÆPvR\pas{X.
55.
                                           ‫٥٥. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﱡﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟُﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
       AÃmlphpw Ahsâ ZqX\pw, Xmgvabp
       Åhcmbns¡mWvSv         \akvImcw
       apdt]mse \nÀhln¡pIbpw kIm¯v           ‫ﻳﹸﻘِﻴﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺆﹾﺗُﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻛَﺎﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺍﻛِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
       \ÂIpIbpw sN¿p¶ kXyhnizmkn
       Ifpw am{XamIp¶p \n§fpsS Däan{X
       §Ä.
56.
                                           ‫٦٥. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻝﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ‬
       hÃh\pw AÃmlpshbpw Ahsâ
       ZqXs\bpw,     kXyhnizmknIsfbpw
       an{X§fmbn     kzoIcn¡p¶psh¦n                                      ‫ﺣِﺰﹾﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐَﺎﻟِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
       XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlphnsâ I£n
       Xs¶bmWv hnPbw t\Sp¶hÀ.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                              160                   Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


57. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä¡v ap¼v
    thZ{KÙw \ÂIs¸«hcn \n¶v ْ‫٧٥. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬُﻭﺍ‬
    \n§fpsS aXs¯ Xamibpw hnt\mZ ‫ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻫﹸﺰﹸﻭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻌِﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
    hnjbhpam¡n XoÀ¯hscbpw, kXy
    \ntj[nIsfbpw \n§Ä Däan{X§ ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻜُﻔﱠﺎﺭﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥ‬
    fmbn kzoIcn¡cpXv. \n§Ä kXy
    hnizmknIfmsW¦n     AÃmlpsh                                              ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    kq£n¡phn³.
58. \n§Ä \akvImc¯n¶mbn hnfn¨mÂ, ‫٨٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ نَﺎﺩﹶﻳﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬُﻭﻫﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﺰﹸﻭﹰﺍ‬
    AhcXns\ Hcp Xamibpw hnt\mZ
    hnjbhpam¡n¯oÀ¡p¶p.    AhÀ                  ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻌِﺒﹰﺎ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡﹲ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Nn´n¨pa\Ênem¡m¯ Hcp P\hn`mK
    ambXv sImWvSs{X AXv.
59. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: thZ¡mtc, AÃmlp ‫٩٥. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻫﹶﻞْ ﺗَﻨﻘِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥﹾ‬
    hnepw (Ah¦Â \n¶v) R§ Ä¡v
    AhXcn¸n¡s¸« thZ¯nepw, ap¼v ُ‫ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞ‬
    AhXcn¸n¡s¸« thZ¯nepw R§Ä
    hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p F¶Xv sImWvSpw,                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n§fn A[nIt]cpw [n¡mcnIfmWv
    F¶Xv sImWvSpw am{X atà \n§Ä
    R§sf Ipäs¸Sp¯p ¶Xv?
60. ]dbpI:    F¶m      AÃmlphnsâ ِ‫٠٦. ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹶﻞْ ﺃُنَﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺸﹶﺮﱟ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺜُﻮﺑﹶﺔً ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
    ASp¡Â AXns\¡mÄ tamiamb
    {]Xn^eapÅhsc ]än Rm³ \n§ ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻏَﻀِﺐﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    Ä¡v Adnbn¨pXcs«tbm? GsXmcp
    hn`mKs¯ AÃmlp i]n¡pIbpw ‫ﺍﻟْﻘِﺮﹶﺩﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺨَﻨﹶﺎﺯِﻳﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺒﹶﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﻏُﻮﺕﹶ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
                                             ِ‫ﺷﹶﺮﱞ ﻣﱠﻜَﺎنﺎً ﻭﹶﺃَﺿَﻞﱡ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
    AhtcmSh³ tIm]n¡pIbpw sNbvXp
    thm, GXv hn`mK¯n s]«hsc
    AÃmlp Ipc§pIfpw ]¶nIfpam¡n
    ¯oÀ¯pthm,       GsXmcp  hn`mKw
    ZpÀaqÀ¯nIsf         Bcm[n¨pthm
    Ahcs{X Gähpw tamiamb kvYm\ap
    Åhcpw t\ÀamÀK¯n \n¶v Gsd
    ]ng¨v t]mbhcpw.
61. \n§fpsS ASp¯v hcpt¼mÄ AhÀ ْ‫١٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻛُﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﹶﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪ ﺩﱠﺧﹶﻠُﻮﺍ‬
    ]dbpw, R§Ä hnizkn¨ncn¡p¶p
    F¶v. hmkvXh¯n AhÀ Ahnizm ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﻜُﻔْﺮِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﺮﹶﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
    kt¯msSbmWv IS¶ph¶n«p ÅXv.
    Ahnizmkt¯mSv IqSn¯s¶ bmWv                                            ‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AhÀ ]pd¯v t]mbn«pÅXpw. AhÀ
    Hfn¨psh¨p sImWvSncn¡p¶Xns\¸än
    AÃmlp \Ãh®w Adnbp¶h\m Ip¶p.
  Previous Page                               First Page                                  Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                            161                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


62. Ahcne[nIw    t]cpw    ]m]IrXy                      ِ‫٢٦. ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹶﻯ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺴﹶﺎﺭِﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻹِﺛْﻢ‬
    §fnepw, AXn{Ia¯nepw, \njn²
    k¼mZyw `pPn¡p¶Xnepw aXvkcn¨v                       ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹸﺪﹾﻭﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻛْﻠِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺤﹾﺖﹶ ﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
    apt¶dp¶Xmbn \n\¡v ImWmw. AhÀ
    {]hÀ¯n¨p sImWvSncn¡p¶Xv hfsc                                                                             ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    No¯ Xs¶.
63. IpäIcambXv AhÀ ]dbp¶Xn                            ‫٣٦. ﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺑﱠﺎنِﻴﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺣﹾﺒﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻋﹶﻦ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟِﻬِﻢﹸ‬
    \n¶pw \njn²amb k¼mZyw AhÀ
    Xn¶pXn \n¶pw ]pWy]pcpj³amcpw                      ْ‫ﺍﻹِﺛْﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻛْﻠِﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺤﹾﺖﹶ ﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
    ]WvUnX³amcpw    Ahsc     XSbm
    Xncp¶Xv F´vsImWvSmWv? AhÀ                                                                              ‫ﻳﹶﺼﹾﻨﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    sNbvXv sImWvSncn¡p¶Xv hfsc
    No¯ Xs¶.
64. AÃmlphnsâ ssIIÄ _Ôn¡s¸«n                           ‫٤٦. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟَﺖِ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹸ ﻳﹶﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﻐْﻠُﻮﻟَﺔٌ ﻏُﻠﱠﺖﹾ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    cn¡pIbmWv    F¶v   blqZ³amÀ
    ]dªp AhcpsS ssIIÄ _ÔnX                             ‫ﻭﹶﻟُﻌِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻞْ ﻳﹶﺪﹶﺍﻩﹸ ﻣﹶﺒﹾﺴﹸﻮﻃَﺘَﺎﻥِ ﻳﹸﻨﻔِﻖﹸ‬
    amIs«. AhÀ ]dª hm¡v ImcWw
    AhÀ i]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. AÃ,                            َ‫ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَﻴﹶﺰِﻳﺪﹶﻥﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝ‬
                                                       ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻃُﻐْﻴﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﻛُﻔْﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺃَﻟْﻘَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    Ahsâ Ccp ssIIfpw \nhÀ¯
    s¸«hbmIp¶p.    Ah³     F§s\
    Dt±in¡p¶pthm A§s\ sNehgn                           ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹶﺍﻭﹶﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻐْﻀَﺎﺀ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ‬
    ¡p¶p. \n\¡v \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â
    \n¶v   AhXcn¸n¡s¸«     ktµiw                       ‫ﺃَﻭﹾﻗَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ نَﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﱢﻠْﺤﹶﺮﹾﺏِ ﺃَﻃْﻔَﺄَﻫﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﻌﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ‬
    Ahcn A[nIw t]À¡pw [n¡mchpw
    Ahnizmkhpw hÀ²n¸n¡pI Xs¶                           ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﺴﹶﺎﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
                                                                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻔْﺴِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    sN¿pw. AhÀ¡nSbn DbnÀs¯gp
    t¶Â]nsâ \mfphsc i{XpXbpw
    hntZzjhpw   \mw   C«psImSp¯n
    cn¡pIbmWv. AhÀ bp²¯n\v Xo
    sImfp¯pt¼msgÃmw AÃmlp AXv
    sISp¯n¡fbp¶p. AhÀ \m«nÂ
    Ipg¸apWvSm¡phm³ thWvSn {ian¡p
    IbmWv. Ipg¸¡msc AÃmlp CjvS
    s¸Sp¶nÃ.
65. thZ¡mÀ hnizkn¡pIbpw kq£vaX ‫٥٦. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﹾﺍْ ﻟَﻜَﻔﱠﺮﹾنَﺎ‬
    ]men¡pIbpw   sNbvXncp¶psh¦nÂ
    Ahcn \n¶v AhcpsS Xn³aIÄ ِ‫ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻴﱢﺌَﺎﺗِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻷﺩﹾﺧﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻌِﻴﻢ‬
    \mw ambv¨pIfbpIbpw A\p{Kl
    ]qÀ®amb kzÀKt¯m¸pIfn \mw
    Ahsc {]thin¸n¡pIbpw sN¿pambn
    cp¶p.

  Previous Page                             First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda               162                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


66. Xudm¯pw,     C³Poepw,    AhÀ¡v        َ‫٦٦. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻗَﺎﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝ‬
    AhcpsS      c£nXmhn¦Â       \n¶v
    AhXcn¸n¡s¸« ktµi§fpw AhÀ              ِ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻷﻛَﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﻓَﻮﹾﻗِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺖ‬
    t\cmwh®w \ne\nÀ¯nbncps¶¦nÂ
    X§fpsS      apIÄ`mK¯v     \n¶pw,      ‫ﺃَﺭﹾﺟﹸﻠِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٌ ﻣﱡﻘْﺘَﺼِﺪﹶﺓﹲ ﻭﹶﻛَﺜِﲑﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    ImepIÄ¡v Nph«n \n¶pw AhÀ¡v
    Blmcw e`n¡pambncp¶p. Ahcn                                                    ‫ﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Xs¶ anXXzw ]men¡p¶ Hcp
    kaqlapWvSv.    F¶m      AhcnÂ
    A[nIw t]cpsSbpw {]hÀ¯\§Ä
    hfsc No¯ Xs¶.
67. tl; dkqte, \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â             ‫٧٦. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝُ ﺑﹶﻠﱢﻎْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ‬
    \n¶v \n\¡v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xv \o
    ( P\§Ä¡v ) F¯n¨psImSp¡pI.             ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﺗَﻔْﻌﹶﻞْ ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻠﱠﻐْﺖﹶ ﺭِﺳﹶﺎﻟَﺘَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    A§s\ sN¿m¯ ]£w \o Ahsâ
    ZuXyw \ndthänbn«nÃ. P\§fn            ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺼِﻤﹸﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ‬
    \n¶v AÃmlp \ns¶ c£n¡p¶XmWv.
    kXy\ntj[nIfmb           BfpIsf                                                         ‫ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnem
    ¡pIbnÃ.
68. ]dbpI:    thZ¡mtc,     Xudm¯pw        ‫٨٦. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻟَﺴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ‬
    C³Poepw     \n§Ä¡v      \n§fpsS
    c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«            ‫ﺗُﻘِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
    ktµi§fpw \n§Ä ( t\cmwh®w )
    \ne\nÀ¯p¶Xv       hsc     \n§Ä        ‫ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻴﹶﺰِﻳﺪﹶﻥﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ‬
    bmsXmcp        ASnkvYm\¯nepaÃ.
    F¶m \n\¡v \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â             ِ‫ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻃُﻐْﻴﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﻛُﻔْﺮﹰﺍ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺄْﺱﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡ‬
                                                                                           ‫ﺍﻟْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    \n¶v   AhXcn¸n¡s¸«       ktµiw
    Ahcn A[nIt]À¡pw [n¡mchpw
    Ahnizmkhpw hÀ²n¸n¡pI Xs¶
    sN¿pw. AXn\m kXy\ntj[nIfmb
    P\§sf¸än \o ZpxJnt¡WvSXnÃ.
69. kXyhnizmknItfm,         blqZtcm,      ‫٩٦. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺑِﺆﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    km_nItfm, ss{IkvXhtcm Bcm
    Is«, Ahcn \n¶v AÃmlphnepw            ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‬
    A´y Zn\¯nepw hnizkn¡pIbpw,
    kÂIÀ½§Ä          {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw         ‫ﻭﻋﹶﻤِﻞَ ﺻﹶﺎﻟِﺤﹰﺎ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
    sNbvXhÀ¡v      bmsXm¶pw   `bs¸
    tSWvSXnÃ. AhÀ ZpxJnt¡WvSn hcnI                                                           ‫ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    bpanÃ.
70. C{kmbo k´XnItfmSv \mw IcmÀ           ‫٠٧. ﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎ ﻣِﻴﺜَﺎﻕَ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ‬
    hm§pIbpw, Ahcnte¡v \mw ZqX³
    amsc Ab¡pIbpw sNbvXn«pWvSv.           َ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻼﹰ ﻛُﻠﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٌ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻻ‬
  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                  163                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                  ‫ﺗَﻬﹾﻮﹶﻯ ﺃَنْﻔُﺴﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻓَﺮِﻳﻘًﺎ ﻳﹶﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
       AhcpsS a\Ên\v ]nSn¡m¯ Imcy§
       fpambn AhcpsS ASp¯v GsX¦nep
       samcp ZqX³ sN¶t¸msfms¡ ZqX³
       amcn    Hcp   hn`mKs¯     AhÀ
       \ntj[n¨v XÅpIbpw, asämcp hn`mK
       s¯ AhÀ sImes¸Sp¯pIbpamWv
       sNbvXXv.
71.    Hcp Ipg¸hpapWvSmIpIbnsöv AhÀ         ‫١٧. ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺴِﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﺘْﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻓَﻌﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺻﹶﻤﱡﻮﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬
       IW¡v Iq«pIbpw, A§s\ AhÀ
       AÔcpw       _[nccpambnIgnbpIbpw       ‫ﺗَﺎﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻋﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺻﹶﻤﱡﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹲ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
       sNbvXp. ]n¶oSv AÃmlp AhcpsS
       ]ivNm¯m]w kzoIcn¨p. hoWvSpw                                           ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑﹶﺼِﲑﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
       Ahcn      A[nIt]cpw    AÔcpw
       _[nccpambn¡gnªp.         F¶mÂ
       AÃmlp AhÀ {]hÀ¯n¡p¶sXÃmw
       IWvSdnbp¶h\mIp¶p.
72.    aÀbansâ aI³ akolv Xs¶bmWv             ‫٢٧. ﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ‬
       AÃmlp F¶v ]dªhÀ XoÀ¨bmbpw
       AhnizmknIfmbncn¡p¶p. F¶m             ْ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﺍﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍ‬
       akolv      ]dªXv;      C{kmboÂ
       k´XnItf, Fsâbpw \n§fpsSbpw            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻙْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ‬
       c£nXmhmb AÃmlpsh \n§Ä
       Bcm[n¡phn³.          AÃmlpthmSv       ‫ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﻪِ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﻨﱠﺔَ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺄْﻭﹶﺍﻩﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
                                                                                 ٍ‫ﻟِﻠﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺼﹶﺎﺭ‬
       hÃh\pw      ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶      ]£w
       XoÀ¨bmbpw AÃmlp Ah¶v kzÀKw
       \njn²am¡p¶XmWv. \cIw Ahsâ
       hmkkvYeambncn¡pIbpw       sN¿pw.
       A{IanIÄ¡v klmbnIfmbn Bcpw
       Xs¶bnÃ. F¶mWv.
73.    AÃmlp aqhcn HcmfmWv F¶v              ‫٣٧. ﻟﱠﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺚﹸ ﺛَﻼﹶﺛَﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
       ]dªhÀ XoÀ¨bmbpw AhnizmknI
       fmWv. GI Bcm[y\ÃmsX bmsXmcp           ‫ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺇِﻟَـﻪٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻨﺘَﻬﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ‬
       Bcm[y\pw CÃ Xs¶. AhÀ B
       ]dbp¶Xn \n¶v hncan¨nsæn            ‫ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻟَﻴﹶﻤﹶﺴﱠﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ‬
       Ahcn \n¶v Ahnizkn¨hÀ¡v thZ
       \tbdnb in£ _m[n¡pI Xs¶                                                                             ‫ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
       sN¿pw.
74.    BIbm AhÀ AÃmlphnte¡v                 ‫٤٧. ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﻳﹶﺘُﻮﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻐْﻔِﺮﹸﻭنَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
       tJZn¨paS§pIbpw,         Aht\mSv
       ]m]tamN\w tXSpIbpw sN¿p¶ntÃ?                                                                   ‫ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
       AÃmlp     Gsd     s]mdp¡p¶h\pw
       IcpWm\n[nbpas{X.

  Previous Page                   First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                             164                   Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


75. aÀbansâ aI³ akolv Hcp ssZh ‫٥٧. ﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﺴِﻴﺢﹸ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻝٌ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﻠَﺖﹾ‬
    ZqX³ am{XamIp¶p. At±l¯n\v ap¼v
    ZqX³amÀ Ignªpt]mbn«pWvSv. At± ِ‫ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻪِ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞُ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣﱡﻪﹸ ﺻِﺪﱢﻳﻘَﺔٌ ﻛَﺎنَﺎ ﻳﹶﺄْﻛُﻼﹶﻥ‬
    l¯nsâ amXmhv kXyhXnbpamIp¶p.
    AhÀ Ccphcpw `£WwIgn¡p¶ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌﹶﺎﻡﹶ ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ نُﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ‬
                                                                           ‫ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻓَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    hcmbncp¶p. t\m¡q; F¶n«pw AhÀ
    F§s\bmWv ( kXy¯n \n¶v )
    sXän¡s¸Sp¶sX¶v.
76. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: AÃmlpsh IqSm ‫٦٧. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺗَﻌﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﻠِﻚﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    sX \n§Ä¡v D]Imctam D]{Zhtam
    sN¿m³     Ignbm¯    hkvXp¡sf          ‫ﺍ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﻔْﻌﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬‫ﺿَﺮ‬
    bmtWm \n§Ä Bcm[n¡p¶Xv?
    AÃmlphmIs«     FÃmw   tIÄ¡p
    ¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\pamIp¶p.

77. ]dbpI: thZ¡mtc, kXy¯ns\ ‫٧٧. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﻞَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻻَ ﺗَﻐْﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺩِﻳﻨِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ‬
    Xncmbns¡mWvSv \n§fpsS aXImcy
    ¯n     \n§Ä    AXncpIhnbcpXv. ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺿَﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦ‬
    t]sc hgn]ng¸n¡pIbpw t\ÀamÀK ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﺃَﺿَﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺿَﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﻮﹶﺍﺀ‬
    apt¼]ng¨v t]mIpIbpw, [mcmfw
    ¯n \n¶v sXänt¸mIpIbpw sNbvX                                                    ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺒِﻴﻞ‬
    Hcp P\hn`mK¯nsâ X¶njvS§sf
    \n§Ä ]n³]äpIbpw sN¿cpXv.

78. C{kmbo k´XnIfnse kXy\ntj ‫٨٧. ﻟُﻌِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
    [nIÄ ZmhqZnsâbpw, aÀbansâ aI³
    CukmbpsSbpw \mhneqsS i]n¡ ‫ﻟِﺴﹶﺎﻥِ ﺩﹶﺍﻭﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﻭﹶﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦِ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
                                                           ‫ﻋﹶﺼﹶﻮﺍ ﻭﱠﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    s¸«ncn¡p¶p. AhÀ A\pkcWt¡Sv
    ImWn¡pIbpw, AXn{Iaw ssIs¡m
    ÅpIbpw sNbvXXnsâ ^eas{X AXv.

79. AhÀ   sNbvXncp¶    ZpcmNmcs¯ ‫٩٧. ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﺘَﻨﹶﺎﻫﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦ ﻣﱡﻨﻜَﺮٍ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    AhÀ At\ym\yw XSbpambncp¶nÃ.
    AhÀ sNbvXv sImWvSncp¶Xv hfsc                                          ‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    No¯ Xs¶.

80. Ahcne[nIt]cpw kXy\ntj[nIsf ‫٠٨. ﺗَﺮﹶﻯ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟَﺒِﺌْﺲﹶ‬
    Däan{X§fmbn kzoIcn¡p¶Xv \n\¡v
    ImWmw. kz´¯n\p thWvSn AhÀ ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﱠﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﺳﹶﺨِﻂَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
                                             ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    ap³Iq«n Hcp¡nsh¨n«pÅXv hfsc
    No¯ Xs¶. (AXmbXv) AÃmlp
    AhcpsS t\sc tIm]n¨ncn¡p¶p
    F¶Xv. in£bn AhÀ \nXyhmknI
  Previous Page                              First Page                                  Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda               165                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       fmbncn¡p¶XpamWv.
81. AhÀ AÃmlphnepw {]hmNI\nepw,           ِ‫١٨. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻪﻠﻟ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻲﱢ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
    At±l¯n\v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xnepw
    hnizkn¨ncp¶psh¦n Ahsc (Ahn           ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬُﻭﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    izmknIsf) Däan{X§fmbn kzoIcn
    ¡pambncp¶nÃ.     ]s£,   Ahcn                                                           ‫ﻓَﺎﺳِﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    A[nIt]cpw [n¡mcnI fmIp¶p.
82. P\§fn          kXyhnizmknItfmSv      ْ‫٢٨. ﻟَﺘَﺠِﺪﹶﻥﱠ ﺃَﺷﹶﺪﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻋﹶﺪﹶﺍﻭﹶﺓﹰ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬
    Gähpw    ISp¯      i{XpXbpÅhÀ
    blqZcpw, _lpssZhmcm[IcpamWv           ‫ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻬﹸﻮﺩﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﺘَﺠِﺪﹶﻥﱠ ﺃَﻗْﺮﹶﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
    F¶v XoÀ¨bmbpw \n\¡v ImWmw.
    R§Ä {InkvXym\nIfmIp¶p. F¶v            ‫ﻣﱠﻮﹶﺩﱠﺓﹰ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﹶﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﺎ نَﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻯ‬
    ]dªhcmWv        P\§fn     sh¨v
    kXyhnizmknItfmSv Gähpw ASp¯           َ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻥﱠ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻗِﺴﱢﻴﺴِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺭﹸﻫﹾﺒﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
                                                                                        ‫ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻜْﺒِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    kulrZapÅhÀ        F¶pw    \n\¡v
    ImWmw. Ahcn aX]WvUnX³amcpw
    k\ymknIfpw DsWvS¶Xpw, AhÀ
    Alw`mhw \Sn¡p¶nà F¶XpamW
    Xn\v ImcWw.
83. dkqen\v AhXcn¸n¡s¸«Xv AhÀ             ‫٣٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺳﹶﻤِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﺗَﺮﹶﻯ‬
    tI«m kXyw a\Ênem¡nbXnsâ
    ^eambn AhcpsS I®pIfn \n¶v            ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﻴﹸﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺗَﻔِﻴﺾﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﻣﹾﻊِ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﺮﹶﻓُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    I®p\oÀ      HgpIp¶Xmbn    \n\¡v
    ImWmw. AhÀ ]dbpw: R§fpsS              ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻓَﺎﻛْﺘُﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ‬
    c£nXmth!      R§Ä      hnizkn¨n
    cn¡p¶p. AXn\m kXykm£nI                                                              ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    tfmsSm¸w R§sfbpw \o tcJs¸Sp
    t¯Wta.
84. R§fpsS       c£nXmhv   kÖ\§           ‫٤٨. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻻَ نُﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ‬
    tfmsSm¸w R§sf {]thin¸n¡phm³
    R§Ä      tamln¨v   sImWvSncns¡,         ‫ﻭﹶنَﻄْﻤﹶﻊﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺧِﻠَﻨﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬
    R§Äs¡§s\             AÃmlphnepw
    R§Ä¡v h¶pIn«nb kXy¯nepw
    hnizkn¡mXncn¡m³ Ignbpw?
85. A§s\ Ahco ]dªXv \nan¯w                ‫٥٨. ﻓَﺄَﺛَﺎﺑﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ‬
    AÃmlp AhÀ¡v Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn
    AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶ kzÀKt¯m¸pIÄ            ‫ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ‬
    {]Xn^eambn     \ÂIn.   AhcXnÂ
    \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw. kZvhr¯À                                                          ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    ¡pÅ {]Xn^eas{X AXv.
86. Ahnizkn¡pIbpw, \½psS sXfnhpI          ‫٦٨. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻭﹶﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ‬
    sf XÅn¡fbpIbpw sNbvX hcmtcm
    AhcmIp¶p \cImhIminIÄ.                                                    ِ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺤِﻴﻢ‬
  Previous Page                First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                              166                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


87. kXyhnizmknItf, AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v ‫٧٨. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗُﺤﹶﺮﱢﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹶﺎﺕِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    A\phZn¨v X¶ hninjvShkvXp¡sf
    \n§Ä \njn²am¡cpXv. \n§Ä ‫ﺃَﺣﹶﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻌﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ‬
    ]cn[n ewLn¡pIbpw sN¿cpXv. ]cn[n
    ewLn¡p¶hsc      AÃmlp      H«pw                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻌﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ.
88. AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v \ÂInbXn \n¶v ْ‫٨٨. ﻭﹶﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺣﹶﻼﹶﻻً ﻃَﻴﱢﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍ‬
    A\phZ\obhpw hninjvShpw BbXv
    \n§Ä Xn¶psImÅpI. GsXmcph\n                          ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    emtWm \n§Ä hnizkn¡p¶Xv B
    AÃmlphns\ \n§Ä kq£n¡pIbpw
    sN¿pI.
89. t_m[]qÀÆaÃm¯           \n§fpsS                       ‫٩٨. ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺍﺧِﺬُﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻐْﻮِ ﻓِﻲ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ‬
    i]Y§fpsS t]cn Ah³ \n§sf
    ]nSnIqSpIbnÃ.   F¶m      \n§Ä                       ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹶﺍﺧِﺬُﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻘﱠﺪﺗﱡﻢﹸ ﺍﻷَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓَﻜَﻔﱠﺎﺭﹶﺗُﻪﹸ‬
    Dd¸n¨p sNbvX i]Y§fpsS t]cnÂ
    Ah³ \n§sf ]nSnIqSp¶XmWv.                             ‫ﺇِﻃْﻌﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﻋﹶﺸﹶﺮﹶﺓِ ﻣﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾﺳﹶﻂِ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    At¸mÄ          AXnsâ       (AXv
    ewLn¡p¶Xnsâ)        {]mbivNn¯w                       ‫ﺗُﻄْﻌِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛِﺴﹾﻮﹶﺗُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗَﺤﹾﺮِﻳﺮﹸ‬
                                                         ‫ﺭﹶﻗَﺒﹶﺔٍ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺠِﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼِﻴﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﺛَﻼﹶﺛَﺔِ ﺃَﻳﱠﺎﻡٍ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
    \n§Ä      \n§fpsS     ho«pImÀ¡v
    \ÂImdpÅ a²y\nebnepÅ `£W
                                                         ْ‫ﻛَﻔﱠﺎﺭﹶﺓﹸ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻠَﻔْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺣﹾﻔَﻈُﻮﺍ‬
    ¯n \n¶v ]¯p km[p¡Ä¡v
    `£n¡m³ sImSp¡pItbm, AsænÂ
    AhÀ¡v      hkv{Xw    \ÂIpItbm,
    Asæn Hcp ASnasb tamNn¸n                            ‫ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    ¡pItbm BIp¶p. C\n hÃh¶pw                                                                               ‫ﺗَﺸﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    (AsXm¶pw) In«nbnsæn aq¶p
    Znhkw t\ms¼Sp¡pIbmWv thWvSXv.
    \n§Ä kXyw sNbvXp ]dªmÂ,
    \n§fpsS     i]Y§Ä       ewLn¡p
    ¶Xn\pÅ {]mbivNn¯amIp¶p AXv.
    \n§fpsS       i]Y§sf      \n§Ä
    kq£n¨v     sImÅpI.     A{]Imcw
    AÃmlp Ahsâ hN\§Ä \n§Ä¡v
    hnhcn¨pXcp¶p; \n§Ä \µnbpÅh
    cmbncn¡m³ thWvSn.
90. kXyhnizmknItf, aZyhpw NqXm«hpw ‫٠٩. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻤﹾﺮﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﺴِﺮﹸ‬
    {]XnjvTIfpw {]iv\w sh¨v t\m¡m
    \pÅ A¼pIfpw ss]imNnIamb ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَنﺼﹶﺎﺏﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺯْﻻَﻡﹸ ﺭِﺟﹾﺲﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﻤﹶﻞ‬
    t¾NvOhr¯n am{XamIp¶p. AXn\mÂ
    \n§Ä     AsXms¡     hÀÖn¡pI.                ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﻓَﺎﺟﹾﺘَﻨِﺒﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n§Ä¡v hnPbw {]m]n¡mw.


  Previous Page                               First Page                                                           Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                                167                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


91. ]nimNv   Dt±in¡p¶Xv    aZy¯neq                         ‫١٩. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻮﻗِﻊﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺪﹶﺍﻭﹶﺓﹶ‬
    sSbpw, NqXm«¯neqsSbpw \n§Ä¡n
    Sbn     i{XpXbpw     hntZzjhpw                        ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻐْﻀَﺎﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺨَﻤﹾﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﹾﺴِﺮِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺼﹸﺪﱠﻛُﻢﹾ‬
    Dfhm¡phm\pw, AÃmlpsh HmÀan¡p
    ¶Xn \n¶pw \akvImc¯n \n¶pw                              ‫ﻋﹶﻦ ﺫِﻛْﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓِ ﻓَﻬﹶﻞْ ﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﻨﺘَﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n§sf XSbphm\pw am{XamIp¶p.
    AXn\m \n§Ä ( Ahbn \n¶v )
    hncan¡phms\mcp¡aptWvSm?
92. \n§Ä AÃmlpshbpw dkqens\bpw                             ْ‫٢٩. ﻭﹶﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻃِﻴﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝَ ﻭﹶﺍﺣﹾﺬَﺭﹸﻭﺍ‬
    A\pkcn¡pIbpw, ( [n¡mcw h¶p
    t]mImsX ) kq£n¡pIbpw sN¿pI.                            ُ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺗَﻮﹶﻟﱠﻴﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺭﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻼﹶﻍ‬
    C\n \n§Ä ]n´ncnªv IfbpIbm
    sW¦n \½psS ZqXsâ _m[yX                                                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺒِﲔﹸ‬
    hyIvXamb    coXnbn    ktµisa
    ¯n¡pI      am{XamsW¶v    \n§Ä
    a\Ênem¡pI.
93. hnizkn¡pIbpw      kÂIÀ½§Ä ِ‫٣٩. ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕ‬
    {]hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXhÀ¡v AhÀ
    (ap¼v) Ign¨p t]mbXn IpäanÃ. ْ‫ﺟﹸﻨﹶﺎﺡﹲ ﻓِﻴﻤﹶﺎ ﻃَﻌِﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﺍْ ﻭﱠﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬
    AhÀ (AÃmlpsh) kq£n¡pIbpw
    hnizkn¡pIbpw kÂ{]hr¯nIfn ْ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﺍْ ﻭﱠﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﺗﱠﻘَﻮﺍ‬
                                               ‫ﻭﱠﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    GÀs]SpIbpw    sNbvXn«psWvS¦nÂ.
    AXn\p tijhpw AhÀ kq£vaX
    ]men¡pIbpw,    \Ã      \nebnÂ
    hÀ¯n¡pIbpw sNbvXn«psWvS¦nÂ.
    kZvhr¯sc AÃmlp CjvSs¸Sp¶p.
94. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§fpsS ssIIÄ ‫٤٩. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻴﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻮﹶنﱠﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺸﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
    sImWvSpw    iqe§Ä     sImWvSpw
    th«bmSn¸nSn¡mhp¶ hn[¯nepÅ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻴﹾﺪِ ﺗَﻨﹶﺎﻟُﻪﹸ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭِﻣﹶﺎﺣﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    hà P´p¡fpw aptJ\ AÃmlp
    \n§sf ]co£n¡pI Xs¶ sN¿pw. ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓُﻪﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻯ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
                                                                            ‫ﻓَﻠَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    AZriyamb \nebn AÃmlpsh
    `bs¸Sp¶hsc Ah³ thÀXncn¨dn
    bm³ thWvSnbs{X AXv. hÃh\pw
    AXn\v tijw AXn{Iaw ImWn¨mÂ
    Ah¶v thZ\tbdnb in£bpWvSm
    bncn¡pw.
95. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä Clvdman ‫٥٩. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻴﹾﺪﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ‬
    embncns¡ th«arKs¯ sImÃcpXv.
    \n§fnsemcmÄ a\x]qÀÆw AXns\ ُ‫ﺣﹸﺮﹸﻡﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻗَﺘَﻠَﻪﹸ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﺘَﻌﹶﻤﱢﺪﹰﺍ ﻓَﺠﹶﺰﹶﺍﺀ ﻣﱢﺜْﻞ‬
    sImÃp¶ ]£w, Ah³ sIm¶Xn\v

  Previous Page                                First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                168                                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                           ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺘَﻞَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻌﹶﻢِ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻢﹸ ﺑِﻪِ ﺫَﻭﹶﺍ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝٍ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    Xpeysa¶v     \n§fn     cWvSpt]À
    XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡p¶ Imensb (AYhm
    ImenIsf) IAv_¯n¦Â F¯nt¨                ‫ﻫﹶﺪﹾﻳﹰﺎ ﺑﹶﺎﻟِﻎَ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻌﹾﺒﹶﺔِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﻔﱠﺎﺭﹶﺓﹲ ﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﻣﹶﺴﹶﺎﻛِﲔﹶ‬
    tcWvS _enarKambn \ÂtIWvSXmWv.
    Asæn {]mbivNn¯ambn GXm\pw            ِ‫ﺃَﻭ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝُ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺻِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﱢﻴﹶﺬُﻭﻕَ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺎﻝَ ﺃَﻣﹾﺮِﻩ‬
    AKXnIÄ¡v Blmcw \ÂIpItbm,
    Asæn AXn\v Xpeyambn t\ms¼Sp          ‫ﻋﹶﻔَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ ﺳﹶﻠَﻒ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﺎﺩﹶ ﻓَﻴﹶﻨﺘَﻘِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    ¡pItbm sNt¿WvSXmWv. Ah³
    sNbvXXnsâ `hnjy¯v Ah³ A\p                                           ٍ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹲ ﺫُﻭ ﺍنْﺘِﻘَﺎﻡ‬
    `hn¡m³      thWvSnbmWnXv.    ap¼v
    sNbvXp t]mbXn\v AÃmlp am¸p\Â
    Inbncn¡p¶p. hÃh\pw AXv BhÀ
    ¯n¡p¶ ]£w AÃmlp Ahsâ
    t\sc in£m\S]Sn kzoIcn¡p¶
    XmWv. AÃmlp {]Xm]nbpw in£m
    \S]Sn ssIs¡mÅp¶h\p amIp¶p.
96. \n§Ä¡pw        bm{XmkwL§Ä¡pw           ‫٦٩. ﺃُﺣِﻞﱠ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﻴﹾﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮِ ﻭﹶﻃَﻌﹶﺎﻣﹸﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺘَﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    PohnXhn`hambns¡mWvSv      ISense
    th«    P´p¡fpw      kap{Zmlmchpw       ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻠﺴﱠﻴﱠﺎﺭﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﺣﹸﺮﱢﻡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﻴﹾﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺮﱢ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    \n§Ä¡v A\phZn¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.
    \n§Ä      Clvdmanembncn¡pt¼msgm          ‫ﺩﹸﻣﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺣﹸﺮﹸﻣﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺗُﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    s¡bpw Icbnse th« P´p¡Ä
    \n§Ä¡v        \njn²am¡s¸SpIbpw
    sNbvXncn¡p¶p. FsXmcph\nte¡m
    tWm \n§Ä Hcpan¨pIq« s¸Sp¶Xv
    B AÃmlpsh \n§Ä kq£n¡pI.
97. ]hn{X`h\amb IAv_sbbpw, bp²w            ‫٧٩. ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻌﹾﺒﹶﺔَ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻴﹾﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡﹶ ﻗِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ‬
    \njn²amb amks¯bpw AÃmlp
    P\§fpsS \ne\nÂ]n\v B[mcam              ‫ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹶﺍﻡﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻬﹶﺪﹾﻱﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻘَﻼﹶﺋِﺪﹶ‬
    ¡nbncn¡p¶p. ( AXpt]mseXs¶
    IAv_¯n¦te¡v sImWvSpt]mIp¶ )            ِ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻟِﺘَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
    _enarKs¯bpw (AhbpsS Igp¯n
    se) ASbmf¯menIsfbpw (AÃmlp                 ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    \nivNbn¨ncn¡p¶p. ) BImi¯nep
    ÅXpw     `qanbnepÅXpw     AÃmlp
    Adnbp¶psWvS¶pw, AÃmlp GXv
    Imcys¯¸änbpw        AdnhpÅh\m
    sW¶pw \n§Ä a\Ênem¡phm³
    thWvSnbs{X AXv.
98. AÃmlp ITn\ambn in£n¡p¶h\m              ‫٨٩. ﺍﻋﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌِﻘَﺎﺏِ ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
    sW¶pw AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p¶
    h\pw        IcpWm\n[nbpamsW¶pw                                                        ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    \n§Ä a\Ênem¡pI.

  Previous Page                 First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                                169                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


99. dkqensâ ta {]t_m[\ _m[yX ‫٩٩. ﻣﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻼﹶﻍُ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    am{XtabpÅq. \n§Ä shfns¸Sp¯p
    ¶Xpw        Hfn¨psh¡p¶XpsaÃmw                               ‫ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻜْﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AÃmlp Adnbp¶p.
100. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: Zpjn¨Xpw \ÃXpw ‫٠٠١. ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻮِﻱ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺚﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢﺐﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ‬
     kaamIpIbnÃ. Zpjn¨Xnsâ hÀ²\hv
     \ns¶ AXv`pXs¸Sp¯nbmepw icn. ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﺠﹶﺒﹶﻚﹶ ﻛَﺜْﺮﹶﺓﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺚِ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟِﻲ‬
     AXn\m _p²nam³amtc, \n§Ä
     AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI. \n§Ä                                      ‫ﺍﻷَﻟْﺒﹶﺎﺏِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﻔْﻠِﺤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     hnPbw {]m]nt¨¡mw.
101. kXyhnizmknItf, NneImcy§sf¸än ‫١٠١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﺗَﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺷﹾﻴﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻥ‬
     \n§Ä tNmZn¡cpXv. \n§Ä¡v Ah
     shfns¸Sp¯s¸«m       \n§Ä¡Xv ُ‫ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺴﹸﺆﹾﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺴﹾﺄَﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺣِﲔﹶ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱠﻝ‬
     a\x{]bmkapWvSm¡pw. JpÀB³ Ah
     Xcn¸n¡s¸Sp¶ kab¯v \n§fhsb ‫ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺁﻥﹸ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹶ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻔَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ‬
                                                                                         ‫ﺣﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ¸än tNmZn¡pIbmsW¦n \n§Ä
     ¡h shfns¸Sp¯pI Xs¶ sN¿pw.
     (\n§Ä tNmZn¨v IgnªXn\v )
     AÃmlp (\n§Ä¡v) am¸p\ÂInbncn
     ¡p¶p. AÃmlp Gsd s]mdp¡p
     ¶h\pw kl\ioe\pamIp¶p.
102. \n§Ä¡v ap¼v Hcp P\hn`mKw ‫٢٠١. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺳﹶﺄﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡﹲ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَﺻﹾﺒﹶﺤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ‬
     A¯cw      tNmZy§Ä tNmZn¡pI
     bpWvSmbn. ]ns¶ Ahbn AhÀ                                                    ‫ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Ahnizkn¡p¶hcmbn¯ocpIbpw
     sNbvXp.
103. _lodx, kmC_x, hkzoex, lmw َ‫٣٠١. ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﺤِﲑﹶﺓٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺳﹶﺂﺋِﺒﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
     F¶o       t\À¨arK§sfsbm¶pw
     AÃmlp    \nivNbn¨XÃ.  ]s£, ‫ﻭﹶﺻِﻴﻠَﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺣﹶﺎﻡٍ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     kXy\ntj[nIÄ       AÃmlphnsâ
     t]cn IÅw sI«n¨abv¡pIbmWv.            ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﻜَﺬِﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Ahcn    A[nIt]cpw    Nn´n¨v
     a\Ênem¡p¶nÃ.
104. AÃmlp       AhXcn¸n¨Xnte¡pw, ‫٤٠١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞَ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟَﻰ‬
     dkqente¡pw    hcphn³     F¶v
     AhtcmSv ]dbs¸«mÂ, R§fpsS ِ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺳﹸﻮﻝِ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﺴﹾﺒﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﺪﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     ]nXm¡sf GsXmcp \ne]mSnemtWm
     R§Ä IsWvS¯nbXv AXp aXn َ‫ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺀنَﺎ ﺃَﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
                                                                                        ‫ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     R§Ä¡v. F¶mbncn¡pw AhÀ
     ]dbpI:     AhcpsS    ]nXm¡Ä

  Previous Page                                First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                 170                                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       bmsXm¶padnbm¯hcpw, k³amÀKw
       {]m]n¡m¯hcpw        Bbncp¶mÂ
       t]mepw ( AXv aXnsbt¶m? )
105. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§Ä \n§fpsS            َ‫٥٠١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
     Imcy§Ä {i²n¨v sImÅpI. \n§Ä
     k³amÀKw         {]m]n¨n«psWvS¦n       ِ‫ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﺿَﻞﱠ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺍﻫﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻳﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     hgn]ng¨hÀ \n§Äs¡mcp t{Zmlhpw
     hcp¯pIbnÃ. AÃmlphn¦te¡s{X                ‫ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻓَﻴﹸﻨﹶﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \n§fpsSsbÃmw      aS¡w.    \n§Ä
     sNbvXv      sImWvSncn¡p¶Xns\¸än
     sbÃmw At¸mÄ Ah³ \n§sf hnhc
     adnbn¡p¶XmWv.
106. kXyhnizmknItf, \n§fnsemcmÄ¡v           ‫٦٠١. ﻳِﺎ ﺃَﻳﱡﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓﹸ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺣﹶﻀَﺮﹶ‬
     acWamk¶ambm         hkzn¿¯nsâ
     kab¯v \n§fn \n¶pÅ \oXnam³             ‫ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹶﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﺣِﲔﹶ ﺍﻟْﻮﹶﺻِﻴﱠﺔِ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﺎﻥِ ﺫَﻭﹶﺍ‬
     amcmb cWvSpt]À \n§Ä¡nSbnÂ
     km£yw hlnt¡WvSXmWv. C\n                ‫ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝٍ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺁﺧﹶﺮﹶﺍﻥِ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮِﻛُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ‬
     \n§Ä `qanbneqsS bm{XsN¿p¶
     kab¯mWv acWhn]¯v \n§Ä¡v                ُ‫ﺿَﺮﹶﺑﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻓَﺄَﺻﹶﺎﺑﹶﺘْﻜُﻢ ﻣﱡﺼِﻴﺒﹶﺔ‬
                                            ِ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕِ ﺗَﺤﹾﺒِﺴﹸﻮنَﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﹶﺓ‬
     hs¶¯p¶sX¦n ( hkzn¿¯n\v
     km£nIfmbn ) \n§fÃm¯hcnÂ
     s]« cWvSpt]cmbmepw aXn. \n§Ä¡v         ‫ﻓَﻴﹸﻘْﺴِﻤﹶﺎﻥِ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥِ ﺍﺭﹾﺗَﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﻻَ نَﺸﹾﺘَﺮِﻱ ﺑِﻪِ ﺛَﻤﹶﻨﹰﺎ‬
     kwibw tXm¶pIbmsW¦n Ahsc
     cWvSpt]scbpw            \akvImcw       ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺫَﺍ ﻗُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻻَ نَﻜْﺘُﻢﹸ ﺷﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺇِﺫًﺍ‬
     IgnªXn\v tijw \n§Ä XSªv
     \nÀ¯Ww. F¶n«hÀ AÃmlphnsâ                                                                ‫ﻟﱠﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻵﺛِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     t]cn C{]Imcw kXyw sNbvXv
     ]dbWw: CXn\v ( Cu kXyw ad¨p
     sh¡p¶Xn\v ) ]Icw bmsXmcp
     hnebpw R§Ä hm§pIbnÃ. AXv
     ASp¯ Hcp _Ôpsh _m[n¡p¶
     Imcyambm                 t]mepw.
     AÃmlphn\pthWvSn          GsäSp¯
     km£yw R§Ä ad¨v sh¡pIbnÃ.
     A§s\ sNbvXm XoÀ¨bmbpw
     R§Ä Ipä¡mcn s]«hcmbncn¡pw.
107. C\n AhÀ (cWvSp km£nIÄ) Ipä             ِ‫٧٠١. ﻓَﺈِﻥﹾ ﻋﹸﺜِﺮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺤﹶﻘﱠﺎ ﺇِﺛْﻤﹰﺎ ﻓَﺂﺧﹶﺮﹶﺍﻥ‬
     ¯n\v AhIminIfmbn«pWvSv F¶v
     sXfnbp¶ ]£w Ipäw sNbvXn«pÅXv           ‫ﻳِﻘُﻮﻣﹶﺎﻥﹸ ﻣﹶﻘَﺎﻣﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﺤﹶﻖﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ‬
     BÀs¡XncnemtWm Ahcn s]«
     (]tcXt\mSv) IqSpXÂ _ÔapÅ aäv           ‫ﺍﻷَﻭﹾﻟَﻴﹶﺎﻥِ ﻓَﻴﹸﻘْﺴِﻤﹶﺎﻥِ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻟَﺸﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺗُﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﺣﹶﻖﱡ ﻣِﻦ‬
     cWvSpt]À     AhcpsS     kvYm\¯v
     (km£nIfmbn) \n¡Ww. F¶n«v                ‫ﺷﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺗِﻬِﻤﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻋﹾﺘَﺪﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﺎ ﺇِﺫًﺍ ﻟﱠﻤِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     AhÀ cWvSpt]cpw AÃmlphnsâ
  Previous Page                  First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                             171                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


     t]cn C{]Imcw kXyw sNbvXv
     ]dbWw: XoÀ¨bmbpw R§fpsS
     km£yamIp¶p ChcpsS km£yt¯
     ¡mÄ kXykÔambn«pÅXv. R§Ä
     Hcp A\ymbhpw sNbvXn«nÃ. A§s\
     sNbvXm    XoÀ¨bmbpw     R§Ä
     A{IanIfn s]«hcmbncn¡pw.
108. AhÀ     (km£nIÄ)      apdt]mse ‫٨٠١. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺃَﺩﹾنَﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﺸﱠﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬِﻬﹶﺎ‬
     km£yw hln¡p¶Xn\v AXmWv IqSp
     X A\ptbmPyambn«pÅXv. X§Ä ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﺮﹶﺩﱠ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍ‬
     kXyw sNbvXXn\v tijw (A\´
     cmhIminIÄ¡v) kXyw sN¿m³ ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺳﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺳِﻘِﲔﹶ‬
     Ahkcw \ÂIs¸Spsa¶v AhÀ¡v
     (km£nIÄ¡v) t]SnbpWvSmIphm\pw
     (AXmWv IqSpXÂ D]Icn¡pI.)
     \n§Ä AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pIbpw
     (Ahsâ IÂ]\IÄ) {i²n¡pIbpw
     sN¿pI. [n¡mcnIfmb BfpIsf
     AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnem¡pIbnÃ.
109. AÃmlp ZqX³amsc Hcpan¨pIq«p ‫٩٠١. ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻤﹶﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳﹸﻞَ ﻓَﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻣﹶﺎﺫَﺍ ﺃُﺟِﺒﹾﺘُﻢﹾ‬
     Ibpw, \n§Ä¡v F´v adp]SnbmWv
     In«nbXv F¶v tNmZn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶       ِ‫ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻻَ ﻋِﻠْﻢﹶ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻼﱠﻡﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐُﻴﹸﻮﺏ‬
     Znhkw AhÀ ]dbpw: R§Ä¡v
     bmsXmcp AdnhpanÃ. \obmWv AZriy
     Imcy§Ä \¶mbn Adnbp¶h³.
110. (CukmtbmSv)    AÃmlp     ]dª                       ‫٠١١. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﺫْﻛُﺮﹾ نِﻌﹾﻤﹶﺘِﻲ‬
     kµÀ`w ({it²bamIp¶p.) aÀbansâ
     aI\mb Cukm! sXm«nen sh¨pw,                        ِ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﺗِﻚﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﻳﱠﺪﺗﱡﻚﹶ ﺑِﺮﹸﻭﺡ‬
     a²yhbkvI\mbncns¡bpw         \o
     P\§tfmSv kwkmcn¡sh, ]cnip                          ْ‫ﺍﻟْﻘُﺪﹸﺱِ ﺗُﻜَﻠﱢﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻬﹾﺪِ ﻭﹶﻛَﻬﹾﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫ‬
                                                        ‫ﻋﹶﻠﱠﻤﹾﺘُﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤِﻜْﻤﹶﺔَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺘﱠﻮﹾﺭﹶﺍﺓﹶ‬
     ²mXvamhv aptJ\ \n\¡v Rm³
     ]n³_ew \ÂInb kµÀ`¯nepw,
     {KÙhpw    PvRm\hpw   Xudm¯pw                       ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻹِﳒِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺗَﺨْﻠُﻖﹸ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﲔِ ﻛَﻬﹶﻴﹾﺌَﺔِ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﹾﺮ‬
     C³Poepw \n\¡v Rm³ ]Tn¸n¨pX¶
     kµÀ`¯nepw,     Fsâ     A\paXn                      ‫ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻲ ﻓَﺘَﻨﻔُﺦﹸ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻓَﺘَﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻃَﻴﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻲ‬
     {]Imcw   Ifna®v   sImWvSv   \o
     ]£nbpsS amXrIbn cq]s¸Sp¯p                         ‫ﻭﹶﺗُﺒﹾﺮِﻯﺀﹸ ﺍﻷَﻛْﻤﹶﻪﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺑﹾﺮﹶﺹﹶ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻲ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺗُﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ‬
                                                        َ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﺗَﻰ ﺑِﺈِﺫْنِﻲ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻛَﻔَﻔْﺖﹸ ﺑﹶﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﹾﺮﹶﺍﺋِﻴﻞ‬
     Ibpw, F¶n«v \o AXn DuXpt¼mÄ
     Fsâ     A\paXn   {]Imcw    AXv
     ]£nbmbn¯ocpIbpw         sN¿p¶                      ْ‫ﻋﹶﻨﻚﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﺟِﺌْﺘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺎﺕِ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍ‬
     kµÀ`¯nepw,     Fsâ     A\paXn
     {]Imcw P³a\m ImgvNbnÃm¯h                                                 ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺳِﺤﹾﺮﹲ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
  Previous Page                              First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                            172                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       s\bpw, ]mWvUptcmKnsbbpw \o
       kpJs¸Sp¯p¶ kµÀ`¯nepw, Fsâ
       A\paXn {]Imcw \o acWs¸«hsc
       ]pd¯v sImWvSv hcp¶ kµÀ`¯nepw,
       \o C{kmbo k´XnIfpsS ASp¯v
       hyIvXamb sXfnhpIfpambn sN¶n«v
       Ahcnse    kXy\ntj[nIÄ    CXv
       {]Xy£amb amcWw am{XamIp¶p.
       F¶v ]dª Ahkc¯n \ns¶
       A]ISs¸Sp¯p¶Xn \n¶v Ahsc
       Rm³ XSª kµÀ`¯nepw Rm³
       \n\¡pw \nsâ amXmhn\pw sNbvXv
       X¶ A\p{Klw HmÀ¡pI.
111. \n§Ä F¶nepw Fsâ ZqX\nepw ‫١١١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﺃَﻭﹾﺣﹶﻴﹾﺖﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻮﹶﺍﺭِﻳﱢﲔﹶ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺁﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻲ‬
     hnizkn¡q F¶v Rm³ lhmcnIÄ¡v
     t_m[\w \ÂInb kµÀ`¯nepw. ‫ﻭﹶﺑِﺮﹶﺳﹸﻮﻟِﻲ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﹶﺍْ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﺷﹾﻬﹶﺪﹾ ﺑِﺄَنﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhÀ ]dªp: R§Ä hnizkn¨n
     cn¡p¶p. R§Ä apkvenwIfmsW
     ¶Xn\v \o km£yw hln¨v sImÅpI.
112. lhmcnIÄ      ]dª       kµÀ`w ْ‫٢١١. ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻮﹶﺍﺭِﻳﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﻫﹶﻞ‬
     {i²n¡pI: aÀbansâ aI\mb Cukm,
     BImi¯p\n¶v      R§Ä¡v    Hcp ‫ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻄِﻴﻊﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺂﺋِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
     `£W¯fnI Cd¡n¯cphm³ \nsâ
     c£nXmhn\v km[n¡ptam? At±lw             ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢ ﻣﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     ]dªp: \n§Ä hnizmknIfmsW¦nÂ
     AÃmlpsh kq£n¡pI.
113. AhÀ ]dªp: R§Ä¡Xn \n¶v ‫٣١١. ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ نُﺮِﻳﺪﹸ ﺃَﻥ نﱠﺄْﻛُﻞَ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗَﻄْﻤﹶﺌِﻦﱠ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻨﹶﺎ‬
     `£n¡phm\pw A§s\ R§Ä¡v
     a\Êam[m\apWvSmIphm\pw, Xm¦Ä ‫ﻭﹶنَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺻﹶﺪﹶﻗْﺘَﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶنَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     R§tfmSv ]dªXv kXyamsW¶v
     R§Ä¡v t_m[yamIphm\pw, R§Ä                                            ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻫِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     AXn\v     ZrIvkm£nIfmbn¯ocp
     hm\pamWv R§Ä B{Kln¡p¶Xv.
114. aÀbansâ aI³ Cukm ]dªp: ‫٤١١. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹸ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰِﻝْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ‬
     R§fpsS c£nXmhmb AÃmlpth,
     R§Ä¡v \o BImi¯v \n¶v Hcp ‫ﻣﹶﺂﺋِﺪﹶﺓﹰ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﱢﺄَﻭﱠﻟِﻨﹶﺎ‬
     `£W¯fnI         Cd¡n¯tcWta.
     R§Ä¡v, R§fnse BZy¯nepÅ ‫ﻭﹶﺁﺧِﺮِنَﺎ ﻭﹶﺁﻳﹶﺔً ﻣﱢﻨﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺭﹾﺯُﻗْﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹸ‬
     h¶pw, Ahkm\¯nepÅh¶pw Hcp
     s]cp¶mfpw, \nsâ ]¡Â \n¶pÅ                                                   ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍﺯِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
     Hcp ZrjvSm´hpambncn¡Ww AXv.
     R§Ä¡v \o D]Poh\w \ÂIpIbpw

  Previous Page                             First Page                                 Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                            173                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


       sNt¿Wta. \o D]Poh\w \ÂIp¶
       hcn Gähpw D¯a\mWtÃm.
115. AÃmlp ]dªp: Rm³ \n§Ä¡Xv ‫٥١١. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻣﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻟُﻬﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹸ‬
     Cd¡n¯cmw. F¶m AXn\v tijw
     \n§fn Bsc¦nepw Ahnizkn¡p¶ ‫ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِنﱢﻲ ﺃُﻋﹶﺬﱢﺑﹸﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻻﱠ ﺃُﻋﹶﺬﱢﺑﹸﻪﹸ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹰﺍ‬
     ]£w temIcn HcmÄ¡pw Rm³
     \ÂIm¯ hn[apÅ ( ISp¯ ) in£                                            ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     Ah¶v \ÂIp¶XmWv.
116. AÃmlp ]dbp¶ kµÀ`hpw ({i²n                         ‫٦١١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﺍﺑﹾﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﻳﹶﻢﹶ ﺃَﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻗُﻠﺖﹶ‬
     ¡pI.) aÀbansâ aI³ Cukm,
     AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa Fs¶bpw, Fsâ                       ِ‫ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺍﺗﱠﺨِﺬُﻭنِﻲ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣﱢﻲﹶ ﺇِﻟَـﻬﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     amXmhns\bpw     ssZh§fm¡ns¡m
     Åphn³. F¶v \obmtWm P\§tfmSv                       ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟِﻲ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺃَﻗُﻮﻝَ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ‬
     ]dªXv? At±lw ]dbpw: \osb{X
     ]cnip²³!      F\n¡v    (]dbm³)                    ‫ﻟِﻲ ﺑِﺤﹶﻖﱟ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺖﹸ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻪﹸ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻋﹶﻠِﻤﹾﺘَﻪﹸ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     bmsXmcp AhImihpanÃm¯Xv Rm³
     ]dbmhXÃtÃm? Rm\Xv ]dªncp                          ‫ﻓِﻲ نَﻔْﺴِﻲ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ نَﻔْﺴِﻚﹶ ﺇِنﱠﻚﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ‬
                                                                                                  ِ‫ﻋﹶﻼﱠﻡﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐُﻴﹸﻮﺏ‬
     s¶¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw \obXv Adnªn
     cn¡patÃm. Fsâ a\ÊnepÅXv \o
     Adnbpw. \nsâ a\ÊnepÅXv Rm\
     dnbnÃ. XoÀ¨bmbpw \o Xs¶bmWv
     AZriyImcy§Ä Adnbp¶h³.
117. \o Ft¶mSv IÂ]n¨ Imcyw AYhm                        ‫٧١١. ﻣﹶﺎ ﻗُﻠْﺖﹸ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﻣﹶﺮﹾﺗَﻨِﻲ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَﻥِ ﺍﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ‬
     Fsâbpw \n§fpsSbpw c£nXmhmb
     AÃmlpsh \n§Ä Bcm[n¡Ww                             ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻛُﻨﺖﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺩﹸﻣﹾﺖﹸ‬
     F¶ Imcyw am{Xta Rm\htcmSv
     ]dªn«pÅq. Rm³ AhÀ¡nSbn                           ‫ﻓِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺗَﻮﹶﻓﱠﻴﹾﺘَﻨِﻲ ﻛُﻨﺖﹶ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﻗِﻴﺐﹶ‬
     DWvSmbncp¶t¸msgms¡          Rm³
     AhcpsS ta km£nbmbncp¶p.                                     ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹲ‬
     ]n¶oSv \o Fs¶ ]qÀ®ambn GsäSp
     ¯t¸mÄ \o Xs¶bmbncp¶p Ahsc
     \nco£n¨ncp¶h³. \o FÃmImcy
     ¯n\pw km£nbmIp¶p.
118. \o Ahsc in£n¡pIbmsW¦n                            ‫٨١١. ﺇِﻥ ﺗُﻌﹶﺬﱢﺑﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩﹸﻙَ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻐْﻔِﺮﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻚﹶ‬
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AhÀ \nsâ Zmk³
     amcmWtÃm. \o AhÀ¡v s]mdp¯p                                                         ‫ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     sImSp¡pIbmsW¦n \o Xs¶bm
     WtÃm {]Xm]nbpw bpIvXnam\pw.
119. AÃmlp ]dbpw: CXv kXyhm³amÀ¡v                      ‫٩١١. ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻫﹶﺬَﺍ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹸ ﻳﹶﻨﻔَﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ ﺻِﺪﹾﻗُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     X§fpsS kXykÔX {]tbmP\
     s¸Sp¶     ZnhkamIp¶p.   AhÀ¡v                     ‫ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕﹲ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn AcphnIÄ HgpIp¶
     kzÀKt¯m¸pIfpWvSv.      AhcXn                     ‫ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺃَﺑﹶﺪﹰﺍ ﺭﱠﺿِﻲﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ‬
     \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw. Ahsc¸än
  Previous Page                             First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (5) al Maeda                           174                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                   ‫ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻮﹾﺯُ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻈِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     AÃmlp Xr]vXns¸«ncn¡p¶p. AhÀ
     Ahs\¸änbpw Xr]vXns¸«ncn¡p¶p.
     AXs{X al¯mb hnPbw.
120. BImi§fpsSbpw       `qanbpsSbpw ‫٠٢١. ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻴﻬِﻦﱠ‬
     AhbnepÅXnsâbpw       B[n]Xyw
     AÃmlphn¶s{X.     Ah³       GXv                     ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪِﻳﺮﹲ‬
     Imcy¯n\pw IgnhpÅh\mIp¶p.




  Previous Page                            First Page                                 Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                     174                                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                            ( ‫)٦ ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷنﻌﺎﻡ )ﻣﻜﻴﺔ‬

                                       ‫ﺑـﺴــــــــــــــــــﻢ ﺍﻪﻠﻟ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

              ]caImcpWnI\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamb AÃmlphnsâ \ma¯nÂ

1.      BImi§fpw `qanbpw krjvSn¡p Ibpw, ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻤﹾﺪﹸ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ‬                                                      .١
        Ccp«pIfpw shfn¨hpw DWvSm¡p Ibpw
        sNbvX AÃmlphn¶mIp¶p kvXpXn. ‫ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮﺭﹶ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﺮﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢ‬
        F¶n«paXm kXy\ntj[nIÄ X§fpsS
        c£nXmhn\v ka³amsc sh¡p¶p.                                                           ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﻥﹶ‬

2.      Ah\s{X Ifna®n \n¶pw \n§sf ‫ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻃِﲔٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻗَﻀَﻰ ﺃَﺟﹶﻼﹰ‬                                                                .٢
        krjvSn¨Xv. F¶n«h³ Hcp Ah[n
        \nivNbn¨ncn¡p¶p. Ah¦Â \nÀWnX          ‫ﻰ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻤﹾﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺟﹶﻞٌ ﻣﱡﺴﻤ‬
        amb asämch[nbpapWvSv. F¶n«pw \n§Ä
        kwibn¨p sImWvSncn¡p¶p.
3.      Ah³ Xs¶bmWv BImi§fnepw ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ‬                                                               .٣
        `qanbnepw km£m ssZhw. \n§fpsS
        clkyhpw \n§fpsS ]ckyhpw Ah³            ‫ﺳِﺮﱠﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻬﺮﹶﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﻜْﺴِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        Adnbp¶p. \n§Ä t\SnsbSp¡p¶Xpw
        Ah³ Adnbp¶p.
4.      AhcpsS    c£nXmhn¦Â    \n¶pÅ ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺄْﺗِﻴﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ‬                                        .٤
        GsXmcp ZrjvSm´w AhÀ¡v h¶pIn«p
        t¼mgpw AhcXns\ AhKWn¨v IfbpI                                                        ‫ﻣﹸﻌﹾﺮِﺿِﲔﹶ‬
        Xs¶bmIp¶p.
5.      A§s\ Cu kXyw AhÀ¡v h¶v ‫ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻟَﻤﱠﺎ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﻬِﻢﹾ‬                                                      .٥
        In«nbt¸mgpw AhcXns\ \ntj[n¨p
        Ifªp. F¶m AhÀ GsXm¶ns\                          ‫ﺃَنﺒﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻬﹾﺰِﺅﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        ]cnlkn¨v sImWvSncp¶pthm AXnsâ
        hr¯m´§Ä hgnsb AhÀ¡v hs¶
        ¯p¶XmWv.
6.      AhÀ IWvSntÃ; AhÀ¡v ap¼v \mw F{X                            ‫ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺮﹶﻭﹾﺍْ ﻛَﻢﹾ ﺃَﻫﹾﻠَﻜْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺮﹾﻥٍ ﻣﱠﻜﱠﻨﱠﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬        .٦
        XeapdIsf \in¸n¨n«psWvS¶v? \n§Ä¡v
        \mw sNbvXv X¶n«nÃm¯ kuIcyw                                 ‫ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ نُﻤﹶﻜﱢﻦ ﻟﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ‬
        `qanbn   AhÀ¡v     \mw     sNbvXv
        sImSp¯ncp¶p. \mw AhÀ¡v [mcmf                               ‫ﻣﱢﺪﹾﺭﹶﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻷَنْﻬﹶﺎﺭﹶ ﺗَﺠﹾﺮِﻱ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺘِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
        ambn ag hÀjn¸n¨v sImSp¡pIbpw,
        AhcpsS Xmgv`mK¯v IqSn \ZnIÄ                                 ‫ﻓَﺄَﻫﹾﻠَﻜْﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﺬُنُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنْﺸﹶﺄْنَﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻫِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺮﹾنًﺎ ﺁﺧﹶﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬

     Previous Page                                  First Page                                                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                     175                       Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

        Hgp¡pIbpw sNbvXncp¶p. F¶n«v Ah
        cpsS ]m]§Ä ImcWw \mw Ahsc
        \in¸n¡pIbpw, AhÀ¡v tijw \mw
        thsd    XeapdIsf    DWvSm¡pIbpw
        sNbvXp.
7.      (\_ntb,) \n\¡v \mw ISemkn ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ نَﺰﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻗِﺮﹾﻃَﺎﺱٍ ﻓَﻠَﻤﹶﺴﹸﻮﻩﹸ‬                   .٧
        FgpXnb Hcp {KÙw Cd¡n¯cnIbpw,
        F¶n«hcXv kz´w ssIIÄsImWvSv ‫ﺑِﺄَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﻘَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺳِﺤﹾﺮﹲ‬
        sXm«pt\m¡pIbpw sNbvXm t]mepw
        CXv hyIvXamb ambmPmeaÃmsX asäm                                                    ‫ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
        ¶paà F¶mbncn¡pw kXy\ntj[nIÄ
        ]dbpI.
8.      CbmfpsS (\_n (k) bpsS) ta Hcp ‫ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾﻻ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻣﹶﻠَﻚﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜًﺎ‬         .٨
        ae¡v Cd¡s¸Sm¯Xv F´mWv F¶pw
        AhÀ ]dbpIbpWvSmbn. F¶m \mw                                  ‫ﻟﱠﻘُﻀِﻲﹶ ﺍﻷﻣﹾﺮﹸ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻨﻈَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
        ae¡ns\ Cd¡nbncps¶¦n Imcyw
        (A´naambn)     Xocpam\n¡s¸Spambn
        cp¶p. ]n¶oShÀ¡v kabw \o«n¡n«pam
        bncp¶nÃ.
9.      C\n \mw Hcp ae¡ns\ ( ZqX\mbn ) ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜًﺎ ﻟﱠﺠﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﺭﹶﺟﹸﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﻟَﻠَﺒﹶﺴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ‬    .٩
        \nivNbn¡pIbmsW¦n Xs¶ B
        ae¡ns\bpw \mw ]pcpjcq]¯nem¡p                                                          ‫ﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﻠْﺒِﺴﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
        ambncp¶p. A§s\ ( C¶v ) AhÀ
        Bib¡pg¸apWvSm¡p¶ hnjb¯nÂ
        (At¸mgpw) \mw AhÀ¡v kwibapWvSm
        ¡p¶XmWv.
10. \n\¡v ap¼v ]e ZqX³amcpw ]cnlkn ‫٠١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪِ ﺍﺳﹾﺘُﻬﹾﺰِﻯﺀﹶ ﺑِﺮﹸﺳﹸﻞٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺤﹶﺎﻕَ ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    ¡s¸«n«pWvSv. F¶n«v Ahsc Ifnbm¡n
    bncp¶hÀ¡v AhÀ ]cnlkn¨p sImWvSn                ‫ﺳﹶﺨِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻬﹾﺰِﺅﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    cp¶sXt´m AXv h¶p`hn ¡pI Xs¶
    sNbvXp.
11. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§Ä `qanbneqsS ‫١١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺳِﲑﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺍنﻈُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
    k©cn¡q. F¶n«v kXy\ntj[nIfpsS
    ]cyhkm\w    F§s\bmbncp¶psh¶v                                       ‫ﻋﹶﺎﻗِﺒﹶﺔُ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻜَﺬﱢﺑِﲔﹶ‬
    t\m¡q.
12. tNmZn¡pI: BImi§fnepw `qanbnep ‫٢١. ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱢﻤﹶﻦ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻗُﻞ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﺘَﺐﹶ‬
    apÅsXÃmw BcpsSXmIp¶p? ]dbpI:
    AÃmlphnsâXs{X. Ah³ ImcpWys¯ َ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ نَﻔْﺴِﻪِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﻟَﻴﹶﺠﹾﻤﹶﻌﹶﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻘِﻴﹶﺎﻣﹶﺔِ ﻻ‬
    kz´w t]cn ( _m[yXbmbn ) tcJs¸
    Sp¯nbncn¡p¶p. DbnÀs¯gp t¶Â]nsâ
     Previous Page                                  First Page                                        Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                              176                             Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                             ‫ﺭﹶﻳﹾﺐﹶ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺧﹶﺴِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
       \mfnte¡v \n§sf Ah³ Hcpan¨pIq«pI
       Xs¶ sN¿pw. AXn bmsXmcp kwib
       hpanÃ. F¶m kztZl§sf¯s¶
       \jvS¯nem¡nbhcs{X AhÀ. AXn\mÂ
       AhÀ hnizkn ¡pIbnÃ.
13. AhsâXmIp¶p cm{Xnbnepw ]Ienepw ‫٣١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺳﹶﻜَﻦﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ‬
    AS§nbsXÃmw. Ah³ FÃmw tIÄ¡p
    ¶h\pw Adnbp¶h\pas{X.                                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬

14. ]dbpI:    BImi§fpsSbpw    `qanbp ِ‫ﺎ ﻓَﺎﻃِﺮِ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬‫٤١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﺗﱠﺨِﺬُ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴ‬
    sSbpw {kjvSmhmb AÃmlpshbÃmsX
    Rm³ c£m[nImcnbmbn kzoIcn¡p ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻳﹸﻄْﻌِﻢﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹸﻄْﻌﹶﻢﹸ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱢﻲﹶ ﺃُﻣِﺮﹾﺕﹸ ﺃَﻥﹾ‬
    Itbm? Ah\mIs« Blmcw \ÂIp¶p.
    Ah¶v     Blmcw     \ÂIs¸SpIbnÃ.      ‫ﺃَﻛُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻭﱠﻝَ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺳﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻜُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛَﲔﹶ‬
    ]dbpI:    XoÀ¨bmbpw   AÃmlphn\v
    Iogvs]«hcn H¶ma\mbncn¡phm\mWv
    Rm³ IÂ]n¡s¸«n«pÅXv. \o Hcn¡epw
    _lpssZhmcm[Icn s]«p t]mIcpXv.
15. ]dbpI: Rm³ Fsâ c£nXmhnt\mSv ٍ‫٥١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱢﻲﹶ ﺃَﺧﹶﺎﻑﹸ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻋﹶﺼﹶﻴﹾﺖﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡ‬
    A\pkcWt¡Sv ImWn¡p¶ ]£w
    `b¦camb Hcp Znhks¯ in£sb¸än                                             ٍ‫ﻋﹶﻈِﻴﻢ‬
    XoÀ¨bmbpw Rm³ `bs¸Sp¶p.
16. At¶ Znhkw Bcn \n¶v AXv (in£) ُ‫٦١. ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹸﺼﹾﺮﹶﻑﹾ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣﹶﺌِﺬٍ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺭﹶﺣِﻤﹶﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻔَﻮﹾﺯ‬
    Hgnhm¡s¸Sp¶pthm Ahs\ AÃmlp
    XoÀ¨bmbpw A\p{Kln ¨ncn¡p¶p.                                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺒِﲔﹸ‬
    AXs{X hyIvXamb hnPbw.
17. (\_ntb,) \n\¡v AÃmlp hà tZmjhpw ‫٧١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻀُﺮﱟ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻛَﺎﺷِﻒﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
    hcp¯nsh¡pIbmsW¦n AXv \o¡w
    sN¿phm³ Ah\ÃmsX aämcpanÃ. \n\¡v     ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺴﹶﺴﹾﻚﹶ ﺑِﺨَﻴﹾﺮٍ ﻓَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗَﺪﹸﻳﺮﹲ‬
    Ah³ hà KpWhpw hcp¯pIbm
    sW¦ntem Ah³ GsXmcp Imcy¯n\pw
    IgnhpÅh\s{X.
18. Ah³ Xsâ Zmk³amcpsS ta                                   ‫٨١. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﻫِﺮﹸ ﻓَﻮﹾﻕَ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻩِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﲑﹸ‬
    ]cam[nImcapÅh\mWv.   bpIvXnam\pw
    kq£vaambn Adnbp¶h\pas{X Ah³.
19. (\_ntb,) tNmZn¡pI: km£y¯n ‫٩١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﻱﱡ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﺷﹶﻬﹶﺎﺩﺓﹰ ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹶﻬِﻴﺪﹲ ﺑِﻴﹾﻨِﻲ‬
    sh¨v Gähpw henbXv GXmIp¶p?
    ]dbpI:   AÃmlphmWv   F\n¡pw ‫ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﺣِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻫﹶﺬَﺍ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹾﺁﻥﹸ ﻷُنﺬِﺭﹶﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ‬
    JpÀB³ F\n¡v Znhyt_m[\ambn ‫ﺑﹶﻠَﻎَ ﺃَﺋِﻨﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﺘَﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺁﻟِﻬﹶﺔً ﺃُﺧﹾﺮﹶﻯ ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ‬
    \n§Ä¡pw CSbn km£n. Cu

  Previous Page                               First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                  177                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation



       ¡pw AXv ( AXnsâ ktµiw ) sNs¶ ‫ﺃَﺷﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹲ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻨِﻲ ﺑﹶﺮِﻱﺀﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ‬
       \ÂIs¸«n«pÅXv, AXv aptJ\ \n§Ä
       ¯p¶ FÃmhÀ¡pw Rm³ ap¶dnbn¸v                                                          ‫ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ‬
       \ÂIp¶Xn\v thWvSnbmIp¶p. AÃmlp
       thmsSm¸w thsd ssZh§fpsWvS¶Xn\v
       bYmÀXvY¯n \n§Ä km£yw hln¡p
       tam? ]dbpI: Rm³ km£yw hln¡pI
       bnÃ. ]dbpI: Ah³ GIssZhw am{Xam
       Ip¶p. \n§Ä Aht\mSv ]¦ptNÀ¡p
       ¶Xpambn F\n¡v bmsXmcp _ÔhpanÃ.
20. \mw thZ{KÙw \ÂInbn«pÅhÀ kz´w ‫٠٢. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺮِﻓُﻮنَﻪﹸ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺮِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    a¡sf Adnbp¶Xv t]mse AXv Adnbp
    ¶pWvSv. kztZl§sf \jvS¯nem¡nb ‫ﺃَﺑﹾﻨﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺧﹶﺴِﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    hcs{X AhÀ. AXn\m AhÀ hnizkn
    ¡pIbnÃ.
21. AÃmlphnsâ t]cn IÅw sI«n¨   ‫١٢. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦِ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺮﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﺬِﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﺬﱠﺏﹶ‬
    abv¡pItbm, Ahsâ ZrjvSm´ §Ä
    XÅn¡fbpItbm sNbvXht\ ¡mÄ                                 ‫ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻔْﻠِﺢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ISp¯ A{Ian BcpWvSv? A{IanIÄ
    hnPbw hcn¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.
22. \mw Ahsc apgph³ Hcpan¨pIq«pIbpw, ْ‫٢٢. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ نَﺤﹾﺸﹸﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺛُﻢﱠ نَﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍ‬
    ]n¶oSv _lpssZhmcm[ItcmSv \n§Ä
    PÂ]n¨v sImWvSncp¶ \n§fpsS hIbm                      ‫ﺃَﻳﹾﻦﹶ ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺂﺅﹸﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺰﹾﻋﹸﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    bpÅ B ]¦mfnIÄ FhnsSsb¶v \mw
    tNmZn¡pIbpw     sN¿p¶     Znhkw
    ( HmÀ¡pI. )
23. A\´cw, AhcpsS KXntISv R§fpsS ‫٣٢. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻦ ﻓِﺘْﻨﹶﺘُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﱠﺎ‬
    c£nXmhmb AÃmlphns\¯s¶bmW
    kXyw, R§Ä ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶hcmbn                                                                ‫ﻣﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
    cp¶nà F¶v ]dbp¶XÃmsX asäm¶p
    ambncn¡nÃ.
24. t\m¡q; AhÀ kz´w t]cn Xs¶ ‫٤٢. ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﻛَﺬَﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺿَﻞﱠ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ‬
    F§s\ IÅw ]dªp F¶v. AhÀ
    Fs´m¶v sI«n¨a¨ncp¶pthm AXh                                             ‫ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    À¡v D]Icn¡msX t]mbncn¡p¶p.
25. \o ]dbp¶Xv {i²n¨v tIÄ¡p¶ Nnecpw ‫٥٢. ﻭﹶﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﻦ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻤِﻊﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    AhcpsS Iq«¯nepWvSv. F¶m AXv
    AhÀ {Kln¡m¯ hn[w AhcpsS ٍ‫ﺃَﻛِﻨﱠﺔً ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻔْﻘَﻬﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻓِﻲ ﺁﺫَﺍنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻗْﺮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺮﹶﻭﹾﺍْ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺁﻳﹶﺔ‬
    lrZb§fn³ta \mw aqSnIÄ CSpIbpw,
    AhcpsS ImXpIfn AS¸v sh¡pIbpw
  Previous Page                                  First Page                                     Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                 178                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation



       IWvSmepw AhcXn hnizkn¡pIbnÃ. ُ‫ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺂﺅﹸﻭﻙَ ﻳﹸﺠﹶﺎﺩِﻟُﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝ‬
       sNbvXncn¡p¶p. Fs´Ãmw ZrjvSm´§Ä

                                               ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﻔَﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹶﺬَﺁ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﺳﹶﺎﻃِﲑﹸ ﺍﻷَﻭﱠﻟِﲔﹶ‬
       A§s\ AhÀ \nsâ ASp¡Â \nt¶mSv
       XÀ¡n ¡phm\mbn h¶m B kXy\n
       tj[n IÄ ]dbpw; CXv ]qÀÆnI³amcpsS
       sI«pIYIfÃmsX asäm¶paà F¶v.
26. AhÀ AXn \n¶v aäpÅhsc XSbp ‫٦٢. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻨﹾﺄَﻭﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹸﻬﹾﻠِﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
    Ibpw, AXn \n¶v (kzbw) AI¶p
    \n¡pIbpw sN¿p¶p. (hmkvXh¯nÂ)                                 ‫ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    AhÀ kztZl§Ä¡v Xs¶ \miapWvSm
    ¡pI am{XamWv sN¿p¶Xv. AhÀ
    (AXns\¸än) t_m[hm³amcmIp¶nÃ.
27. AhÀ \cI¯n¦Â \nÀ¯s¸Sp¶ cwKw ‫٧٢. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶﻯﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﻭﹸﻗِﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻟَﻴﹾﺘَﻨﹶﺎ نُﺮﹶﺩﱡ‬
    \o IWvSncp¶psh¦nÂ! At¸mÄ AhÀ
    ]dbpw: R§Ä ( CltemIt¯¡v )           ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ نُﻜَﺬﱢﺏﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶنَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    H¶p Xncn¨b¡s¸«ncp¶psh¦n F{X
    \¶mbncpt¶s\.     F¦n    R§Ä
    R§fpsS c£nXmhnsâ ZrjvSm´§Ä
    XÅn¡fbmXncn¡pIbpw,       R§Ä
    kXyhnizm knIfpsS Iq«¯nemhp Ibpw
    sN¿pambncp¶p.
28. AÃ; AhÀ ap¼v ad¨psh¨psIm ْ‫٨٢. ﺑﹶﻞْ ﺑﹶﺪﹶﺍ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹸﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺭﹸﺩﱡﻭﺍ‬
    WvSncp¶Xv (Ct¸mÄ) AhÀ¡v shfns¸
    «ncn¡p¶p. Xncn¨b¡s¸«m Xs¶bpw                ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﻟِﻤﹶﺎ نُﻬﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻜَﺎﺫِﺑﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AhÀ F´n \ns¶ms¡ hne¡
    s¸«pthm AXnte¡v Xs¶ AhÀ aS§n
    t¸mIp¶XmWv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AhÀ IÅw
    ]dbp¶hcmIp¶p.
29. AhÀ ]dªncp¶p; R§fpsS sFlnI ‫٩٢. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺣﹶﻴﹶﺎﺗُﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ نَﺤﹾﻦﹸ‬
    PohnXaÃmsX bmsXm¶panÃ. R§Ä
    DbnÀs¯gpt¶Â]n¡    s¸Sp¶hcpaà                                             ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺒﹾﻌﹸﻮﺛِﲔﹶ‬
    F¶v.
30. AhÀ AhcpsS c£nXmhnsâ ap¼n ‫٠٣. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶﻯ ﺇِﺫْ ﻭﹸﻗِﻔُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻫﹶﺬَﺍ‬
    \nÀ¯s¸Sp¶ cwKw \o IWvSncps¶
    ¦nÂ! Ah³ tNmZn¡pw.: CXv bYmÀXvYw ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﻠَﻰ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱢﻨﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻓَﺬُﻭﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
    Xs¶btÃ? AhÀ ]dbpw: AsX;
    R§fpsS c£nXmhns\ Xs¶bmW                                                       ‫ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    kXyw. Ah³ ]dbpw: F¶m \n§Ä
    Ahnizkn¨p sImWvSncp¶Xv \nan¯w
    in£ BkzZn¨v sImÅpI.

  Previous Page                                  First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                179                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


31. AÃmlphpambpÅ         IqSn¡mgvNsb ‫١٣. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﺴِﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻠِﻘَﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫَﺍ‬
    \ntj[n¨p    XÅnbhÀ      XoÀ¨bmbpw
    \jvS¯n     s]«ncn¡p¶p.    A§s\ ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﻋﹶﺔُ ﺑﹶﻐْﺘَﺔً ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺴﹾﺮﹶﺗَﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    s]s«¶v B kabw hs¶¯pt¼mÄ
    AhÀ ]dbpw: R§Ä CXv kw_Ôn¨ ‫ﻓَﺮﱠﻃْﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻤِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻭﹾﺯَﺍﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
    Imcy¯n hogvN hcp¯nbXn\m tlm!
    R§Ä¡v IjvSw! AhÀ AhcpsS                                  ‫ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭِﻫِﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻَ ﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺰِﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    ]m]`mc§Ä AhcpsS apXpIpIfnÂ
    hln¡p¶pWvSmbncn¡pw. AhÀ t]dp¶
    `mcw F{Xtbm No¯!
32. sFlnIPohnXsa¶Xv Ifnbpw hnt\mZ ‫٢٣. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟَﻌِﺐﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹾﻮﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻠﺪﱠﺍﺭﹸ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓﹸ‬
    hpaÃmsX   asäm¶paÃ.   ]mc{XnI
    temIamWv kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ¡v                              ‫ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹲ ﻟﱢﻠﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    D¯aambn«pÅXv. \n§sf´mWv Nn´n
    ¡m¯Xv?
33. (\_ntb,) AhÀ ]dbp¶Xv \n\¡v َ‫٣٣. ﻗَﺪﹾ نَﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻴﹶﺤﹾﺰﹸنُﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻻ‬
    hyk\apWvSm¡p¶pWvSv F¶v XoÀ¨
    bmbpw \ap¡v Adnbmw. F¶m (bYmÀ ‫ﻳﹸﻜَﺬﱢﺑﹸﻮنَﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻟَﻜِﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﺤﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    XvY¯nÂ) \ns¶bà AhÀ \ntj[n¨p
    XÅp¶Xv, {]XypX, AÃmlphnsâ ZrjvSm
    ´§sfbmWv B A{IanIÄ \ntj[n
    ¡p¶Xv.
34. \n\¡v ap¼pw ZqX³amÀ \ntj[n¡ ‫٤٣. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻛُﺬﱢﺑﹶﺖﹾ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺼﹶﺒﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    s¸«n«pWvSv. F¶n«v X§Ä \ntj[n¡
    s¸SpIbpw, aÀ±n¡s¸SpIbpw sNbvXXv َ‫ﻛُﺬﱢﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺃُﻭﺫُﻭﺍْ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺃَﺗَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ نَﺼﹾﺮﹸنَﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺪﱢﻝ‬
    \½psS klmbw AhÀ¡v hs¶¯p¶Xv
    hsc AhÀ kln¨p. AÃmlphnsâ                ‫ﻟِﻜَﻠِﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟَﻘﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﻣِﻦ نﱠﺒﹶﺈِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺮﹾﺳﹶﻠِﲔﹶ‬
    hN\§Ä¡v (IÂ]\IÄ¡v ) amäw
    hcp¯m³ Bcpw Xs¶bnÃ. ssZhZqX
    ³amcpsS hr¯m´ §fn NneXv \n\¡v
    h¶p In«nbn«pWvStÃm.
35. AhÀ ]n´ncnªv Ifbp¶Xv \n\¡v ‫٥٣. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻛَﺒﹸﺮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﺇِﻋﹾﺮﹶﺍﺿُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﺈِﻥِ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻄَﻌﹾﺖﹶ‬
    ZpÊlambn tXm¶p¶psh¦n `qanbnÂ
    ( Cd§nt¸mIphm³ ) Hcp Xpc¦tam, ‫ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺒﹾﺘَﻐِﻲﹶ نَﻔَﻘًﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺳﹸﻠﱠﻤﹰﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ‬
    BImi¯v ( Ibdnt¸mIphm³ ) Hcp
    tImWntbm tXSn¸nSn¨n«v AhÀs¡mcp ‫ﻓَﺘَﺄْﺗِﻴﹶﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻟَﺠﹶﻤﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ‬
    ZrjvSm´w sImWvSp h¶psImSp¡m³
    \n\¡v km[n¡p¶ ]£w ( AX§v                                      ‫ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻜُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠﹶﺎﻫِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
    sNbvtX¡pI. ) AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncp¶p
    sh¦n     Ahscsbms¡      Ah³
    k³amÀK¯n Hcpan¨pIq«pI Xs¶
  Previous Page                                First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                   180                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       sN¿pambncp¶p. AXn\m \o Hcn¡epw
       AhnthInIfn s]«p t]mIcpXv.
36. tIÄ¡p¶hÀ am{Xta D¯cw \ÂIp ‫٦٣. ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺠِﻴﺐﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﻤﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺗَﻰ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻌﹶﺜُﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    IbpÅq. acn¨hscbmIs« AÃmlp DbnÀ
    s¯gpt¶Â]n¡p¶ XmWv. F¶n«v Ah¦                                       ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻳﹸﺮﹾﺟﹶﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    te¡v AhÀ aS¡s¸SpIbpw sN¿pw.

37. Chsâ ta Chsâ c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v ‫٧٣. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾﻻَ نُﺰﱢﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻪِ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻗَﺎﺩِﺭﹲ‬
    GsX¦nepw ZrjvSm´w Cd¡s¸Sm¯X
    ´mWv F¶hÀ tNmZn¡p¶p. ]dbpI:            ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝٍ ﺁﻳﹶﺔً ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    XoÀ¨bmbpw   AÃmlp    ZrjvSm´w
    Cd¡phm³ IgnhpÅh\mWv. ]s£,
    Ahcn A[nIt]cpw (bmYmÀXvYyw)
    Adnbp¶nÃ.

38. `qanbnepÅ GsXmcp P´phpw, cWvSv ‫٨٣. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹶﺁﺑﱠﺔٍ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻃَﺎﺋِﺮٍ ﻳﹶﻄِﲑﹸ‬
    NndIpIÄ sImWvSv ]d¡p¶ GsXmcp
    ]£nbpw     \n§sft¸msebpÅ    Nne ‫ﺑِﺠﹶﻨﹶﺎﺣﹶﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃُﻣﹶﻢﹲ ﺃَﻣﹾﺜَﺎﻟُﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻓَﺮﱠﻃْﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
    kaql§Ä am{XamIp¶p. {KÙ¯nÂ
    \mw bmsXm¶pw hogvN hcp¯nbn«nÃ.         ‫ﺍﻟﻜِﺘَﺎﺏِ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    ]n¶oSv X§fpsS c£nXmhn¦te¡v AhÀ
    Hcpan¨pIq«s¸Sp¶XmWv.

39. \½psS ZrjvSm´§sf \ntj[n¨hÀ ِ‫٩٣. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺻﹸﻢﱞ ﻭﹶﺑﹸﻜْﻢﹲ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕ‬
    _[nccpw DuaIfpw Ccp«pIfn AIs¸«
    hcpas{X. Xm³ Dt±in¡p ¶hsc ‫ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺈِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﻀْﻠِﻠْﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺄْ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠْﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬
    AÃmlp hgntISnem¡pw. Xm³ Dt±in¡p
    ¶hsc Ah³ t\ÀamÀK¯n em¡pIbpw                                      ٍ‫ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
    sN¿pw.

40. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§sfm¶v ]dªp ‫٠٤. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺘُﻜُﻢ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺗَﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺃَﺗَﺘْﻜُﻢﹸ‬
    Xcq; AÃmlphnsâ in£ \n§Ä¡v
    h¶p`hn¨mÂ, Asæn A´ykabw           ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎﻋﹶﺔُ ﺃَﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺗَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
    \n§Ä¡v hs¶¯nbm AÃmlphÃm
    ¯hsc \n§Ä hnfn¨v {]mÀXvYn¡ptam ?
    ( ]dbq; ) \n§Ä kXykÔcmsW¦nÂ.

41. CÃ, Ahs\ am{Xta \n§Ä hnfn¨v ‫١٤. ﺑﹶﻞْ ﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻩﹸ ﺗَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓَﻴﹶﻜْﺸِﻒﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻥﹾ‬
    {]mÀXvYn¡pIbpÅq. At¸mÄ Ah³
    Dt±in¡p¶ ]£w GsXmcp hnja                                 ‫ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺗَﻨﺴﹶﻮﹾﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¯nsâ t]cn \n§fhs\ hnfn¨v
    {]mÀXvYn¡p¶pthm AXh³ ZqcoIcn¨v
    Xcp¶XmWv. \n§Ä ( Aht\mSv )
  Previous Page                                   First Page                                      Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                  181                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶hsb \n§Ä ( At¸mÄ )
       ad¶pIfbpw.
42. \n\¡v ap¼v \mw ]e kaql §fnte¡pw ‫٢٤. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺃَﺭﹾﺳﹶﻠﻨﹶﺂ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃُﻣﹶﻢٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
    (ZqX³amsc) Ab¨n«pWvSv. A\´cw
    Ahsc (B kaql§sf) IjvS¸mSpw                      ‫ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒﹶﺄْﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻀﱠﺮﱠﺍﺀ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘَﻀَﺮﱠﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ZpcnXhpw sImWvSv \mw ]nSnIqSn; AhÀ
    hn\bioecmbn¯ocp hm³ thWvSn.
43. A§s\ AhÀ¡v \½psS in£ ‫٣٤. ﻓَﻠَﻮﹾﻻ ﺇِﺫْ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺑﹶﺄْﺳﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﺗَﻀَﺮﱠﻋﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﻗَﺴﹶﺖﹾ‬
    hs¶¯nbt¸mÄ Ahsc´mWv Xmgva
    bpÅhcmImXncp¶Xv ? F¶m AhcpsS  ‫ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺯَﻳﱠﻦﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    lrZb§Ä ISp¯pt]mIpIbmWpWvSmbXv.
    AhÀ sNbvXv sImWvSncp¶Xv ]nimNv
    AhÀ¡v `wKn bmbn tXm¶n¡pIbpw
    sNbvXp.

44. A§s\ AhtcmSv DÂt_m[n¸n¡s¸« ‫٤٤. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ نَﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺫُﻛﱢﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﺘَﺤﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَﺑﹾﻮﹶﺍﺏﹶ ﻛُﻞﱢ‬
    Imcy§Ä AhÀ ad¶pIfªt¸mÄ
    FÃm Imcy§fpsSbpw hmXnepIÄ \mw ً‫ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻓَﺮِﺣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬْنَﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﺑﹶﻐْﺘَﺔ‬
    AhÀ¡v Xpd¶psImSp¯p. A§s\
    AhÀ¡v \ÂIs¸«Xn AhÀ BËmZw                                                  ‫ﻓَﺈِﺫَﺍ ﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﺒﹾﻠِﺴﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    sImWvSt¸mÄ s]s«¶v \mw Ahsc
    ]nSnIqSn. At¸mÄ AhcXm \ncmis¸«
    hcmbn¯ocp¶p.

45. A§s\ B A{IanIfmb P\X \ntÈjw ‫٥٤. ﻓَﻘُﻄِﻊﹶ ﺩﹶﺍﺑِﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻇَﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻤﹾﺪﹸ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺭﹶﺏﱢ‬
    \in¸n¡s¸«p.       temIc£nXmhmb
    AÃmlphn¶v kvXpXn.                                                                      ‫ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬

46. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§Ä Nn´n¨v ‫٦٤. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺧﹶﺬَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻤﹾﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻛُﻢﹾ‬
    t\m¡ntbm?    AÃmlp     \n§fpsS
    tIÄhnbpw ImgvNIfpw ]nSns¨Sp¡p ِ‫ﻭﹶﺧﹶﺘَﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻗُﻠُﻮﺑِﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﻦﹾ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹲ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻴﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻪ‬
    Ibpw, \n§fpsS lrZb§fn³taÂ
    Ah³ ap{Zsh¡pIbpw sN¿p¶ ]£w           ‫ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ نُﺼﹶﺮﱢﻑﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺼﹾﺪِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    AÃmlphÃmsX GsXmcp ssZhamWv
    \n§Ä¡Xv sImWvSph¶v Xcm\pÅXv?
    t\m¡q: GsXÃmw hn[¯n \mw
    sXfnhpIÄ      hnhcn¨psImSp¡p¶p.
    F¶n«pw AhÀ ]n´ncnªv Ifbp¶p.

47. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§sfm¶v ]dªp ‫٧٤. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺘَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺗَﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺑﹶﻐْﺘَﺔً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺟﹶﻬﹾﺮﹶﺓﹰ‬
    Xcq; \n§Ä¡v AhnNmcn Xambnt«m
    {]Xy£ambnt«m AÃmlp hnsâ in£
  Previous Page                                  First Page                                     Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                182                                 Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                           ‫ﻫﹶﻞْ ﻳﹸﻬﹾﻠَﻚﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
       hs¶¯p¶ ]£w A{Ian Ifmb
       P\hn`mKaÃmsX \in¸n¡ s¸Sptam ?
48. kt´mjhmÀ¯          Adnbn¡p¶hcpw,         ‫٨٤. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ نُﺮﹾﺳِﻞُ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺮﹾﺳﹶﻠِﲔﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺸﱢﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻨﺬِﺭِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ‬
    Xm¡oXv \ÂIp¶hcpw Bbn«ÃmsX \mw
                                               ‫ﺁﻣﹶﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺢﹶ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺧﹶﻮﹾﻑﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﺰﹶنُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ZqX³amsc Ab¡p¶nÃ. F¶n«v BÀ
    hnizkn¡pIbpw, \ne]mSv \¶m¡n
    ¯oÀ¡pIbpw sNbvXpthm AhÀ¡v
    bmsXm¶pw `bs¸Sm\nÃ.AhÀ ZpxJn
    t¡WvSn hcnIbpanÃ.
49. F¶m       \½psS     ZrjvSm´§sf          ْ‫٩٤. ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻤﹶﺴﱡﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹸ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
    \ntj[n¨v Ifªhcmtcm AhÀ¡v in£
                                                                                                        ‫ﻳﹶﻔْﺴﹸﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    _m[n¡p¶XmWv; AhÀ [n¡mcnIfmb
    Xnsâ ^eambn«v.
50. ]dbpI: AÃmlphnsâ JP\mhpIÄ                ‫٠٥. ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ ﺃَﻗُﻮﻝُ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻱ ﺧﹶﺰﹶﺁﺋِﻦﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻻ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ‬
    Fsâ ]¡epsWvS¶v Rm³ \n§tfmSv
                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐﹶ ﻭﹶﻻ ﺃَﻗُﻮﻝُ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻣﹶﻠَﻚﹲ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﺗﱠﺒِﻊﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    ]dbp¶nÃ.      AZriyImcyw      Rm³
    AdnbpIbpanÃ. Rm³ Hcp ae¡mWv
                                             ‫ﻳﹸﻮﺣﹶﻰ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹶﻞْ ﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﻮِﻱ ﺍﻷَﻋﹾﻤﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺼِﲑﹸ‬
    F¶pw \n§tfmSv ]dbp¶nÃ. F\n¡v
    t_m[\w       \ÂIs¸Sp¶Xns\bÃmsX
                                                                                               ‫ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺘَﻔَﻜﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    Rm³ ]n´pScp¶nÃ. ]dbpI: AÔ\pw
    ImgvNbpÅh\pw kaamIptam ? \n§sf
    ´mWv Nn´n¨v t\m¡m¯Xv?
51. X§fpsS c£nXmhn¦te¡v Hcpan¨p              ‫١٥. ﻭﹶﺃَنﺬِﺭﹾ ﺑِﻪِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    Iq«s¸Spsa¶v `bs¸Sp¶hÀ¡v CXv
                                                 ‫ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺩﹸﻭنِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱞ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺷﹶﻔِﻴﻊﹲ ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    (Znhyt_m[\w) aptJ\ \o Xm¡oXv \Â
    IpI. Ah¶p ]pdsa bmsXmcp c£m[n
    Imcnbpw ip]mÀiI\pw AhÀ¡nÃ. AhÀ
    kq£vaX ]men¡p¶ hcmtb¡mw.
52. X§fpsS     c£nXmhnsâ      A\p{Klw        ‫٢٥. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻄْﺮﹸﺩِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻐَﺪﹶﺍﺓِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺸِﻲﱢ‬
    e£yam¡ns¡mWvSv cmhnsebpw sshIp
                                             ٍ‫ﻳﹸﺮِﻳﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬﹶﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺑِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
    t¶chpw      Aht\mSv      {]mÀXvYn¨p
    sImWvSncn¡p¶hsc \o B«nbIäcpXv.
                                             ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺑِﻚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻓَﺘَﻄْﺮﹸﺩﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
    AhcpsS IW¡v t\mt¡WvS bmsXmcp
    _m[yXbpw \n\¡nÃ. \nsâ IW¡v
                                                                                       ‫ﻓَﺘَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    t\mt¡WvS bmsXmcp _m[yXbpw AhÀ
    ¡panÃ. F¦netà \o Ahsc B«nbI
    täWvSn hcp¶Xv? A§s\ sN¿p¶ ]£w
    \o A{IanIfn s]«h \mbncn¡pw.
53. A{]Imcw     Ahcn    Nnesc      aäp      ‫٣٥. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻓَﺘَﻨﱠﺎ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻟﱢﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻟﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﻣﹶﻦﱠ‬
    Nnescs¡mWvSv \mw ]co£W hnt[bcm
                                              ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨِﻨﹶﺎ ﺃﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﺄَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟﺸﱠﺎﻛِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    ¡nbncn¡p¶p. R§fpsS CSbn \n¶v
    AÃmlp A\p{Kln ¨n«pÅXv C¡q«sc
    bmtWm F¶v AhÀ ]dbphm³ thWvSn
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                              183                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

    bs{X AXv. \µnImWn¡p¶hsc¸än
    AÃmlp \Ãh®w Adnbp¶h\Ãtbm ?
54. \½psS ZrjvSm´§fn hnizkn¡p ‫٤٥. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻙَ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﻘُﻞْ ﺳﹶﻼﹶﻡﹲ‬
    ¶hÀ \nsâ ASp¡Â h¶m \o
    ]dbpI: \n§Ä¡v kam[m\apWvSmbn ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻛَﺘَﺐﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ نَﻔْﺴِﻪِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔَ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ‬
    cn¡s«.      \n§fpsS     c£nXmhv
    ImcpWys¯ Xsâ ta (_m[yXbmbn) ِ‫ﻋﹶﻤِﻞَ ﻣِﻨﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻮﺀﹰﺍ ﺑِﺠﹶﻬﹶﺎﻟَﺔٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺗَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻩ‬
    \nivNbn¨ncn¡p¶p. AXmbXv \n§fnÂ
    \n¶msc¦nepw AhnthI¯m hà                                    ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﺻﹾﻠَﺢﹶ ﻓَﺄَنﱠﻪﹸ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    Xn³abpw      sNbvXp  t]mIpIbpw
    F¶n«Xn\v tijw ]ivNm¯]n¡pIbpw,
    \ne]mSv \¶m¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw sN¿p¶
    ]£w Ah³ Gsd s]mdp¡p ¶h\pw
    IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
55. A{]Imcw \mw sXfnhpIÄ hniZoIcn¨v ُ‫٥٥. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ نﻔَﺼﱢﻞُ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﻟِﺘَﺴﹾﺘَﺒِﲔﹶ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
    Xcp¶p.     IpähmfnIfpsS  amÀKw
    hyIvXambn thÀ Xncnªv ImWphm³                                          ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺠﹾﺮِﻣِﲔﹶ‬
    thWvSnbpamIp¶p AXv.
56. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa ِ‫٦٥. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱢﻲ نُﻬِﻴﺖﹸ ﺃَﻥﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺗَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥ‬
    \n§Ä     hnfn¨p   {]mÀXvYn¡p¶hsc
    Bcm[n¡p¶Xn \n¶v XoÀ¨bmbpw ْ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ ﺃَﺗﱠﺒِﻊﹸ ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀﻛُﻢﹾ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺿَﻠَﻠْﺖﹸ ﺇِﺫًﺍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنَﺎ‬
    Rm³ hne¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p. ]dbpI:
    \n§fpsS      X¶njvS§sf       Rm³                                            ‫ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    ]n´pScpIbnÃ. A§s\ sN¿p¶ ]£w
    Rm³ ]ng¨p Ignªp; k³amÀKw
    {]m]n¨hcpsS     Iq«¯n       Rm³
    Bbncn¡pIbpanÃ.
57. ]dbpI: XoÀ¨bmbpw Fsâ c£nXm ‫٧٥. ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺑﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺔٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹾﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻱ‬
    hn¦Â \n¶pÅ hyIvXamb {]amW
    ¯n³taemWv     Rm³.     \n§fmIs«, ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﻌﹾﺠِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﻥِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﻜْﻢﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﻘُﺺﱡ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱠ‬
    AXns\ \ntj[n¨v Ifªncn¡p¶p.
    \n§Ä Fs´m¶n\v thWvSn XnSp¡w                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﻴﹾﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﻔَﺎﺻِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
    Iq«p¶pthm AXv (in£) Fsâ ]¡enÃ.
    ( AXnsâ ) Xocpam\m[nImcw AÃmlp
    hn\v   am{XamWv.  Ah³      kXyw
    hnhcn¨pXcp¶p. Ah\s{X XoÀ¸pIÂ
    ]n¡ ¶hcn D¯a³.
58. ]dbpI: \n§Ä XnSp¡w Iq«ns¡m ‫٨٥. ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱠﻮﹾ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻋِﻨﺪِﻱ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﻌﹾﺠِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻟَﻘُﻀِﻲﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﺮﹸ‬
    WvSncn¡p¶ Imcyw Fsâ ]¡epWvSm
    bncp¶psh¦n Fsâbpw \n§fpsSbpw                ‫ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨِﻲ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    CSbn     Imcyw  Xocpam\n¡s¸«p
  Previous Page                               First Page                                   Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem              184                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       Ignªncp¶p. AÃmlp A{IanIsf¸än
       \Ãh®w Adnbp¶h\s{X.
59. Ahsâ      ]¡emIp¶p      AZriyImcy      ‫٩٥. ﻭﹶﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻩﹸ ﻣﹶﻔَﺎﺗِﺢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
    ¯nsâ JP\mhpIÄ. Ah\ÃmsX Ah
                                           ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺮﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺗَﺴﹾﻘُﻂُ ﻣِﻦ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﻗَﺔٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻬﹶﺎ‬
    AdnbpIbnÃ. Icbnepw ISenepapÅXv
    Ah³ Adnbp¶p. Ah\dnbmsX Hcp Ce
                                           َ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺣﹶﺒﱠﺔٍ ﻓِﻲ ﻇُﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺭﹶﻃْﺐٍ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
    t]mepw hogp¶nÃ. `qanbnse Ccp«pIÄ
    ¡pÅnencn¡p¶ Hcp [m\yaWnbmIs«,
                                                                              ٍ‫ﻳﹶﺎﺑِﺲٍ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏٍ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔ‬
    ]¨tbm, DW§n btXm Bb GsXmcp
    hkvXphmIs«, hyIvXamb Hcp tcJbnÂ
    FgpXs¸« Xmbn«ÃmsX DWvSmhnÃ.
60. Ah\s{X cm{Xnbn ( Dd§pt¼mÄ )           ‫٠٦. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﹶﺘَﻮﹶﻓﱠﺎﻛُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞِ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺮﹶﺣﹾﺘُﻢ‬
    \n§sf ]qÀ®ambn GsäSp¡p¶h³.
                                           ‫ﻰ ﺛُﻢﱠ‬‫ﺑِﺎﻟﻨﱠﻬﹶﺎﺭِ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻌﹶﺜُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﻟِﻴﹸﻘْﻀَﻰ ﺃَﺟﹶﻞٌ ﻣﱡﺴﹶﻤ‬
    ]Ien \n§Ä {]hÀ¯n¨sXÃmw Ah³
    AdnbpIbpw sN¿p¶p. ]n¶oSv \nÀWn
                                                    ‫ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻣﹶﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻜُﻢﹾ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺒﱢﺌُﻜُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Xamb PohnXmh[n ]qÀ¯n bm¡s¸Sp
    hm³ thWvSn ]Ien \n§sf Ah³
    Fgpt¶Â]n¡p¶p. ]n¶oSv Ah¦te
    ¡mWv \n§fpsS aS¡w. A\´cw
    \n§Ä sNbvXv sImWvSncn¡p¶Xns\
    ¸änsbÃmw Ah³ \n§sf Adnbn¡p
    Ibpw sN¿pw.
61. Ah\s{X Xsâ Zmk³amcpsS ta              ً‫١٦. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﻫِﺮﹸ ﻓَﻮﹾﻕَ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻩِ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺮﹾﺳِﻞُ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﺣﹶﻔَﻈَﺔ‬
    ]cam[nImcapÅh³. \n§fpsS taÂ
                                           ‫ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰﹶ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺎﺀ ﺃَﺣﹶﺪﹶﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕﹸ ﺗَﻮﹶﻓﱠﺘْﻪﹸ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻠُﻨﹶﺎ‬
    t\m«¯n\mbn Ah³ Imh¡msc
    Ab¡pIbpw       sN¿p¶p.    A§s\
                                                                                           ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﻔَﺮﱢﻃُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    Ahcn HcmÄ¡v acWw hs¶¯p
    t¼mÄ \½psS ZqX³amÀ ( ae¡pIÄ )
    Ahs\      ]qÀ®ambn     GsäSp¡p¶p.
    (A¡m cy¯nÂ) AhÀ Hcp hogvNbpw
    hcp¯pIbnÃ.
62. F¶n«v AhÀ bYmÀXvY c£m[n                ‫٢٦. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺭﹸﺩﱡﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﻮﹾﻻَﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺃَﻻَ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﻜْﻢﹸ‬
    Imcnbmb AÃmlphnte¡v Xncn¨b
                                                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﺳﹾﺮﹶﻉﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺎﺳِﺒِﲔﹶ‬
    ¡s¸Spw. AdnbpI: Ah¶s{X Xocpam
    \m[nImcw. Ah³ AXnthKw IW¡v
    t\m¡p¶h\s{X.
63. ]dbpI: CXn \n¶v ( Cu hn]¯pIfn        ِ‫٣٦. ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺠﱢﻴﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﻇُﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺮﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮ‬
    \n¶v ) AÃmlp R§sf c£s¸Sp¯p
                                           ِ‫ﺗَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮنَﻪﹸ ﺗَﻀَﺮﱡﻋﺎً ﻭﹶﺧﹸﻔْﻴﹶﺔً ﻟﱠﺌِﻦﹾ ﺃَﳒَﺎنَﺎ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩ‬
    IbmsW¦n XoÀ¨bmbpw R§Ä \µn
    bpÅhcpsS Iq«¯n Bbns¡mÅmw.
                                                                                   ‫ﻟَﻨﹶﻜُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺎﻛِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    F¶v ]dªpsImWvSv Aht\mSv \n§Ä
    XmgvatbmsSbpw clkyambpw {]mÀXvYn
    ¡p¶ kab¯v Icbnsebpw ISensebpw
  Previous Page               First Page                                                              Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                               185                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

    AÔImc §fn \n¶v \n§sf
    c£n¡p¶Xv BcmWv?
64. ]dbpI: AÃmlphmWv AhbnÂ\n¶pw ‫٤٦. ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺠﱢﻴﻜُﻢ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﻛَﺮﹾﺏٍ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ‬
    asäÃm ZpcnX§fn \n¶pw \n§sf
    c£n¡p¶Xv. F¶n«pw \n§fht\mSv                                                  ‫ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶phtÃm.
65. ]dbpI: \n§fpsS apIÄ `mK¯v \nt¶m, ‫٥٦. ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﺎﺩِﺭﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻌﹶﺚﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﱢﻦ‬
    \n§fpsS ImepIfpsS Nph«n \nt¶m
    \n§fpsS ta in£ Ab¡phm³, ‫ﻓَﻮﹾﻗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﺗَﺤﹾﺖِ ﺃَﺭﹾﺟﹸﻠِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﻠْﺒِﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    Asæn \n§sf `n¶I£nIfm¡n
    Bib¡pg¸¯n em¡pIbpw, \n§fn ‫ﺷِﻴﹶﻌﺎً ﻭﹶﻳﹸﺬِﻳﻖﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀَﻜُﻢ ﺑﹶﺄْﺱﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﺍنﻈُﺮﹾ ﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ‬
    NneÀ¡v    aäp    NnecpsS   ]oU\w
    A\p`hn¸n¡pIbpw sN¿m³ IgnhpÅ                               ‫نُﺼﹶﺮﱢﻑﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻔْﻘَﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    h\s{X Ah³. t\m¡q; AhÀ {Kln¡p
    hm³ thWvSn \mw sXfnhpIÄ hnhn[ cq]
    ¯n hnhcn¨psImSp¡p¶Xv F§s\
    bmsW¶v!
66. (\_ntb,) \nsâ P\X CXv kXyambn ‫٦٦. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬﱠﺏﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹸﻚﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻗُﻞ ﻟﱠﺴﹾﺖﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ‬
    cns¡ CXns\ \ntj[n¨v Ifªn
    cn¡p¶p. ]dbpI: Rm³ \n§ fpsS ta                                                   ٍ‫ﺑِﻮﹶﻛِﻴﻞ‬
    (D¯chmZn¯w) GÂ]n¡ s¸«hs\m¶p
    aÃ.
67. Hmtcm hr¯m´¯n\pw AXv (kXyambn )                                     ‫٧٦. ﻟﱢﻜُﻞﱢ نَﺒﹶﺈٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘَﺮﱞ ﻭﹶﺳﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ]pecp¶ Hcp kµÀ`apWvSv. hgnsb
    \n§Ä AXdnªp sImÅpw.
68. \½psS    ZrjvSm´§sf        A]lkn ‫٨٦. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺭﹶﺃَﻳﹾﺖﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺨُﻮﺿُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻓَﺄَﻋﹾﺮِﺽﹾ‬
    ¡p¶Xn apgpInbhsc \o IWvSmÂ
    AhÀ aäp hà hÀ¯ am\¯nepw ‫ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﺨُﻮﺿُﻮﺍْ ﻓِﻲ ﺣﹶﺪِﻳﺚٍ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮِﻩِ ﻭﹶﺇِﻣﱠﺎ‬
    {]thin¡p¶Xv hsc \o Ahcn \n¶v
    XncnªpIfbpI. C\n hÃt¸mgpw \ns¶ ‫ﻳﹸﻨﺴِﻴﹶﻨﱠﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥﹸ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻘْﻌﹸﺪﹾ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﻛْﺮﹶﻯ ﻣﹶﻊﹶ‬
    ]nimNv ad¸n¨v Ifbp¶ ]£w HmÀa
    h¶Xn\v tijw A{IanIfmb B                                                   ‫ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    BfpIfpsS IqsS \o Ccn¡cpXv.
69. kq£vaX ]men¡p¶hÀ¡v AhcpsS ٍ‫٩٦. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﺣِﺴﹶﺎﺑِﻬِﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
    (A{IanIfpsS) IW¡v t\mt¡WvS
    bmsXmcp     _m[yXbpanÃ.  ]s£,                     ‫ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦ ﺫِﻛْﺮﹶﻯ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    HmÀan¸nt¡WvSXpWvSv. AhÀ kq£vaX
    bpÅhcmtb¡mw.
70. X§fpsS aXs¯ Ifnbpw hnt\mZ ‫٠٧. ﻭﹶﺫَﺭِ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺍﺗﱠﺨَﺬُﻭﺍْ ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻟَﻌِﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻟَﻬﹾﻮﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻏَﺮﱠﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    hpam¡n¯oÀ¡pIbpw, sFlnIPohnXw
  Previous Page                                First Page                                            Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem               186                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺫَﻛﱢﺮﹾ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃَﻥ ﺗُﺒﹾﺴﹶﻞَ نَﻔْﺲﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ‬
    IWvSv    h©nXcmIpIbpw     sNbvXn«p
    Åhsc hnt«¡pI. GsXmcp BXvamhpw
                                            ‫ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ ﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻲﱞ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺷﹶﻔِﻴﻊﹲ‬
    kzbw sNbvXp sh¨Xnsâ ^eambn
    \mi¯nte¡v XÅs¸Spsa¶Xn\m CXv
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗَﻌﹾﺪِﻝْ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻝٍ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﺧﹶﺬْ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    (JpÀB³) aptJ\ \o DÂt_m[\w
    \S¯pI. AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa B
                                            ٍ‫ﺃُﺑﹾﺴِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹸﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺷﹶﺮﹶﺍﺏﹲ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻤِﻴﻢ‬
    BXvamhn\v bmsXmcp c£m[nImcnbpw
    ip]mÀiI\pw DWvSmbncn¡p¶XÃ. FÃm
                                                                    ‫ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺃَﻟِﻴﻢﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    hn[ {]mbivNn¯hpw \ÂInbmepw B
    BXvamhn \n¶Xv kzoIcn¡s¸SpIbnÃ.
    kzbw sNbvXv sh¨Xnsâ ^eambn
    \mi¯nte¡v XÅs¸«hcs{X AhÀ.
    AhÀ \ntj[n¨ncp¶Xnsâ ^eambn
    Np«ps]mÅp¶ IpSn\ocpw thZ\mP\
    Iamb in£bpamWv AhÀ ¡pWvSm
    bncn¡pI.
71. ]dbpI: AÃmlphn\v ]pdsa R§Ä¡v            ‫١٧. ﻗُﻞْ ﺃَنَﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﻔَﻌﹸﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻳﹶﻀُﺮﱡنَﺎ‬
    D]Imctam, D]{Zhtam sN¿m³ IgnhnÃm
                                            ‫ﻭﹶنُﺮﹶﺩﱡ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﻋﹾﻘَﺎﺑِﻨﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪﹶ ﺇِﺫْ ﻫﹶﺪﹶﺍنَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻛَﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
    ¯Xns\ R§Ä hnfn¨v {]mÀXvYn¡p
    Itbm? AÃmlp R§sf t\Àhgnbn
                                            ‫ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻬﹾﻮﹶﺗْﻪﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹶﺎﻃِﲔﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺮﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﻟَﻪﹸ‬
    em¡nbXn\p tijw R§Ä ]pdtIm«v
    aS¡s¸SpItbm? ( F¶n«v ) ]nimNp¡Ä
                                            ‫ﺃَﺻﹾﺤﹶﺎﺏﹲ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮنَﻪﹸ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﺋْﺘِﻨﹶﺎ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻫﹸﺪﹶﻯ‬
    X«n¯ncn¨p sImWvSp t]mbn«v `qanbnÂ
    AÔmfn¨v Ignbp¶ Hcp¯s\t¸mse
                                                     ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﺪﹶﻯﹶ ﻭﹶﺃُﻣِﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻟِﻨﹸﺴﹾﻠِﻢﹶ ﻟِﺮﹶﺏﱢ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    (R§fmhpItbm?) R§fpsS ASpt¯
    ¡v hcq F¶p ]dªpsImWvSv Ahs\
    t\Àhgn    bnte¡v    £Wn¨psImWvSn
    cn¡p¶ Nne Iq«pIm cpWvSv Ah¶v.
    ]dbpI: XoÀ¨ bmbpw AÃmlphnsâ
    amÀKZÀi\amWv bYmÀXvY amÀKZÀi\w.
    temIc£n Xmhn\v Iogvs]Sp hm\mWv
    R§Ä IÂ]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶Xv.
72. \n§Ä       \akvImcw     apd{]Imcw       ِ‫٢٧. ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﹾ ﺃَﻗِﻴﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻼﺓﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
    \nÀhln¡Wsa¶pw, Ahs\ kq£n
                                                                                                     ‫ﺗُﺤﹾﺸﹶﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    ¡Wsa¶pw         IÂ]n¡s¸«ncn¡p¶p.
    Ah¦te¡mbncn¡pw \n§sfÃmw Hcpan
    ¨pIq«s¸Sp¶Xv.
73. Ah\s{X      BImi§fpw       `qanbpw      ‫٣٧. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ‬
    apd{]Imcw krjvSn¨h³. Ah³ DWvSmIq
                                            ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﻳﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﻛُﻦ ﻓَﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻟُﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱡ ﻭﹶﻟَﻪﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻠْﻚﹸ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ‬
    F¶ ]dbp¶ Znhkw AXp WvSmIpI
    Xs¶     sN¿p¶p.    Ahsâ     hN\w
                                            ‫ﻳﹸﻨﻔَﺦﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮﹶﺭِ ﻋﹶﺎﻟِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻴﹾﺐِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬﹶﺎﺩﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
    kXyamIp¶p. Imlf¯n DuXs¸Sp¶
    Znhkw Ah¶v am{X amIp¶p B[n]Xyw.
    AZriyhpw Zriyhpw Adnbp¶h\mW
  Previous Page                First Page                                                              Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                187                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


                                                                                        ‫ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﲑﹸ‬
       h³. Ah³ bpIvXnam\pw                      kq£va
       PvRm\apÅh \pas{X.
74. C{_mlow Xsâ ]nXmhmb Bkdnt\mSv ً‫٤٧. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹸ ﻷَﺑِﻴﻪِ ﺁﺯَﺭﹶ ﺃَﺗَﺘﱠﺨِﺬُ ﺃَﺻﹾﻨﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺁﻟِﻬﹶﺔ‬
    ]dª kµÀ`w (HmÀ¡pI.) Nne
    _nw_§sfbmtWm      Xm¦Ä    ssZh                    ٍ‫ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺃَﺭﹶﺍﻙَ ﻭﹶﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹶﻚﹶ ﻓِﻲ ﺿَﻼﹶﻝٍ ﻣﱡﺒِﲔ‬
    §fmbn kzoIcn¡p¶Xv? XoÀ¨bmbpw
    Xm¦fpw Xm¦fpsS P\Xbpw hyIvXamb
    hgntISnemsW¶v Rm³ ImWp¶p.
75. A{]Imcw C{_mloan\v \mw BImi ِ‫٥٧. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ نُﺮِﻱ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻣﹶﻠَﻜُﻮﺕﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
    §fpsSbpw  `qanbpsSbpw   B[n]Xy
    clky§Ä ImWn¨psImSp¡p¶p. At±                  ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻮﻗِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    lw ZrVt_m[yapÅhcpsS Iq«¯nÂ
    Bbncn¡m³ thWvSnbpw IqSnbmWXv.
76. A§s\ cm{Xn At±ls¯ (Ccp«v ‫٦٧. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺟﹶﻦﱠ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞُ ﺭﹶﺃَﻯ ﻛَﻮﹾﻛَﺒﹰﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ‬
    sImWvSv) aqSnbt¸mÄ At±lw Hcp
    \£{Xw IWvSp. At±lw ]dªp: CXm,                     ‫ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﻓَﻞَ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻻ ﺃُﺣِﺐﱡ ﺍﻵﻓِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
    Fsâ c£nXmhv! F¶n«v AXv AkvXan
    ¨t¸mÄ At±lw ]dªp: AkvXan¨v
    t]mIp¶hsc Rm³ CjvSs¸Sp¶nÃ.
77. A\´cw      N{µ³      DZn¨pbcp¶Xv َ‫٧٧. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺃَﻯ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻤﹶﺮﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﺯِﻏًﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﻓَﻞ‬
    IWvSt¸mÄ At±lw ]dªp: CXm Fsâ
    c£nXmhv! F¶n«v AXpw AkvXan¨t¸mÄ ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﺌِﻦ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِنِﻲ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻷﻛُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺎﻟﱢﲔﹶ‬
    At±lw ]dªp: Fsâ c£nXmhv
    F\n¡v t\Àhgn ImWn¨pX¶nsænÂ
    XoÀ¨bmbpw      Rm³       hgn]ng¨
    P\hn`mK¯n s]«h\mbn¯ocpw.
78. A\´cw kqcy³ DZn¨pbcp¶Xmbn ‫٨٧. ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺃَﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻤﹾﺲﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﺯِﻏَﺔً ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺁ‬
    IWvSt¸mÄ At±lw ]dªp: CXm Fsâ
    c£nXmhv! CXmWv Gähpw hepXv!! ‫ﺃَﻛْﺒﹶﺮﹸ ﻓَﻠَﻤﱠﺎ ﺃَﻓَﻠَﺖﹾ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﺑﹶﺮِﻱﺀﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ‬
    A§s\ AXpw AkvXan¨p t]mbt¸mÄ
    At±lw ]dªp: Fsâ kapZmbta,                                                    ‫ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \n§Ä ( ssZht¯mSv ) ]¦ptNÀ¡p
    ¶Xn \ns¶Ãmw XoÀ¨bmbpw Rm³
    HgnhmIp¶p.
79. XoÀ¨bmbpw     Rm³  t\ÀamÀK¯n ِ‫٩٧. ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻭﹶﺟﱠﻬﹾﺖﹸ ﻭﹶﺟﹾﻬِﻲﹶ ﻟِﻠﱠﺬِﻱ ﻓَﻄَﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕ‬
    Dd¨p\n¶p sImWvSv Fsâ apJw
    BImi§fpw `qanbpw krjvSn¨h\nte¡v          ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽﹶ ﺣﹶﻨِﻴﻔًﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنَﺎْ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
    Xncn¨ncn¡p¶p. Rm³ _lpssZhhmZn
    Ifn s]«ht\ AÃ.

  Previous Page                                 First Page                                      Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                  188                      Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


80. At±l¯nsâ P\X At±lhpambn ‫٠٨. ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺂﺟﱠﻪﹸ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹸﻪﹸ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﺗُﺤﹶﺎﺟﱡﻮنﱢﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ‬
    XÀ¡¯n           GÀs]SpIbpWvSmbn.
    At±lw ]dªp: AÃmlphnsâ Imcy ‫ﻫﹶﺪﹶﺍﻥِ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺃَﺧﹶﺎﻑﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ‬
    ¯n \n§sft¶mSv XÀ¡n¡pIbmtWm?
    Ah\mIs« Fs¶ t\Àhgnbnem¡n ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺳِﻊﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻲ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋِﻠْﻤﹰﺎ ﺃَﻓَﻼﹶ‬
    bncn¡pIbmWv.     \n§Ä    Aht\mSv
    ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶ bmsXm¶ns\bpw Rm³                                                ‫ﺗَﺘَﺬَﻛﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    `bs¸Sp¶nÃ. Fsâ c£nXmhv Dt±in¡p
    ¶sXt´m AXÃmsX ( kw`hn¡pIbnÃ.)
    Fsâ        c£nXmhnsâ      PvRm\w
    kÀÆImcy§sfbpw DÄsImÅm³ am{Xw
    hn]peambncn¡p¶p.      \n§sf´mWv
    BtemNn¨v t\m¡m¯Xv?
81. \n§Ä AÃmlphnt\mSv ]¦ptNÀ¯Xns\ ‫١٨. ﻭﹶﻛَﻴﹾﻒﹶ ﺃَﺧﹶﺎﻑﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺨَﺎﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    Rm³ F§s\ `bs¸Spw? \n§fmIs«,
    AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v bmsXmcp {]amWhpw ‫ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛْﺘُﻢ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻨﹶﺰﱢﻝْ ﺑِﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺳﹸﻠْﻄَﺎنًﺎ ﻓَﺄَﻱﱡ‬
    \ÂInbn«nÃm¯ hkvXp¡sf Aht\mSv
    ]¦v tNÀ¡p¶Xns\¸än `bs¸Sp¶panÃ.                ‫ﺍﻟْﻔَﺮِﻳﻘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﺃَﺣﹶﻖﱡ ﺑِﺎﻷَﻣﹾﻦِ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    At¸mÄ cWvSp I£nIfn BcmWv
    \nÀ`bcmbncn¡m³ IqSpXÂ AÀlXbp
    ÅhÀ ? ( ]dbq; ) \n§Ä¡dnbmsa¦nÂ.
82. hnizkn¡pIbpw, X§fpsS hnizmk ‫٢٨. ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻠْﺒِﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنَﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻈُﻠْﻢٍ ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹸ‬
    ¯n A\ymbw Iq«nIeÀ¯mXncn¡p
    Ibpw     sNbvXhcmtcm AhÀ¡mWv                                           ‫ﺍﻷَﻣﹾﻦﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    \nÀ`bXzapÅXv. AhÀ Xs¶bmWv t\À
    amÀKw {]m]n¨hÀ.
83. C{_mloan\v Xsâ P\Xbvs¡Xncmbn ‫٣٨. ﻭﹶﺗِﻠْﻚﹶ ﺣﹸﺠﱠﺘُﻨﹶﺎ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹶﺎ ﺇِﺑﹾﺮﹶﺍﻫِﻴﻢﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣِﻪِ نَﺮﹾﻓَﻊﹸ‬
    \mw \ÂInb \ymb{]amWas{X AXv. \mw
    Dt±in¡p¶hÀ¡v       \mw    ]ZhnIÄ          ‫ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻣﱠﻦ نﱠﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
    DbÀ¯nsImSp¡p¶p. XoÀ¨bmbpw \nsâ
    c£nXmhv bpIvXnam\pw kÀÆPvR\pas{X.
84. At±l¯n\v     \mw   CkvlmJns\bpw ‫ ﻫﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶنُﻮﺣﹰﺎ‬‫٤٨. ﻭﹶﻭﹶﻫﹶﺒﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﺇِﺳﹾﺤﹶﻖﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻌﹾﻘُﻮﺏﹶ ﻛُﻼ‬
    bAvJq_ns\bpw \ÂIpIbpw sNbvXp.
    AhscsbÃmw \mw t\Àhgnbnem¡nbncn ‫ﻫﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞُ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺘِﻪِ ﺩﹶﺍﻭﹸﻭﺩﹶ ﻭﹶﺳﹸﻠَﻴﹾﻤﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬
    ¡p¶p. At±l¯n\v ap¼v \qlns\bpw
    \mw t\Àhgnbnem¡nbn«pWvSv. At±l ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻳﱡﻮﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻮﺳﹸﻒﹶ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻫﹶﺎﺭﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ‬
    ¯nsâ k´m\§fn \n¶v ZmhqZns\
    bpw kpsseams\bpw A¿q_ns\bpw                                           ‫نَﺠﹾﺰِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺤﹾﺴِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
    bqkp^ns\bpw aqkmsb bpw lmdqs\
    bpw (\mw t\Àhgnbnem¡n. ) A{]Imcw
    kZvhr¯À¡v \mw {]Xn^ew \ÂIp¶p.
  Previous Page                                   First Page                                     Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                 189                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


85. kIcn¿m, blvbm, Cukm, CÂbmkv ‫٥٨. ﻭﹶﺯَﻛَﺮِﻳﱠﺎ ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺤﹾﻴﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﻋِﻴﺴﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺇِﻟْﻴﹶﺎﺱﹶ ﻛُﻞﱞ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ‬
    F¶nhscbpw (t\Àhgnbnem¡n.) Ahsc
    Ãmw kÖ\§fn s]«hcs{X.                                              ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎﻟِﺤِﲔﹶ‬

86. CkvamCuÂ, AÂbkAv, bq\pkv, eqXzv ‫ ﻓﻀﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ‬‫٦٨. ﻭﹶﺇِﺳﹾﻤﹶﺎﻋِﻴﻞَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺴﹶﻊﹶ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻮنُﺲﹶ ﻭﹶﻟُﻮﻃًﺎ ﻭﹶﻛُﻼ‬
    F¶nhscbpw ( t\Àhgnbnem¡n. )
    AhscÃmhscbpw \mw temIcn sh¨v                                                ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    t{ijvTcm¡nbncn¡p¶p.
87. AhcpsS ]nXm¡fn \n¶pw k´Xn ‫٧٨. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹾ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺎﺗِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﺧﹾﻮﹶﺍنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺍﺟﹾﺘَﺒﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ‬
    Ifn \n¶pw ktlmZc§fn \n¶pw
    (NneÀ¡v \mw t{ijvTX \ÂInbncn¡p¶p.)              ٍ‫ﻭﹶﻫﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁٍ ﻣﱡﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻢ‬
    Ahsc \mw hninjvScmbn sXcsªSp¡p
    Ibpw, t\ÀamÀK¯nte¡v Ahsc \bn
    ¡pIbpw sNbvXncn¡p¶p.
88. AXmWv AÃmlphnsâ amÀKZÀi\w. AXv ِ‫٨٨. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦﹾ ﻋِﺒﹶﺎﺩِﻩ‬
    aptJ\ Xsâ Zmk³amcn \n¶v Xm³
    Dt±in¡p¶hsc     Ah³      t\ÀamÀK          ‫ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﺤﹶﺒِﻂَ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¯nte¡v \bn¡p¶p. AhÀ ( AÃmlp
    thmSv ) ]¦ptNÀ¯ncp¶psh¦n AhÀ
    {]hÀ¯n¨ncp¶sXÃmw Ahsc kw_Ôn
    ¨nSt¯mfw \njv^eambnt¸mIpambncp¶p.
89. \mw thZhpw hnPvRm\hpw {]hmNI ‫٩٨. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺤﹸﻜْﻢﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱡﺒﹸﻮﱠﺓﹶ‬
    Xzhpw \ÂInbn«pÅhcs{X AhÀ. C\n
    C¡q«À Ahsbms¡ \ntj[n¡pIbm ْ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻳﹶﻜْﻔُﺮﹾ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻫﹶـﺆﹸﻻﺀ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﻭﹶﻛﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻣﹰﺎ ﻟﱠﻴﹾﺴﹸﻮﺍ‬
    sW¦n Ahbn Ahnizkn¡p¶h
    cÃm¯ Hcp P\hn`mKs¯ \maXv `cta                                                  ‫ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﺑِﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    ]n¨n«pWvSv
90. AhscbmWv AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnem¡n ‫٠٩. ﺃُﻭﹾﻟَـﺌِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺪﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻓَﺒِﻬﹸﺪﹶﺍﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻗْﺘَﺪِﻩﹾ ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ‬
    bn«pÅXv. AXn\m AhcpsS t\ÀamÀ
    Ks¯     \o   ]n´pSÀ¶v sImÅpI.  ‫ﺃَﺳﹾﺄَﻟُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹰﺍ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺫِﻛْﺮﹶﻯ ﻟِﻠْﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻤِﲔﹶ‬
    (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: CXnsâ t]cnÂ
    bmsXmcp {]Xn^ehpw Rm³ \n§tfmSv
    Bhiys¸Sp¶nÃ.     CXv  temIÀ¡v
    thWvSnbpÅ Hcp DÂt_m[\aÃmsX
    asäm¶paÃ.
91. a\pjy¶pw    AÃmlp      bmsXm¶pw ‫١٩. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻗَﺪﹶﺭﹸﻭﺍْ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺣﹶﻖﱠ ﻗَﺪﹾﺭِﻩِ ﺇِﺫْ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    AhXcn¸n¨psImSp¯n«nà F¶p ]dª
    kµÀ`¯n     AÃmlpsh      hnebncp ‫ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺑﹶﺸﹶﺮٍ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗُﻞْ ﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
    t¯WvS apd{]Imcw hnebncp¯mXncn¡p
    IbmWv AhÀ sNbvXXv. ]dbpI: F¶mÂ
  Previous Page                                  First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                 190                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation



                                   aqkm ‫ﺟﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﻪِ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ نُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻟﱢﻠﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﺗَﺠﹾﻌﹶﻠُﻮنَﻪﹸ‬
       kXy{]Imiambns¡mWvSpw, a\pjyÀ¡v
       amÀKZÀiIambns¡mWvSpw
       ¸n¨Xv ? \n§Ä AXns\ ISemkv ‫ﻗَﺮﹶﺍﻃِﻴﺲﹶ ﺗُﺒﹾﺪﹸﻭنَﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺗُﺨْﻔُﻮﻥﹶ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻋﹸﻠﱢﻤﹾﺘُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ‬
       sImWvSp h¶ {KÙw BcmWv AhXcn

       ¯pIbpw, (aäp) ]eXpw Hfn¨v sh¡p ‫ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺅﹸﻛُﻢﹾ ﻗُﻞِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺫَﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ‬
       XpWvSpIfm¡n Nne `mK§Ä shfns¸Sp

                                                                               ‫ﺧﹶﻮﹾﺿِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻠْﻌﹶﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
       Ibpw sN¿p¶pWvStÃm. \n§Ät¡m
       \n§fpsS ]nXm¡³amÀt¡m Adnhn
       ÃmXncp¶ ]eXpw (B {KÙ¯neqsS)
       \n§Ä ]Tn¸n¡s¸«n«papWvSv. AÃmlp
       hmWv (AXv AhXcn¸n¨Xv) F¶v ]dbpI.
       ]n¶oSv AhcpsS IpXÀ¡§fpambn
       hnfbmSphm³ Ahsc hnt«¡pI.
92. CXm, \mw AhXcn¸n¨, \³a \ndª Hcp ‫٢٩. ﻭﹶﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹲ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺎﺭﹶﻙٌ ﻣﱡﺼﹶﺪﱢﻕُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻦﹶ‬
    {KÙw! AXnsâ ap¼pÅ thZs¯
    icnsh¡p¶Xs{X AXv. amXr\Kcn (a¡) ‫ﻳﹶﺪﹶﻳﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﻟِﺘُﻨﺬِﺭﹶ ﺃُﻡﱠ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹶﻯ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺣﹶﻮﹾﻟَﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ‬
    bnepw AXnsâ Npäp`mK¯papÅhÀ¡v
    \o Xm¡oXv \ÂIphm³ thWvSn ‫ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺻﹶﻼﹶﺗِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    DÅXpamWv     AXv.     ]ctemI¯nÂ
    hnizkn¡p¶hÀ Cu {KÙ¯n hnizkn                                                     ‫ﻳﹸﺤﹶﺎﻓِﻈُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    ¡p¶XmWv. X§fpsS {]mÀXvY\ AhÀ
    apd{]Imcw kq£n¨v t]mcp¶XpamWv.
93. AÃmlphnsâ t]cn IÅw sI«n¨                                 َ‫٣٩. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦِ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺮﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﺬِﺑﹰﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻗَﺎﻝ‬
    abv¡pItbm, X\n¡v bmsXmcp t_m[
    \hpw \ÂIs¸SmsX F\n¡v t_m[\w                               ُ‫ﺃُﻭﹾﺣِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﻮﺡﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀﹲ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺳﹶﺄُنﺰِﻝ‬
    e`n¨ncn¡p¶p F¶v ]dbpItbm sNbvX
    ht\¡mfpw, AÃmlp AhXcn¸n¨Xv                                ‫ﻣِﺜْﻞَ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنَﺰﻝَ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺗَﺮﹶﻯ ﺇِﺫِ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻲ‬
    t]msebpÅXv     Rm\pw    AhXcn¸n
    ¡msa¶v ]dªhs\¡mfpw henb                                   ‫ﻏَﻤﹶﺮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﺑﹶﺎﺳِﻄُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻳﹾﺪِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ‬
    A{Ian BcpWvSv ? B A{IanIÄ acW
    sh{]mf¯nembncn¡p¶     cwKw   \o                           ِ‫ﺃَﺧﹾﺮِﺟﹸﻮﺍْ ﺃَنﻔُﺴﹶﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺗُﺠﹾﺰﹶﻭﹾﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹶ ﺍﻟْﻬﹸﻮﻥ‬
    IWvSncp¶psh¦nÂ! \n§Ä \n§fpsS
    BXvam¡sf ]pd¯nd¡phn³ F¶v                                  ‫ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻭﹶﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ‬
    ]dªv sImWvSv ae¡pIÄ AhcpsS
    t\sc X§fpsS ssIIÄ \o«nsImWvSncn                                                                      ‫ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﺗَﺴﹾﺘَﻜْﺒِﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
    ¡pIbmWv.    \n§Ä     AÃmlphnsâ
    t]cn kXyaÃm¯Xv ]dªpsImWvSncp
    ¶Xnsâbpw, Ahsâ ZrjvSm´§sf
    \n§Ä Al¦cn¨v XÅn¡fªncp¶Xn
    sâbpw ^eambn C¶v \n§Ä¡v
    lo\amb in£ \ÂIs¸Sp¶XmWv.
    (F¶v ae¡pIÄ ]dbpw. )

  Previous Page                                  First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                             191                            Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


94. (AhtcmSv AÃmlp ]dbpw:) \n§sf \mw                      ٍ‫٤٩. ﻭﹶﻟَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺟِﺌْﺘُﻤﹸﻮنَﺎ ﻓُﺮﹶﺍﺩﹶﻯ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﺧﹶﻠَﻘْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻭﱠﻝَ ﻣﹶﺮﱠﺓ‬
    BZyL«¯n krjvSn¨Xv t]mse¯s¶
    \n§fnXm       \½psS       ASp¡Â                       ‫ﻭﹶﺗَﺮﹶﻛْﺘُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺧﹶﻮﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺍﺀ ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭِﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ نَﺮﹶﻯ‬
    Häs¸«hcmbn       hs¶¯nbncn¡p¶p.
    \n§Ä¡v \mw A[o\s¸Sp¯nX¶sXÃmw                          ‫ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﻔَﻌﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺯَﻋﹶﻤﹾﺘُﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻜُﻢﹾ‬
    \n§fpsS ]n¶n \n§Ä hnt«¨v
    t]m¶ncn¡p¶p. \n§fpsS Imcy¯n                          ‫ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺎﺀ ﻟَﻘَﺪ ﺗﱠﻘَﻄﱠﻊﹶ ﺑﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺿَﻞﱠ ﻋﹶﻨﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ‬
    (AÃmlphnsâ) ]¦pImcmsW¶v \n§Ä
    PÂ]n¨ncp¶ \n§fpsS B ip]mÀ                                                                              ‫ﺗَﺰﹾﻋﹸﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    i¡msc \n§tfmsSm¸w \mw ImWp¶nÃ.
    \n§Ä X½nepÅ _Ôw Aäpt]mIp
    Ibpw \n§Ä PÂ]n¨ncp¶sXÃmw \n§
    sf hn«pt]mIpIbpw sNbvXncn¡p¶p.
95. XoÀ¨bmbpw [m\yaWnIfpw Cu´¸g¡p ‫٥٩. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻓَﺎﻟِﻖﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺐﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﻮﹶﻯ ﻳﹸﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
    cphpw ]nfÀ¡p¶h\mIp¶p AÃmlp
    \nÀPohambXn \n¶v Poh\pÅXns\ ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﱢﺖِ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻴﱢﺖِ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻲﱢ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
    Ah³ ]pd¯v hcp¯p¶p. Poh\pÅXnÂ
    \n¶v \nÀPohambXns\bpw Ah³ ]pd¯v                                         ‫ﻓَﺄَنﱠﻰ ﺗُﺆﹾﻓَﻜُﻮﻥﹶ‬
    hcp¯p¶XmWv.     A§s\bpÅh\s{X
    AÃmlp.
96. {]`mXs¯ ]nfÀ¯ns¡mWvSv hcp¶h ‫٦٩. ﻓَﺎﻟِﻖﹸ ﺍﻹِﺻﹾﺒﹶﺎﺡِ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴﹾﻞَ ﺳﹶﻜَﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺸﱠﻤﹾﺲﹶ‬
    \mWh³. cm{Xnsb Ah³ im´amb
    hn{iathfbm¡nbncn¡p¶p. kqcys\bpw   ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻘَﻤﹶﺮﹶ ﺣﹸﺴﹾﺒﹶﺎنًﺎ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺗَﻘْﺪِﻳﺮﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺰِﻳﺰِ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢ‬
    N{µs\bpw IW¡pIÄ¡v ASnkvYm
    \hpw ( B¡nbncn¡p¶p. ) {]Xm]nbpw
    kÀÆPvR\pamb AÃmlphnsâ {IaoIc
    Was{X AXv.
97. Ah\mWv        \n§Ä¡v     thWvSn ‫٧٩. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻞَ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﺠﹸﻮﻡﹶ ﻟِﺘَﻬﹾﺘَﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ‬
    \£{X§sf, Icbnsebpw ISensebpw
    AÔImc§fn \n§Ä¡v Ah aptJ\ ٍ‫ﻇُﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺮﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺤﹾﺮِ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡ‬
    hgnbdnbm³       ]mI¯nem¡n¯¶Xv.
    a\Ênem¡p¶      BfpIÄ¡v   thWvSn                                                    ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    \manXm   ZrjvSm´§Ä    hniZoIcn¨n
    cn¡p¶p.
98. Ah\mWv Htc BXvamhn \n¶pw ‫٨٩. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃَنﺸﹶﺄَﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦ نﱠﻔْﺲٍ ﻭﹶﺍﺣِﺪﹶﺓٍ ﻓَﻤﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻘَﺮﱞ‬
    \n§sf krjvSn¨pWvSm¡nbh³. ]ns¶
    (\n§Ä¡v)   Hcp      kvYnckt¦Xhpw     ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻮﹾﺩﹶﻉﹲ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹶﻔْﻘَﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    kq£n¸v tI{µhpapWvSv. (Imcyw) {Kln
    ¡p¶ BfpIÄ¡v thWvSn \mw CXm
    ZrjvSm´§Ä hniZoIcn¨ncn¡p¶p.

  Previous Page                              First Page                                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                192                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


99. Ah\mWv BImi¯v \n¶v shÅw                                 ِ‫٩٩. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻝَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎﺀ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺟﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﻪ‬
    sNmcnªpX¶h³. F¶n«v AXv aptJ\
    \mw FÃm hkvXp¡fpsSbpw apfIÄ                             ‫نَﺒﹶﺎﺕﹶ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻓَﺄَﺧﹾﺮﹶﺟﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺧﹶﻀِﺮﹰﺍ نﱡﺨْﺮِﺝﹸ‬
    ]pd¯v sImWvSphcnIbpw, A\´cw
    AXn \n¶v ]¨]nSn¨ sNSnIÄ                                ‫ﺎ ﻣﱡﺘَﺮﹶﺍﻛِﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺨْﻞِ ﻣِﻦ ﻃَﻠْﻌِﻬﹶﺎ ﻗِﻨﹾﻮﹶﺍﻥﹲ‬‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻪﹸ ﺣﹶﺒ‬
    hfÀ¯ns¡mWvSv hcnIbpw sNbvXp. B
    sNSnIfn \n¶v \mw Xn§n\ndª                              ‫ﺩﹶﺍنِﻴﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺃَﻋﹾﻨﹶﺎﺏٍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺰﱠﻳﹾﺘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱡﻣﱠﺎﻥﹶ‬
    [m\yw ]pd¯v hcp¯p¶p. Cu´¸\bnÂ
    \n¶v AYhm AXnsâ Iqt¼mfbn \n¶v                          ‫ﻣﹸﺸﹾﺘَﺒِﻬﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺘَﺸﹶﺎﺑِﻪٍ ﺍنﻈُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﺇِﻟِﻰ ﺛَﻤﹶﺮِﻩِ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﺛْﻤﹶﺮﹶ‬
    Xq§n\n¡p¶ IpeIÄ ]pd¯v hcp¶p.
    ( A{]Imcw Xs¶ ) ap´ncnt¯m «§fpw                                         ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻨﹾﻌِﻪِ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻓِﻲ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻟﱢﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
    , ]ckv]cw XpeyX tXm¶p¶Xpw, F¶mÂ
    Hcpt]msebÃm¯Xpamb Heohpw amX
    fhpw (\mw DÂ]mZn¸n¨p.) AhbpsS Imbv
    IÄ Imbv¨v hcp¶Xpw aqs¸¯p¶Xpw
    \n§Ä t\m¡q. hnizkn ¡p¶ P\§
    Ä¡v AXnseÃmw ZrjvSm´ §fpWvSv.
100. AhÀ Pn¶pIsf AÃmlphn\v ]¦mfnI ‫٠٠١. ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺎﺀ ﺍﻟْﺠِﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﻠَﻘَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﺮﹶﻗُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻪﹸ‬
     fm¡nbncn¡p¶p. F¶m Ahsc Ah³
     krjvSn¨XmWv. Hcp hnhchpw IqSmsX ‫ﺑﹶﻨِﲔﹶ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻨﹶﺎﺕٍ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﺳﹸﺒﹾﺤﹶﺎنَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻰ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ‬
     Ah¶v ]p{X³amscbpw ]p{Xnamscbpw
     AhÀ Btcm]n¨pWvSm¡n bncn¡p¶p.                                                         ‫ﻳﹶﺼِﻔُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhÀ ]dªpWvSm¡p¶Xn \ns¶Ãmw
     AÃmlp F{Xtbm ]cnip²\pw D¶X\p
     amIp¶p.
101. BImi§fpsSbpw `qanbpsSbpw \nÀamXm ‫١٠١. ﺑﹶﺪِﻳﻊﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﻭﹶﺍﺕِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﺃَنﱠﻰ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَﺪﹲ ﻭﹶﻟَﻢﹾ‬
     hmWh³. Ah¶v F§s\ Hcp k´m\ap
     WvSmIpw? Ahs¶mcp Iq«pImcnbpan ‫ﺗَﻜُﻦ ﻟﱠﻪﹸ ﺻﹶﺎﺣِﺒﹶﺔٌ ﻭﹶﺧﹶﻠَﻖﹶ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺑِﻜُﻞﱢ‬
     ÃtÃm? FÃm hkvXp¡sfbpw Ah³
     krjvSn¨XmWv. Ah³ FÃmImcys¯                                                       ‫ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ¸änbpw Adnbp¶h\pamWv.
102. A§s\bpÅh\mWv \n§fpsS c£n        ٍ‫٢٠١. ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ ﻻ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﻖﹸ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀ‬
     Xmhmb AÃmlp. Ah\ÃmsX bmsXmcp
     ssZhhpanÃ. FÃm hkvXp¡fp sSbpw                 ٌ‫ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﺒﹸﺪﹸﻭﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﹶﻛِﻴﻞ‬
     {kjvSmhmWv Ah³. AXn\m Ahs\
     \n§Ä Bcm[n¡pI. Ah³ kIe
     Imcy§fpsSbpw ssIImcy¡mc \mIp¶p.
103. I®pIÄ Ahs\ IsWvS¯pIbnÃ. I®p ‫٣٠١. ﻻﱠ ﺗُﺪﹾﺭِﻛُﻪﹸ ﺍﻷَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹸ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻳﹸﺪﹾﺭِﻙُ ﺍﻷَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
     Isf Ah³ IsWvS¯pIbpw sN¿pw.
     Ah³ kq£vaPvRm\nbpw A`nPvR\p                                       ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻄِﻴﻒﹸ ﺍﻟْﺨَﺒِﲑﹸ‬
     amIp¶p.
  Previous Page                                First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                               193                                  Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


104. \n§fpsS       c£nXmhn¦Â      \n¶v                      ِ‫٤٠١. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﺑﹶﺼﹶﺂﺋِﺮﹸ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺮﹶ ﻓَﻠِﻨﹶﻔْﺴِﻪ‬
     \n§Ä¡nXm I®pXpd¸n¡p¶ sXfnhp
                                                                      ٍ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦﹾ ﻋﹶﻤِﻲﹶ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنَﺎْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢ ﺑِﺤﹶﻔِﻴﻆ‬
     IÄ hs¶¯nbncn¡p¶p. hÃh\pw AXv
     IWvSdnªm AXnsâ KpWw Ah¶v
     Xs¶bmWv.       hÃh\pw      AÔX
     ssIs¡mWvSm AXnsâ tZmjhpw
     Ah¶p Xs¶. Rm³ \n§fpsS ta Hcp
     Imh¡mcs\m¶paÃ.
105. A{]Imcw \mw hnhn[ cq]¯n                               ‫٥٠١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ نُﺼﹶﺮﱢﻑﹸ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺳﹾﺖﹶ‬
     ZrjvSm´§Ä hnhcn¡p¶p. \o (hÃhcn
                                                                                                        ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻨﹸﺒﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Â \n¶pw) ]Tn¨ph¶XmsW¶v Ahnizm
     knIÄ ]dbphm\pw, F¶m a\Ênem
     ¡p¶ BfpIÄ¡v \mw Imcyw hyIvX
     am¡nsImSp¡phm\pw thWvSn bmWXv.
106. \n\¡v \nsâ c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v                              ‫٦٠١. ﺍﺗﱠﺒِﻊﹾ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺣِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻚﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻻ ﺇِﻟَـﻪﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
     t_m[\w \ÂIs¸«Xns\ \o ]n´pScpI.
                                                                                                 ‫ﻭﹶﺃَﻋﹾﺮِﺽﹾ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ‬
     Ah\ÃmsX Hcp ssZhhpanÃ. _lpssZh
     hmZnIfn \n¶v \o Xncnªp IfbpI.
107. AÃmlp      Dt±in¨ncps¶¦n   AhÀ                        ‫٧٠١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎﻙَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     (Aht\mSv)      ]¦ptNÀ¡pambncp¶nÃ.
                                                                                       ٍ‫ﺣﹶﻔِﻴﻈًﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺖﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢ ﺑِﻮﹶﻛِﻴﻞ‬
     \ns¶ \mw AhcpsS ta Hcp Imh¡m
     c\m¡nbn«panÃ. \o AhcpsS taÂ
     D¯chmZn¯w GÂ]n¡s¸«h\paÃ.
108. AÃmlphn\p ]pdsa AhÀ hnfn¨v                             ْ‫٨٠١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺴﹸﺒﱡﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺪﹾﻋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﹸﻭﻥِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻴﹶﺴﹸﺒﱡﻮﺍ‬
     {]mÀXvYn¡p¶hsc \n§Ä iImcn¡cpXv.
                                                            ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻋﹶﺪﹾﻭﹰﺍ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺯَﻳﱠﻨﱠﺎ ﻟِﻜُﻞﱢ ﺃُﻣﱠﺔٍ ﻋﹶﻤﹶﻠَﻬﹸﻢﹾ‬
     AhÀ      hnhcanÃmsX    AXn{Iaambn
     AÃmlpsh iImcn¡m³ AXv ImcW
                                                               ‫ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢ ﻣﱠﺮﹾﺟِﻌﹸﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻴﹸﻨﹶﺒﱢﺌُﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     amtb¡pw. A{]Imcw Hmtcm hn`mK
     ¯n\pw AhcpsS {]hÀ¯\w \mw
     `wKnbmbn tXm¶n¨ncn¡p¶p. ]n¶oSv
     AhcpsS c£nXmhn¦te¡mWv AhcpsS
     aS¡w. AhÀ sNbvXpsImWvSncp¶Xns\
     ¸änsbÃmw At¸mÄ Ah³ Ahsc
     Adnbn¡p¶XmWv.
109. X§Ä¡v hà ZrjvSm´hpw h¶pIn«p¶ ٌ‫٩٠١. ﻭﹶﺃَﻗْﺴﹶﻤﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺎﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺟﹶﻬﹾﺪﹶ ﺃَﻳﹾﻤﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﺌِﻦ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔ‬
     ]£w AXn hnizkn¡pI Xs¶
     sN¿psa¶v AhÀ AÃmlphnsâ t]cn ‫ﻟﱠﻴﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻦﱠ ﺑِﻬﹶﺎ ﻗُﻞْ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕﹸ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹸﺸﹾﻌِﺮﹸﻛُﻢﹾ‬
     X§sfsImWvSmhpw hn[w Dd¸n¨v kXyw
     sNbvXv ]dbp¶p. ]dbpI: ZrjvSm´§Ä                               ‫ﺃَنﱠﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺕﹾ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ A[o\¯n am{XamWp
     ÅXv. \n§Äs¡´dnbmw? AXv h¶v
     In«nbm Xs¶ AhÀ hnizkn¡p¶XÃ.

  Previous Page                                First Page                                                                  Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                194                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


110. CXn ( JpÀB\n ) BZyXhW AhÀ             ِ‫٠١١. ﻭﹶنُﻘَﻠﱢﺐﹸ ﺃَﻓْﺌِﺪﹶﺗَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَﺑﹾﺼﹶﺎﺭﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﻤﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﻪ‬
     hnizkn¡mXncp¶Xv        t]mse¯s¶
                                                           ‫ﺃَﻭﱠﻝَ ﻣﹶﺮﱠﺓٍ ﻭﹶنَﺬَﺭﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﻃُﻐْﻴﹶﺎنِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻬﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     (Ct¸mgpw) \mw AhcpsS a\ÊpIsfbpw
     I®pIsfbpw adn¨psImWvSncn¡pw. Ah
     cpsS [n¡mchpambn hnlcn¨psImÅp
     hm³ \mw Ahsc hnt«¡pIbpw sN¿pw.
111. \mw Ahcnte¡v ae¡pIsf Cd¡pIbpw,          ‫١١١. ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻨﹶﺎ نَﺰﱠﻟْﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔَ ﻭﹶﻛَﻠﱠﻤﹶﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻮﹾﺗَﻰ‬
     acn¨hÀ AhtcmSv kwkmcn¡pIbpw,
                                             ْ‫ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺸﹶﺮﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻗُﺒﹸﻼﹰ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻴﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﺍ‬
     kÀÆhkvXp¡sfbpw \mw AhcpsS
     ap¼msI Iq«w Iq«ambn tiJcn¡pIbpw
                                                         ‫ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻭﹶﻟَـﻜِﻦﱠ ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻬﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     sNbvXmepw     AhÀ       hnizkn¡m³
     t]mIp¶nÃ. AÃmlp Dt±ins¨¦neÃmsX.
     F¶m        Ahcn       A[nIt]cpw
     hnhct¡Sv ]dbpIbmIp¶p.
112. A{]Imcw Hmtcm {]hmNI¶pw a\pjy           ِ‫ﺍ ﺷﹶﻴﹶﺎﻃِﲔﹶ ﺍﻹِنﺲ‬‫٢١١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟِﻜُﻞﱢ نِﺒِﻲﱟ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭ‬
     cnepw Pn¶pIfnepw s]« ]nimNp¡sf
                                             ِ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﺠِﻦﱢ ﻳﹸﻮﺣِﻲ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﺯُﺧﹾﺮﹸﻑﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻝ‬
     \mw i{Xp¡fm¡nbn«pWvSv. I_fn¸n¡p¶
     `wKnhm¡pIÄ      AhÀ       At\ym\yw
                                             ‫ﻏُﺮﹸﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻓَﺬَﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ZpÀt_m[\w sN¿p¶p. \nsâ c£nXmhv
     Dt±in¨ncps¶¦n AhcXv sN¿pambn
                                                                                                         ‫ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     cp¶nÃ. AXv sImWvSv AhÀ sI«n¨
     abv¡p¶ Imcy§fpambn Ahsc \o
     hnt«¡pI.
113. ]ctemI¯n       hnizmkanÃm¯hcpsS        ِ‫٣١١. ﻭﹶﻟِﺘَﺼﹾﻐَﻰ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺃَﻓْﺌِﺪﹶﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓ‬
     a\ÊpIÄ AXnte¡v ( B `wKnhm¡p
                                                              ‫ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﺮﹾﺿَﻮﹾﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻘْﺘَﺮِﻓُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱡﻘْﺘَﺮِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Ifnte¡v ) Nmbphm\pw, AhÀ AXnÂ
     kwXr]vXcmIphm\pw, AhÀ sNbvXv
     Iq«p¶sXÃmw sNbvXv Iq«phm\pw thWvSn
     bs{X AXv.
114. (]dbpI:) At¸mÄ hn[nIÀ¯mhmbn             ‫٤١١. ﺃَﻓَﻐَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﺑﹾﺘَﻐِﻲ ﺣﹶﻜَﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺃَنَﺰﹶﻝَ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹸ‬
     Rm³ At\zjnt¡WvSXv AÃmlp AÃm
                                             ‫ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﻣﹸﻔَﺼﱠﻼﹰ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ‬
     ¯hscbmtWm? Ah\mIs«, hniZ
     hnhc§fpÅ thZ{KÙw \n§Ä¡nd¡n
                                             ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃَنﱠﻪﹸ ﻣﹸﻨﹶﺰﱠﻝٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﻜُﻮنَﻦﱠ ﻣِﻦﹶ‬
     ¯¶h\mIp¶p. AXv kXyhpambn \nsâ
     c£nXmhn¦Â \n¶v Cd¡s¸«XmsW¶v
                                                                                                      ‫ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﻤﹾﺘَﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \mw ap¼v thZ{KÙw \ÂInbn«p
     ÅhÀ¡dnbmw. AXn\m \o Hcn¡epw
     kwibmep¡fn s]«pt]mIcpXv.
115. \nsâ c£nXmhnsâ hN\w kXy¯nepw            ِ‫٥١١. ﻭﹶﺗَﻤﱠﺖﹾ ﻛَﻠِﻤﹶﺖﹸ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﺻِﺪﹾﻗًﺎ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺪﹾﻻً ﻻﱠ ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺪﱢﻝ‬
     \oXnbnepw      ]cn]qÀ®ambncn¡p¶p.
                                                                          ‫ﻟِﻜَﻠِﻤﹶﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻴﻊﹸ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹸ‬
     Ahsâ hN\§Ä¡v amäw hcp¯m
     \mcpanÃ. Ah³ FÃmw tIÄ¡p¶h\pw
     Adnbp¶h\pas{X.
  Previous Page                 First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                  195                     Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


116. `qanbnepÅhcn A[nIt]scbpw \o ِ‫٦١١. ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﺗُﻄِﻊﹾ ﺃَﻛْﺜَﺮﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭﹾﺽِ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮﻙَ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻞ‬
     A\pkcn¡p¶ ]£w AÃmlphnsâ
     amÀK¯n \n¶pw \ns¶ AhÀ           ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺨْﺮﹸﺻﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     sXän¨pIfbp¶XmWv. Duls¯ am{X
     amWv AhÀ ]n´pScp¶Xv. AhÀ
     A\pam\n¡pI am{XamWv sN¿p¶Xv.
117. Xsâ amÀK¯n \n¶v sXänt¸mIp¶h³ ‫٧١١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹶﻀِﻞﱡ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻠِﻪِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ‬
     BcmsW¶v     XoÀ¨bmbpw     \nsâ
     c£nXmhn\v Adnbmw. t\Àhgn{]m]n¨                                      ‫ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     hsc¸än \Ãh®w Adnbp¶h\pw Ah³
     Xs¶bmWv.
118. AXn\m AÃmlphnsâ \maw D¨cn (¨v ِ‫٨١١. ﻓَﻜُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺫُﻛِﺮﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻪ‬
     Adp) ¡s¸«Xn \n¶pw \n§Ä
     Xn¶psImÅpI.   \n§Ä     Ahsâ                                                             ‫ﻣﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨِﲔﹶ‬
     hN\§fn hnizkn¡p¶hcmsW¦nÂ.
119. AÃmlphnsâ \maw D¨cn (¨v Adp) ‫٩١١. ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺫُﻛِﺮﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺪﹾ‬
     ¡s¸«Xn \n¶v \n§Ä F´n\v
     Xn¶mXncn¡Ww.?    \n§fpsS    ta ِ‫ﻓَﺼﱠﻞَ ﻟَﻜُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺿْﻄُﺮِﺭﹾﺗُﻢﹾ ﺇِﻟَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     \njn²am¡nbXv Ah³ \n§Ä¡v hniZ
     am¡n¯¶n«pWvStÃm. \n§Ä ( Xn¶p ‫ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﻛَﺜِﲑﹰﺍ ﻟﱠﻴﹸﻀِﻠﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﺄَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺋِﻬِﻢ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ‬
     hm³ ) \nÀ_ÔnXcmbn¯ocp¶sXmgnsI.
     [mcmfw t]À bmsXmcp hnhchpanÃmsX                                           ‫ﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻤﹸﻌﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     X¶njvS§Ä¡\pkcn¨v       (BfpIsf)
     ]ng¸n¨p sImWvSncn¡pIbmWv. XoÀ¨
     bmbpw \nsâ c£nXmhv AXn{IaImcn
     Isf¸än \Ãh®w Adnbp¶h\s{X.
120. ]m]¯n      \n¶v  {]Xy£ambXpw ‫٠٢١. ﻭﹶﺫَﺭﹸﻭﺍْ ﻇَﺎﻫِﺮﹶ ﺍﻹِﺛْﻢِ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﺎﻃِﻨﹶﻪﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]tcm£ambXpw \n§Ä shSnbpI. ]m]w
     k¼mZn¨v sh¡p¶hcmtcm AhÀ sNbvXv                  ‫ﺍﻹِﺛْﻢﹶ ﺳﹶﻴﹸﺠﹾﺰﹶﻭﹾﻥﹶ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻘْﺘَﺮِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Iq«p¶Xn\v X¡ {]Xn^ew XoÀ¨bmbpw
     AhÀ¡v \ÂIs¸Sp¶XmWv.
121. AÃmlphnsâ \maw D¨cn¡s¸Sm¯Xn ‫١٢١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺄْﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺬْﻛَﺮِ ﺍﺳﹾﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﻭﹶﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ‬
     \n¶v \n§Ä Xn¶cpXv. XoÀ¨bmbpw AXv
     A[À½amWv. \n§tfmSv XÀ¡n¡phm³ ‫ﻟَﻔِﺴﹾﻖﹲ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹶﺎﻃِﲔﹶ ﻟَﻴﹸﻮﺣﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ‬
     thWvSn     ]nimNp¡Ä       AhcpsS
     an{X§Ä¡v XoÀ¨bmbpw ZpÀt_m[\w         ‫ﻟِﻴﹸﺠﹶﺎﺩِﻟُﻮﻛُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَﻃَﻌﹾﺘُﻤﹸﻮﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟَﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \ÂIns¡mWvSncn¡pw. \n§Ä Ahsc
     A\pkcn¡p¶      ]£w     XoÀ¨bmbpw
     \n§Ä ( AÃmlpthmSv ) ]¦ptNÀ¡p¶
     hcmbnt¸mIpw.
  Previous Page                                  First Page                                     Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem               196                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


122. \nÀPohmhkvYbnembncns¡ \mw Poh³         ‫٢٢١. ﺃَﻭﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﻴﹾﺘًﺎ ﻓَﺄَﺣﹾﻴﹶﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻟَﻪﹸ نُﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﺸِﻲ‬
     \ÂIpIbpw, \mw Hcp ( kXy ) {]Imiw
     \ÂInbn«v AXpambn P\§Ä¡nSbneqsS         ‫ﺑِﻪِ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ ﻛَﻤﹶﻦ ﻣﱠﺜَﻠُﻪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠُﻤﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟَﻴﹾﺲﹶ‬
     \S¶v sImWvSncn¡pIbpw sN¿p¶hsâ
     AhkvY, ]pd¯v IS¡m\mIm¯ hn[w            ْ‫ﺑِﺨَﺎﺭِﺝٍ ﻣﱢﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺯُﻳﱢﻦﹶ ﻟِﻠْﻜَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
     AÔImc§fn AIs¸« AhkvYbnÂ
     Ignbp¶hsâXv t]msebmtWm? A§                                                                     ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     s\, kXy\ntj[nIÄ¡v X§Ä sNbvXv
     sImWvSncn¡p¶Xv `wKnbmbn tXm¶n¡
     s¸«ncn¡p¶p.
123. AtX {]Imcw Xs¶ Hmtcm \m«nepw           ‫٣٢١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠْﻨﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻛُﻞﱢ ﻗَﺮﹾﻳﹶﺔٍ ﺃَﻛَﺎﺑِﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺠﹶﺮِﻣِﻴﻬﹶﺎ‬
     IpX{´§fpWvSm¡phm³        AhnSs¯
     IpähmfnIfpsS     Xeh³amsc     \mw      ‫ﻟِﻴﹶﻤﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺄَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ‬
     GÀs]Sp¯nbn«pWvSv. F¶m AhÀ IpX
     {´w {]tbmKn¡p¶Xv AhÀs¡Xncn                                                                 ‫ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻌﹸﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     Xs¶bmWv. AhÀ ( AXns\¸än ) t_m[
     hm³amcmIp¶nÃ.
124. AhÀ¡v hà ZrjvSm´hpw h¶mÂ,              َ‫٤٢١. ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺔٌ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻦ نﱡﺆﹾﻣِﻦﹶ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ نُﺆﹾﺗَﻰ ﻣِﺜْﻞ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ ZqX³amÀ¡v \ÂIs¸«Xv
     t]mepÅXv R§Ä¡pw e`n¡p¶Xv hsc           ُ‫ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﺗِﻲﹶ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻋﹾﻠَﻢﹸ ﺣﹶﻴﹾﺚﹸ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞ‬
     R§Ä hnizkn¡pItb Cà F¶m
     bncn¡pw AhÀ ]dbpI. F¶m                ‫ﺭِﺳﹶﺎﻟَﺘَﻪﹸ ﺳﹶﻴﹸﺼِﻴﺐﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺟﹾﺮﹶﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﺻﹶﻐَﺎﺭﹲ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ‬
     AÃmlphn¶v \Ãh®adnbmw; Xsâ
     ZuXyw FhnsSbmWv GÂ]nt¡WvSsX¶v.                     ‫ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻋﹶﺬَﺍﺏﹲ ﺷﹶﺪِﻳﺪﹲ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻤﹾﻜُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     IpäIrXy§fn GÀs]«hÀ¡v X§Ä
     {]tbmKn¨ncp¶ IpX{´¯nsâ ^eambn
     AÃmlphn¦Â lo\Xbpw ITn\amb
     in£bpw h¶p`hn¡p¶XmWv.
125. GsXmcmsf t\Àhgnbnte¡v \bn¡phm³         ِ‫٥٢١. ﻓَﻤﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻳﹶﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﺮﹶﺡﹾ ﺻﹶﺪﹾﺭﹶﻩﹸ ﻟِﻺِﺳﹾﻼﹶﻡ‬
     AÃmlp Dt±in¡p¶pthm Ahsâ lrZ
     bs¯ Ckvemante¡v Ah³ Xpd¶p              ‫ﻭﹶﻣﹶﻦ ﻳﹸﺮِﺩﹾ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹸﻀِﻠﱠﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞْ ﺻﹶﺪﹾﺭﹶﻩﹸ ﺿَﻴﱢﻘًﺎ ﺣﹶﺮﹶﺟﹰﺎ‬
     sImSp¡p¶XmWv. GsXmcmsf AÃmlp
     ]nghnem¡m³ Dt±in¡p¶pthm Ahsâ           ‫ﻛَﺄَنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺼﱠﻌﱠﺪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤﹶﺎﺀ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﺠﹾﻌﹶﻞُ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     lrZbs¯ CSp§nbXpw sRcp§nbXp
     am¡n¯oÀ¡p¶XmWv. Ah³ BImi                                       ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺟﹾﺲﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ¯neqsS      Ibdnt¸mIp¶Xv   t]mse.
     hnizkn¡m¯hcpsS ta A{]Imcw
     AÃmlp in£ GÀs]Sp ¯p¶p.
126. \nsâ c£nXmhnsâ t\cmb amÀKamWnXv.       ‫٦٢١. ﻭﹶﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻁُ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻗَﺪﹾ ﻓَﺼﱠﻠْﻨﹶﺎ‬
     {i²n¨v    a\Ênem¡p¶      P\§Ä¡v
     thWvSn \manXm ZrjvSm´§Ä hniZoI                                               ‫ﺍﻵﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﻟِﻘَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﻳﹶﺬﱠﻛﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     cn¨ncn¡p¶p.
  Previous Page                First Page                                                        Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                197                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


127. AhÀ¡v AhcpsS c£nXmhnsâ ASp ْ‫٧٢١. ﻟَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺩﹶﺍﺭﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻼﹶﻡِ ﻋِﻨﺪﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﱡﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
     ¡Â kam[m\¯nsâ `h\apWvSv. Ah³
     AhcpsS c£m[nImcnbmbncn¡pw. AhÀ                                                       ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     {]hÀ¯n¨ncp¶Xnsâ ^eas{X AXv.
128. AhscsbÃmw Ah³ ( AÃmlp ) Hcpan                          ِ‫٨٢١. ﻭﹶﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﻳِﺤﹾﺸﹸﺮﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺟﹶﻤِﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹾﺸﹶﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠِﻦﱢ ﻗَﺪ‬
     ¨pIq«p¶ Znhkw. ( Pn¶pItfmSv Ah³
     ]dbpw: ) Pn¶pIfpsS kaqlta, a\pjy                       ِ‫ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻜْﺜَﺮﹾﺗُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻹِنﺲِ ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺃَﻭﹾﻟِﻴﹶﺂﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻹِنﺲ‬
     cn \n¶v [mcmfw t]sc \n§Ä
     ]ng¸n¨n«pWvSv. a\pjycn   \n¶pÅ                        ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﺳﹾﺘَﻤﹾﺘَﻊﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀُﻨﹶﺎ ﺑِﺒﹶﻌﹾﺾٍ ﻭﹶﺑﹶﻠَﻐْﻨﹶﺎ ﺃَﺟﹶﻠَﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ‬
     AhcpsS Däan{X§Ä ]dbpw: R§fpsS
     c£nXmth, R§fn NneÀ aäpNne                             ‫ﺃَﺟﱠﻠْﺖﹶ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭﹸ ﻣﹶﺜْﻮﹶﺍﻛُﻢﹾ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺪِﻳﻦﹶ ﻓِﻴﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     scs¡mWvSv kpJa\p`hn¡pIbp WvSmbn.
     \o R§Ä¡v \nivNbn¨ Ah[nbn                                                      ‫ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﺣﹶﻜِﻴﻢﹲ ﻋﹶﻠﻴﻢﹲ‬
     R§fnXm F¯nbncn¡p¶p. Ah³
     ]dbpw: \cIamWv \n§fpsS ]mÀ¸nSw.
     AÃmlp Dt±in¨ kabw HgnsI
     \n§fXn        \nXyhmknIfmbncn¡pw.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw \nsâ c£nXmhv bpIvXn
     am\pw kÀÆPvR\pamIp¶p.
129. A{]Imcw B A{IanIfn Nnesc ْ‫٩٢١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ نُﻮﹶﻟﱢﻲ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﻀًﺎ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍ‬
     NneÀ¡v \mw Iq«mfnIfm¡p¶p. AhÀ
     k¼mZn¨v sImWvSncp¶Xnsâ ^eas{X                                              ‫ﻳﹶﻜْﺴِﺒﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AXv.
130. Pn¶pIfpsSbpw a\pjycpsSbpw kaql ‫٠٣١. ﻳﹶﺎ ﻣﹶﻌﹾﺸﹶﺮﹶ ﺍﻟْﺠِﻦﱢ ﻭﹶﺍﻹِنﺲِ ﺃﻟَﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺭﹸﺳﹸﻞٌ ﻣﱢﻨﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     ta, Fsâ ZrjvSm´§Ä \n§Ä¡v
     hnhcn¨pXcnIbpw Cu Znhks¯ \n§Ä ‫ﻳﹶﻘُﺼﱡﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻲ ﻭﹶﻳﹸﻨﺬِﺭﹸﻭنَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻟِﻘَﺎﺀ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻣِﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     A`napJoIcnt¡WvSn hcpsa¶v \n§Ä¡v
     Xm¡oXv \ÂIpIbpw sNbvXpsImWvSv ‫ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹾنَﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻏَﺮﱠﺗْﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻴﹶﺎﺓﹸ‬
     \n§fn \n¶pXs¶bpÅ ZqX³amÀ
     \n§fpsS ASp¡Â hcnIbpWvSmbntÃ? ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡنْﻴﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَنﻔُﺴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺃَنﱠﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻛَﺎﻓِﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     AhÀ ]dªp: R§fnXm R§Ä
     s¡Xncmbn¯s¶ km£yw hln¨ncn
     ¡p¶p. sFlnIPohnXw Ahsc h©n¨p
     Ifªp. X§Ä kXy\ntj[nIfmbncp¶p
     sh¶v kztZl§Äs¡Xncmbn Xs¶
     AhÀ km£yw hln¨p.
131. \m«pImÀ ( kXys¯¸än ) t_m[hm³ ‫١٣١. ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺃَﻥ ﻟﱠﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﻣﹸﻬﹾﻠِﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻘُﺮﹶﻯ ﺑِﻈُﻠْﻢٍ ﻭﹶﺃَﻫﹾﻠُﻬﹶﺎ‬
     amcÃmXncns¡ AhÀ sNbvX A{Ia
     ¯nsâ t]cn \nsâ c£nXmhv \mSpIÄ                                                        ‫ﻏَﺎﻓِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \in¸n¡p¶h\Ã F¶Xn\mes{X AXv
     (ZqX³amsc Ab¨Xv )
  Previous Page                                First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                 198                       Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


132. Hmtcmcp¯À¡pw AhchÀ {]hÀ¯n ‫٢٣١. ﻭﹶﻟِﻜُﻞﱟ ﺩﹶﺭﹶﺟﹶﺎﺕﹲ ﻣﱢﻤﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﻤِﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﺑِﻐَﺎﻓِﻞٍ ﻋﹶﻤﱠﺎ‬
     ¨Xnsâ ^eambn ]e ]ZhnIfpWvSv.
     AhÀ {]hÀ¯n¡p¶Xns\¸än \nsâ                                                       ‫ﻳﹶﻌﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     c£nXmhv H«pw A{i²\Ã.
133. \nsâ   c£nXmhv    ]cm{ibapIvX\pw ‫٣٣١. ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ ﺍﻟْﻐَﻨِﻲﱡ ﺫُﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔِ ﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺄْ ﻳﹸﺬْﻫِﺒﹾﻜُﻢﹾ‬
     ImcpWyhm\pamIp¶p. Ah³ Dt±in¡p
     IbmsW¦n \n§sf \o¡w sN¿pIbpw, ‫ﻭﹶﻳﹶﺴﹾﺘَﺨْﻠِﻒﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻛُﻢ ﻣﱠﺎ ﻳﹶﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﻛَﻤﹶﺂ ﺃَنﺸﹶﺄَﻛُﻢ‬
     \n§Ä¡v tijw Ah³ Dt±in¡p¶
     asämcp P\Xsb ]Icw sImWvSp                                          ‫ﻣﱢﻦ ﺫُﺭﱢﻳﱠﺔِ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡٍ ﺁﺧﹶﺮِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     hcpIbpw sN¿p¶XmWv. asämcp P\X
     bpsS hwi]c¼cbn \n¶v \n§sf
     Ah³ hfÀ¯nsbSp¯Xv t]mse.
134. XoÀ¨bmbpw    \n§Ä¡v  ap¶dnbn¸v                                  ‫٤٣١. ﺇِﻥﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺗُﻮﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﻵﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَنﺘُﻢ ﺑِﻤﹸﻌﹾﺠِﺰِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     \ÂIs¸Sp¶ B Imcyw hcnI Xs¶
     sN¿pw. ( B hnjb¯n AÃmlpsh )
     ]cmPbs¸Sp¯m³ \n§Ä¡v IgnbnÃ.
135. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: Fsâ P\§tf, ٌ‫٥٣١. ﻗُﻞْ ﻳﹶﺎ ﻗَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻋﹾﻤﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻣﹶﻜَﺎنَﺘِﻜُﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱢﻲ ﻋﹶﺎﻣِﻞ‬
     \n§Ä \n§fpsS \ne]mS\pkcn¨v {]hÀ
     ¯n¨v sImÅpI. XoÀ¨bmbpw Rm\pw َ‫ﻓَﺴﹶﻮﹾﻑﹶ ﺗَﻌﹾﻠَﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﻦ ﺗَﻜُﻮﻥﹸ ﻟَﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﺎﻗِﺒﹶﺔُ ﺍﻟﺪﱢﺍﺭِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻻ‬
     (A§s\) {]hÀ¯n¡mw. temI¯nsâ
     ]cyhkm\w BÀ¡v A\pIqeambncn                                                  ‫ﻳﹸﻔْﻠِﺢﹸ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ¡psa¶v    hgnsb   \n§Ä¡dnbmw.
     A{IanIÄ hnPbw hcn¡pIbnÃ; XoÀ¨.
136. AÃmlp krjvSn¨pWvSm¡nb Irjnbn ِ‫٦٣١. ﻭﹶﺟﹶﻌﹶﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻣِﻤﱢﺎ ﺫَﺭﹶﺃَ ﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﺮﹾﺙِ ﻭﹶﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡ‬
     \n¶pw, I¶pImenIfn \n¶pw AhÀ
     Ah¶v Hcp Hmlcn \nivNbn¨v sImSp¯n ‫نَﺼِﻴﺒﹰﺎ ﻓَﻘَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﺑِﺰﹶﻋﹾﻤِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻟِﺸﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺂﺋِﻨﹶﺎ‬
     cn¡pIbmWv. F¶n«v AhcpsS PÂ]\
     a\pkcn¨v CXv AÃmlphn\pÅXpw, atäXv ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﻟِﺸﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﻳﹶﺼِﻞُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ‬
     X§Ä ]¦mfnIfm¡nb ssZh§Ä¡pÅ
     XpamsW¶v AhÀ ]dªp. F¶m                ‫ﻟِﻠّﻪِ ﻓَﻬﹸﻮﹶ ﻳﹶﺼِﻞُ ﺇِﻟَﻰ ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺂﺋِﻬِﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﺎﺀ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﺤﹾﻜُﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhcpsS ]¦mfnIÄ¡pÅXv AÃmlphn
     s¶¯pIbnÃ. AÃmlphn¶pÅXmIs«
     AhcpsS ]¦mfnIÄs¡¯pIbpw sN¿pw.
     AhÀ XoÀ¸pIÂ]n¡p¶Xv F{Xtamiw!
137. AXpt]mse    Xs¶   _lpssZhhmZn ‫٧٣١. ﻭﹶﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺯَﻳﱠﻦﹶ ﻟِﻜَﺜِﲑٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺸﹾﺮِﻛِﲔﹶ ﻗَﺘْﻞَ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩِﻫِﻢﹾ‬
     IfnÂs]« ]eÀ¡pw kz´w a¡sf
     sImÃp¶Xv    AhÀ   ]¦mfnIfm¡nb ‫ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺂﺅﹸﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻟِﻴﹸﺮﹾﺩﹸﻭﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟِﻴﹶﻠْﺒِﺴﹸﻮﺍْ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺩِﻳﻨﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ‬
     ssZh§Ä `wKnbmbn tXm¶n¨ncn¡p¶p.
     Ahsc     \mi¯n    s]Sp¯pIbpw,                ‫ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓَﻌﹶﻠُﻮﻩﹸ ﻓَﺬَﺭﹾﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     AhÀ¡v AhcpsS aXw Xncn¨dnbm³
  Previous Page                                 First Page                                               Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                199                    Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       ]ämXm¡pIbpamWv AXpsImWvSpWvSmbn
       ¯ocp¶Xv.  AÃmlp     Dt±in¨ncp¶p
       sh¦n    AhcXv   sN¿pambncp¶nÃ.
       AXn\m AhÀ sI«n¨a¨pWvSm¡p
       ¶Xpambn Ahsc hnt«¡pI.
138. AhÀ     ]dªp:     Ch    hne¡s¸« ‫٨٣١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﺃَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡﹲ ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺮﹾﺙﹲ ﺣِﺠﹾﺮﹲ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﻄْﻌﹶﻤﹸﻬﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
     ImenIfpw IrjnbpamIp¶p. R§Ä
     Dt±in¡p¶ NnecÃmsX Ah `£n¨p ‫ﻣﹶﻦ نّﺸﹶﺎﺀ ﺑِﺰﹶﻋﹾﻤِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺃَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡﹲ ﺣﹸﺮﱢﻣﹶﺖﹾ ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭﹸﻫﹶﺎ‬
     IqSm. AXhcpsS PÂ]\as{X. ]pd¯v
     khmcnsN¿p¶Xv \njn²am¡s¸« Nne ِ‫ﻭﹶﺃَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡﹲ ﻻﱠ ﻳﹶﺬْﻛُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﺳﹾﻢﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺍﻓْﺘِﺮﹶﺍﺀ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     ImenIfpapWvSv.     thsd     Nne
     ImenIfpapWvSv; AhbpsS ta AhÀ                               ‫ﺳﹶﻴﹶﺠﹾﺰِﻳﻬِﻢ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﻔْﺘَﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ \maw D¨cn¡pIbnÃ.
     CsXÃmw Ahsâ ( AÃmlphnsâ )
     t]cn sI«n¨a¨pWvSm¡nbXmWv. AhÀ
     sI«n¨a¨v sImWvSncp¶Xn\v X¡ ^ew
     Ah³ AhÀ¡v \ÂIns¡mÅpw.
139. AhÀ ]dªp: Cu ImenIfpsS KÀ`mi ٌ‫٩٣١. ﻭﹶﻗَﺎﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺑﹸﻄُﻮﻥِ ﻫﹶـﺬِﻩِ ﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡِ ﺧﹶﺎﻟِﺼﹶﺔ‬
     b§fnepÅXv R§fnse BWp§Ä¡v
     am{XapÅXpw, R§fpsS `mcyamÀ¡v ً‫ﻟﱢﺬُﻛُﻮﺭِنَﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹸﺤﹶﺮﱠﻡﹲ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺟِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻦ ﻣﱠﻴﹾﺘَﺔ‬
     \njn²am¡s¸«XpamWv. AXv N¯Xm
     sW¦ntem AhscÃmw AXn ]¦v ‫ﻓَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓِﻴﻪِ ﺷﹸﺮﹶﻛَﺎﺀ ﺳﹶﻴﹶﺠﹾﺰِﻳﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺻﹾﻔَﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﺣِﻜِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     ]äp¶hcmbncn¡pw.   AhcpsS  Cu
     PÂ]\¯n\v X¡ {]Xn^ew Ah³                                                              ‫ﻋﹶﻠِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     (AÃmlp) hgnsb AhÀ¡v \ÂIp
     ¶XmWv. XoÀ¨bmbpw Ah³ bpIvXn
     am\pw kÀÆPvR\pamIp¶p.
140. t`mjXzw ImcWambn Hcp hnhchp ٍ‫٠٤١. ﻗَﺪﹾ ﺧﹶﺴِﺮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻗَﺘَﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹶﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﺳﹶﻔَﻬﹰﺎ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﻋِﻠْﻢ‬
     anÃmsX kz´w k´m\§sf sImÃp
     Ibpw, X§Ä¡v AÃmlp \ÂInbXv ‫ﻭﹶﺣﹶﺮﱠﻣﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗَﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺍﻓْﺘِﺮﹶﺍﺀ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻗَﺪﹾ‬
     AÃmlphnsâ t]cn IÅw sI«n¨a¨p
     sImWvSv \njn²am¡pIbpw sNbvXhÀ                                 ‫ﺿَﻠﱡﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻣﹸﻬﹾﺘَﺪِﻳﻦﹶ‬
     XoÀ¨bmbpw \jvS¯n s]«ncn¡p¶p.
     XoÀ¨bmbpw AhÀ ]ng¨p t]mbn. AhÀ
     t\ÀamÀKw {]m]n¡p¶ hcmbnÃ.
141. ]´en ]SÀ¯s¸«Xpw AÃm¯Xpamb ‫١٤١. ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻮﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺃَنﺸﹶﺄَ ﺟﹶﻨﱠﺎﺕٍ ﻣﱠﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﺷﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻭﹶﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ‬
     tXm«§fpw, Cu´¸\Ifpw, hnh[Xcw
     I\nIfpÅ IrjnIfpw, ]ckv]cw XpeyX ‫ﻣﹶﻌﹾﺮﹸﻭﺷﹶﺎﺕٍ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﻨﱠﺨْﻞَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺰﱠﺭﹾﻉﹶ ﻣﹸﺨْﺘَﻠِﻔًﺎ ﺃُﻛُﻠُﻪﹸ‬
     tXm¶p¶Xpw F¶m kmZriyanÃm
     ¯Xpamb \nebn Heohpw amXfhpw ْ‫ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺰﱠﻳﹾﺘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﺮﱡﻣﱠﺎﻥﹶ ﻣﹸﺘَﺸﹶﺎﺑِﻬﹰﺎ ﻭﹶﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﻣﹸﺘَﺸﹶﺎﺑِﻪٍ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍ‬
     FÃmw krjvSn¨pWvSm¡nbXv Ah\m
  Previous Page                                First Page                                    Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                                  200                              Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation



       AXnsâ ^e§fn \n¶v \n§Ä `£n¨v َ‫ﻣِﻦ ﺛَﻤﹶﺮِﻩِ ﺇِﺫَﺍ ﺃَﺛْﻤﹶﺮﹶ ﻭﹶﺁﺗُﻮﺍْ ﺣﹶﻘﱠﻪﹸ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺣﹶﺼﹶﺎﺩِﻩِ ﻭﹶﻻ‬
       Ip¶p. Ahtbmtcm¶pw Imbv¡pt¼mÄ

                                                          ‫ﺗُﺴﹾﺮِﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺤِﺐﱡ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺴﹾﺮِﻓِﲔﹶ‬
       sImÅpI. AXnsâ hnfshSp¸v Znhkw
       AXnepÅ _m[yX \n§Ä sImSp¯v
       ho«pIbpw sN¿pI. \n§Ä ZpÀhybw
       sN¿cpXv.   XoÀ¨bmbpw   ZpÀhybw
       sN¿p¶hsc AÃmlp CjvSs¸SpIbnÃ.

142. ImenIfn \n¶v `mcw Npa¡p¶hbpw, ‫٢٤١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻷَنْﻌﹶﺎﻡِ ﺣﹶﻤﹸﻮﻟَﺔً ﻭﹶﻓَﺮﹾﺷﹰﺎ ﻛُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﺭﹶﺯَﻗَﻜُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ‬
     Adp¯v `£n¡m\pÅhbpw ( Ah³
     krjvSn¨ncn¡p¶p. ) \n§Ä¡v AÃmlp ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍْ ﺧﹸﻄُﻮﹶﺍﺕِ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻴﹾﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺇِنﱠﻪﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﺪﹸﻭﱞ‬
     \ÂInbXn \n¶v \n§Ä Xn¶p
     sImÅpI. ]nimNnsâ ImeSnIsf \n§Ä                                                                 ‫ﻣﱡﺒِﲔﹲ‬
     ]n³]änt]mIcpXv. XoÀ¨bmbpw Ah³
     \n§fpsS {]Xy£i{XphmIp¶p.

143. F«p CWIsf (Ah³ krjvSn¨ncn ِ‫٣٤١. ﺛَﻤﹶﺎنِﻴﹶﺔَ ﺃَﺯْﻭﹶﺍﺝٍ ﻣﱢﻦﹶ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﺄْﻥِ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻌﹾﺰِ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﻴﹾﻦ‬
     ¡p¶p.) sN½cnbmSn \n¶v cWvSpw,
     tImemSn \n¶v cWvSpw. ]dbpI: (Ah ِ‫ﻗُﻞْ ﺁﻟﺬﱠﻛَﺮﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺃَﻡِ ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﺃَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﻤﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪ‬
     cWvSnsebpw)  B¬hÀK§sfbmtWm,
     AXÃ, s]¬hÀK§sfbmtWm, AXpaà             ‫ﺃَﺭﹾﺣﹶﺎﻡﹸ ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ نَﺒﱢﺆﹸﻭنِﻲ ﺑِﻌِﻠْﻢٍ ﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺻﹶﺎﺩِﻗِﲔﹶ‬
     s]¬hÀK§fpsS KÀ`mib§Ä DÄsIm
     WvSXns\bmtWm AÃmlp \njn²am¡n
     bn«pÅXv? Adnhnsâ ASnkvYm\¯nÂ
     \n§Ä F\n¡v ]dªpXcq; \n§Ä
     kXyhm³amcmsW¦nÂ.

144. H«I¯n \n¶v cWvSv CWIsfbpw,                              ِ‫٤٤١. ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻹِﺑﹾﻞِ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻘَﺮِ ﺍﺛْﻨﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﻗُﻞْ ﺁﻟﺬﱠﻛَﺮﹶﻳﹾﻦ‬
     ]iphÀK¯n \n¶v cWvSv CWIsfbpw
     (Ah³ krjvSn¨p.) ]dbpI: ( Ah cWvSn                        ‫ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺃَﻡِ ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﺃَﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﺷﹾﺘَﻤﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻪِ ﺃَﺭﹾﺣﹶﺎﻡﹸ‬
     sebpw ) B¬hÀK§sfbmtWm, s]¬
     hÀK§sfbmtWm AXpaà s]¬hÀK                                 ‫ﺍﻷُنﺜَﻴﹶﻴﹾﻦِ ﺃَﻡﹾ ﻛُﻨﺘُﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀ ﺇِﺫْ ﻭﹶﺻﱠﺎﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺑِﻬﹶـﺬَﺍ‬
     §fpsS KÀ`mib§Ä DÄsImWvSXns\
     bmtWm AÃmlp \njn²am¡nbn«pÅXv?                            ‫ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦِ ﺍﻓْﺘَﺮﹶﻯ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﻛَﺬِﺑﹰﺎ ﻟِﻴﹸﻀِﻞﱠ‬
     AÃ, AÃmlp \n§tfmSv CsXms¡
     D]tZin¨     kµÀ`¯n\v       \n§Ä                            ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹶ ﺑِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻬﹾﺪِﻱ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎﻟِﻤِﲔﹶ‬
     km£nIfmbn«ptWvSm? At¸mÄ Hcp
     AdnhpanÃmsX P\§sf ]ng¸n¡m³
     thWvSn AÃmlphnsâ t]cn IÅw
     sI«n¨a¨hs\¡mÄ      henb    A{Ian
     BcpWvSv?   A{IanIfmb      BfpIsf
     AÃmlp t\Àhgnbnte¡v \bn¡pIbnÃ;
     Xoˬ.

  Previous Page                                  First Page                                                            Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem               201                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


145. ( \_ntb, ) ]dbpI: F\n¡v t_m[\w
     \ÂIs¸«n«pÅXn Hcp `£n¡p¶h¶v            ‫٥٤١. ﻗُﻞ ﻻﱠ ﺃَﺟِﺪﹸ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃُﻭﹾﺣِﻲﹶ ﺇِﻟَﻲﱠ ﻣﹸﺤﹶﺮﱠﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ‬

                                            ‫ﻃَﺎﻋِﻢٍ ﻳﹶﻄْﻌﹶﻤﹸﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﻳﹶﻜُﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﹶﻴﹾﺘَﺔً ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺩﹶﻣﹰﺎ‬
     `£n¡phm³ ]mSnÃm¯Xmbn bmsXm¶pw
     Rm³ ImWp¶nÃ; AXv ihtam, Hgp¡
     s¸« cIvXtam, ]¶namwktam BsW¦n
     semgnsI. ImcWw AXv t¾NvOas{X.          ‫ﻣﱠﺴﹾﻔُﻮﺣﹰﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻟَﺤﹾﻢﹶ ﺧِﻨﺰِﻳﺮٍ ﻓَﺈِنﱠﻪﹸ ﺭِﺟﹾﺲﹲ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻓِﺴﹾﻘًﺎ‬
     Asæn AÃmlphÃm¯hcpsS t]cnÂ
     ( t\À¨bmbn ) {]Jym]n¡s¸«Xn\m          ٍ‫ﺃُﻫِﻞﱠ ﻟِﻐَﻴﹾﺮِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺑِﻪِ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦِ ﺍﺿْﻄُﺮﱠ ﻏَﻴﹾﺮﹶ ﺑﹶﺎﻍٍ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﻋﹶﺎﺩ‬
     A[mÀ½nIambn¯oÀ¶n«pÅXpw HgnsI.
     F¶m hÃh\pw ( Ch `£n¡m³ )                                                 ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥﱠ ﺭﹶﺑﱠﻚﹶ ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭﹲ ﺭﱠﺣِﻴﻢﹲ‬
     \nÀ_ÔnX\mIp¶        ]£w     Ah³
     \nbaewL\w B{Kln¡m¯h\pw AXn
     cphn«pt]mIm¯h\pamsW¦n       \nsâ
     \mY³ XoÀ¨bmbpw Gsd s]mdp¡p¶
     h\pw IcpWm\n[nbpamIp¶p.
146. \JapÅ FÃm PohnIsfbpw PqX³
     amÀ¡v \mw \njn²am¡pIbp WvSmbn.         ‫٦٤١. ﻭﹶﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻫﹶﺎﺩﹸﻭﺍْ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻣﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻛُﻞﱠ ﺫِﻱ ﻇُﻔُﺮٍ ﻭﹶﻣِﻦﹶ‬

                                            ‫ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﻘَﺮِ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻐَﻨﹶﻢِ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻣﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻬِﻢﹾ ﺷﹸﺤﹸﻮﻣﹶﻬﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻣﹶﺎ‬
     ]ip, BSv F¶o hÀK§fn \n¶v
     AhbpsS sImgp¸pIfpw \mw AhÀ¡v
     \njn²am¡n. AhbpsS apXpIn³tatem
     IpSepIÄ¡v      aosXtbm     DÅtXm,      َ‫ﺣﹶﻤﹶﻠَﺖﹾ ﻇُﻬﹸﻮﺭﹸﻫﹸﻤﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹶﻮﹶﺍﻳﹶﺎ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺍﺧﹾﺘَﻠَﻂ‬
     FÃpambn H«nt¨À¶tXm HgnsI. AhcpsS
     [n¡mc¯n¶v      \mahÀ¡v     \ÂInb             ‫ﺑِﻌﹶﻈْﻢٍ ﺫَﻟِﻚﹶ ﺟﹶﺰﹶﻳﹾﻨﹶﺎﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﺒﹶﻐْﻴِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻭِﺇِنﱠﺎ ﻟَﺼﹶﺎﺩِﻗُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     {]Xn^eas{X AXv. Xoˬbmbpw \mw
     kXyw ]dbpIbmIp¶p.
147. C\n AhÀ \ns¶ \ntj[n¨pIfbp
     IbmsW¦n        \o      ]dtª¡pI:       َ‫٧٤١. ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﻙَ ﻓَﻘُﻞ ﺭﱠﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ ﺫُﻭ ﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﺍﺳِﻌﹶﺔٍ ﻭﹶﻻ‬

                                                                     ‫ﻳﹸﺮﹶﺩﱡ ﺑﹶﺄْﺳﹸﻪﹸ ﻋﹶﻦِ ﺍﻟْﻘَﻮﹾﻡِ ﺍﻟْﻤﹸﺠﹾﺮِﻣِﲔﹶ‬
     \n§fpsS c£nXmhv hnimeamb ImcpWy
     apÅh\mIp¶p. F¶m IpähmfnIfmb
     P\§fn      \n¶v   Ahsâ      in£
     Hgnhm¡s¸Sp¶XÃ.
148. B _lpssZhmcm[IÀ ]dtª¡pw:               ‫٨٤١. ﺳﹶﻴﹶﻘُﻮﻝُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺃَﺷﹾﺮﹶﻛْﻨﹶﺎ‬
     AÃmlp Dt±in¨ncps¶¦n R§tfm,
     R§fpsS ]nXm¡tfm (AÃmlpthmSv)           ‫ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺁﺑﹶﺎﺅﹸنَﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻣﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻛَﺬَﻟِﻚﹶ ﻛَﺬﱠﺏﹶ‬
     ]¦ptNÀ¡pambncp¶nÃ; R§Ä bmsXm
     ¶pw \njn²am¡pambncp¶panà F¶v.          ْ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻬِﻢ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ ﺫَﺍﻗُﻮﺍْ ﺑﹶﺄْﺳﹶﻨﹶﺎ ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹶﻞ‬
     CtX {]Imcw AhcpsS ap³KmanIfpw
     \½psS in£ BkzZn¡p¶Xv hsc               ‫ﻋِﻨﺪﹶﻛُﻢ ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﻋِﻠْﻢٍ ﻓَﺘُﺨْﺮِﺟﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻟَﻨﹶﺎ ﺇِﻥ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ‬
     \ntj[n¨p IfbpIbpWvSmbn. ]dbpI:
     \n§fpsS ]¡Â hà hnhchpaptWvSm?                                     ‫ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻦﱠ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥﹾ ﺃَنﺘُﻢﹾ ﺇَﻻﱠ ﺗَﺨْﺮﹸﺻﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     F¦n R§Ä¡v \n§Ä AsXm¶v
     shfns¸Sp¯n¯cq. Duls¯ am{XamWv
     \n§Ä        ]n´pScp¶Xv.     \n§Ä
     A\pam\n¡pI am{XamWv sN¿p¶Xv.

  Previous Page                First Page                                                          Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                              202                                Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation


149. ]dbpI: BIbm AÃmlphn\mWv ‫٩٤١. ﻗُﻞْ ﻓَﻠِﻠّﻪِ ﺍﻟْﺤﹸﺠﱠﺔُ ﺍﻟْﺒﹶﺎﻟِﻐَﺔُ ﻓَﻠَﻮﹾ ﺷﹶﺎﺀ ﻟَﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﻛُﻢﹾ‬
     anI¨ sXfnhpÅXv. Ah³ Dt±in¨ncp
     s¶¦n \n§sf apgph³ Ah³                                                   ‫ﺃَﺟﹾﻤﹶﻌِﲔﹶ‬
     t\Àhgnbnem¡pI Xs¶ sN¿pambncp¶p.
150. ]dbpI:      AÃmlp     CsXms¡ ‫٠٥١. ﻗُﻞْ ﻫﹶﻠُﻢﱠ ﺷﹸﻬﹶﺪﹶﺍﺀﻛُﻢﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹶ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ‬
     \njn²am¡nbncn¡p¶p F¶v km£y
     s¸Sp¯p¶     \n§fpsS km£nIsf ‫ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻓَﺈِﻥ ﺷﹶﻬِﺪﹸﻭﺍْ ﻓَﻼﹶ ﺗَﺸﹾﻬﹶﺪﹾ ﻣﹶﻌﹶﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻊﹾ‬
     sImWvSphcnI. C\n AhÀ (IÅ)
     km£yw     hln¡pIbmsW¦n    \o ‫ﺃَﻫﹾﻮﹶﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻛَﺬﱠﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     AhtcmsSm¸w km£nbmIcpXv. \½psS
     ZrjvSm´§sf \ntj[n¨v XÅnbhcpw,                            ‫ﺑِﺎﻵﺧِﺮﹶﺓِ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﻢ ﺑِﺮﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹶﻌﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     ]ctemI¯n hnizkn¡m¯hcpw X§
     fpsS c£nXmhn\v ka³amscsh¡p¶
     hcpamb BfpIfpsS X¶njvS§sf \o
     ]n´pSÀ¶v t]mIcpXv.
151. (\_ntb,) ]dbpI: \n§Ä hcq! \n§                         ْ‫١٥١. ﻗُﻞْ ﺗَﻌﹶﺎﻟَﻮﹾﺍْ ﺃَﺗْﻞُ ﻣﹶﺎ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻜُﻢﹾ ﺃَﻻﱠ ﺗُﺸﹾﺮِﻛُﻮﺍ‬
     fpsS   c£nXmhv    \n§fpsS   taÂ
     \njn²am¡nbXv \n§Ä¡v Rm³ ]dªv                          ‫ﺑِﻪِ ﺷﹶﻴﹾﺌًﺎ ﻭﹶﺑِﺎﻟْﻮﹶﺍﻟِﺪﹶﻳﹾﻦِ ﺇِﺣﹾﺴﹶﺎنًﺎ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍْ ﺃَﻭﹾﻻَﺩﹶﻛُﻢ‬
     tIÄ]n¡mw. Aht\mSv bmsXm¶ns\bpw
     \n§Ä ]¦tNÀ¡cpXv. amXm]nXm¡Ä¡v                         ْ‫ﻣﱢﻦﹾ ﺇﻣﹾﻼﹶﻕٍ نﱠﺤﹾﻦﹸ نَﺮﹾﺯُﻗُﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺇِﻳﱠﺎﻫﹸﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍ‬
     \³asN¿Ww. Zmcn{Zyw ImcWambn
     kz´w a¡sf \n§Ä sIm¶pIfbcpXv.                          ْ‫ﺍﻟْﻔَﻮﹶﺍﺣِﺶﹶ ﻣﹶﺎ ﻇَﻬﹶﺮﹶ ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﻣﹶﺎ ﺑﹶﻄَﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﺍ‬
     \mamWv \n§Ä¡pw AhÀ¡pw Blmcw
     Xcp¶Xv. {]Xy£hpw ]tcm£hpamb                           ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻔْﺲﹶ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺣﹶﺮﱠﻡﹶ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪﹸ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺤﹶﻖﱢ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺻﱠﺎﻛُﻢﹾ‬
     \oNhr¯nIsf      \n§Ä      kao]n¨v
     t]mIcpXv. AÃmlp ]cn]mh\am¡nb                                                                        ‫ﺑِﻪِ ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﻌﹾﻘِﻠُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Pohs\ \ymb{]ImcaÃmsX \n§Ä
     l\n¨pIfbcpXv. \n§Ä Nn´n¨v a\Ên
     em¡phm³ thWvSn. Ah³ ( AÃmlp )
     \n§Ä¡v \ÂInb D]tZiamWXv.
152. Gähpw D¯aamb amÀK¯neqsSbÃmsX                          ‫٢٥١. ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﻘْﺮﹶﺑﹸﻮﺍْ ﻣﹶﺎﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻴﹶﺘِﻴﻢِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺑِﺎﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﻫِﻲﹶ ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹸ ﺣﹶﺘﱠﻰ‬
     \n§Ä A\mYbpsS kz¯ns\ kao]n¨p
     t]mIcpXv. Ah¶v Imcy{]m]vXn F¯p                        َ‫ﻳﹶﺒﹾﻠُﻎَ ﺃَﺷﹸﺪﱠﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺃَﻭﹾﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺍﻟْﻜَﻴﹾﻞَ ﻭﹶﺍﻟْﻤِﻴﺰﹶﺍﻥﹶ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘِﺴﹾﻂِ ﻻ‬
     ¶Xv hsc ( \n§Ä Ahsâ c£mI
     À¯rXzw GsäSp¡Ww. ) \n§Ä \oXn                          ‫نُﻜَﻠﱢﻒﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹰﺎ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﻭﹸﺳﹾﻌﹶﻬﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﺫَﺍ ﻗُﻠْﺘُﻢﹾ ﻓَﺎﻋﹾﺪِﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻭﹶﻟَﻮﹾ‬
     ]qÀÆw Afhpw Xq¡hpw XnI¨psImSp
     ¡Ww. HcmÄ¡pw AbmfpsS Ignhnep                          ِ‫ﻛَﺎﻥﹶ ﺫَﺍ ﻗُﺮﹾﺑﹶﻰ ﻭﹶﺑِﻌﹶﻬﹾﺪِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪِ ﺃَﻭﹾﻓُﻮﺍْ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺻﱠﺎﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻪ‬
     ]cnbmbn \mw _m[yX Npa¯p¶XÃ.
     \n§Ä kwkmcn¡pIbmsW¦n \oXn                                                                            ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺬَﻛﱠﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ‬
     ]men¡pI.    AsXmcp    _Ôphnsâ
     Imcy¯nembncp¶m t]mepw. AÃmlp

  Previous Page                               First Page                                                             Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem                               203                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       thmSpÅ IcmÀ \n§Ä \ndthäpI.
       \n§Ä {i²n¨v a\Ênem¡phm³ thWvSn
       AÃmlp \n§Ä¡v \ÂInb D]tZi
       amWXv.
153. CXs{X Fsâ t\cmb ]mX. \n§Ä AXv ْ‫٣٥١. ﻭﹶﺃَﻥﱠ ﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﺻِﺮﹶﺍﻃِﻲ ﻣﹸﺴﹾﺘَﻘِﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﻻَ ﺗَﺘﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﺍ‬
     ]n´pScpI. aäpamÀK§Ä ]n³]äcpXv.
     Ahsbms¡ Ahsâ ( AÃmlphnsâ ) ِ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱡﺒﹸﻞَ ﻓَﺘَﻔَﺮﱠﻕَ ﺑِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺳﹶﺒِﻴﻠِﻪِ ﺫَﻟِﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﺻﱠﺎﻛُﻢ ﺑِﻪ‬
     amÀK¯n \n¶v \n§sf NnXdn¨v
     Ifbpw. \n§Ä kq£vaX ]men¡m³                                                      ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗَﺘﱠﻘُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     thWvSn Ah³ \n§Ä¡v \ÂInb
     D]tZiamWXv.
154. \³asNbvXh¶v ( A\p{Kl¯nsâ ) ‫٤٥١. ﺛُﻢﱠ ﺁﺗَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﻣﹸﻮﺳﹶﻰ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹶ ﺗَﻤﹶﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱﹶ‬
     ]qÀ¯o IcWambns¡mWvSpw, FÃmImcy
     ¯n\papÅ hniZoIcWhpw amÀKZÀi ً‫ﺃَﺣﹾﺴﹶﻦﹶ ﻭﹶﺗَﻔْﺼِﻴﻼﹰ ﻟﱢﻜُﻞﱢ ﺷﹶﻲﹾﺀٍ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔ‬
     \hpw ImcpWyhpambns¡mWvSpw ]n¶oSv
     aqkmbv¡v \mw thZ{KÙw \ÂIn.                           ‫ﻟﱠﻌﹶﻠﱠﻬﹸﻢ ﺑِﻠِﻘَﺎﺀ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻬِﻢﹾ ﻳﹸﺆﹾﻣِﻨﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     X§fpsS c£nXmhpambpÅ IqSn¡mgvN
     bn     AhÀ   hnizkn¡p¶hcmIm³
     thWvSn.
155. CXmIs« \mw AhXcn¸n¨ \³a \ndª ْ‫٥٥١. ﻭﹶﻫﹶـﺬَﺍ ﻛِﺘَﺎﺏﹲ ﺃَنﺰﹶﻟْﻨﹶﺎﻩﹸ ﻣﹸﺒﹶﺎﺭﹶﻙٌ ﻓَﺎﺗﱠﺒِﻌﹸﻮﻩﹸ ﻭﹶﺍﺗﱠﻘُﻮﺍ‬
     {KÙas{X. AXns\ \n§Ä ]n³]äpIbpw
     kq£vaX     ]men¡pIbpw    sN¿pI.                                            ‫ﻟَﻌﹶﻠﱠﻜُﻢﹾ ﺗُﺮﹾﺣﹶﻤﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬
     \n§Ä¡v ImcpWyw e`nt¨¡mw.
156. R§fpsS ap¼pÅ cWvSv hn`mK§Ä¡v ‫٦٥١. ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﺇِنﱠﻤﹶﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹸ ﻋﹶﻠَﻰ ﻃَﺂﺋِﻔَﺘَﻴﹾﻦِ ﻣِﻦ‬
     am{Xta thZ{KÙw AhXcn¸n¡s¸
     «n«pÅq. AhÀ hmbn¨p]Tn¨p sImWvSncn             ‫ﻗَﺒﹾﻠِﻨﹶﺎ ﻭﹶﺇِﻥ ﻛُﻨﱠﺎ ﻋﹶﻦ ﺩِﺭﹶﺍﺳﹶﺘِﻬِﻢﹾ ﻟَﻐَﺎﻓِﻠِﲔﹶ‬
     ¡p¶Xns\¸än     R§Ä       XoÀ¯pw
     [mcWbnÃm¯hcmbncp¶p F¶v \n§Ä
     ]dtª¡mw F¶Xn\memWv (CXhX
     cn¸n¨Xv. )
157. AsænÂ, R§Ä¡v Hcp thZ{KÙw                              ‫٧٥١. ﺃَﻭﹾ ﺗَﻘُﻮﻟُﻮﺍْ ﻟَﻮﹾ ﺃَنﱠﺎ ﺃُنﺰِﻝَ ﻋﹶﻠَﻴﹾﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻟْﻜِﺘَﺎﺏﹸ ﻟَﻜُﻨﱠﺎ ﺃَﻫﹾﺪﹶﻯ‬
     AhXcn¨v In«nbncps¶¦n R§Ä
     Ahsc¡mÄ k³amÀKnIfmIpambncp¶p                           ‫ﻣِﻨﹾﻬﹸﻢﹾ ﻓَﻘَﺪﹾ ﺟﹶﺎﺀﻛُﻢ ﺑﹶﻴﱢﻨﹶﺔٌ ﻣﱢﻦ ﺭﱠﺑﱢﻜُﻢﹾ ﻭﹶﻫﹸﺪﹰﻯ‬
     F¶v \n§Ä ]dtª¡mw F¶Xn\mÂ.
     A§s\       \n§Ä¡nXm     \n§fpsS                        ِ‫ﻭﹶﺭﹶﺣﹾﻤﹶﺔٌ ﻓَﻤﹶﻦﹾ ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢﹸ ﻣِﻤﱠﻦ ﻛَﺬﱠﺏﹶ ﺑِﺂﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻠّﻪ‬
     c£nXmhn¦Â      \n¶v    hyIvXamb
     {]amWhpw amÀKZÀi\hpw ImcpWyhpw                         ‫ﻭﹶﺻﹶﺪﹶﻑﹶ ﻋﹶﻨﹾﻬﹶﺎ ﺳﹶﻨﹶﺠﹾﺰِﻱ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦﹶ ﻳﹶﺼﹾﺪِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﹶﻦﹾ‬
     h¶pIn«nbncn¡p¶p. F¶n«pw AÃmlp
     hnsâ sXfnhpIsf \ntj[n¨pXÅpIbpw,                                     ‫ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺗِﻨﹶﺎ ﺳﹸﻮﺀﹶ ﺍﻟْﻌﹶﺬَﺍﺏِ ﺑِﻤﹶﺎ ﻛَﺎنُﻮﺍْ ﻳﹶﺼﹾﺪِﻓُﻮﻥﹶ‬
     Ahbn \n¶v XncnªpIfbpIbpw
     sNbvXhs\¡mÄ      ISp¯     A{Ian
  Previous Page                                First Page                                                         Next Page
Sura: (6) al Anaem               204                               Holy Qur’an Malayalam Translation

       BcpWvSv? \½psS sXfnhpIfn \n¶v
       Xncnªv Ifbp¶hÀ¡v AhÀ Xncnªv
       IfªpsImWvSncp¶Xn\v {]Xn^eambn
       \mw ISp¯ in£ \ÂIp¶XmWv.
158. X§fpsS ASp¡Â ae¡pIÄ hcp¶               ‫٨٥١. ﻫﹶﻞْ ﻳﹶﻨﻈُﺮﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﺃَﻥ ﺗَﺄْﺗِﻴﻬﹸﻢﹸ ﺍﻟْﻤﹶﻶﺋِﻜَﺔُ ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲﹶ ﺭﹶﺑﱡﻚﹶ‬
     tXm, \nsâ c£nXmhv Xs¶ hcp¶tXm,
                                            ِ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲﹶ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾﹸ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕِ ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻳﹶﻮﹾﻡﹶ ﻳﹶﺄْﺗِﻲ ﺑﹶﻌﹾﺾﹸ ﺁﻳﹶﺎﺕ‬
     \nsâ c£nXmhnsâ GsX¦nepsamcp
     ZrjvSm´w     hcp¶tXm     AÃmsX
                                            ُ‫ﺭﹶﺑﱢﻚﹶ ﻻَ ﻳﹶﻨﻔَﻊﹸ نَﻔْﺴﹰﺎ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنُﻬﹶﺎ ﻟَﻢﹾ ﺗَﻜُﻦﹾ ﺁﻣﹶﻨﹶﺖﹾ ﻣِﻦ ﻗَﺒﹾﻞ‬
     asä´mWhÀ Im¯ncn¡p¶Xv? \nsâ
     c£nXmhnsâ GsX¦nepsamcp ZrjvSm´w
                                            ‫ﺃَﻭﹾ ﻛَﺴﹶﺒﹶﺖﹾ ﻓِﻲ ﺇِﳝﹶﺎنِﻬﹶﺎ ﺧﹶ